
























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































% 





































ELEMENTS 


OF 


GEOGRAPHY 








*• 


1 




i 




0 

I ‘ 









I 




s 


* 







t 


% 





M 

*1 


^ I 




f 





• *- 


r* 





« 


« 



ft 



{ 



I 


« 





# 




.V 





% 


I 





» 


«» 


. 


* 





0 


f . ftk 

*i 



s 


% 

A '*.1 

r' 

t 



# 


0 

\ 


I 


k 


# 


> 





« 


i 


t 





. • 


« * 


( 


j 

0 






ANCIENT AND MODERN: 


WITH £LN A.TI4ILS. 


BY J. E. WORCESTER. 





BOSTON: 

HILLIARD, GRAY, LITTLE, AND WILKINS. 


1831 . 





Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1831, by Joseph E. 
Worcester, in the Cleric^s Office of the District Court of Massachusetts. 


2 - 


I 


PREFACE. 


This work, in its original form, was first published in 1819; 
after passing through two editions, it was stereotyped, and in 
that state it was printed a number of times; it was then 
written entirely anew, in order to adapt it more thoroughly to 
the existing state of geographical knowledge, and to improve 
its plan. After the j>ublication of the second edition, in this 
new form, it has now been a second time stereotyped; and it 
may be expected to remain substantially as it now is, till a con¬ 
siderable change shall become desirable. 

Frequent and material changes, in a book extensively used 
by classes, are attended with much inconvenience; but mod¬ 
ern geography is a science subject to such variation, that it is 
necessary that a treatise upon it should undergo occasional 
alterations, in order that it may be adapted to the existing 
state of the world or of geographical knowledge. The statisti¬ 
cal information is the part of a geographical treatise which is 
most subject to change; and, in this volume, this information 
is placed by itself in a distinct division, so that it can be alter¬ 
ed as occasion may require, without affecting the main body 
of the work. In the last two editions, the statistical tables 
A* 



vi . PREFACE. 

were inserted in the Atlas, but they are now restored to the 
book, as there are some advantages in having them in this 
form. 

The Elements and the Atlas are intended to be used 
throughout in connection with each other ; and questions to 
be answered from the maps, are inserted throughout the book, 
in the order in which it is deemed most suitable that they 
should be attended to. 

The paragraphs which form the different sections, or subdi¬ 
visions, are numbered, and at the bottom of the page are placed, 
with corresponding numbers, questions for examination, which 
will be found useful as a help both to the student in preparing 
for his recitations, and to the teacher in hearing them. It 
will not be difficult for the instructer to accommodate the man¬ 
ner of studying the book to the circumstances of his scholars, 
with regard to the thoroughness with which it is to be learned. 
In many cases, the learners will probably be required to repeat 
the substance of the paragraphs in answer to the questions 
which respectively relate to them, and in others, to mention 
only the principal point embraced by the question. In cases 
in which the circumstances of the pupil do not admit of his 
studying the whole work thoroughly, the teacher can easily 
mark for omission such paragraphs as he deems least impor¬ 
tant. 

The author takes the liberty to suggest, that after the pupil 
shall have gone through the different parts of the work, it wiH 
be useful for him to revise it, with reference to a series of 


PREFACE. 


vii 

questions embracing the most important matters, which it is 
desirable should be permanently fixed in memory, and to which 
answers are to be found, partly in the Book, partly on the Maps, 
and partly in the Statistical Tables. 

The following questions embrace some of the most impor¬ 
tant matters; and more or less of them might be advantageous¬ 
ly asked, in review, with respect to each of the general divis¬ 
ions and subdivisions of the earth .— 

How is the country, empire, kingdom, or state bounded? 
Between what parallels of latitude is it situated ? Between 
what parallels of longitude ? What capes ? Bays ? Rivers ? 
Lakes? Mountains? What natural curiosities, or for what 
is the country distinguished? W^iat is the surface? Soil? 
What productions ? Exports ? Manufactures ? What is the 
capital city or town ? What other considerable cities or 
towns ? What literary institutions ? What is the state of edu¬ 
cation ? What is the character or condition of the inhabit¬ 
ants? What is the religion ? What is the population ? Num¬ 
ber of square miles ? Population to a square mile ? 

The Statistical Tables will be found to contain much 
information in a condensed form; and as they are generally 

formed on a graduated scale, it is much easier to gain accurate 

% 

and comparative knowledge of the matters presented, than it 
would be, if the information were distributed through the book, 
in connection with the notice of the several countries to which 
it pertains. It is not expected that all the tables will be 
studied throughout the whole of their details; yet the informa- 


PREFACE. 


viii 

tion which is not required to be committed to memory, will be 
found useful for occasional reference. 

In this work, much attention has been paid to the pronun¬ 
ciation of geographical names ; and nearly all such as are not 
perfectly easy to the pupil, have their pronunciation carefully 
noted. There has also been placed at the end of the volume, 
a Pronouncing Vocabulary of Geographical Proper Names, 
containing about 3,000 words, and embracing not only such 
names as occur in this work, but also many others, which are 

often met with, and with respect to the pronunciation of which, 

/ 

assistance is often wanted. For some remarks on the pronun¬ 
ciation of these names, and an explanation of the marked let¬ 
ters, see the Observations and Key prefixed to the Vocabulary. 

In the pronunciation of ancient proper names, the authority 
of Walker has been generally followed, with respect to such 
words as are found in his ‘Key.’ The pronunciation of a 
number of ancient names not found in Walker, is given ac¬ 
cording to Scheller’s Latin and German Lexicon. 


CONTENTS 


Page. 


' Mathematical Geography. 1 

Definitions. 5 

Maps ; Map of the World.7 


AMERICA.10 

North America .12 

Greenland.14 

Russian Possessions.14 

British America .15 

New Britain.15 

Ix>wer Canada.16 

Upper Canada.17 

New Brunswick.18 

Nova Scotia.19 

St. John’s and Cape Breton.19 

Newfoundland.20 

The Bermudas.20 


Louisiana .. 

Florida. 

Western States. 

Tennessee,. 

Kentucky. 

Ohio. 

Page. 

Indiana. 


Illinois. 


Missouri. 


Michigan Territory.... 

. 75 

Northwest or Huron Territory 76 

Arkansas Territory __ 


Missouri Territory. 


Oregon Territory. 


Mexico. 



Guatimala or Central America.. 81 
West Indies. 82 


United States.21 

New England or Eastern States.25 

Maine . .27 

New Hampshire.28 

Vermont.30 

Massachusetts.32 

Rhode Island.35 

Connecticut.36 

Middle States.37 

New York...38 

New Jersey.42 

Pennsylvania.43 

Delaware.45 

Southern States.46 

Maryland.47 

District of Columbia.49 

Virginia.50 

North Carolina.53 

South Carolina.55 

Georgia.56 

Alabama.58 

Mississippi.59 


South America . 85 

Colombia . 88 

Guiana. 90 

Peru .. 91 

Bolivia . 92 

Brazil. 93 

United Provinces. 94 

Chili.. 95 

Patagonia. 96 


EUROPE. 97 

Lapland . 99 

Norway.100 

Sweden. 101 

Russia.103 

Poland .105 

Denmark.106 

Great Britain, or the British Isles 108 

England. 109 

Scotland.112 

Ireland.115 

Holland .117 















































































X 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Belgium.118 

Germany.119 

Prussia (mostly German).. 122 

Hanover.124 

Saxony.125 

Free Cities.125 

Small German States.126 

Wurtemberg, Bavaria.127 

Austria (partly German). . .128 

Switzerland.132 

France.135 

Spain. 139 

Portugal.141 

Italy. 142 

Kingdom of Sardinia.144 

Parma, Modena, Lucca, 

Tuscany.144 

States of the Church.145 

Naples, or the Two Sicilies 146 

Turkey in Europe.148 

Greece.150 

Ionian Republic.151 


ASIA.152 

Turkey in Asia.155 

Russia in Asia.158 

Arabia. 160 

Independent Tartary.162 

Persia.162 

Afghanistan or Cabulistan.164 


Page. 

Hindostan .165 

Chin-India, or Farther India.. .169 

Birman Empire.—170 

Siam, Malacca, Cambodia, 

Laos ....171 

Cochin-China, Tonquin '.. .172 

China.112 

Thibet.175 

Chinese Tartary, Corea.176 

Japan.177 


OCEANICA.177 

Eastern Archipelago.179 

Australia.180 

Polynesia.182 


AFRICA 

Egypt. 

Nubia. 

Abyssinia .... 
Barbary States 
Morocco . 


184 . 

,187 

189 

189 

,190 

.191 


Algiers, Tunis, Tripoli, 


Barca, Fezzan.192 

Sahara, or the Great Desert 193 

Western Africa.194 

Central Africa.196 

Southern Africa.197 

Southeastern Africa.198 

African Islands.198 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.201 


The Sea.201 

The Atmosphere.202 

The Earth.204 

Rivers.205 

Lakes.206 


Mountains.206 

Metals and Minerals.207 

Vegetables.208 

Animals.209 

Man.209 


Tables of Rivers and Mountains,&c. 


211 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY 


Ancient and Modern Names of 


Countries.218 


EUROPE.219 

Britain. 219 

Germany.'.. .220 

Pannonia, Illyricum, Dacia, 

Moesia, &c.220 

Thrace. .221 

Gaul.222 

Spain.'.222 


Italy.224 

Cisalpine Gaul.225 

Italy Proper.226 

Italian Islands.227 

Greece.229 

Macedonia.230 

Epirus.231 

Thessaly.231 

Greece Proper.232 

Peloponnesus.234 

Greek Islands.235 
























































































CONTENTS. 


XI 


Page. 

ASIA.237 

Asia Minor.237 

Colchis, Armenia, Mesopotamia, 

Syria, Arabia.240 

Assyria, Chaldea, Persia, Media 242 


AFRICA.243 

^gypt.243 


Page, 

Libya, Africa Proper, Numidia, 
Mauretania.246 


SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY.246 
Palestine.247 


Extent of Ancient Empires .252 

Chronological Table .264 

Ancient and Modern Names compared .266 


USE OF GLOBES.261 

CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS.268 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 278 


North America. 

Mexico, Guatimala, West Indies 275 


United States. 

Population.276 

Population, Square Miles, Stc. .277 
Population of the Principal . 

Towns.278 

Commerce .280 

Canals and Rail-Roads.. .281 

Colleges.282 

Theological Seminaries : Medi¬ 
cal Schools.283 

Religious Denominations: Prin¬ 
cipal Libraries.284 


South America. 

Population of States and Cities . 285 


Europe. 

Government, Religion, and 

Sovereigns.286 

Population and Square Miles of 
States.287 


Population of the Principal 

Cities.288 

Universities.290 

Principal Libraries.291 

Remarks on Europe.292 

Asia. 

Population, Extent, and Reli¬ 
gion of States.293 

Population of the Principal 

Cities.294 


Africa. 

Population of States and Cities 295 
The Globe. 

Extent and Population.296 

Numbers of Different Religions 297 
Varieties of the Human Race. .298 
Languages: Births and Deaths.299 
The Principal Exports of Va¬ 


rious Countries.SOO 

Benevolent Societies.301 


Questions on the Statistical Tables .302 


PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF GEO¬ 
GRAPHICAL PROPER NAMES. S07 











































.•t >50 






. ‘j •; 

i 

J ...fr4rU 



ELEMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY. 


MATHEMATICAL OR ASTRONOMICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


1. Geography is a description of the earth with its productions 
and inhabitants. 

2. Mathematical or astronomical geography treats of the earth as a 
part of the solar system ; illustrates, from astronomical principles, its 
figure, magnitude, and motion; explains the construction of globes, 
with their application to the solution of problems ; and describes the 
methods of projecting maps and charts. 

3. The Solar System is composed of the sun, the primary planets, 
the satellites, and the comets. 

4. The Sun is the source of light and heat to all bodies in the 
solar system ; and it is the centre of motion, round which the planets 
revolve in elliptical orbits, from west to east. 

5. There are 11 primary planets, namely. Mercury, Venus, Earth, 
Mars, Vesta, Juno, Ceres, Pallas, Jupiter, Saturn, and Ura-nus or 
Herschel. 

G. Those planets which are nearer to the sun than the earth, 
namely. Mercury and Venus, are called inferior or interior planets ; 
the others, superior or exterior, their orbits being without that of the 
earth, as seen on the following page. 

7. Saturn is remarkably distinguished from the other planets, by 
being encompassed by a double ring, as represented in the figure 
on the next page. 

8. The orbits of the planets are the paths which they describe in 
revolving round the sun. 


Mathematical. Geography.—1. What is Geography ? 2. What is 
mathematical or astronomical geography ? 3. What is said of the 

solar system ? 4. The sun ? '' 

5. What are the primary planets ? 6. W'hich are the inferior, and which 

the superior planets ? 7. For what is Saturn distinguished ? 

6. What are the orbits ? 9. What is their form ? 

1 




2 


THE SOLAR SYSTEM. 


9. In the folloAving view of the Solar System, the orbits of the 
planets are described as circles, yet their real form is ellipticaL 

THE SOLAR SYSTEM, 























MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


3 


• TABLE 

Of the Sizes, Distances, Rotations, and Penods of the Sun and 

Planets. 



a 

ar 

90 

p» 

o 

s 

Diameter 
in miles. 

Mcau dis¬ 
tances from 
the sun in 
mill, miles. 

Rotation on 
their axes. 

Time in revolving 
round the sun. 

Bulk. The 
earth being 1. 


3 



d. h. m. 

d. h. m. 


SUN 

© 

883,246 


25 14 08 


1,330,000 

Mercury 

Vs/ 

3,224 

37 

00 24 00 

87 23 15 

,06 

Venus 

9 

7,687 

68 

0 23 22 

224 16 49 

,9 

Earth 

0 

7,912 

95 

0 23 56 

365 06 09 

1 

Mars 


4,189 

144 

1 00 39 

686 23 30 

,16 

Vesta 

* 

238 

225 


1,161 19 


Juno 

ft 

1,425 

252 


1,589 


Ceres 

5 


263 


1,681 12 9 


Pallas 

5 


265 


1,682 


Jupiter 

21 

89,170 

490 

0 09 56 

4,332 08 51 

1,470 

Saturn 

h 

79,042 

900 

0 10 16 

10,761 14 37 

887 

Uranus 

¥ 

35,112 

1,800 

unknown 

30,445 18 00 

77 

Moon 

<L 

2,18oi 95 

29 12 44 

365 06 09 

,02 


10. The four planets, Vesta, Juno, Ceres, and Pallas, are very- 
small compared with the rest; and it is but a few years since tliey 
were first discovered. 

11. There are 18 Saiellitcs or secondary planets. The Earth has 
1, Jupiter 4, Saturn 7, and Uranus 6. These revolve round their 
primaries, and accompany them in their annual revolutions round 
the sun. 

12. The Comets are bodies revolving round the sun in very eccen¬ 
tric orbits, and move in all directions. The number of them is not 
ascertained, and their nature is but little known. 

13. Those stars, which always retain nearly the same situation 
with respect to each other, are called Fixed Stars. About 1,000 
are seen by the naked eye in the visible horizon, in each hemi- 


10. What is said of Vesta, Juno, Ceres, and Pallas ? 

11. What of the satellites ? 12. The comets 13. The fixed stars > 


Questions on the Solar Syste7n, and Table of Sizes, ^c. 

Which planet is nearest to the sun ? Which farthest off? Which are nearer 
than the earth ? Which farther? Which three planets have the greatest 
diameter ? Which are smaller than the earth ? What is the diameter of 
the sun ? The earth ? The moon ? What is the distance of the earth 
from the sun ? In what time does the earth revolve round the sun ? Which 
of the planets revolve round the sun in less time than the earth ? 





















4 


MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


sphere ; but by the use of a telescope, many millions may be seen, 
and their number increases in proportion to the magnifying power of 
the telescope. 

14. The stars are supposed to be suns, around each of which 
planets revolve, as about our sun. 

15. The galaxy or milky ivay is a broad, luminous zone in the 
heavens. It is supposed to be caused by an immense number of 
stars, which, from their apparent nearness, cannot be distinguished 
from each otlier. 

16. The Earth is a globe or spherical body, yet on account of 
its magnitude, its roundness is not perceptible to the eye. 

17. It is proved to be round, 1st, by its having been repeatedly 

circumnavigated; 2dly, by the circular form of its shadow, as ob¬ 
served in eclipses of the moon; and 3dly, by the appearance of a 
ship when approaching the shore, the highest parts being always 
seen first. • , 

18. The earth is not a perfect sphere, but is flattened at the poles. 
The equatorial diameter exceeds the polar diameter by upwards of 
26 miles. 

19. The axis of the earth is an imaginary line passing through its 
centre. 

20. The extremities of the axis are called the Poles, the one 
north, and the other south. 

21. The annual revolution of the earth round the sun, in connec¬ 
tion with the obliquity of the ecliptic, occasions the succession of the 
four seasons. 

22. The earth’s diurnal rotation on its own axis every 24 houre, is 
the cause of day and night. This motion, being from west to east, 
causes the sun and stars to appear to rise in the east, and set in the 
west, once in 24 hours. - 

) 23. The moon has three motions; one round the earth, in about 
29^ days, which causes the moon’s apparent increase and decrease, 
and produces the eclipses of the sun and moon; another round its 
own axis, in the same time ; and a third round the sun along with 
the earth, in a year. 

24. An eclipse of the sun is caused by the moon’s passing between 
the sun and the earth ; and can never happen except at the time of 
new moon. 

25. An eclipse of the moon is caused by the earth’s passing be¬ 
tween the sun and the moon; and can never take place except at 
the time of full moon. 


14. What are they supposed to be ? 15. What is the galaxy 

16. What is said of the earth ? 17. How is it proved to be round ? 18. Is 

it a perfect sphere.? 19. What is the axis.? 20. What are the 
poles.? 

21. What causes the four seasons ? 22. What causes day and night ? 

23. What three motions has the moon .? 

24. What is the cause of an eclipse of the sun .? 

25. What causes an eclipse of the moon .? 




DEFINITIONS. 


’I 1. Civil or Political Geography delineates tlie empires, kingdoms, 
and states, which occupy the surface of the earth, and exhibits the 
monuments of human industry and skill. 

2. Physical Geography is the natural history of the globe, and 
embraces a view of the sea, the atmosphere, the structure of the 
earth, together with its rivers, lakes, mountains, minerals, vegeta¬ 
bles, and animals. 

3. It is the province of physical geography to treat of the earth as 
it proceeded from the hand of tlie Creator, including such changes 
as have been produced by the laws which he has established ; but 
civil geography treats chiefly of the changes which have been ef¬ 
fected by man. 

4. The division of civil geography comprises the principal part of 
most geographical systems; yet much of the matter which it em¬ 
braces belongs properly to physical geography. 

5. The surface of the earth consists of land and water ; nearly 
one third being land, and two thirds water. 

6. The proportion of land to water, in the northern hemisphere, 
has been computed as 72 to 100, and in the southern hemisphere, as 
only 15 to 100. 

7. The Land is divided by water into continents, islands, penin¬ 
sulas, isthmuses, and capes ; and consists of mountains, valleys, and 
plains. 

8. A continent is a large extent of land, comprising many coun¬ 
tries, not separated by water. 

9. There are two continents; the Eastern^ comprising Europe, 
Asia, and Africa; and the Western, comprising North and South 
America. Some reckon six continents, viz, Europe, Asia, Africa, 
J^Torth America, South America, and JVew Holland. 

10. An island is a tract of land entirely surrounded by water. 

11. A peninsxda is a portion of land almost surrounded by water. 

12. An isthmus is a neck of land which joins a peninsula to the 
main land, or two parts of a continent together. 


Definitions. —1. What is civil geography 2. Physical geography ? 

3. What is the province of each > 4. What is said of the division of civil 
geography ? 

5. Of what does the surface of the earth consist ? 

6. W’hat is the proportion of each in the northern and southern hemi¬ 

spheres ? 

7. How is the land divided ? 8. What is a continent ? 

9. How many continents are there ? 

10. What is an island11. A peninsula 12. An isthmus ? 

* 



6 DEFINITIONS. 

13. A cape is a point of land projecting into the sea ; if the land is 
high and mountainous, it is called a promontory. 

14. The Water is divided into oceans, seas, lakes, gulfs, bays^ 
strjiits, sounds, rivers, and friths or estuaries. 

15. An ocean is the largest extent of water, nowhere entirely sep¬ 
arated by land. 

16. There are usually reckoned five oceans, the Pacific, Atlan¬ 
tic, Indian, Northern or Arctic, and tlie Southern or Antarctic 
oceans. 

17. A sea is a smaller collection of water, communicating with an 
ocean. 

18. A gulf or hay is a part of a sea extending up into the land. 

19. A strait is a narrow channel, joining two seas, or one part of 
a sea with another. 

20. A sound is a small sea so shallow that it may be sounded. 

21. A lake is a large collection of water in tlie interior of a 
country. 

22. A river is a large stream of water flowing into the sea, or 
into a lake, or into another river. 

23. The light hank of a river is that which is on tlie right hand 
of one who is sailing down the river. 

24. A frith or estuary is the widening of a river at its mouth into 
an arm of the sea. 

25. The principal Political Divisions of the earth are empires, 
kingdoms, and republics. 

26. An empire is composed of several large countries, subject to 
one sovereign, styled an emperor. 

27. A kingdom is generally less extensive than an empire, and is 
subject to a king. 

28. If the power of the emperor or king is limited by law, it is 
called a limited or constitutional monarchy ; if not limited, an absolute 
monarchy^ or a despotism. 

29. A republic is a country or state which is governed by persons 
elected by the people. 

30. The four principal Religions of the world are Paganism or 
Heathenism, Mcdiometanism, Judaisjm, and Christianity. 

31. Paganism, the most extensive, is the worship of idols or false 
gods, and comprises a great variety of systems. 


l.S. What is a cape ? 14. How is water divided ? 

15. What is an ocean ? 16. How many are there ? 

17. What is a sea ? 18. A gulf or bay ? 19. A strait ? 20. A sound i 

21. A lake ? 22. A river ? 23. What is the right bank of a river? 

24. What is a frith or estuary 

25. What are the principal political divisions of the earth ? 

26. What is an empire ? 27. A kingdom ? 

28. What a limited and what an absolute monarchy ? 29. A republic ? 

30. What are the four principal religions ? 31. What is Paganism ? 



MAPS. 


7 


32. Mahometanism or Mohamedanism^ was founded by Ma'homet 
in the 7tli century, and teaches that there is one God, and tliat 
Mahomet is his prophet. 

33. Judaism is the religion of the Jews, who are dispersed 
throughout the world, and who acknowledge the authority of the 
Old Testament, but reject the New. 

34. Christianity is the Avorship of the true God as revealed in 
the Scriptures. The Christians are distinguished into three gen¬ 
eral divisions, Roman Catholics, the Greek Church, and Protes¬ 
tants. 

35. The Roman Catholics or Church of Rome acknowledge the 
supremacy of tlie Pope, and are often called Papists. 

3G. The Greek Church rejects the authority of the pope, but it re¬ 
sembles the Roman Catliolic in its forms and ceremonies. 

37. The Protestants are so called from their protesting against the 
authority and decrees of the Church of Rome, at the time of the 
Reformation, in the IGtli century. They are divided into various 
denominations, Lutherans^ Calvinists, Episcopalians, Presbyterians, 
Congregationalists, Baptists, Methodists, Moravians, Quakers, Uni¬ 
tarians, &c. 


MAPS ; MAP OF THE WORLD.* * 

1. As the earth is a round body, the most correct representation 
of its surface is made by means of an artificial globe, on which the 
different parts of the land and water are drawn according to their 
natural situation. 

2. A map is a representation of the earth, or a part of it, upon a* 
plane or a level surface. 

3. The Map of the JVorld is a glebe divided into tAVo equal parts, 
and reduced to a plane or level. 


32. What is Mahometanism33. Judaism.^ 34. Christianity? 

35. What is said of the Roman Catholics ? .36. The Greek Church ? 37. 
The Protestants ? 

Maps.— 1. What is the best representation of the earth ? 

2. What is a map ? 3. What is the map of the world ? 


* N. B.—In studying this section, the pupil, sitting with his face to the 
north, should have the Map of the World spread open before him, and 
carefully inspect all the matters here described, as they are delineated on 
the map. He should be taught to distinguish the points of the compass, 
fiorth, south, east, and west, and to mark how mountains, rivers, cities, &c., 
are represented. 




8 


MAPS. 


4. The two parts are called hemispheres or half globes; one named 
the eastern,, the other, the loestem hemisphere. 

5. The top of maps is towards the north ; the bottom, towards the 
south; the right hand, east; and the lef hand, west. 

6. The Equator or Equinoctial is a line which passes from e^t 
to west through the middle of the map of the world, at an equal dis¬ 
tance from the poles, dividing it into two equal parts. The northern 
part is called the northern hemisphere, the southern part, the southern 
hemisphere. 

7. The Latitude of a place is its distance from the equator, north 
or south, measured on a meridian towards either pole, reckoned in 
degrees {°), minutes ('), and seconds ("). 

8. The number of degrees can never exceed 90, as that is the 
distance of the poles from the equator. 

9. A degree is equal to 60 geographical miles, or about 69^ Eng¬ 
lish statute miles. 

10. Latitude upon maps is expressed by the figures on their sirfes. 
If the figures increase upwards, the latitude is north; if downwards, 
it is south. 

11. Lines drawn across the maps, from right to left, are called 
parallels of latitude. 

12. The Longitude of a place is its distance from the first merid¬ 
ian, east or west, and cannot exceed 180°. 

13. Longitude is commonly expressed on maps by figures on the 
top or bottom; but on the map of the world, by figures on the equei- 
tor. If the figures increase from left to right, the longitude is east ; 
if from right to left, it is ivest. 

14. Lines drawn from the top to the bottom of maps, or, on the 
map of the world, from the north to the south pole, are called merid¬ 
ians of longitude. 

15. The longitude on the maps in the Modern* *Atlas accompany¬ 
ing this book, is reckoned from the meridian of London, or of the 
Royal Observatory at Greenwich, near London; and, on a part of 
the maps, viz. Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, and 11, both from Greenwich and 
from the city of fVashington. On the maps of the Ancient Atlas, 
longitude is reckoned both from Greenwich and Feri'o, one of the 
Fortunate (now Canary) Islands. 

16. The Tropics are two dotted lines dra^vn on the maps, at the 
distance of 23° 28' from the equator. The one north of the equator 
is called the tropic of Cancer; the one south, the tropic of Capricorn. 

17. The Polar Circles are dotted lines drawn at the distance of 


4. What are the two parts called ? 

5. What the top, bottom, right, and left hand of maps ? 

• 6. What is the equator or equinoctial ? 7. What is latitude ? 

8. What is the greatest number of degrees of latitude ? 

9. How many miles are there in a degree ? 

10. How is latitude expressed on maps 

11. What are parallels of latitude ? 12. What is longitude ^ 

13. How' is longitude expressed on maps 14. What are meridians of lon¬ 
gitude ? 15. From what is longitude reckoned.? 

16. What are the tropics ? 17. What arc the polar circles ? 



MAP OF THE WORLD. 


9 


23® 28' from the poles. The northern is called the Arctic circle, the 
southern the Antarctic. 

18. The Zones are divisions of the earth’s surface, formed by the 
tropics and polar circles. There are 5 of them, namely, 1 torrid, 2 
temperate, and 2 frigid. 

19. The Tori'id Zone is the space included between the two trop¬ 
ics. This portion of the earth is distinguished for extreme heat, an 
unhealthy climate, and luxuriant vegetation. To all parts of this 
zone tlie sun is Uvice every year vertical, or directly over head; and 
the year is here divided into tAvo seasons, the wet and the dry. 

20. The two Temperate Zones are included between the tropics 
and the polar circles. These parts of the globe produce the great¬ 
est abundance of the most useful commodities, and afford the hap¬ 
piest residence for the human species. 

21. The Frigid Zones lie between the polt,r circles and the poles, 
and arc regions of perpetual snow and ice, affording but little vege¬ 
tation or food for tlie subsistence of man. 

22. In the frigid zones, the sun never sets for a certain number 
of days in summer, and never rises for an equal number in winter. 

23. At tiie poles, one half of the year is day, and the other half 
night, tlie sun being there 6 months above the horizon, and 6 months 
below it. 


18. What are the zones ? 19. What is said of the torrid zone ? 

20. What is said of the temperate zones ? 21. Of the frigid zones ? 

22. How is it with respect to the sun in the frigid zones ? 

23. How is the year divided at the poles ? 

Questions on the Map of the World. 

1. Which hemisphere contains the most land, the eastern or western 

2. Which the most, the northern or southern ? 

3. What quarters of the world are crossed by the equator.^ 

4. What islands are crossed by the equator ? 

5. What parts of the world are crossed by the tropic of Capricorn.^ 6.. 

What parts by the tiiopic of Cancer ? 7. What parts by the Arctic 
circle ? 

8. What quarters of the world extend into the northern frigid zone ? 

9. What parts lie in the northern temperate zone ? 

10. Does any part of Europe lie in the torrid zone ? 

11. What parts of the world are found in the torrid zone ? 

12. What islands lie in the torrid zone ? 

13. What parts of the world lie in the southern temperate zone ? 

14. Does there appear to be any land in the southern frigid zone ? 

15. What ocean lies east of America and west of Europe and Africa ? 

16. What ocean lies west of America and east of Asia ? 

17. What ocean lies east of Africa and south of Asia? 

18. Where is the Northern or Arctic ocean ? 

19. Where is the Southern or Antarctic? 

20. How is America bounded? 21. Africa? 22. Europe? 23. Asia? 



AMERICA 



1. America is usually reckoned to be the largest of the four quar¬ 
ters of the globe, but to contain the fewest inhabitants. It is about 
9,000 miles long from north to south, being much longer than either 
of the other quarters ; but it is much narrower than Asia. 

2. It is divided into two parts, JVorth and South America^ which 
are connected by the isthmus of Da'ri-en or Pan-a-ma'. 

3. It is distinguished above the other divisions of the globe for 
the grandeur of its mountains, rivers, lakes, forests, and plains, and 
for the abundance of its silver mines. 

4. America is often called the New Worlds because it was un¬ 
known till the year 1492, when it was discovered by Christopher 
Columbus of Gen'o-a ; but it received its name from Americus Ves- 
putius of Florence, who visited the continent 7 years after the first 
discovery by Columbus. 


24. Which quarters of the world lie in the eastern hemisphere, or form the 
eastern continent ? 25. Which the western.? 

26. Which way from the south end of Africa is New Holland ? 

27. What countries lie between the equator and 10 degrees of N. Lat..? 

28. What countries between 10° and 20° ? 29. Between 20° and 30° ? 

30. Between 30° and 40°.? 31. Between 40° and 50° ? 32. Be¬ 

tween 50° and 60° ? 33. What north of 60° ? 

34. What sea lies between Europe and Africa .? 

35. What sea between Africa and Arabia.? 

36. What strait separates the northwest part of America from Asia ? 

37. Where do the two continents approach nearest each other ? 

38. Where is Greenland .? 39. Where are Spitzbergen and NovaZembla? 

40. Which is most southerly, Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope ? 

41. Where is Madagascar .? 42. Mauritius and Bourbon .? 43. Van Die¬ 

men’s Land ? 44. St. Helena? 45. The Azores ? 46. The Sand¬ 
wich Isles ? 47. New Zealand ? 

48. What islands in the Pacific ocean between the equator and the tropic 

of Capricorn ? 

49. What oceans and sea are passed over in sailing from New York to 

Canton ? 50. What ones from New York to St. Petersburg ? 51. 

To the Black sea ? 


America.—1. What is said of the extent of America ? 
2. How is it divided ? 3. For what distinguished ? 

4 . What is related respecting its name and discovery ? 




AMERICA. 


11 


5. It has become of great importance both in a political and com¬ 
mercial view, and its discovery is justly regarded as the most im¬ 
portant event of modern times. 

6. America contains every variety of climate; yet its climate is 
reckoned to be about 10 degrees colder than that of tlie eastern 
continent, in the same parallels of latitude. 

7. The Lmiabitants consist chiefly of three classes. Whites, 
Negroes, and Indians. 

8. The ivhites are descendants of Europeans, who have emigrated 
to America since its discovery ; and they form more than one half 
of the population. 

9. The greater part of them consist of descendants of the English 
and Spaniards. The former are cliiefly found in the United States 
and the British provinces of North America; the latter mostly in 
Mexico, Guatimala, the West Indies, and South America. 

10. The two other most numerous classes of whites are Portu¬ 
guese^ who are found chiefly in Brazil', and French, who are mostly 
m Canada, Louisiana, the West Indies, and Guiana (ge-a'na). 

11. The negroes are mostly held in slavery, and are descendants 
of Africans who were unjustly forced from their native country. 
They are found chiefly in the southern parts of the United States, 
the West Indies, and Brazil'. 

12. The Indians are the original iniiabitants; and they still pos¬ 
sess the greater part of the continent; but the territory in their 
possession is very thinly peopled. 

13. In Mexico and South America, many of the Indians have 
been brought under subjection to the whites, and they have adopt¬ 
ed, in some measure, the habits of civilized life. 

14. Most of those who have maintained their independence, con¬ 
tinue to rove in their native wilds, retaining their savage character 
and customs. 

15. They are tall and straight, of copper complexion, and fierce 
aspect, and are capable of enduring great fatigue. 

16. They live in miserable huts, called wigwams. The principal 
employments of the men are hunting, fishing, and war. The do¬ 
mestic and field labor is chiefly performed by the women. 

17. The Indians have the virtues and vices of the savage state: 
they are hospitable and generous; faithful in their friendships, but 
implacable in their resentments. Their fortitude and patience in 
enduring suffering, and their contempt of death, invest their charac¬ 
ter with a kind of moral grandeur; but as a race, they are neither 
amiable nor happy. 

5. In what respects is it important ? 6. What is said of its climate ? 

7. What are the three classes of inhabitants ? 

8. What is said of the whites ? 9. Of what does the greater part consist ? 

10. What are the other most numerous classes ? 

11. What is related of the negroes? 12. The Indians? 

13. What of the Indians in Mexico and South America? 

14. What is the condition of those who are independent ? 

15. What is said of them? 16. What are their employments? 

17. What is said of their character ? 



12 


NORTH AMERICA. 


NORTH AMERICA. 


1. North America comprises three great divisions; 1st, British 
America, in the north; 2d, the United States, in the middle ; and 3d, 
Mexico and Gua-ti-md'la, or Central America, in the south: in ad¬ 
dition to these, Greenland, in the northeast, belongs to Denmark; 
and there are Russian Possessions in the northwest. 

2. The great range of Mountains in North America, is toward 
the western side of the continent, and is connected with the Andes 
of South America. In Mexico it is called the Cor-dil-le'ras of Mex- 

' ico; in the territory of the United States, the Rocky Mountains; 
farther north it is sometimes called the Chippeivan Mountains. 

3. This range receives its name from its massive and precipitous 
rocks. The greatest height is not known; but many of the sum- 


North America. —1. What are the divisions of North America? 

2. What is the great range of mountains ? 3. What further is said of them ? 


Questions on the Map of North America. 

1. What ocean lies east of North America ? 2. W^hat one west ? 

3. Where is the Gulf of Mexico ? 4. The Caribbean sea ? 5. Hudson’s 
Bay? 6. Baffin’s Bay? 7. James’s Bay ? 8. The Gulf of St. Law¬ 
rence ? 9. Davis’s Straits ? 10. Beering’s Straits ? 

11. Where is Alaska ? 12. Cape Farewell ? 13. Cape Race ? 14. Cape 

St. Lucas ? 

15. How are the United States bounded? 16. Mexico? 17. Guatimala? 
18. How is Greenland situated ? 19. The Russian Possessions ? 20. New 
Britain? 21. New North Wales? 22. New South Wales? 23. 
Labrador? 24. Lower Canada ? 25. Upper Canada ? 26. New¬ 

foundland? 27., New Brunswick ? 28. Nova Scotia? 29. Cape 
Breton ? 30. St. John’s Island ? 31. The Bermudas ? 32. The 

Bahama Islands ? 33. The Caribbee Islands ? 34. The Virgin 
Islands ?* 

35. How is Cuba situated? 36. St. Domingo? 37. Jamaica? 38. Porto 
Rico ? 39. Trinidad ? 

40. What island is east of Greenland ? 

41. Where are the North Georgian islands? 42. Prince Regent’s Inlet? 

43. Melville Island ? 44. Bathurst Inlet ? 45. Repulse Bay ? 46. 
^ New Caledonia? 47. The Knisteneaux ? 48. The Esquimaux ? 
49. Where are the Rocky Mountains ? 50. What is the course of the St. 

Lawrence? 51. Mackenzie’s river ? -52. The Saskashavf an ? 

53. What rivers flow into Hudson’s Bay ? 54. What ones into the Gulf 

of Mexico ? 55. Into the Pacific ocean ? 

56. What lakes are between the United States and Upper Canada ? 

57. Where is lake Winnipeg? 58. Great Bear Lake ? 59. Athapescow ? 

60. Slave Lake ? 

61. What islands are on the west coast of North America ? 

62. Where is Mount St. Elias ? 63. Fairweather Mountain ? 64. Sitka ? 

65. What towns or settlements are on the west coast of Greenland ? 

66. What ones on the northeast coast of Labrador ? 

67. What forts and houses west of Hudson’s Bay ? 




NORTH AMERICA. 13 

mils are covered with perpetual snow. High Peaky near the 
sources of the river Platte, is one of the highest that is known. 

4. The Alleghany Mountains, which are wholly within the Uni¬ 
ted States, are greatly inferior, in extent and elevation, to the 
Rocky mountains. 

5. The most important islands are JS'eio'found-land (nu'fund- 
land). Cape Breton (brc-toon'), St. Johds, Rhode Island, Long Island, 
and the Ber-mu'das. 

G. The five largest Bays or (Julfs, are Baffin’s and Hudson’s 
bays; and the gulfs of St. Lawrence, Mexico, and Cal-i-for'ni-a. 

7. The Lakes of North America are the largest collections of 
fresh water in the world. Some of the principal ones are lakes 
Su-pdri-or, Hu'ron, Mich'i-gan (mish'e-gan), E'rie (e're), On- 
ta'n-o, ff'in'7ii-peg, Ath-a-pes'cow, Slave Lake, and Great Bear 
Lake. 

8. The largest of tliese great lakes is lake Superior, which is 
490 miles in length, and is as much affected by storms as the 
ocean. It is remarkable for the transparency of its waters, and 
abounds in fish. 

9. The Pictured Rocks, on the south side of lake Superior, are a 
range of precipitous cliffs, rising to the height of 300 feet, and are 
regarded as a great curiosity. 

10. Some of the largest Rivers are the Mis-sis-sip'pi, Mis- 
.sou'n (mis-soo're), St. Lau^rence, Mac-ken'zie, J’^elson, Or'e-gon or 
Columbia, and Del JVoi''te. 

11. Mackenzie’s river rises in the Rocky mountains, and takes 
different names in different parts of its course. It is the outlet 
of Slave lake, and flows into the Frozen ocean. 

12. y'elson’s river also has its source in the Rocky mountains. 
The name of the head branch is Saskashawan. It is the outlet of 
lake Winnipeg, and flows into Hudson’s Bay. 

13. The St. Lawrence is the outlet of the live great lakes, Supe¬ 
rior, Huron, Michigan, Erie, and Ontario. It passes by Montreal 
and Quebec, runs northeasterly, and flows into the gulf of St. 
Lav/rence. It is navigable for ships of the line to Quebec, and 
for large vessels to Montreal, 580 miles from the sea. The break¬ 
ing up of the ice on this river in the spring, is described as a stu¬ 
pendous operation of nature. 

14. The Mississippi receives the waters of many large rivers, 
and is of uncommon depth, but of difficult navigation. Boats of 
40 tons ascend to St. Anthony’s Falls, about 2,400 miles ; but shi})s 
seldom ascend above Natchez, upwards of 400 miles. The navi¬ 
gation is greatly facilitated by the use of steam boats. The vraters 


4. What is said of the Alleghany Mountains ? 

5. What are the most important islands ? 6. What bays and gulfs ? 7. 

What lakes ? 

8. What is said of lake Superior ? 9. What of the Pictured Rocks ? 

10. What are the largest rivers 11. What is said of Mackenzie’s river ? 
12. Nelson’s? 13. The St. Lawrence ? 14. I’he Mississippi? 

2 



14 RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS. 

are very turbid, and the river overflows its banks every spring, lay¬ 
ing the country, for many miles in extent, under water. 

15. The Missouri is the western branch of the Mississippi, and 
is properly considered the main stream, being the larger the 
two, and much the longer from the source to the point where they 
unite. It rises in the Rocky mountains, and is navigable for boats tO’ 
the Great Falls, 3,970 miles, by the river, from the Gulf of Mexico. 

16. The Or’e-gon or Columbia rises in the Rocky rnountains, 
flows southwesterly, and runs into the Pacific ocean. It is naviga¬ 
ble for sloops 183 miles. 

17. The Del JVor'te or Rio Bra-vo rises in the Rocky mountains, 
flows east of south, and runs into the Gulf of Mexico. Its naviga¬ 
tion is much obstructed by sand-bars. 

GREENLAND. 

1. Greenland, an extensive country or island belonging to Den¬ 
mark, is the most northern region of the globe, but its limits to¬ 
wards the north pole have not been ascertained. The eastern coast 
is called East Greenland; the western. West Greenland. 

2. The aspect of the country is exceedingly dreary, being chiefly 
composed of barren and rocky mountains, whose summits are cov¬ 
ered with perpetual snow and ice. In the southern parts there 
are tracts which have some vegetation, a few stunted trees, and 
small shrubs. 

3. The country abounds in reindeer, white bears, arctic foxes 
sea-wolves, and sea-cows; and it is valuable chiefly on account of 
its ivhale fisheries. 

4. The Greenlanders are rude and ignorant, of low stature; and 
are clothed with the skins of the reindeer and other animals. They 
live almost wholly on animal food, and their habits are extremely 
filthy. 

• 5. The Moravians have long had settlements at Lich'te-nau, 
Lich'ten-fiels, and other places on the western coast, for the benev¬ 
olent object of christianizing the natives. 

RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS. 

1. Russia possesses a large tract of country in the northwest 
part of North America; but it has few inhabitants except the native 
Indians. 

2. This is a northern, cold, and dreary region, but little known, 
and contains the high mountains of St. Elias and Fairweaiher. 

3. The number of Russians in this country is only about 1000, 
who are engaged in the fur trade with the natives. One of their 
principal settlements is Sitka. 

15. What is said of the Missouri ? 16. The Oregon or Columbia ? 17. 

The Del Norte ? 

Greenland.— 1. What is said of Greenland ? 

2. What is the aspect of it ? 3. For what is it valuable ? 

4. What is said of the Greenlanders ? 5. The Moravians ? 

Russian Possessions. —1. What does Russia possess ? 

2. What is said of it ? 3. What further is related ? 




NEW BRITAIN. 


15 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


1. British America is a vast extent of country, comprehending 
all the northern part of the continent, except the Russian Posses¬ 
sions in the northwest, and Greenland in the northeast. 

2. It comprises the four provinces of Loioer Canada, Upper Can¬ 
ada, JVova Scotia, and JVew Brunswick; the islands of J^cwfound- 
land, St. John^s, and Cape Breton ; and the vast region of Al'ew 
Britain. 

3. The government of the whole country is under a governor 
general, whose residence is at Q,ue-bec'; and each of the prov¬ 
inces has also a lieutenant governor. 

4. The established religion is that of the Church of England, 
and there are two bishops, one residing at. Quebec, and the other 
at Halifax; but most of the inhabitants of Lower Canada are 
Catholics. 


NEW BRITAIN. 

1. This name is applied to all British America, except the four 
provinces and the islands in the southeast part, and is wholly, with 
the exception of a few trading establishments, in the possession of 
the natives. 

2. This country is divided into two parts by Hudson’s Bay, to 
the east of which are Lah'ra-dor and East Main, and to the west, 
A^cw AJ'orih Wales and JV'ew South Wales. 

3. Only a small portion of this region is susceptible of cultivation; 
and it is, for tlie most part, a country of dreary mountains and 
fruitless valleys. The surface is in some parts marshy, in others 
rocky, but generally barren, or producing only small trees or 
shrubs. 

4. The principal rivers are the Mac-ken'zie, JVelson, Sas-ka-shau/- 
an, Sev'em, and Albany. 

5. The largest lakes are Win'ni-peg, Aih-a-pes'kow, Slave Lake, 
and Great Bear Lake. 

6. It abounds in wild animals, as beavers, raccoons, bears, and 
deer; and it is chiefly valuable for the fur trade, which is carried 
on by the Hudson’s Bay company, who have established a number 
of houses and forts. 


British America. —1. What is said of the extent of British America? 
2. What does it comprise ? 3. How is it governed ? 

4. What is the religion ? 

New Britain. — 1. What is said of New Britain? 

2. How is it divided ? 3. What is said of this country ? 

4. What are the principal rivers ? 5. Lakes ? 

6. For what is it chiefly valuable ? 



16 


LOWER CANADA. 


7. Some of the principal native tribes are the Esquimaux (es^ke- 
mo) and Knisteneaux (nis'te-no). 

8. The Moravian missionaries liave settlements, in Labrador, at 
OkkaJ(, JVam, and Hopedak. 

LOWER CANADA. 

Falls of the Monlmorenci. 



1. Lower Canada lies on both sides of the St. Lawrence, and is 
separated from Upper Canada by the Ot'ta-w£t. 

2. The great river St. Lawrence forms the most striking feature 
of the country. The other principal rivers are the Saguenai (sag'- 
e-nay), St. Maurice, Chaudiere (sho-de-are'), St. Francis, Richflieu 
or So-rel', and Ot'ta-iod or Uta-ims. 

3. The country is intersected by ridges of mountains, with fer¬ 
tile valleys intervening; but the greater part is still covered with 
forests. 

4. The most populous part of Lower Canada consists of a fertile 
valley, mostly level, through the middle of which the St. Lawrence 
flows. 

5. The climate is subject to great extremes of heat and cold. 
The winters are long and severe: the thermometer sometimes 
rises, in summer, to 100 degrees, and sinks, in winter, to 40 be¬ 
low 0. 


7. What are some of the native tribes ? 

8. Where have the Moravian missionaries settlements ? 

Lower Canada.—1. What is the situation of Lower Canada ? 

2. What rivers are there t 3. What is said of the country ? 

4. Where is the most populous part ? 3. What is’ said of the climate } 







UPPER CANADA. 


m 

6. There are fine cataracts on several of the rivers, particularly 
the Mont-mo-renfci and Chau-di-ere'. 

7. The Falls of the Montmorenci, 8 miles below Quebec, attract 
much notice. Just at the entrance of the river into the St. Lawrence, 
it Ms over a precipice 240 feet perpendicular, presenting a scene 
of singular beauty and grandeur. 

8. Lower Canada is favorably situated for commerce. Some of the 
principal exports are fur, timber, and potashes. 

9. This country was originally settled by the French, and as 
many as four-fifths of the present inhabitants are descendants of 
that nation. They live in great simplicity, resembling a European 
peasantry ; are polite and peaceable, but possessed of little enter¬ 
prise, and their education is too generally neglected. 

10. Their houses are built of stone and plastered; are made ex¬ 
tremely warm by means of stoves ; but are seldom of more than one 
story, except in the towns. 

11. Que-bec', the capital of all British America, is built on a 
promontory, at the confluence of the St. Charles with the St. Law¬ 
rence, nearly 400 miles from the sea, and has an extensive commerce. 
It is divided into two parts, Upper and Lower Towns, and is built 
chiefly of stone. It is celebrated for the beauty and grandeur of its 
surrounding scenery, for its immense strength, and for a battle be¬ 
tween the English and French, in which Wolfe and Montcalm were 
killed. 

12. Mont-re-dU, situated on an island in the St. Lawrence, at the 
head of ship navigation, 180 miles above Quebec, is the most com¬ 
mercial town in Canada, the great emporium of the fur trade, and it 
contains a magnificent Catholic cathedral. The houses are mostly 
built of a grayish stone, and the roofs are covered with sheet iron or 
tin. 

13. Some of the other most important towns are Three Rivers, 
formerly the capital; St. JohiVs, and William Henry or SoreV. 

14. The French, who first settled Canada in 1608, kept possession 
of it till 1759, when Quebec was taken by the English, under gen¬ 
eral Wolfe, and the whole province soon afterwards was surrendered 
to the British. 


UPPER CANADA. 

1. Upper Canada is separated from the United States by the chain 
of the great lakes and the St. Lawrence, and from Lower Canada 
by the Ot'ta-wa ; but its limits to the north and west are not defined. 

2. The most of the country is still covered with forests; the part 
which is settled borders on the St. Lawrence and the lakes, and its 


6. What is said of the cataracts ? 7. Falls of the Montmorenci ? 8. Com¬ 
merce and exports ? 9. Inhabitants ? 10. Houses ? 11. What of 

Quebec? 12. Montreal? 13. What other towns ? 

14. What is said of the history of Canada ? 

Upper Canada. —1. What is the situation of Upper Canada ? 

2. What is related of it ? 

2 * 



NEW BRUNSWICK. 


^ 18 

surface is generally level or moderately uneven ; the soil fertile j the 
climate healthy, and milder than that of Lower Canada. 

3. It is bordered by great lakes and rivers ; and it includes one 
half of the lakes OniaHo, Erie, Huron, and Superior. Lakes JS/'ep'- 
is-sing and Sim'coe are considerable lakes within the territory. 

4. There are no very large rivers, except those on the borders; 
two of the most considerable are tlie Thamesitemz) and Grand river. 

5. Upper Canada is but recently settled ; the population within 
a few years has increased rapidly, by emigrants from Great Britain 
and tlie L nited States ; but there are no very large towns ; and the 
commerce of the province is chiefly with Montreal. 

6. York, the seat of government, is finely situated on the north¬ 
-west part of lake Ontario, and has a fine harbor. 

7. Kingston, situated at the northeast end of lake Ontario, at the 
eiflux of the St. Lawrence, is the largest towm, has an excellent 
harbor, and considerable commerce *, and it is the British naval ar- 

' senal of the lake. 

8. J^i-a'ga-ra, formerly Newark, Queenstown, -Chi}/pe-way, and 
MdVden, were all rendered memorable by events in the late war be¬ 
tween the United States and Great Britain. 

9. There are two large canals in Upper Canada ; Welland canal^ 
connecting lakes Erie and Ontario, 41 miles long ; and Rideau (re-do') 
canal, connecting lake Ontario with the river Ottaw-a, 160 miles long. 

NEW BRUNSWICK. 

1. Ne^v Brunswick, situated betw'een Maine on tlie west, and the 
gulf of St. Lawrence on the east, is not generally mountainous nor 
level, and contains much fertile and well timbered land. 

2. The principal river is the St. JoliKs, a large and noble stream^ 
which, waters a fertile tract of country ; and the chief settlements of 
the province are on or near it. 

3. The pines on the St. John’s are the largest in British America, 
and afford a considerable supply for the English navy. The chief 
exports of the province arc timber, fish, and furs. 

4. The principal hays are the bay of Fundy, Ptts-sa-ma-quod'^dy, 
Merimachi (mer-e-ma-she'), and Chaleur (sha-lure'). 

5. The bay of Fundy is remarkable for its tides, wdiich rise to the 
height of 30, and sometimes, in the narrowest part, even to 60 feet. 
The rise is so rapid that cattle feeding on the shore are often over¬ 
taken and drowned. 

6. Frederickton, situated near the head of sloop navigation on 
the St. John’s, 80 miles from its mouth, is the seat of government, 
and contains a college. 

7. The city of St. John’s, situated near the mouth of the river 


3. What lakes ? 4. Rivers ? 5. What is said of the settlement of the country ? 
6. What is said of York 7. Kingston? 8. Niagara, &c.? 

9. What canals ? 

New Brunswick.— 1 . What is the situation of New Brunswick ? 

2. What is the principal river ? 3. What are the exports ? 

4. What are the bays ? .5. What is said of the bay of Fundy ? 6. Fred¬ 

erickton ? 7. St. John’s ? 



ST. JOHN’S AND CAPE BRETON. 


19 

St. John's, is much tJie largest town; and has an excellent harbor 
-and an extensive commerce. 

8. St. Andrnv‘*s, on an arm of Passamaqiioddy bay, and Mer-i-via- 
cM', on a bay of the same name, are considerable towns. 


NOVA SCOTIA. 

1. Nova Scotia is a large ^e?u’n5u/a, about 300 miles long, and is 
separated from Nom^ Brunswick, in pai% by the bay of Fundy. 

2. The surface is uneven, but there are no high mountains. The 
northeast shores present a dreary and rugged aspect; the soil on 
the coast is generally poor, but in the interior, better, and in the 
southwest part, very good ; the climate is cold, but healthy. 

3. The principal exports are timber and fsh ; also gypsum or plas¬ 
ter of Paris, which is exported in large quantities to the United 
States. 

4. Halifax, the capital, is situated on Chebucto bay, near tlie 
centre of the peninsula, and has considerable commerce. It is cel¬ 
ebrated for its excellent harbor, and for being the principal English 
naval station in the northern part of America. 

5. Some of the other principal towns are Yarmouth, Liverpool, 
Lunenburg, and Windsor; at which last is a college, with considera¬ 
ble endowments, called King’s College. 

6. Nova Scotia was first settled by the French, and called by 
them Acadia ; but was afterwards taken by the English, who gave 
it its present name. 


ST. JOHN’S AND CAPE BRETON. 

1. The island of St. John's, or Prince Edward, is governed by a 
lieutenant-governor, and the island of Cape Breton (bre-toon') is an¬ 
nexed to the province of Low er Canada. 

2. These islands are each about 110 miles in length, have a good 
soil, and are valuable for their fisheries. 

3. Louisburg, on Cape Breton, w'as once very strongly fortified, 
and is famous for having been twice taken from the French ; the 
first time, in 1745, by tlie New England troops; the second time, in 
1758, by the EInglisli. 


8. What is said of St. Andrew’s and Merimachi ? 

Nova Scotia. —1. What is said of Nova Scotia ? 

2. What of the surface and soil ? 3. Exports.^ 4. Halifax ? 

5. What other towns are there ? 

6. What is related of the history of Nova Scotia : 

St. John’s and Cape Breton. —1. What is said of the government 
of these islands ? 2. What is said of them ? 

3. What is related of Louisburg ? 



20 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

1. Newfoundland is situated east of the gulf of St. Lawrence, 
separated from Labrador by the strait of Bellisle (bel-ile'), and is 380 
miles in length, but is little settled, and the interior is little known. 

2. The country toward the coast is hilly, the shores rugged, the 
soil unproductive ; though timber is abundant. 

3. The climate is cold and dreary, subject to fogs, attended with 
frequent storms of snow and sleet. 

4. This island is valuable chiefly for the cod-Jisheries, which are 
carried on upon the shoals, called the Banks of JVewfoundland. 
These are the most valuable cod-flsheries in the world, and employ 
as many as 3000 small vessels, belonging chiefly to the United 
States and Great Britain. 

5. The settlements are all in the southeast part. St. John’s, a 
considerable town, is the capital; the other principal towns are Pla¬ 
centia and Bonavista. 


THE BERMUDAS. 

1. The Ber-mu'das or Som'ers Islands are situated in the Atlantic, 
to the east of South Carolina, nearly equidistant from Nova Scotia 
and the West Indies. 

2. They are about 400 in number ; but most of them are very 
small, entirely barren, and uninhabited. The largest is St. George's 
island, which is 15 miles long. 

3. The cUmate is of a delightful temperature, but subject to vio¬ 
lent storms and hurricanes. 


Newfoundland.— 1. What arc the situation and extent of Newfound¬ 
land ? 2. What is said of it ? 3. What is the climate ? 

4. For what is the island valuable ? 5. What towns are there ? 

The Bermudas.— 1. What is the situation of the Bermudas ? 

2. How many are there ^ 3. What is the climate ? 


See Map JVo. 11. —How is Newfoundland situated.? Nova Scotia? 
New Brunswick ? Cape Breton ? The island of St. John’s ? The 
Great Bank ? Where is the strait of Bellisle ? The bay of Fundy ? 
How is the town of St. John’s situated .? Halifax.? Louisburg ? 
Cape Sable ? 

See Map JVb. III. —Where does the river St. John’s in New Bruns¬ 
wick empty ? Where is Chaleur bay ? Where Merimachi ? 

How is Frederickton situated ? St. John’s.? St. Andrew’s ? 

What rivers flow into the St. Lawrence ? 

What lakes are there in Lower Canada .? How is Quebec situated.? Mon¬ 
treal ? Three Rivers .? Sorel ? St. John’s ? Stanstead ? 

What lakes are in Upper Canada ? What rivers ? How is York situated ? 
Kingston? Niagara? Chippeway ? Queenstown? Malden? 




UNITED STATES. 


21 


UNITED STATES. 


1. The territory of the United States embraces the middle division 
of North America, extending from the Atlantic ocean on the east, 
to the Pacific on the west, about 3,000 miles from east to west, and 
1,700 from north to south. 

2. Most of the country which lies Avest of the Mississippi is still 
in the possession of the Indians, and also a part of that Avhich is 
east of this great river. 


United States.—1. Wliat is the extent of the United States ? 

2. What part is in tJie possession of the Indians ? 


Questions on the Map of the United States. 

1. Which state lies farthest to the northeast.’ 

2. What part of tlio Uiiltod States is farthest smith ? 

3. What is the direction of tlie coast from Florida to Maine ? 

4. What are the principal bays on the coast 

3. What capes are there at the mouth of Massachusetts bay ? 

G. Where is Delaware bay ? 7. What capes at its mouth ? 

8. Where is Chesapeake bay ? 9. What capes at its mouth ? 

10. What capes are there on the coast of North Carolina 

11. What is the direction of the Alleghany Mountains 

12. What is the direction of the course of the 8t. Laivrence 13. Of the 

Connecticut, Hudson, and Delaware : 

14. In Avhat direction do the rivers in the Southern States flow into the 
Atlantic .’ 15. What are the principal l ivers that flow into the At¬ 

lantic 16. What rivers flow into the Gulf of Mexico .’ 

17. In what direction do they run 18. What is the direction of the Ohio ? 

19. What large rivers flow into the Mississippi on the east side ? 20. What 
three large ones on the west side .’ 

21. What are the five lakes on the north of the United States 

22. Which is the farthest northwest.’ 23. Which farthest east.’ 

24. Which lies wholly within the United States? 25. Between which are 
the falls of Niagara.’ 26. What lake lies between Vermont and 
New York ? 27. What states border on the Atlantic.’ 

28. What states border on the gulf of Mexico .’ 29. What states border 

on the great lakes ? 30. What states border on the Mississippi ’ 

31. What states border on the Ohio ? * 

32. What states are separated by the Connecticut.’ 

.33. What states are intersected by the Connecticut.’ 

34. What states are separated by the Potomac .’ 35. What states are sep¬ 
arated by the Savannah.’ 36. What states are intersected by the 

parallel of 40°.’ 37. What states lie wholly north of it? 38. 

What states south .’ 39. What states are intersected by the merid¬ 
ian of Washington .’ 40. What states lie wholly east of it ’ What 

states w'est ? 41. Which are some of the largest states ? 





22 


UNITED STATES. 


3. The number of states, at the time of the declaration of inde¬ 
pendence, was 13; the present number is 21; and in addition to 
these, the small district of Columbia, and six large tracts of country, 
styled territories, which are but little settled, belong to the Union. 

4. The states are distinguished into four general divisions, t! 
Eastern, Middle, Southern, and Western. 


J^ew England or 
Eastern States. 


States. 

1. Maine, 

2. New Hampshire, 

3. Vermont, 

4. Massachusetts, 

5. Rhode Island, 

6. Connecticut, 


Seats of Government. 
Augusta. 

Concord. 

Montpelier. 

Boston. 

Providence, Newport. 
Hartford, New Haven. 


Middle States. 


f 7. New York, 
j 8. New Jersey, 

1 9. Pennsylvania, 
1^10. Delaware, 


Albany. 

Trenton. 

' Harrisburg. 
Dover. 


Southern States. 


' 11. Maryland, 

12. Virginia, 

13. North Carolina, 

14. Smith Carolina, 

15. Georgia, 

16. Alabama, 

17. Mississippi, 

, 18. Louisiana, 


Annapolis. 

Richmond. 

Raleigh. 

Oolumbia. 

Milledgeville. 

Tuscaloosa. 

Jackson. 

Donaldson. 


Western States. 


'19. Tennessee, 
20. Kentucky, 

^ 21. Ohio, 

I 22. Indiana, 

23. Illinois, 
(^24. Missouri, 


Nashville. 

Frankfort. 

Columbus. 

Indianopolis. 

V andalia. 

Jefferson. 


District. 


Columbia, 


Washington. 


Territones. 


' Florida, Tallahassee. 

Michigan, Detroit. 

Huron or NorthAvest. 

Arkansas, Little Rock. 

Missouri. 

^ Oregon. 


3. What states and territories belong to the Union ? 

4. Into what four divisions are they distinguished ? Which are the East¬ 

ern States ? The Middle States ? The Southern States ? What 
territories are there ? What is the seat of government of Maine ? 
Of New Hampshire, &c. ? 


42. Which the smallest states ? 43. How is Maine bounded ? 44. New 

Hampshire? 45. Vermont? 46. Massachusetts? 47. Rhode Island? 








UNITED STATES. 


23 


5. The states are all divided into counties, and in the Eastern, 
Middle, and a part of the Western States, the counties are subdi¬ 
vided into toivnships ; but in the rest they are not. 

6. The Eastern States are generally mountainous or hilly. South 
of Long Island, the coast, in some parts for more than 100 miles 
from the sea, is mostly a hat sandy plain, elevated but a little above 
the level of the ocean: but above the head of tide waters, the 
country becomes first hilly, and afterwards mountainous. The vast 
extent of country lying between the Alleghany and the Rocky 
mountains, is, for the most part, but moderately uneven. 

7. The two great ranges of Mountains are the Rocky Moun¬ 
tains in the west, and the Mleghany or Appalachian Mountains in 
the east. The Alleghany mountains extend from Alabama into 
the state of New York ; or, according to some, nearly to the mouth 
of the St. Lawrence, including the White Mountains of New Hamp¬ 
shire. 

8. The two largest Lakes wholly within the United States are 
Mich'i-gan and Cham-plain'. Lakes Su-pe'ri-or, Hu'ron, E'rie, 
and On-ta'ri-o, lie one half in this country, and one half in Upper 
Canada. 

9. The United States contain many large and navigable Riv¬ 
ers ; some of the principal of which are the Con-nect'i-cut, Hud!son, 
Del'a-ware, Po-to'mac, James, Sa-van'nah, O-hi'o, Ten'nes-see, Mis- 
sis-sip'pi, Arkansas (ar-kan-saw'). Red River, and the Ode-gon or 
Columbia. 

10. The United States embrace a great variety of Climate. 
The forwardness of spring in the northern and southern extrem¬ 
ities of the Union, differs about 2^ months. The annual quantity 
of rain is much greater than in Europe; but the proportion of fair 
w'eather is also much greater, as the rain here falls in much heavier 
showers. 

11. The most important Production of the Eastern States is 
grass; of the Middle States, ivheat; of the Southern States, wheat. 


5. How are the states divided ? 6. What is the face of the country ? 

7. What ranges of mountains ? 8. Lakes ? 9. Rivers ? 

10. What is said of the climate ? 11. Productions.’ 


48. Connecticut.^ 49. New York? 50. New Jersey ? 51. Penn¬ 
sylvania? 52. Delaware? 53. Maryland? 54. Virginia? 55. 
North Carolina ? 56. South Carolina ? 57. Georgia ? 58. Florida ? 

59. Alabama? 60. Mississippi? 61. Louisiana? 62. Tennessee? 63. 
Kentucky? 64. Ohio? 65. Indiana? 66. Illinois? 67. Missou¬ 
ri ? 68. Michigan ? 69. Northwest Territory ? 70. Arkansas 

Territory ? 

71. Between what states is the city of Washington situated ? 

72. In what direction from it are Baltimore, Philadelphia, New York, 

Boston and Portland ? 

73. In what direction are Richmond, Raleigh, and Charleston ? 

74. In what direction are Cincinnati and St. Louis ? 

75. In what direction is Detroit? 76. Harrisburg ? 




24 


UNITED STATES. 


tobacco, cotton, rice, a^nd sugar ; and of tlie Western States, wheat, 
maize, hemp, cotton, and tobacco. 

12. The Commerce of the United States is very extensive, and 
is exceeded by that of no other country except Great Britain. 

13. The Exports consist chiefly of rav/ materials. The five 
most considerable articles are cotton, fiour, tobacco, timber, and rice. 

14. The means of common Education are widely extended, and 
there arc numerous seminaries of learning" throughout the coun¬ 
try ; though there are no literary establishments on so large a scale 
as many in Europe. 

15. The constitution leaves every individual fo the free exercise 
of his own Religion ; none is established or supported by law. 
The inhabitants are divided into a great variety of sects, tlie 
principal of which are Baptists, Methodists, Presbyterians, Congre- 
gationalists. Episcopalians, German Lutherans, Quakers, and Ro¬ 
man Catholics. 

16. The white Inhabitants are of European descent, chiefly 
English, especially the inhabitants of New England, Virginia, and 
tbe Carolinas. The Germans are most numerous in Pennsylvania, 
the Dutch in New York, and the French in Louisiana. Irish, 
Scotch, Swedes, and Spaniards are found in considerable numbers in 
different parts. 

17. The negroes are mostly held in slavery, and are found 
cliieffy in the Southern States. 

18. The most numerous tribes of Indians that are found east of » 
the Mississippi are the Choctaws, Creeks and Cherokees. These 
tribes reside in the states of Georgia, Tennessee, Alabama, and 
Mississippi. 

19. The Government is that of a federal republic. Each state 
is independent, and has a separate executive, legislature, and judi¬ 
ciary ; but the defence of the country, the regulation of commerce, 
and the general interests of the confederacy, are intrusted to the 
general government. 

20. No country in the v/orld enjoys a more free and equitable 
system of government. All power originates Avith the people, Avho 
are governed by laAvs Avhich are enacted by men of their oavu 
choice. 

21. The Constitution secures to the citizens the grand principles 
of freedom, liberty of conscience in matters of religion, liberty of 
the press, trial by jury, and the right of choosing and being chosen 
to office. 

22. The executive power, which is the power tliat administers the 
government, is vested in a president, Avho, together rvith the vice 
president, is chosen for 4 years by electors from all the states. 
The principal subordinate officers, in the executive department 
are the secretaries of state, of the treasury, of tear, and of the navy. 


12. What is said of the commerce ? 1.3. Exports.? 14. Education.? 15. 

Religion? IG. Inhabitants.? 17. Negroes.? 18. Indians.? 19. 
Government.? 20. What is said of its character .? 

21. What is said of tlie constitution .? 22. The executive poAver 




EASTERN STATES. 


25 


23. Tlie hgtslalive power, that is, the power which makes the 
laws, is vested in a congress, consisting of a senate and home of 
representatives. 

24. The senate is composed of 2 members from each state, cho¬ 
sen by the state legislature for (i years. 

25. The representatives are elected by the people every 2 years. 
One representative is chosen for every 40,000 inhabitants. In the 
slave-holding states, 5 slaves are allowed to count the same as 3 
freemen. 

20. The judiciary power is the authority which dispenses justice, 
or expounds and applies the laws, and is independent of the legis¬ 
lature : the judges hold their office during good behavior. The 
supreme court is composed of 7 judges. 

27. The United States were originally colonies of Great Britain; 
but they made a declaration of independence on the 4th of July, 
1776; and after a revolutionary war of 7 years, their independence 
was acknowledged by Great Britain. 

28. The present constitution was adopted in 1788, and the gov¬ 
ernment organized under Washington, as president, in 1789. 

29. The following view exhibits the succession of the presidents 
of the United States: 


George Washington, 

from 1789 

to 

1797 

8 years. 

John Adams 

u 

1797 

u 

1801 

4 

Thomas Jefferson 

u 

1801 

u 

1809 

8 

James Madison 

u 

1809 

u 

1817 

8 

James Monroe 

u 

1817 

u 

1825 

8 

John Q. Adams 

u 

1825 

n 

1829 

4 

Andrew Jackson 

u 

1829 





NEW ENGLAND or EASTERN STATES. 

1. The six Eastern or New England States, lie east of the Hud¬ 
son. They are Maine, JVetv Hampshire, Vf rmont, Massachusetts, 
Rhode Island, and Connecticut. 

2. The river Connecticut is the largest and linest river of New' 

England. It rises on the borders of Canada, separates New Hamp¬ 
shire from Vennont, flows through the western part of Massa¬ 
chusetts, and the central part of Connecticut, and runs into Long 
Island sound. It is navigable for sloops to Hartford, .50 miles ; and 
by means’ of locks and canals, it has been rendered navigable for 
—----^ 

23. What is said of the legislative power ? 21. The senate ? 2.5. The 

representatives? 26. The judiciary ? 

27. What is mentioned of the history of the United States ? 

28. When was the Constitution adopted ? 

29. Who have been the 7 successive presidents ? 

New England.—1. Which are the Eastern or New England States? 
2. What is said of the river Connecticut ? 

3 



EASTERN STATES. 


2G 

boats above Bath, about 300 miles. It flows through a very 

fine country, and there are upon its banks many pleasant towns. 

3. The Merrimack rises in the White mountains, flows through 
the central part of New Hampshire and the northeastern part of 
Massachusetts, and runs into the Atlantic below Newburyport. It 
is navigable for vessels of 200 tons to Haverhill, 18 miles. By means 
of this river and Middlesex canal, a boat navigation is opened be¬ 
tween Boston and the state of New Hampshire, as far as Concord. 

4. The Surface of the country bordering on the seacoast, to 
a considerable distance inland, is moderately uneven, iri some 
parts spreading into plains, in other parts hilly, but presenting no 
considerable elevations. Further in the interior, it becomes greatly 
diversified with valleys, hills, and mountains. 

5. The principal ranges of Mountains are the Green Mountains, 
which extend through Vermont, Massachusetts, and Connecticut, 
and the White Mountains in New Hampshire. 

6. The Climate is subject to great extremes of heat and cold, but 
is very healthy. In the spring, chilling, damp, easterly winds prevail 
in the country bordering on the seacoast, which are very disagreeable. 

7. The Soil is various ; but a large proportion of it is good. It 
is, for the most part, better adapted to grazing than tillage ; and at 
some distance in the interior, it is generally of better quality than 
toward the seacoast. 

8. The most important Production is grass. The country 
aboui^s in excellent pastures and meadows, which feed great 
numbers of fine cattle ; and beef, pork, butter, and cheese are among 
the most valuable productions. Indian corn, rye, wheat, oats, barley, 
fax, and hops are extensively cultivated. Apples and cider are abun¬ 
dant, and good farms are generally furnished with an orchard. 

9. The Exports, in addition to the articles above enumerated, 
consist chiefly of timber, pot and pearl ashes, and fish. 

10. New England is the most commercial division of the United 
States, and its coast abounds in fine harbors. Boston is the cen¬ 
tre of the principal portion of the trade. In the western parts of 
these states, the trade centres at New York; and in the northern 
part of Vermont, the inhabitants carry their produce to Montreal, 

11. The most important mineral production is iron, which is 
found in abundance in many places. There are numerous quarries 
of good marble. I/imestone, lead, coal, and some other minerals 
are found. 

,12. A larger proportion of the people in the Eastern States, par¬ 
ticularly Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, are em¬ 
ployed in Manufactures, than in any other division of the Union. 

13. New England is distinguished for its religious institutions. 
The Congregationalifis and Baptists are the prevailing denomina¬ 
tions. The other principal depominations are Episcopalians, Meth¬ 
odists, Quakers, and Presbyterians. 

3. What is said of the Merrimack ? 4. What of the surface ? 6. What 
mountains ? 6. What is the climate ? 7. Soil ? 8. Productions ? 
9. Exports? 10. What is said of the trade ? 11. Minerals? 12. 
Manufactures? 13. Religion? 




EASTERN STATES. 


27 


14. New England contains many flourishing seminaries of learn¬ 
ing, and is remarkable for its excellent system of common educa¬ 
tion. The towns are divided into suitable districts, in which schools 
are supported by law, thus affording tiie means of common educa¬ 
tion to Eill classes of the community. 


Counties. 

Cumberland 

Hancock 

Kennebec 

Lincoln 

Oxford 


Shire towns. 

Portland 

Castine 

Augusta 

Wiscasset 

Paris 


MAINE. 

Counties. 

Penobscot 

Somerset 

Waldo 

W ashington 

York 


Shire towns. 

Bangor 

Norridgewock 

Belfast 

Machias 

York, Alfred 


1. Maine is much the largest, but the least settled of the East¬ 
ern States. A great part of it is still an uncleared and almost an 
unexplored forest. 

2. The coast of- Maine is indented with hays^ of which those of 
Passamaquoddy and Penobscot are the largest. It is distinguished 
for its numerous and excellent harbors, and its facilities for com¬ 
merce. 

3. The country is well watered by rivers and lakes; and the sur¬ 
face is much diversified with hills, and some parts are mountainous. 
Ka-tah'din mountain is the most el»vated summit in Maine. , 

4. The six principal Rivers are the St. John^s, St. Croix, Pe-noV- 
scot, Ken-ne-bec', An-dros-cog'gin, and Sd'co. 

5. The Penobscot is navigable for vessels of 300 or 400 tons to 
Bangor, 52 miles above the mouth of Penobscot bay; the Kennebec 
is navigable for vessels of 150 tons to Ilallowell, 40 miles from the sea. 

(). Of the numerous Lakes, Moose-head Lake, one of the sources 
of the Kennebec, is the largest in New England; being about 40 
miles in length. Se-ba'go lake is connected with Portland harbor 
by a canal, 20 miles long. 

7. The forests of Maine abound in timber, which is the principal 
article of export. 

8. Augusta, the seat of the state government since 1831, is pleas¬ 
antly situated on the Kennebec, and contains an elegant state-house. 

9. Portland, the largest town, is delightfully situated on Casco 
bay, and has one of the best harbors in the world, and an extensive 
commerce. 

10. Some of the other principal commercial towns are Eastport, 
on an island in Passamaquoddy bay; Belfast, on Penobscot bay; 
Bangor, on the river Penobscot; Bath and Hallowell (hol'lo-el), on 


14. What is said of education ? 

Maine.— 1. What is said of Maine ? 2. What of its bays and harbors? 
3. What of the surface ? 4. Which are the six principal rivei-s ? 

5. What is said of the Penobscot and Kennebec ? 6. What of Moose- 
head lake ? 7. What of the forests ? 8. What of Augusta ? 

9. What is said of Portland ? 10. What other commercial towns ? 



28 


MAINE. 


the Kennebec; Sd^co, near the mouth of the Saco; and Ken-ne- 
bunk', 

H. Thomaston, on Penobscot bay, is noted for the state prison, 
and for the export of lime; Hollis, on the Saco, for a remarkable 
spring. 

12. The Literary Seminaries in Maine are Boivdoin College 
at Brunswick, a flourishing institution; JVatei'ville College, at Wa- 
terville, under the direction of the Baptist denomination; a theo¬ 
logical school at Bangor; and the Gardiner Lyceum, at Gardiner. 

13. A settlement by the English, was made at York about 1630. 
Maine formed a part of the state of Massachusetts, under the title 
of the District of Maine, till 1820, when it was erected into an in¬ 
dependent state. 


11. AVhat is said ot Thomaston and Hollis.^ 12. What literary semina¬ 
ries ? 1.3. What notice of the history of Maine ? 


See Map of U. S: —What are the rivers of Maine ? What ones rise 
* in New Hampshire ? In wh^t part does the St. John’s flow ? The 
St. Croix ? The Penobscot and Kennebec ? 

Where is Passamaquoddy bay ? Penobscot bay ? Where Katahdin moun¬ 
tain ? How is Portland situated ? Augusta ? Eastport ? Machias ? 
What towns are on the Penobscot river and bay ? 

What ones on the St. Croix ? 

See Map JVb. IV. —What towrts are on the Kennebec ? The An¬ 
droscoggin ? The Saco.? 

What towns on the coast between Portland and Portsmouth ? 


NEW HAMPSHIRE. 


White. Mountains, 










NEW HAMPSHIRE. 


29 


Counties. 

Cheshire 

Coos 

Grafton 

Hillsborough 

Merrimack 


Shire towns. 

Keene 

Lancaster 

Haverhill 

Plymoutli 

Amherst 

Concord 


Counties. 

Rockingham 

Strafford 

Sullivan 


Shire towns. 

^ Portsmouth 
) Exeter 
S Dover, Gilford 
( Rochester 
Newport 


1. New Hampshire is characterized by bold features; it is the 
most mountainous state in the Union ; and a considerable portion is 
so broken as not to be susceptible of cultivation. 

2. The White Mountains are tlie most elevated in the United 
States to the cast of the Mississippi, and display the most sublime 
mountain scenery. The highest summit of this range is Mount 
Washington. 

3. Some of the other summits in the state are the Great Hay¬ 
stack, near Franconia, Moose-hiVlock, to the east of Haverhill, and 
Mo-nadf nock, to the southeast of Keene. 

4. The three principal Rivers are the Con-necVi-cut, Mer'ri- 
irmck, and Pis-cat'a-qua. 

5. Of the Lakes, the largest is Winnipiseogee (win-e-pe-saw'ke), 
which is 23 miles in length, and of very irregular form. It is a 
very beautiful lake, surrounded with the most romantic scenery. 
Near it is Squam lake, a fine sheet of water, 10 miles long. 

6. Lake Umhagog, on the borders of New Hampshire and Maine, 
is represented as but little inferior to Winnipiseogee, in extent and 
beauty. 

7. The most remarkable natural curiosity is the JVotch or Gap in 
the White Mountains, which presents a scenery exceedingly grand 
and picturesque. The whole mountain range seems to have been 
cloven down quite to its base, opening a passage for a road, and for 
the head stream of the river Sa'co. 


8. In the township of Franconia, there is a singular curiosity, 
called the Profile or tlie Old Man of the Mountains. The high 
peak on which it is situated, rises abruptly, opposite to the Great 
Haystack, presenting a bold front of bare rock, a side view of which 
exhibits a complete profile of the human face. 

9. Con'cord, pleasantly situated on the Merrimack, in the central 
part of the state, is the seat of government. It contains an elegant 
State-house of stone, and has considerable trade. 

10. Ports'mouth is the largest town in the state, and tlie only sea¬ 
port. It is pleasantly situated on the Piscataqua, three miles from 
tlie sea, and has a very excellent harbor. Here is a United States 
navy-yard. 


New Hampshire.— 1. What is said of New Hampshire .? 

2. What of the White Mountains ? 3. What other summits are there ? 

4. W'hat rivers 

6. What is said of lake Winnipiseogee and Squam lake ? 6. Lake Umba- 
gog ^ 7. Vv'hat is the most remarkable natural curiosity ? 

S. What is said of the Profile ? 

9. What is said of Concord i* 10. Portsmouth ? 




30 


NEW HAMPSHIRE. 


11. Do'vtr, 12 miles from Portsmouth, is the most considerable 
town in the state for manufactures. 

12. Ex'e-ter^ a pleasant toAvn, is celebrated as the seat of Phillips 
Academy ; Hun'over, as the seat of Dartmouth College ; JVash/u-a 
Village, for manufactures ; Franco'nia, a small place, is noted for its 
iron works, and for its sublime natural scenery. 

13. Keene, Walpole, Charlestown, Haverhill, and various others, 
are pleasant towns. 

14. Dartmouth College, in Hanover, is a respectable and flourish¬ 
ing institution, and has connected with it a medical school. 

15. The first English settlement in New Hampshire, was made 
near the mouth of the Piscataqua, in 1623. It was formed into a 
separate government in 1679, before which it was under the juris¬ 
diction of Massachusetts. 


VERMONT. 


Counties. 

Addison 

Bennington 

Caledonia 
Chittenden 
Essex 
Franklin 
Grand Isle 


Shire toivns. 

Middlebury 

Bennington 

Manchester 

Danville 

Burlington 

Guildhall 

St. Alban’s 

North Hero 


Cownties. 

Orange 

Orleans 

Rutland 

Washington 

Windham 

Windsor 


Shire toivns. 

Chelsea 

Irasburg 

Rutland 

Montpelier 

Newfane 

Windsor 

Woodstock 


1. Vermont is wholly inland ; and its most distinguishing natural 
feature consists of the Green Mountains, which extend throughout 
the country, from north to south, and which are covered with ever¬ 
green trees ; and it is from these mountains that the state derives 
its name. 

2. Some of the principal summits are Mansjield Mountain, to tiie 
east of Burlington; Camel’s Rump, south of Mansfield mountain, 
and between Burlington and Montpelier; and Killington Peak, to 
the east of R utland. 

3. Though the surface of Vermont is mountainous, the soil is 
generally fertile ; and the proportion that is unfit for cultivation is 
less than in New Hampshire. 


11, What is said of Dover? 12. Exeter, Hanover, &c. ? 

13. What other towns are mentioned ? 14. What is said of Dartmouth 

College ? 1.5, What is related of the history of New Hampshire ? 

Vermont.— 1. What is said of Vermont? 2. What are some of the 
nrincipal summits ? 3. What is said of the soil ? 


See Map JVo. IV .—What river flows on the west side of New Hamp¬ 
shire ? What is the course of the Merrimack ? The Piscataqua ? 
Where is lake Winnipiseogce ? Squam lake ? Umbagog ? 

How is Portsmouth situated ? Concord? Dover? Exeter? Amherst? 
Keene? Franconia ? What towns in N. H. arc on or near the 
Connecticut ? The Merrimack ? The Piscataqua ? 





VERMONT. 


31 


4. Connecticut river forms the eastern boundary. The principal 
rivers within the state are the Otter Creeks Onion, La Moille, and 
Missisque (mis-sis'ke)., 

5. Lake Champlain lies between this state and New York, and 
contains three considerable islands which belong to Vermont. Lake 
.Mem-phre-ma'gog is partly in Vermont and partly in Canada. 

G. There are several remarkable caves whicli are regarded as 
curiosities, two of which are at Clarendon and Plymouth. 

7. Mont-pe'lier, the seat of government, is situated near tlie 
centre of the state, on Onion river, in a pleasant valley, surrounded 
by mountains. 

8. Burlington, on lake Champlain, is the largest and most com¬ 
mercial town, and is remarkable for its delightful situation, and 
beautiful landscapes. 

9. Mid!dle-hu-i'y, on tlic river Otter Creek, at the falls, is distin¬ 
guished for manufactures, and an excellent quarry of marble. 

10. Rutland and Ver-gennes', also on the Otter Creek, and St. 
Alhaix's, on lake Champlain, are places of some importance. 

11. Windsor and Brat'tle-hor-ough, bn Connecticut river, and also 
Woodstock, are pleasant and flourishing towns. 

12. Ben'ning-ton, near the southwest corner of the state, is re¬ 
markable for being the oldest town in Vermont, and for a battle 
during the revolutionary war. 

13. Vermont has two Colleges, one, styled the University of Ver¬ 
mont, at Burlington ; and Middlebury College, at Middlebury. 

14. Vermont was settled much later than the other New England 
States, and was not admitted into the Union as an independent state 
tm 1791. 


4. What is said of the rivers ? 5. Lakes ? 6. Curiosities ? 7. Montpe 

Her ? 8. Burlington ? 9. Middlebury ? 

10. What is said of Rutland and Vergennes ? 11. Windsor and Brattle 

borough ? 12. Bennington ? 13. W^hat colleges ? 

14. What notice of the history of Vermont ? 


See .Map J\'o. IV. —What forms the east and what the west boundary 
of Vermont ? What rivers in this state flow into lake Champlain ? 
W'hat is the course of the Green Mountains ? How is Montpelier situ¬ 
ated ? BurlingtonBennington ? Rutland 
W'hat towns in Vermont are on Connecticut river i What ones on lake 
Champlain I Wliat ones on the Otter Creek 




32 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


Catching Whales. 



Counties. 

Shire toums. 

Counties. 

Shire towns. 

Barnstable 

Barnstable 

Hampden 

Springfield 

Berkshire 

Lenox 

Hampshire 

Northampton 

Bristol 

^ Taunton 
^ New Bedford 

Middlesex 

^ Cambridge 
^ Concord 

Duke’s 

Edgartown 

Nantucket 

Nantucket 


C Salem 

Norfolk 

Dedham 

Essex 

^ Newbury port 

Plymouth 

Plymouth 


^ Ipswich 

Suffolk 

Boston 

Franklin 

Greenfield 

Worcester 

Worcester 


1. Massachusetts is distinguished for having been the first settled 

of the Eastern States ; for the leading part which she took among 
the colonies, particularly in the revolutionary war; for the enter¬ 
prise and intelligence of her citizens ; for being the most thickly 
settled and most commercial state in the Union; and for carryino- 
on the principal part of the fisheries. ° 

2. The surface west of Connecticut river is mountainous ; east of 
this river, it is hilly, except in the southeast part of the state, where 
it is level or moderately uneven, and the soil here poor. 

3. The Green Mountains extend through the western part. The 
highest summit of this range in Massachusetts is Saddle Mountain. 
Wa-chu'sett Mountain is a noted summit in the township of Prince¬ 
ton. 

4. The two largest Rivers are the Connecticut and Menimack; 
Charles river flows into Boston harbor; Tdun'ton river into an arm 


Massachusetts.— 1. What is said of Massachusetts? 2. What of the 
surface ? 3. What mountains ? 4. Rivers ? 














MASSACHUSETTS. 


33 


! of Narra^anset bay ; the ,Ycish'u-a into the Merrimack ; the Chickf- 
I c-pee and Miller's river into the Connecticut; and the Hou-sa-ion'ic 
\ rises in the western part. 

[ 5. The principal Bays arc Massachusetts bay, between Cape Ann 

I and Cape Cod; Barn'sta-Ue bay and Buz'zard's bay. 

(1. Tlie peninsula of Cape Cod fonns a remarkable feature of the 
state, and is in tlie form of a man’s arm bent inward. It is mostly 
sandy and barren, and the inhabitants obtain their subsistence chiefly 
from the sea. 

7. Tlie two principal Islands are JVan-tuck'et and Martha's Vine¬ 
yard, neither of wliich is very fertile. To the southeast of the for¬ 
mer are the JVantucket shoals, where many vessels have been ship¬ 
wrecked. 

8. Some of the curiosities are Lynn-Beach, which connects tlie 
peninsula of Nahant with the main land ; a hieroglyphic inscription 
on a rock on Taunton river in Dighton ; and Mount Holyoke near 
Northampton, which affords an extensive and delightful view of the 
country bordering on Connecticut river. 

9. Middlesex Canal, which connects Boston harbor with the Mer¬ 
rimack, is 30 miles long. It was completed in 1804, and was at that 

i time the most considerable canal in the United States. Blackstmie 
I Canal extends from Worcester to Providence, and is 45 miles in 
! length. • 

10. Boston, the capital of Massachusetts, and the literary and 
commercial metropolis of New England, is an opulent and Well 

j built city, finely situated on a peninsula at the head of Mossachu- 
I setts bay, has an excellent harbor, and is the second town with re- 
i spect to commerce in the Union. 

I 11. Salem, 14 miles N. E. of Boston, is the second town in the 
state for population and commerce ; and JS/eu/bu-mj-port, finely situ¬ 
ated near the mouth of tlie Merrimack, has some trade. 

12. Mar-hle-head', Bev'er-ly, and Gloucester (glos'ter), are largely 
concerned in the Bank or cod fishery. 

13. JVew Bed!ford, a flourishing commercial town, on an arm of 
Buzzard’s bay, carries on an extensive business in the whale fishery; 
and JVan-tuck'et, on an island of the same name, is distinguished for 
its enterprise- in the same trade. 

14. Plymouth is celebrated for being the first settled town in 
New England ; Charlestown, adjoining Boston, is noted for the state 
prison, the U. S. navy-yard, and an insane hospital, and for being 
the place where Bunker Hill battle was fought; Lexington, for 
being the place where the first blood was shed in the revolutionary 
war. 

_15. anewly built and flourishing town, at Pawtucket falls, 


5. What bays ? 6. What is said of the peninsula of Cape Cod ? 7. 

What islands ? 8. Curiosities ? 

9. What^anals? 10. What is said of Boston ? 11. Salem and Newbury- 
port ? 12. What towns are engaged in the Bank fishery? 

13. What ones in the whale fishery ? 14. What is said of Plymouth, 

Charlestown, and Lexington ? 15. Lowel! ? 




34 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


on the Merrimack, is noted for manufactures ; as also are ffdUtham, 
and the village of Fall River in Troy, on the borders of Rhode Island. 

16. Springfield and JVorthampton are the two principal towns on 
Connecticut river ; the former is noted for the United States armory ; 
the latter for a seminary called the Round Hill school. 

17. Worcester (wurs'ter), a pleasant and flourishing town in the 
central part of the state, is connected with Providence by Blackstone 
canal. Some of tlie other flourishing towns are Haverhill (ha'ver-il), 
Ded'ham, Taunton (tan'tun), and Pittsfield. 

18. Cdm'hridge is celebrated for its university Am'herst and Wil- 
liamstown for colleges ; An'do-ver for its theological seminary and 
Phillips Academy. 

19. Massachusetts is distinguished for its Literary Institu¬ 
tions. Harvard University, in Cambridge, is the oldest seminary 
in America, and has the richest endowments, and the largest library. 
It comprises four departments, one for undergraduates, and one for 
each of the professions of theolo^, medicine, and law. 

20. Williams College, at Williamstown, is a respectable institu¬ 
tion ; Amherst College has risen rapidly to a high state of prosperity ; 
the theological seminary at Andover is richly endowed and flourishing; 
and there is a Baptist theological seminary at JVewton. 

21. Massachusetts originally formed two colonies, Plyinouth and 
Massachusetts hay, which were united under one government in 
1692. . The first English settlement in New England was made at 
Plymouth by 101 Puritans, who fled from religious persecution in 
England. They landed on the 22d of December, 1620; the anni¬ 
versary is still observed. Salem was settled in 1628; Boston iu 
1630. 


16. Springfield and Northampton? 17. What are some of the other con¬ 
siderable towns? 18, Cambridge, Amherst, &c. ? 

19. What is said of Harvard University ? 

20. What is said of Williams and Amherst colleges ? 

21. What is said of the history of Massachusetts and its first settlement ? 


See Map JVo. IV .—Where is Cape Cod ? Cape Ann ? Cape Malabar ? 
Where is Massachusetts bay ? Buzzard’s bay ? Barnstable bay ? 
Nantucket island and Martha’s Vineyard ? 

Through what part of Massachusetts does the Connecticut flow ? The 
Merrimack ? What rivers in this state flow into the Connecticut ? 
How is Boston situated? Salem? Plymouth? Newburyport ? Glou¬ 
cester? Marblehead? New'Bedford? Dedham? Taunton? Wor¬ 
cester? Pittsfield? Williamstow'n ? 

What towns are on the Connecticut ? What ones to the west of the river ? 
What ones on the Merrimack ? 




RHODE ISLAND. 


35 


RHODE ISLAND. 


Counties. Shire towns. 

Bristol Bristol 

Kent East Greenwich 

Newport Newport 


Counties. Shire toums. 

Providence Providence 

Washington South Kingston 


1. Rhode Island is the smallest state in the Union in extent of 
territory, but the first, in proportion to its population, with regard to 
manufactures. 

2. The most distinguishing natural feature is jYar-ra-gan'set hay, 
which is a beautiful expanse of water, about 30 miles in length, in¬ 
tersecting the state from north to south. Paw-tuck!ci river flows 
into the north end of tliis bay. In Massachusetts it is called Black- 
stone river, and it gives name to Blackstone Canal. 

3. Several Islands lie in Narraganset bay, of which the largestis 
Rhode Island, a beautiful and fertile island, from which the state de¬ 
rives its name. Block Island is in the Atlantic. 

4. The surface is mostly level or moderately uneven, except in 
the western part, which is hilly and rocky. 

5. Mount Hope, an eminence near Bristol, is famous for having 
been the residence of the Indian king Philip. 

6. The soil in the country bordering on Narraganset bay and on 
the islands, is very fertile ; in the western and northwestern parts, 
it is thin and lean. 

7. Providence, situated above the head of Narraganset bay, is a 
very flourishing town, the second in population in New England, 
and one of the most considerable in the United States for manufac¬ 
tures ; and it has also an extensive commerce. 

8. JVewpoi't, delightfully situated on the soutliwest end of the 
island of Rhode Island, is celebrated for its admirable harbor, the 
salubrity of its climate, and excellence and variety of its fish; but its 
population and commerce are less than before the revolutionary war. 

9. Bristol and Warren, between Providence and Newport, are 
pleasant towns, and have some commerce. 

10. Pawtucket, at the fine falls of the Pawtucket, is distinguished 
for manufactures. 

11. A swamp in the western part of South Kingston, is noted for 
a famous victory over the Narraganset Indians, called the swamp 

12. Brown University, a respectable and flourishing seminary, is 
at Providence. At the same place the Friends have a large hoard¬ 
ing school. 


Rhode Island. —1. What is said of Rhode Island 
2. What of Narraganset bay, &c. 1 3. What islands ? 

4. What is said of the surface5. Mount Hope ^ 6. Soil ? 7. Provi¬ 

dence 8. Newport.^ 9. Bristol and Warren.^ 10, Pawtucket? 
11. South Kingston ? 12. What seminaries of learning.? 



36 


RHODE ISLAND. 


13. The first settlement in this state was made at Providence, in ^ 
1636, by Roger Williams, a minister who was banished from Ma,ssa- 
chusetts, on account of his religious opinions. To him is ascribed 
the honor of having established the first political community in which 
perfect religious toleration was admitted. 


CONNECTICUT. 


Counties. 

Fairfield 

Hartford 

Litchfield 

Middlesex 


Shire towns. 

Fairfield 

Danbury 

Hartford 

Litchfield 

Middletown 


Counties. 
New Haven 

New London 

Tolland 

Windham 


Shire towns. 
New Haven 
New London 
Norwich 
Tolland 
Brooklyn 


1. Connecticut is a small state, favorably situated ; and the inhab¬ 
itants are distinguished for intelligence and industry. 

9. The surface is hilly, but there are no high mountains ; the soil 
generally fertile and well cultivated. 

.3. The three principal Rivers are the Connecticut, which flows 
through the central part of the state ; the Thames (temz), which is 
navigable to Norwich, 14 miles; and the Hou-sa-ton ic, which is 
navigable to Derby, 19 miles. 

4. The Housatonic has a fine cataract of <30 feet perpendicular, on 
the borders of the town of Canaan. 

5. Connecticut is distinguished for various manufactures, and 
abroad particularly for tin ware, which is sent to almost all parts of 
the United States. 

6. Farmington Canal extends from New Haven to the northern 
border of the state, 57 miles, where it unites with Hampshire and 
Hampden Canal, which leads to Westfield, and is to be continued to 
Northampton—whole length, 87 miles. 

7. Connecticut has no very large city, but has many pleasant and 
considerable towns and villages. Hartford and New Haven are 
alternate seats of the legislature, and are both very pleasant cities, 
and are distinguished for their literary institutions. 

8. JVeiv Haven is situated on a bay which extends up from Long 
Island sound, and is the largest and most commercial town in the 


state. 


9. Hartford, pleasantly situated at the head of sloop navigation 
on the Connecticut, 50 miles from its mouth, has considerable trade 
and extensive manufactures. 


13. What notice of the history of Rhode Island ? 

Connecticut.—1. What is said of Connecticut ? 2. W'hat of the sur¬ 
face ? 3. Rivers ? 4. What cataract ? 5. Manufactures ? 6. Far¬ 
mington canal ? 7. W'hat is said of the towns ? 8. New Haven ? 

9. Hartford ? 


See Map JSTo. IV .—Where is Narragansct bay ? Where Block island ? 
How is Providence situatedNewport? Bristol? Pawtucket? 
Warren ? What towns are w est of Narraganset bay ? 




CONNECTICUT. 


37 


10. Middletown, on the Connecticut, 14 miles below Hartford, and 
JVorwich, at the head of navig-ation on the Thames, have extensive 
manufactures and some commerce. 

11. JS/tw London, near the mouth of the Thames, has tiie best 
harbor in the state. 

12. Litchjield, a pleasant town, is noted for its law school; Stafford 
for its mineral waters. 

13. JVeiv London, Aeie Haven, J)anbury, Fairfield, and JVorwalk, 
were rendered memorable by events during the revolutionary war. 

14. Connecticut is distinguished for its attention to education; and 

the state has a fund of about 2,000,000 dollars, the interest of which 
is appropriated to the support of schools. , 

15. Yale College, at New Haven, is one of the most eminent and 
flourishing seminaries in the Union, and has connected with it de¬ 
partments for theology, law, and medicine. 

16. Washington College, a new and flourishing institution, under 
the direction of the Episcopalians, is pleasantly situated at Hartford ; 
and at the same place there is an Asylum for educating the deaf and 
dumb. An institution styled the Wesleyan University, under the di¬ 
rection of the Methodists, was established at Middletown in 1830. 

17. Connecticut colony and JVew Haven colony were originally 
under separate governments, but were united in 1(^5. Hartford was 
settled in 1635; New Haven in 16.38. The present state constitution 
was formed in 1818. 


MIDDLE STATES. 

1. This division comprises the two great states of JVew York and 
Pennsylvania, and the tw’o small ones of J^ew Jersey and Delaware. 

2. The three principal Rivers are the Hudson, Delaware, and 
Sus-que-han'nah. 

3. The Hudson, the great river of New York, rises in the moun¬ 
tains west of lake Champlain, and flows into the x'V.tlahtic, below 
New York city. It is navigable for the largest ships to Hudson, 
117 miles, and for sloops to Troy, 150 miles. It is remarkably 
straight for the distance of 200 miles, and upon its banks are many 


10. What is said of Middletown and Norwich.' 11. New London.^ 12. 
Litchfield and Stafford ? 

1.3. What towns were rendered memorable in the revolutionary war.^ 

14. What is said of education 1-5. Yale College 16. Y/hat other semina¬ 
ries are mentioned .’ 17. What notice of the history of Connecticut ? 
Middle States. —1. Wliich are the Middle States.^ 

2. What are the rivers ^ .3. What is said of the Hudson 

See Map JVo. IV .—What lies south of Connecticut : 

What rivers flow through the state into Long Island sound ? 

How is New Haven situated.^ Hartford.? Litchfield.? What towns in 
Connecticut are on Long Island .sound .? What towns on the Con¬ 
necticut .? The Thames .? The Housalonic ? 

4 



38 


MIDDLE STATES. 


flourishing towns. The passage of the Hudson through the High¬ 
lands is celebrated for its romantic and sublime scenery. 

4. The Delaware rises in the Catskill mountains in New York, 
separates New York and New Jersey from Pennsylvania, and flows 
into Delaware bay. It is navigable for 74 gun ships to Philadelphia, 
55 miles, and for sloops to Trenton. 

5. The Sus-que-han'nah, the largest river in Pennsylvania, is 
formed of two branches; the eastern branch rises in New York, 
and the western in Pennsylvania. They unite at Northumberland, 
and the river flows into the head of Chesapeake bay. Its naviga¬ 
tion is much obstructed by falls and rapids ; yet great quantities of 
timber descend the river to Baltimore. 

6. The Climate is healthy. The east winds in the spring are 
not so piercing and disagreeable as in New England; and the win¬ 
ters are milder, but more liable to sudden and frequent changes. 

7. The most important Production is wheat. Rye, barley, oats, 
buck-wheat, hemp, Jlax, beans, and pease, are extensively cultivated. 
Many parts are good for grazing ; and beef, pork, butter, and cheese, 
are important articles of produce. Various kinds of excellent fruit, 
particularly apples, peaches, and pears, are abundant 

8. The Presbyterians are the most numerous denomination of 
Christians. The other principal sects are Episcopalians, Methodists, 
Baptists, Lutherans, and Quakers. 

9. The Commerce of the Middle States centres chiefly in the 
cities of JVew; York and Philadelphia. Baltimore, however, possesses 
the trade of a great part of Pennsylvania and Delaware. 

4. What is said of the Delaware ? .5. The Susquehannah ? 6. Climate.? 

7. Productions ? 8. Religion ? 9. Commerce ? 

NEW YORK. 


Falls of Niagara. 










NEW YORK. 


39 


1. New York is distinguished as the most wealthy and powerful 
state in the Union, surpassing all the others in population, in the ad¬ 
vantages of situation, in great canals, and in resources both from 
agriculture and commerce. 

2. The surface in the eastern part is generally mountainous or 
hilly ; in the western part, level or moderately uneven ; and the soil 
of a large proportion of the state is very fertile. 

3. The Cats'kill Mountains are the principal range, and they 
present very interesting scenery. Here is a small lake elevated 
upwards of 2,000 feet, from Avhich issues a mill stream, that has 
falls of nearly 300 feet perpendicular. The High'lands, on the 
Hudson, near West Point, comprise a number of picturesque emi¬ 
nences. 

4. The principal Rivers are the Hud'son, Del'a-ware, Sus-que- 
han'nah, Mo^hmvk, Os-we'go^ Gen-e-see', JVi-d'ga-ra, St. Lau/rence, 
and Black river. 

5. The lakes E'rie, On-ta'ri-o, and Cham-plain' lie partly in New 
York. Others wholly within the state are lakes George, O-neilda, 
Ca-yu'ga, Sen'e-ca, and several smaller ones. 

6. Lake George is a body of transparent water, 36 miles long, en¬ 
vironed by mountains, with very romantic scenery, and is esteemed 
the most beautiful lake in the United States. 

7. The principal island is Long Island, which is about 140 miles 
in length. Sta'ten island lies west of Long Island; Man-hat'tan 
island forms the site of tlie city of New York; and Grand Island is 
in Niagara river. 

8. New York contains various interesting natural cunosities, of 
which the Falls of Niagara, between this state and Upper Canada, 
are the most extraordinary, and are esteemed the grandest object 
of the kind in the world. There are other cataracts which have a 
greater perpendicular descent; but there is none where so great a 
mass of water is precipitated from so great a height. 

9. The width of the river at the falls, is three quarters of a mile, 
and the perpendicular descent, on the Canada side, 1.51 feet, and on 
the New York side, 162 feet The cataract is divided by an island 
into two parts. 

10. The cloud of vapor ascending from the falls, is sometimes vis¬ 
ible at the distance of 60 miles ; and this serves as a medium for 
forming, by the sun’s rays, the most brilliant rainbows. This cata¬ 
ract is much visited by strangers, and is calculated to excite in the 
beholder the most sublime emotions. 

11. Trenton Falls, on West Canada Creek, 12 miles north of 
Utica, are a succession of beautiful cataracts, accompanied with 
highly interesting scenery. 

12. Some of the other interesting falls in the state, are the 


New York.—1. What is said of New York? 2. What of its surface ? 
3. What mountains ? 4. Rivers ? 5. Lakes ? 6. What is said of lake 

George ? 7. What islands ? 8. What is said of Niagara Falls ? 

9. What the width of the river and the pe^endicular descent? 

10. What further is said of the falls ? 11. What is said of Trenton Falls ? 

12. What other falls ? 



40 


NEW YORK. 


Co-floes'^ on the Mohawk^ near its mouth; several cataracts on the 
Genesee ; the falls of Salmon river, the Hudson, Black river, Sable 
river, and also of Fall Creek near Ithaca. 

.13. Tlie Ridge Road, or Alluvial Way, is a grand work of nature, 
extending from the Genesee, near Rochester, to Lewiston, 87 miles, 
and is now used as a post road. Its usual width is from 4 to 8 rods; 
and its general elevation above the adjacent land about 30 feet 

14. The mineral ivaters of Saratoga are the most celebrated in 
America, and attract numerous visiters ; and the Salt Springs, near 
0~non-da'ga lake, are very valuable, and afford great quantities of 
salt. 

15. The Erie Canal, which forms a communication between the 
Hudson and lake Erie, extending from Albany to Buffalo, 3G0 miles, 
is the most magnificent work of the kind in America, and is much 
longer than any canal in Europe. 

16. The Champlain Canal, which forms a communication between 
the Hudson and lake Champlain, is 64 miles long, and extends from 
Whitehall to Watendiet, where it unites with the Erie Canal. The 
Oswego Canal extends from Oswego to Salina, 38 miles, and unites 
lake Ontario with the Erie Canal. The Delaware and Hudson 
Canal forms a communication between tlie rivers Delaware and 
Hudson, through the southeast part of the state of New York, and is 
65 miles long. 

^ 17. AiiBANY, the seat of government, and the second town in the 
state, in population, wealth, and commerce, is advantageously situ¬ 
ated on the Hudson, near the head of sloop navigation; and by means 
of navigable waters and canals, it has an easy communication witli a 
vast extent of country. 

18. New York, situated on Manhattan or New York island, at 
the entrance of the Hudson into New York bay, is the most popu¬ 
lous city in America. It has an excellent harbor; is admirably sit¬ 
uated both for internal and foreign commerce ; and is the first com¬ 
mercial city in America, and one of the first in the world. It con¬ 
tains many magnificent edifices, among which the City Hall is the 
most distinguished ; and it has 115 houses of public worship. 

19. Troy, on the Hudson, 6 miles above Albany, is a flourishing 
town, and has various and extensive manufactures, and considerable 
trade. 

20. Among the other considerable and flourishing towns on the 
Hudson, are JVeivburgh, Poughkeepsie (po-kep'se), Hu^on, and Lan'~ 
sing-burgh. 

21. Brooklyn, on the west end of Long Island, opposite to the 
city of New York, is one of tlie largest and most commercial towns 
in the state ; and is famous for being the place where the Americans 
sustained the greatest defeat that they suffered during the revolu¬ 
tionary war. 


13. What is said of the Ridge Road ? 14. Mineral waters ^ 15. Erie canal I 
16. Champlain and Oswego, Delaware and Hudson canals } 17. Albany ^ 

18. New York.? 19. Troy? 

20. What other considerable towns on the Hudson ? 

21. What is said of Brooklyn ? 



NEW YORK. 


41 


22. U'ti-ca, finely situated on the Mohawk river and Erie Canal, 
in the central part of the state, is a handsome and flourishing town, 
and has an extensive trade. 

23. Roch'es-tevy at the falls of the Genesee, where the river is in¬ 
tersected by the Erie Canal, is remarkable for its rapid growth. It 
was first laid out in 1812, and is now one of the most considerable 
towns in the state, and has a very flourishing trade. The Gene¬ 
see has a fall here of 97 feet perpendicular. 

24. Buffalo^ pleasantly situated at the point where the canal 
meets the east end of lake Erie, is a flourishing commercial town. 

25. There are many other flourishing towns in the western part 
of the state, among which are Auburn, on Owasco lake, celebrated 
for its theological seminary and a state prison; Ge-ne'va^ on Sene¬ 
ca lake, for its college ; Syr'a-cnse and Sa-li'na, on Ononda'ga lake, 
for salt works; SackeVs Harbor^ at the east end of lake Ontario, 
for its commercial, naval, and military importance ; Lockport, for its 
locks, and the passage of the canal through the mountain ridge ; 
Can-an-ddi'giia, on Canandai'gua lake ; Jth'a-ca, at the south end 
of Cayuga lake. 

26. Plattsburgh, a considerable town on lake Champlain, is cele¬ 
brated for a great battle during the last war with Great Britain; 
Sche-nec'ta-dy, on the Mohawk, as the seat of Union College; Sar¬ 
atoga and Ballston, for mineral waters; and JS/'ew Lebanon, for 
warm baths. 

27. Ti-con-de-ro'ga and Croitm Point are famous in the history 
of American Avars ; and Saratoga, for the surrender of the English 
general Burgoyne. 

28. Education has been liberally patronized by this state, which 
has a literary fund amounting to about $2,000,000, the income of 
which is appropriated to the encouragement of learning. 

29. The principal seminaries are Columbia College, a medical 


22. What is said of Utica ? 23. Rochester? 24. Buffalo? 

25. What are some of the other towns in the western part ? 

26. What is said of Plattsburgh, Schenectady, &c. ? 27. Ticonderoga, 

Crown Point, and Saratoga ? 28. What of education ? 

29, What are the principal seminaries ? 


See Map JVo. IV. —What lakes and rivers border on New York? 

How is lake George situated ? What lakes are in the western part of the 
state ? What is the course of Hudson river ? The Mohawk ? The 
Genesee ? What rivers flow into lake Ontario ? What ones into 
the St. Lawrence ? Lake Champlain ? 

What rivers of Pennsylvania rise in New YorkHow is Long Island sit¬ 
uated ? Staten Island? The Catskill Mountains? Niagara Falls ? 

How is New York city situated ? Brooklyn ? Albany ? Utica ? Roch¬ 
ester ? Buffalo? Canandaigua? Batavia? Cooperstown ? Ithaca? 
Geneva? Auburn? Elmira? Saratoga? New Lebanon? What 
towns are on the Hudson ? On the Mohawk ? Lake Champlain.^ 
The St. Lawrence ? Lake Ontario? Lake Erie ? The Genesee? 
What ones on the canal west of Utica ? 

4* 




42 


NEW YORK, 


school, and an Episcopal theological seminary, in the city of New 
York; Union College, at Schenectady; Hamilton College, at'Clin- 
ton; Geneva College, at Geneva; a Presbyterian theological semi¬ 
nary, at Auburn ; a Baptist theological seminary, at Hamilton; and 
the United States military academy at West Point. 

30. New York Avas first discovered by Heni-y Hudson, an English¬ 
man, in the service of the Dutcli, in 1000; and settlements were 
commenced by the Dutch in or about the year 1614, at Albany and 
on Manhattan island. The country was called JSfew JVethedands 
till 1664, Avlien it Avas taken by the English, and received its pres¬ 
ent name. 

NEW JERSEY. 

1. New Jersey is advantageously situated betAveen the tAvo great 
cities of New York and Philadelphia, through Avhich its commerce 
is chiefly carried on. 

2. The surface in the southern and eastern part is level; further 
in the interior, diversified and hilly; and in the northern part, 
mountainous. 

3. The soil in the level country is sandy and barren; but in the 
other parts, a great proportion is excellent for grazing and tillage. 

4. Delaware river divides this state from Pennsylvania, and the 
Hudson separates the northeast part from Ncav York. The tAvo 
largest rivers aa ithin tlie state are the Pas-sa'ic and the Har'i-tan, 

5. The Falls of the Passaic, at Patterson, are a fine cataract of 
72 feet perpendicular, and are much visited as a curiosity. 

6. This state is very rich in ii'on ore, and great quantities of iron 
are manufactured; also of leather and shoes. 

7. The Morris Canal extends from the DelaAvare at Easton, 
across the state, passing by NeAvark, and connecting Easton Avith 
the city of Noav York. Length 86 miles. 

8. Trenton, tlie seat of government, is pleasantly situated on 
the Delaware, at the falls, and at the head of tide Avater. 

9. JVewarh, on the Passaic, 9 miles from Noav York, is a very 
pleasant and handsome town, the largest in the state, and is distin¬ 
guished for its manufactures, particularly of shoes, and for the ex¬ 
cellent cider made in its vicinity. 

10. JVew Brunsivicky on the Raritan, has considerable commerce, 
and is the seat of Rutgers College. 

11. Patterson, a flourishing town at the falls of the Passaic, is 
distinguished for manufactures; Pmnceton, for its seminaries; Eliz- 
ahethtoivn, for being the oldest in the state. 


30. What notice of the history of New York ? 

New Jersey.—1. What is said of New Jersey ? 2. What of the sur¬ 

face ? 3. Soil ? 4. What rivers ? 6. What curiosity ? 

G. What manufactures ? 7. What is said of Morris canal ? 8, Trenton ? 
9. Newark? 10. New Brunswick? 11. Patterson, Princeton, and 
Elizabethtown ? 



NEW JERSEY. 


43 


13. The College of JVew Jersey^ at Princeton, has long been an 
important institution; and at the same place there is a flourishing 
theological seminary under the direction of the general assembly 
of the Presbyterian church. 

13. Rutgers College is established at New Brunswick; and at 
the same jdace is a theological seminary, under the direction of the 
Dutch Reformed church. 

14. The first settlement^ in this state, was made at Elizabethiomiy 
in 1664. The country was divided into two parts. East and West 
Jersey, which Avere united, in 1702, under the name of Noav Jersey. 

15. This state suffered much during the revolutionary war; and 
several places, particularly Trenton, Pnnceton, and Monmouth, were 
rendered famous by warlike achievements. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

1. Pennsylvania, a state of very regular form, has no seacoast; 
but it communicates with the Atlantic ocean by Delaware river and 
bay, and its northwest corner borders on lake Erie. It is an im¬ 
portant and powerful state, exceeding all the others with regard to 
manufactures, and is also distinguished for agriculture, and for en¬ 
terprise in works of internal improvement. 

2. Its name is derived from its illustrious founder, William Penn, 
and it literally signifies Penn^s Woods; {Penn and sylva, i. e. woods). 

3. It is formed into three natural divisions; 1st, the eastern or 
southeastern part, which is hilly or moderately uneven. This is the 
smallest of the divisions, but far the most populous, and generally 
fertile and Avell cultivated. 2dly, the middle, comprising more than 
half of the state. This is mountainous, and though it contains very 
fertile valleys, yet much of it is unsusceptible of cultivation, and is 
thinly peopled. 3dly, the Avestern part, Avhich is hilly or diversified, 
and generally fertile. 

4. The central part of Pennsylvania is traversed by various 
ridges of the Alleghany Mountains, which are knoAvn by different 
names. 


12. What is said of the College of New Jersey, &c. ? 13. Rutgers College ? 

14. What notice of the history of Ncav Jersey ? 

15. What is said respecting the rcA^olutionary Avar? 

Pennsylvania. —1. What is said of Pennsylvania ? 2. From whom 
did it derive its name ? 3. What is said of the surface and soil of 
the different parts ? 4. What mountains ? 


See Map Mo. IV .—What Avaters border on New Jersey? 

Where do the Passaic and Raritan empty? Where is Sandy Hook? 

Cape Mjiy ? What places on the coast of New Jei^ey ? 

How is Trenton situated ? Newark? Elizabethtown? New Brunswick? 
Princeton ? What towns in Noaa' Jersey are on the Delaware ?, 
The Raritan? The Passaic.^ 





44 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


5. The principal Rivers are the DeVa-ware, Sus-que-han'nahy 
SchiiyVkill, and Lehigh, in the eastern part; the O-hi'o, with its 
branches, the AVle-gha-ny, and Mo-non-ga-he^la, in the western. 

6. Pennsylvania is distinguished for its mineral productions, es¬ 
pecially marble, iron, and coal. The last is found in great abun¬ 
dance in the neighborhood of Pittsburg, and on the rivers Lehigh, 
Schuylkill, and Susquehannah. 

7. Valuable salt springs are found in the western part; a spring 
affording mineral oil in the neighborhood of Franklin; and mineral 
waters near Bedford. 

8. Pennsylvania has engaged very extensively in works of inter¬ 
nal improvement. The Schuylkill Caned opens a communication 
from Philadelphia to the coal mines at the sources of the river, in 
the vicinity of Pottsville, about 100 miles distant. The Union Canal, 
78 miles long, forms a communication between the Schuylkill and Sus¬ 
quehannah. The Lehigh Caned, along the Lehigh, is 46 miles long. 
Pennsylvania Canal and Rail-road, from Middletown, on the Sus¬ 
quehannah, to Pittsburg, 206 miles, a Rail-road from Philadelphia to 
Columbia, 80 miles long, and other works of the kind, are in progress. 

9. About one half of the inhabitants are of English origin; one 
fourth German; and one eighth Irish, The German language is ex¬ 
tensively spoken, and is the only language of some entire neigh¬ 
borhoods. 

10. A great part of the trade of Pennsylvania goes to Baltimore 
and New Orleans. Philadelphia and Pittsburg are the two chief 
centres of the trade and manufactures of the state. 

11. Harrisburg, pleasantly situated on the Susquehannah, is 
the seat of government, and contains an elegant state house. 

12. Philadelphia, finely situated between the Delaware and 
Schuylkill, 5 miles above their confluence, is much the largest city 
in Pennsylvania, and the only one that carries on foreign com¬ 
merce ; and it is the second in size in the United States. It is one 
of the most regular cities in the world, handsomely built of brick, 
and is a place of great trade and opulence; and with regard to 
manufactures, it exceeds every other city in America. 

13. Pittsburg is pleasantly situated on a plain between the Alle¬ 
ghany and Monongahela rivers, at the point where they unite to 
form the Ohio, and is surrounded by romantic hills. It has great 
advantages by means of its water communication with New Or¬ 
leans and the Western States, and on account of the inexhaustible 
quantities of coal in its vicinity. It is the centre of a great trade, 
and is one of the most considerable manufacturing towns in the 
United States. 

14. Lancaster, situated in a pleasant, fertile, and highly cultiva¬ 
ted district of country, is a beautiful town, and the largest in the 
United States that is not situated on navigable water. The inhab¬ 
itants are mostly of German origin. 


5. What rivers ? 6. Mineral productions ? 7. Springs ? 8. Canals ? 

9. What is said of the inhabitants ? 10. Trade? 11. Harrisburg? 12. 

Philadelphia? 13. Pittsburg? 14. Lancaster? 



PENNSYLVANIA. 


45 


15. Readings on the Sclmylkill; Easton, on the Delaware; 
Wilkcs'bnr-rc an4 Sunhurxj, on the Susquehannah ; York, Carlisle 
(car-hlc'), Chambershurg, and various others, are fine borough towns. 
Pollsville, a new and nourishing town, is famous for coal mines. 

It). Some of the inost considerable towns in the western part of 
the state, besides Pittsburg, are Brotvnsvillc, Washington, and Erie. 

17. Tlie principal literary institutions are the Pennsylvania Uni¬ 
versity, with its distinguished medical school, at Philadelpliia; Dick¬ 
inson College, at Carlisle ; Jefferson College, at Canonsburg ; Wash¬ 
ington College, at Washington; fVestern University, at Pittsburg; 
Alleghany College, at Meadville; Mount Airy College, at German¬ 
town; and the Moravian schools at Bethlehem, JVazareth, and lAi'iz. 

18. Pennsylvania was granted, in 1681, by Charles II. to William 
Penn, who arrived in the country in 1682, and in the following 
year laid out the plan of the city of Philadelphia. He commenced 
a friendly intercourse with tlie Indians, which was not interrupted 
for more than 70 years. 

19. This state acted a conspicuous part in the revolution; it was 
in her capital, in Philadelphia, that the declaration of independence 
was made ; and several places, particularly Germantown and Brandy- 
loine Creek, were rendered famous by battles in the revolutionary war. 

DELAWARE. 

1. Delaware, which lies on the west side of Delaware river and 
bay, is, next to Rhode Island, the smallest state in extent in the 
Union, and is the least diversified in surface. It is divided into 
three counties. 

2. The surface in most of the state'is very level; though the 
northern part is hilly or uneven. 

‘S. The soil of some portions, particularly in the north, is excel¬ 
lent; yet in the greater part of the state, it is tliin and sandy, and 
in many places marshy. 


15. What are some of the other towns ? 

16. What towns in the western part ? 17. What literary institutions ? 

18. What notice of the history of the state ? 19. What is said respecting 

the revolution ? 

Dklaware. —1. What is said of Delaware ? 2. What of the surface ? 

3. Soil ? 


See Map A'o. IV .—What is the shape of Pennsylvania? 

By what does it communicate with the Atlantic ocean ? What forms its 
eastern boundary ? What are the principal rivers ? 

What rivers flow into the Delaware ? Into the Susquehannah ? 

What ones form the Ohio ? What are the mountains ? 

How is Harrisburg situated ? Philadelphia? Easton? Lancaster? Read¬ 
ing ? Lebanon ? Bethlehem ? Nazareth ? York ? Carlisle ? 
Chambershurg? Bedford? Pittsburg? Washington? Erie? 

What towns are on the Delaware ? The Schuylkill ? The Susquehan¬ 
nah ? TheJuniatta? The Alleghany ? The Monongahela ? 




46 


DELAWARE. 


4. Wheat is the staple commodity; and Delaware is noted for its 

excellent flour. . 

5. The Delaware and Chesapeake Canal, which is 14 miles long", 
crosses the northern part of this state, below Newcastle. It com¬ 
pletes a water communication by sloops and steamboats betu ecn 
Philadelphia and Baltimore. 

6. Dover, a small town near the centre of the state, is the seat 
of govermiient. 

7. Wilmington, the largest town, is situated between the Bran¬ 
dywine and Christiana creeks, 2 miles from the Delaware, and is 
celebrated for the number and importance of the manufactories in 
its vicinity, particularly the flour mills, which form the finest collec¬ 
tion in the United States. 

8. JVewcastle and Smyrna have some trade ; and Lewistmon is 
noted for salt works. 

9. Delaware was first settled by the Swedes and Fins, as early as 
1627; but it was granted to William Penn in 1682 ; and in 1704, 
it became a separate colonial government. 


SOUTHERN STATES. 

1. This division comprises the states of Maryland, Virginia, 
JVorth Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, JRabama, Mississippi, 
and Louisiana; together with the small district of Columbia, and 
the territory of Florida. 

2. The principal Rivers are the Po-to'mac, James, Ro-an-6ke', 
Cape Fear, Pe-dee', San-tee', Sa-van^nah, Jllatamaha (al-ta-ma-haw'), 
Ap-pa-lach-i-co'la, Al-a-bufma, Tom-beck'bee, and Mis-sis-sip'pi. All 
these rivers, except the Tombeckbee and Mississippi, rise in the 
Alleghany mountains. 

3. The Potomac separates Maryland from Virginia, and flows 
into Chesapeake bay. It is navigable for large ships to Washing¬ 
ton, 295 miles by the river and bay from the Atlantic; and for 
boats to Cumberland, nearly 200 miles above Washington. 

4. James river is navigable for vessels of 120 tons to the falls at 
Richmond ; and for bateaux 220 miles further. 

5. The Savannah separates South Carolina from Georgia. It is 

4. What is the staple commodity ? 5. What canal crosses the state ? 

6. What is said of Dover ? 7-. Wilmington ? 8. What other towns ? 

9. What notice of the history ? 

Southern States. —1. Which are the Southern States? 

2. What rivers? 3. What is said of the Potomac ? 4. James river? 5. 

The Savannah ? 


See Maps JSTos. III. and IV .— How is Delaware bay situated ? 

Where is Cape Henlopen ? How is Dover situated ? W’ilmington ? Mil¬ 
ford ? Smyrna ? Lewistown ? 





SOUTHERN STATES. 47 

navigable for large vessels to Savannah, 17 miles ; and for boats to 
Augusta. 

6. The Alleghany Mountains extend through all the Southern 
States, which border on the Atlantic. 

7. In the Southern States, the tract of country bordering on the 
Atlantic, and extending, in some places, 130 miles inland, is, for the 
most part, a flat, sandy plain, elevated but little above the level of 
the sea. Further in the interior, the country becomes uneven and 
hilly, and afterwards mountainous. The part bordering on the ocean 
is called the Low country; and the interior, the Upper or Upland 
countrjf. 

8. The low country is generally covered with pitch pines, and is 
called p{7ie ban'ens, being mostly sandy and barren, except the tracts 
on the streams of water, which are often very fertile. Much of the 
soil in the upland country is excellent. 

9. In the northern parts of this division, the staple Productions 
are wheat, tobacco, and Indian corn; in tlie southern part, cotton, rice, 
and sugar. The pitch pine of the low country, grows in great per¬ 
fection, and yields pitch, tar, turpentine, boanls, and other kinds of 
timber. Tiiese form important articles of export. 

10. In several of the Southern States, particularly Virginia, North 
Carolina, and Georgia, valuable gold mines have been recently dis¬ 
covered, which have excited much interest 

11. The winters are mild, but in the low country, the summers are 
hot and sultry, and from July to tlie latter part of October, the climate 
is unhealthy. The upper country has a mild and healthy climate. 

12. The principal part of the slaves in the United States are in 
this division. They are found chiefly in the low country, where 
field labor is performed almost wholly by negroes. 

13. The low country is inhabited by planters, who live at consid¬ 

erable distance from each other, having generally large plantations, 
with many slaves. They are distinguished for hospitality, and are 
fond of amusement. The upper country is inhabited % farmers, 
who have generally small estates with few slaves, and depend chiefly 
on their own labor for support. I 

14. The principal emporiums of foreign commerce in the Southern 
States, are Baltimore, .Yorfolk, Charleston, Savannah, Mo-bile', and 
JVew Orleans. 

15. The most numerous religious denominations are Methodists, 
Baptists, Presbyterians, Episcopalians, and Catholics. The Catholics 
are the most numerous sect in Maryland and Louisiana. 

MARYLAND. 

1. Maryland, a state favorably situated for commerce, is of very 
irregular form, and the western part is a narrow tract lying be- 

6. What is said of the Alleghany Mountains ? 7. What is said of the 

country? 8. Soil? 9. Productions? 10. Mines? 11. Climate? 
12. Slaves ? 13. Inhabitants ? 14. Commercial towns ? 16. Re¬ 

ligious denominations ? 

Maryland. —1. What is said of Maryland ? 



48 


MARYLAND. 


tween the Potomac and Pennsylvania. As it is tlie first state, in 
proceeding southward, in which slavery exists to any considerable 
extent, it is properly classed with the Southern States; though ite 
geographical situation would, perhaps, more naturally place it among, 
the Middle States. 

2. The most remarkable natural feature of Maryland is CJies'a- 
peake bay, which extends through the state, 'dividing it into two 
parts, called eastern and ivestem shores. The eastern part is divided 
into 8 counties-;- the western into 11. 

.3. The two principal rivers are the Sus-qiie-han'nah, which Hows 
into the head of Chesapeake bay, and the Po-to'niac, which divides 
Maryland from Virginia. Chesapeake bay has many branches or 
small bays, and a number of rivers which flow into it have wide and 
navigable estuaries. 

4. All the eastern shore, together with that part of the western 
which lies below the head of tide water, is an alluvial tract, level or 
moderately uneven. Above the head of tide water, the country be¬ 
comes first hilly, and atlerwards mountainous. 

5. Much of the soil in each of the divisions is liighly productive ; 
but the valleys in the mountainous part are the most fertile. 

6. The mountainous parts of Maryland abound in iron ore, eoal, 
and limestone. The staple productions are Jlour and tobacco. 

7. The Delaware and Chesapeake Canal connects the north ends 
of these bays, and opens a Avater communication between Baltimore 
and Philadelphia. 

8. The Baltimore and Ohio Rail-Road, which is to extend fromtlie 
city of Baltimore to theTiver Ohio, about 350 miles, is now in progress, 
and is the greatest enterprise of the kind undertaken in America. 

9. An-nap'o-lis, the seat of government, is a small but pleasant 
town, and contains an elegant state-house. 

10. BdVti-more, pleasantly situated on Petapsco river, 14 miles 
above its entrance into Chesapeake bay, is much the largest town in 
the state, and the third in size in the Union. It is regularly laid out, 
handsomely built, advantageously situated for commerce, command¬ 
ing not only the trade of Maryland, but a great portion of that of 
Pennsylvania and the Western States, and is one of the greatest flour 
markets in tlie Avorld. 

11. Fred'er-ick-iown and Ha'gers-toum are both pleasantly situated 
in the interior, in fertile districts of country, are handsome and avcII 
built towns, and liave an extensive inland trade. 

12. Some of the other principal places are Cumberland, on the 
Potomac, and Easton, Chestertown, Cambridge, and Snoio'hill, in the 
eastern part of the state. 

13. The principal literary institutions of Maryland are the Univer- 


2. What is said of Chesapeake bay ? Jh What are the rivers ^ 

4. What is the face of the country ? 5. Soil ? 6. "What minerals and 

productions? 7. What canal is there? 8. What rail-road is in 
progress ? 

9. What is said of Annapolis ? 10. RaltuiAore ? 11. Fredericktown and 

Hagerstown? • 

12. What other towns ? 13. What literary institutions ? 



MAKYLAND, 


49 


sit^ of Mari/land, embmcing a flourishing medical school; St.Manfs 
College^ and Baltimore College^ all in Baltimore ; and St. John's Col¬ 
lege, in Annapolis. 

14. This country was granted by Charles l.to George Calvert Lord 
Baltimore, a Roman Catholic ; tlie first settlement was formed by his 
son Leonard Calvert, together with about 200 Catholics, in 1634 ; and 
it was named .Maryland, from Henrietta Maria, tlie queen of Charles. 


DISTRICT' OF COLUMBIA. 

1. This district is a tract 10 miles square, lying on botli sides of 
the Potomac, between tlie states of Maryland and Virginia, and is 
remarkable chiefly for containing the city of Washington. It has 
an uneven surface, but there are no high hills ; and the soil is thin 
and sandy. 

2. Washi noton, the seat of the government of the United States, 
is situated on the Maryland side of the Potomac, 295 miles, by the 
course of the river and bay, from the Atlantic ocean. The situation 
is pleasant; and the plan, as laid out, is commodious and extensive; 
but only a small part of the ground is yet occupied witli buildings. 

3. Washington contains a navy-yard, and has various public build¬ 
ings, among which is the Capitol, which is the most magnificent 
edifice in the United States. It is built of white freestone, with a 
front 362 feet long; and is finely situated on an eminence, com¬ 
manding an extensive prospect. 

4. Georgetown, on the Potomac, 3 miles west of the Capitol, and 
Alexandria, on the Virginia side of the Potomac, have considerable 
trade, chiefly in flour. 

5. The litemry institutions are Columbian College in Washington, 
and a Roman Catholic college in Georgetown. 

6. Wasliington became the seat of the national government in 
1801. In 1814, it was taken by the British under general Ross, who 
burnt the Capitol, the President’s house, and other public edifices. 


14. What notice ul’the history of Maryland^ 

Coi UMBI A —1. What is said of this district 2. What of Washington ? 
3. The Capitol? 4. Georgetown and Alexandria 
5. What literary institutions are there ^ 6. W hat notice of the history 

of Washington ? 

Nee Vans A'os. IH andiC.—By what is Maryland divided into two 
parts, eastern and westernWhich is the larger ? 

What separates Maryland from Virginia? How is Baltimore situated ? 
Annapolis’ Fredericktown ? Cumberland? M hat other towns 
are west of Chesapeake bay ? What ones are east of it ? 

How is the Di.strictof Columbia situated ? On which side of the Potomac 
arc Washington and Georgetown ’ On which side is Alexandria 

5 






50 


VIRGINIA. 


VIRGINIA 


JVatural Bridge. 



1. Virginia is distinguished for having been settled before any 
other of the states ; for being the largest in extent of territory; for 
the high rank which she has always held in the Union ; for being 
the native land of Washington ; and for having given four presidents 
to the United States. 

2. This state, with regard to surface, consists of three divisions : 
1st, the eastern part, which is alluvial and level; 2d, the middle 
(lying east of the Blue Ridge), which is hilly ; ad,the western divis¬ 
ion (comprising one half of the state), which is mountainous. 

a The soil in the eastern part, except on the rivers and streams 
of water, is sandy and poor ; the middle division has the largest pro¬ 
portion of good soil; to the west of the Blue Ridge there is a spacious 
and fertile valley; beyond this the land is broken, and much of it barren 

4. Virginia is traversed by several ranges orthe Mleghany Moun¬ 
tains. Of these the Blue Ridge is the easternmost, and passes 


ViRGijviA —1 What is said of Virginia? 2. What of the surface 
a. {soil ? 4. Mountains ? 










VIRGINIA. 


51 


through the central part, from N. E. to S. W. The Peaks of Oiitr, 
summits of this range, are the highest mountains in the state. 

5. This state is well supplied with navigable rivers. The Po-to'- 
mac separates it from Maryland ; the Ohio, from the state of Oliio; and 
the Great Sandy River, from Kentucky. The largest rivers wholly 
within the state, are the Rap-pa-han'nock, York, and James, wliich 
flow into Chesapeake bay ; the Great Kenawha (ke-naw'wa), which 
flows into the Ohio, and the Shen-an-do'ah, into the Potomac. 

6 . The southern part of Chesapeake bay is within this state, at the 
mouth of which are Cape Charles and Ca/>e//enr^, sometimes called 
the Capes of Virg^inia. 

7. The Natural Bridge, over Cedar Creek, 12 miles S. W. of 
Lexington, is esteemed one of the most extraordinary natural curi¬ 
osities in the world. TJie small river flows through a gap or chasm, 
250 feet deep, 45 wide at tlie bottom, and 90 at the top ; and over 
this a huge rock, (JO feet wide in the middle, extends completely 
across. 

8. The passage of the Potomac through the Blue Ridge, at Har¬ 
per’s Ferry, is celebrated for its grandeur, and is, according to Mr. 
Jefferson, “ one of the most stupendous scenes in nature.” 

9. There are several interesting caves, of which the most ex¬ 
traordinary is ffier^s Cave, on the northwest side of the Blue Ridge. 
It is between 2000 and 3000 feet in length, and comprises various 
apartments, containing beautiful stalactites and incrustations, which 
display the most sparkling brilliancy, when surveyed by tlm light of 
a torcli. 

10. Near this there is another singular cavern, called Madison^s 
Cave ; and in one of the ridges of the Alleghany mountains is Blow¬ 
ing Cave, from which a current of air continually issues, strong 
enough to prostrate the weeds at the distance of (JO feet. 

11. One of the largest mounds in the valley of the Ohio, is in Vir¬ 
ginia, near the Ohio, 14 miles below Wheeling. It is about 300 feet 
in diameter at the base, 60 at the top, and the perpendicular height 
is 70 feet. It contains thousands of human skeletons. 

12. Coal of a good quality is found in abundance on James river, 
20 miles above Richmond. Iron ore abounds in the central and west¬ 
ern parts ; salt springs on the Kenawha ; and gold mines have been 
recently discovered. 

13. Virginia has mineral spnngs which attract much attention; 
the most noted of which are the Berkley Springs, near the Potomac, 
35 miles N. by W. of Winchester ; Sweet and Sulphur Springs near 
Union ; Warm and Hot Springs, to the southwest of Staunton. The 
water of the last is hot enough, at some seasons, to boil an egg. 

14. This state has a large fund, the income of which is appropri¬ 
ated to internal improvements.—Zltsmo/ Swamp Canal, 22 miles long, 
opens a communication between Norfolk in Virginia, and Elizabe^ 
City in North Carolina.—The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, Avhich is 


6. What rivers ? 6. Bays and capes ? 7. Natural Bridge ? 8, Passage 

of the Potomac ? 9. Wier’s cave ? 10. What other caves ? 

II. What mound 12. What minerals? 13. Mineral springs? 14. Canals? 



52 


VIRGINIA. 


tx) extend from the city of Washington to the river Ohio, k novt^ in 
progress. Its course is partly on the Virginia, and partly tnfe 
Maryland side of the Potomac. 

15. Richmond, the seat of government, has a beautiful and pic¬ 
turesque situation at the head of the tide and at the falls of James 
river, and is the largest town in the state. It is favorably situated 
for trade and manufactures, and has an extensive commerce. 

16. .Norfolk, on Elizabeth river, 8 miles above its entr^ee into 

Hampton road, has a good harbor, and is the most commercial town 
in Virginia. The site is low, and in some places marshy, and the 
houses not remarkable for elegance. At Gosport, near Norfolk, 
there is a United States navy-yard. , 

17. Petersburg^ on the Appomat'ox, at the head of the tide, is tlie 
third commercial toivn, and has considerable trade in flour, tobacco, 
'and cotton. 

18. Lynchburg, on James river, where it passes through a moun¬ 
tain ridge, 118 miles west of Richmond, is a flourishing town, and 
has an extensive trade and considerable manufactures. Great quan¬ 
tities of flour, tobacco, hemp, and other produce, are transported 
down the river from this town to Richmond. 

19. Fredericksburg, on the Rappahannock, near the head of navi¬ 
gation, has Considerable commerce ; and Winchester, to the west of 
the Shenandoah, is a handsome and flourishing inland town. 

20. Williamsburg, a town now decayed, is f^ous for having for¬ 
merly been the capital of Virginia ; Yorktoivn, for the surrender of 
the British army under Cornwallis ; Chadlottes-ville, as the seat of 
the University of Virginia; Lexington, as the seat of Washington 
college ; Harper's Ferry, for the passage of the Potomac through 
the Blue Ridge, and for a United States armory; and the flourish¬ 
ing town of Wheeling, for its situation at the point where the Cum¬ 
berland Road reaches the Ohio. 

21. Mount Vernon, a pleasant eminence on the Potomac, 9 miles 
below Alexandria, is famous for having been the residence of Wash¬ 
ington ; and Mon-ti-cel'lo, near Charlottesville, for having been the 
seat of Jefferson. 

22. The oldest literary institution in Virginia is the College of 
William and Mary at Williamsburg. 

23. The University of Virginia, at Charlottesville, was first 
opened in 1825. It is pleasantly situated, and well endowed ; and 
a great sum has been expended by the state for its buildings, libra¬ 
ry, &.C. 

24. Wishington College, at Lexington, has considerable funds, and 
Hampden-Sydney College, in the southern part of the state, is a re¬ 
spectable institution. Near this college there is a theological sem¬ 
inary. 


15. What is said of Richmond.? 16. Norfolk? 17. Petersburg? 18. 

Lynchburg ? 19. Fredericksburg and Winchester ? 

20. What other towns, and for what noted? 21. What is said of Mount 
Vernon, &c. ? 22. What of William and Mary College ? 23. The 
University of Virginia ? 24. What other institutions ? 



VIRGINIA. 


53 


25. The first permanent English settlement in the United States 
was made in Virginia, on James river, at Jamestoivn, a place now 
in ruins. One of the first settlers was captain John Smithy who 
has been styled the father of the colony. 

NORTH CAROLINA. 

1. North Carolina is a large state, and has great agricultural 
tesources; but its commercial prosperity is checked by its want of 
good harbors, as its rivers have sand bars at their mouths; and it 
has no large towns. 

2. North Carolina, like the other southern Atlantic states, con¬ 
sists of three divisions; 1st, the alluvial and sandy region, which 
constitutes almost one half of the state, and is covered with im¬ 
mense forests of pine; 2d, the hilly country in the middle ; 3d, the 
mountainous region in the west. 

3. The three most noted capes on the coast, are Cape Hafter-aSy 
Cape Lookfouty and Cape Fear, which are all formidable to sea¬ 
men. Cape Hatteras is esteemed the most dangerous cape on the 
American coast. 

4. The principal sounds are Pam'li-co and Al'he-marle, 

5. Dismal Swamp lies partly in North Carolina and partly in 
Virginia; Little Dismal or Alligator Sicamp is between Pamlico 
and Albemarle sounds. 

6. The principal rivers are the Chowan, Roan-oke', Pamlico or 
Tar river, JVeiise, Cape Fear, Yadkin, and Catawba. Of these, the 
Cape Fear affords the best navigation; and it is ascended by ves¬ 
sels of 300 tons to Wilmington, and by steamboats to Fayetteville. 

7. Ada-rat or Pilot Mountain, northwest of Salem, is regarded 
as a great curiosity. It rises to the height of several thousand 
feet, in the form of a pyramid, with an area of an acre at the top, 
on which a stupendous rock shoots up, like a steeple, 300 feet 


25. What notice of history ? 

North Carolina. —1. What is said of North Carolina ? 

2. What of its surface ? 3. Capes? 4. Sounds.^ 6. Swamps ? 6. Riv¬ 
ers ? 7. Ararat or Pilot Mountain ? 


See Map of the United States .—What capes on the east coast of Vir¬ 
ginia ? What bay ? How is Dismal Swamp situated ? 

In what direction do the l idges of mountains cross the state ? 

What rivers form part of the boundary ? What rivers of Virginia flow into 
Chesapeake bay ? What ones flow into the Ohio ? The Potomac ? 
The James ? What one flows from Virginia into North Carolina ? 
How is Richmond situated ? Norfolk? Petersburg? Lynchburg? Fred¬ 
ericksburg? Winchester? Williamsburg? Yorktown ? Wheeling? 
Lexington? Charlottesville? Staunton? Union? Danville? 
Mount Vernon? W^hat. towns in Virginia are on the Potomac? 
Rappahannock? York? James? Ohio? 

5* 




54 


NORTH CAROLINA. 


liigh. It is seen at the distance of 60 or 70 miles, and formerly 
served for a beacon or pilot to the Indians in their routes. 

8. The gold mines of North Carolina, which have lately excited 
much interest, are found on the Yadkin and its branches, in the 
neighborhood of Wadesborough and Salisbury, and extend over a 
considerable district, in almost any part of which gold may be found 
in greater or less abundance, mixed with the soil. It exists in 
grains or masses, from almost imperceptible particles to lumps of 
two pounds’ weight. Iron ore abounds in the state. 

9. There are several mineral springs, the most celebrated of 
whicli are the TFarm Spings, on French Broad river, near the 
borders of Tennessee. 

10. A great part of the produce of this state which is exported, 
goes to Charleston, in South Carolina, and to Lynchhurg and Pe¬ 
tersburg, in Virginia. 

11. Raleigh (raw'le), pleasantly situated in the central part of 
the state, is the seat of government, and contains a handsome state- 
liouse, in which there is an elegant marble statue of Washington. 

12. JVewbern, on the Neuse, 12 miles above its entrance into Al¬ 
bemarle sound, is handsomely built, chiefly of brick, and has con¬ 
siderable commerce. 

13. Wilmington, on Cape Fear river, 35 miles from its mouth, is 
favorably situated for trade, and its exports are greater than those 
of all the other ports in the state; but its situation is unhealthy. 

14. Fay'ette-ville, at the head of steamboat navigation on Cape 
Fear river, 90 miles above Wilmington, is the centre of more in¬ 
land trade than any other town in North Carolina. 

15. The other principal commercial towns are Edenton, on Albe¬ 
marle sound ; Washington, on the Pamlico or Tar river; and Hali¬ 
fax, at the head of sloop navigation on the Roanoke. 

16. Sdiybu-jp, near the Yadkin, is noted for the remarkable 
subterranean stone walls in its vicinity; Salejn, the principal town 
in the Moravian settlement of Wachovia, for a Moravian female 
academy, which has four brick edifices, four stories high. 

17. The University of JVorth Carolina, at Chapel Hill, 27 miles 
west by north of Raleigh, is a respectable and flourishing institu¬ 
tion. 


8. What is said of the gold mines ? 9. Mineral waters ? 10. Trade ? 

11. What is said of Raleigh ? 12. Newbern? 13. Wilmington14, 

Fayetteville ? 15. What other commercial towns ? 16. What is 

said of Salisbury and Salem ? 17. What literary institution ? 


See Map of the United States .—What capes are there on the coast of 
North Carolina ? How is each situated ? What inlets ? 

IIow is Albemarle sound situated ? Pamlico sound ? 

What rivers flow into Albemarle sound ? What ones into Pamlico sound ? 




NORTH CAROLINA. 


55 


18. In 1650, the sctilemtnt of North Carolina was commenced 
near Albemarle sound, by some planters from Virginia. North and 
South Carolina, originally included under one government, were 
separated in 1727. 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 

1. South Carolina is favorably situated with regard to agriculture 
and commerce; and though it has no harbor of the first order, yet 
it has a greater amount of exports than any other southern Atlantic 
state. It is distinguished for the opulence of many of its planters; 
and is the only state in the Union in which the slaves are more 
numerous than the free inhabitants. 

2. In the low or alluvial country, the slaves exceed the free in¬ 
habitants in the ratio of more than 3 to 1. This division, compris¬ 
ing less than one third of the territory of the state, contains more 
than half of the slaves, and only about one fifth of the whites. 

3. The three principal rivers are the Sa-van'nah^ which separates 
South Carolina from Georgia; the San-tee' and the Pe-dee'. The 
other most considerable ones are the JVa-ter-ee'^ Cam-ha-hee', and 
Ed'is-to. The Santee is navigable for steamboats to Columbia; 
the Pedee for large boats about 200 miles; and the Wateree to 
Camden. 

4. The Santee Canal, 22 miles long, forms a junction between the 
Santee and the Cooper river, which flows into Charleston harbor; 
and it opens to the city the commerce of the interior of South and 
North Carolina. A rail-road from Charleston to Hamburg, on the 
Savannah, opposite to Augusta, 120 miles long, is now in progress. 

5. The Alleghany Mountains extend through the western part of 
the state. The most remarkable summit in South Carolina is Ta¬ 
ble Mountain, the height of which is stated at 4,300 feet. On one 
side of it there is a tremendous precipice, nearly perpendicular, 
called the Lover’s Leap, which is regarded as an interesting curi¬ 
osity. 

6. Columbia, the seat of government, is pleasantly situated near 
the centre of the state, on the Congaree, which is the principal 
branch of the Santee; and it is regularly laid out and well built. 

7. Charleston is much the largest town, and is the principal em- 

18. What notice of the history of North Carolina ? 

South Carolina.— 1. W'^hat is said of South Carolina ? 

2. What is mentioned respecting the inhabitants ? 3. What are the rivers ? 
4. What canal and rail-road ? 5. Mountains 6. What is said of Columbia? 
7. What is said of Charleston ? 


Where does Cape Fear river empty i What rivers rise in North Carolina 
and flow through South Carolina ? Where is Mount Ararat 
How is Raleigh situated? Fayetteville? Wilmington? Newbern ? 
Edenton ? Salisbury ? Salem ? What towns are on or near the 
coast ? What ones in the western part ? 

What ones on the Roanoke ? The Pamlico ? The Neuse ? The Cape 
Fear ? 




56 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 


porium of the commerce not only of South Carolina, but of a con¬ 
siderable part of North Carolina. It is situated on a tongue of 
land formed by the confluence of Cooper and Ashley rivers, 7 miles 
from the ocean, and has a convenient harbor for vessels of only 16 
feet draught. It is regularly laid out and well built; and many of 
the houses are furnished with piazzas. The climate of the city is 
more healthy than that of the low country generally, and it is much 
resorted to by the planters during the sickly season. 

8. None of the other towns are large. Some of the most con¬ 
siderable are Georgetown, on Winyaw bay ; Beaii'fort (buTort), on 
an island in the southern part of the state ; Hamburg, on the Sa¬ 
vannah; Camden, on the Wateree; and Che^rau/, on the Pedee. 

9. Education has been liberally patronized by the legislature. 
The principal literary institutions are the College of South Carolina^ 
at Columbia, which is a well endowed seminary; and the CJmrles- 
ton College, in the city of Charleston. 

10. This state, together with North Carolina and Georgia, was 
first granted to the Earl of Clarendon and others by Charles II., in 
1663; and the first permanent settlement was made at Charleston, 
in 1680. 

11. South Carolina was for a considerable time the seat of the 
revolutionary war; and Charleston and Camden, also the places 
named Eutaw Springs and Coivpens, were rendered memorable by 
warlike achievements. 


GEORGIA. 

1. Georgia is one of the largest states in extent of territory, and 
one of the most diversified with regard to surface, soil, and climate. 

2. The most of the country which lies further south than Mil- 
ledgeville is level alluvial land; the middle division of the state is 
uneven and hilly; and the northern part, mountainous. 

8. In the middle division, the soil is the most fertile, and a great 
portion of it is highly productive; and this part is also much the 
most populous. 

4. Georgia has many considerable rivers. The five largest are 
the Sa-van'nah, O-ge'chee, Alatarnaha (al-ta-ma-haw'), Hint, Chat-a- 
hoo'chee. 

5. The Alatarnaha is much the largest river, which is wholly with¬ 
in the state, and is formed by the two branches 0 -co'nee and Oak- 
muVgee, which unite 120 miles from the sea. Large steamboats 


8. What other towns ? 9. What literary institutions ? 

10. What notice of the history ? 11. What is related respecting the rev¬ 

olutionary war ? 

Georgia.—1. What is said of Georgia 1 2. What of the surface } 

3. Which is the most fertile and populous part ? 4. What are the prin¬ 
cipal rivers ? 5. What is said of the Alatarnaha 'i 


See Map of the United States .—What are the rivers of South Carolina ? 
What one separates this state from Georgia ? Where is Table moun'ain ? 
How is Columbia situated ? Charleston? Georgetown? Beaufort? Ham¬ 
burg? Camden? Cheraw? Cambridge? Cowpens? Eutaw Springs? 




GEORGIA. 


57 


ascend the Oconee branch to Milledgeville, and the Oakmulgee to 
Macon, and the river Chatahoochee to Columbus. 

(i. In the northern part of Georgia there are interesting falls on 
the head ^vaters of Savannah river. The river Terrora descends, 
in the space of a mile, 300 feet, and lias one cataract of 60 feet, 
nearly perpendicular. Toccoa Falls, on a small rivulet, are a beau¬ 
tiful cascade of 186 feet perpendicular. 

7. The principal mineral waters in Georgia are the Indiun Springs, 
Avhich arc west of Milledgeville, and much visited; and Madison 
Springs, northwest of Athens. 

8. Valuable gold mines have been lately discovered in the north¬ 
ern parts of the state, near the sources of the Chatahoochee, Talla¬ 
poosa, and Coosa. 

0. Tlie Savannah, Ogeechee, and Alatamaha Canal, which is now 
in progress, extends from the city of Savannah to the Alatamaha. 

10. Mii/ledge-ville, the seat of government, is situated near 
the centre of the state, on the Oconee, about 300 miles, by the 
river, from the sea, and contains a handsome state-house. It is 
situated on the borders between the alluvial and hilly country. 

11. Savannah, on the river Savannah, 17 miles from its mouth, is 
the largest town, and the principal emporium of the state. It is 
situated on a sandy plain, elevated about 40 feet above the surface 
of the river ; is regularly laid out, and the streets are ornamented 
with cliina trees. 

12. Augusta, on the Savannah, 127 miles by land above the city 
of Savannah, is the second town in size, and has a very flourishing 
trade. Great quantities of cotton and other articles of produce are 
conveyed from this place down the river. 

13. Ma'con is a considerable and flourishing town on the Oak- 
rnulgee. Some of the other principal towns are Da'ri-en, Columbus, 
Monticcllo, Madison, and IVashington. 

14. Franklin College, or the University of Georgia, at Athens, 
toward the'northern part of the state, in an elevated and healthful 
situation, is a respectably endowed institution. 

15. The Cherokee Indians possess a large tract of country in the 
northwest part of Georgia. JVew E-chd'ta is one of their most con¬ 
siderable villages. 

16. The first English settlement of Georgia was commenced in 1733, 
at Savannah, by general Oglethorpe, together with 160 persons. 

6. What falls are there ? 7. What mineral waters ? 8. What gold 

mines? 9. Canal? 10. What, is said of Milledgeville ? 11. Sa¬ 

vannah? 12. Augusta? 1.3. What other towns ? 

14. What is said of Franklin college ? 15. What Indians ? 

16. What notice of history ? 


See Map of the United States .—What islands are on the coast of 
Georgia ? What river forms the northeast boundary ? 

What one part of the west boundary ? What rivers are in the eastern part ? 
What ones in the western ? Where is Okefonoko swamp ? In what part 
of the state are the Cherokces ? The Creeks? How is Milledge¬ 
ville situated ? Savannah ? Augusta ? Darien ? St. Mary’s ? Macon ? 
Madison? Athens? Columbus? Indian Springs ? ISewEchota? 




58 


ALABAMA. 


ALABAMA. 

1. Alabama, a large state in extent of territory, very recently 


settled, possesses vast quantities of fertile land, well suited to the 
production of cotton; has great commercial advantages by means 
of navigable rivers; and is distinguished for its rapid growth. 

2. The surface in the southern part is low and level or moderate y 
uneven, and much of it covered with pine forests ; in the middle 
and northern portions, it is diversified and hilly, and in some parts 


mountainous. , ^ , ... 

3. The most extensive bodies of fertile lands, and those which 
are most cultivated, are between the Tombeckbee and Alabama, 

and on their branches, and also on the Tennessee. 

4. The two principal rivers, the Al-a-hd'ma and Tom-beck bee, 
or Tom-hig’hee, with their branches, have only one outlet to the 

sea, through Mobile bay. i ^ i 

5. The Alabama is formed by the junction of the Coo'sa and 1 al- 
la-poo'sa, and unites with the Tombeckbee 45 miles above tlie bay; * 
and below the union it is called Mobile river. It is navigable for 
schooners to Cldi'borne, and for boats to Washington, about 260 
miles above Mobile bay. The Tombeckbee is navigable for schoon¬ 
ers to St. Stephen's, 120 miles above Mobile. 

6. The Chat-a-hoo'chee forms a part of the boundary between 


■h the north- 
15 miles long 


Alabama and Georgia. The Tennessee flows throu 
ern part of the state, where it forms an expansion, 
and 2 or 3 broad, which is called the Muscle Shoals, from the num¬ 
ber of soft-shell turtles and fresh-water clams found here. 

7. Tus-ca-loo'sa, a thriving town, situated at the falls of the 
Black Warrior, is the seat of government. 

8. Mo-bile', the largest town, and the principal emporium in the 
state, is situated on an elevated plain at the head of Mobile bay. 
It has, for a few years past, been a very flourishing town, and is 
now one of the principal ports in the United States for the export 
of cotton; but it is unhealthy. 

9. Blake'ley, on the east side of Mobile bay, has some commerce ; 
Ca-haw'ba, on the Alabama, was formerly the seat of government, 
and Mont-gom'er-y, on the same river, is a considerable town. 

10. Two of the principal towns in the north part of the state 
are Huntsville and Florence. To the latter the Tennessee is navi¬ 
gable for steamboats, by which means it carries on a considerable 
trade with New Orleans. 

11. The University of Alabama, at Tuscaloosa, is a new but well 
endowed institution. 

12. Tlie Cherokee and Creek Indians possess a large tract in the 
eastern part of Alabama; and the Choctaws and Chickmaws have 
possessions in the west. 


Alabama. —1. What is said of Alabama 1 2. What of the surface ? 

.S. Where are the most fertile lands ? 4. What are the principal rivers ? 

5. What is further said of them 6. What of the Chatahoochee and Tennes¬ 
see ? 7. What is said of Tuscaloosa ? 8. Mobile 9. Blakeley and Ca- 
hawba? 10. Huntsville and Florence ? 11, University ? 12. What 
Indians ? 




ALABAMA. 


59 

13. Alabama was erected into a territorial government in 1817 
and into a state in 18:^0. * 


MISSISSIPPI. 

1. The southern part of Mississippi is level or moderately uneven, 
consisting mostly of pine forests, with some cypress swamps and 
marshes ; the other parts have generally a diversified surface, agree¬ 
ably distributed into hills and valleys. 

2. Tliere is a singular succession of eminences that are seen in 
descending the Mississippi; besides these there are several distinct 
ranges of hills of moderate elevation in the state ; but there are no 
mountains. 

3. Much of the land bordering on the Mississippi is low, and 
liable to inundation; to the east of this there is a tract or wide 
zone, of a moderately elevated and a diversified surface, extending 
from north to south, covered, in its natural state, with a thick forest, 
and having an exceedingly fertile soil. But the pine forests, and 
level lands of inferior quality, constitute more than half of the terri¬ 
tory. 

4. The great natural feature of this state is the river Mis-sis-sip'- 
pi, which forms its western boundary. The three other principal 
rivers are the Fa-zoo', Pearly and Pas-ca-g6u'la. 

5. The soil and climate are highly favorable to the growth of cot¬ 
ton, vdiich is the chief object of attention here, as well as in Alabama 
and Georgia. 

0. Jacksox, a new town, pleasantly situated near the head of 
Pearl river, in the central part of the state, is the seat of govern¬ 
ment 

7. JVatchez, finely situated on a high bluff or elevated bank of 
the Mississippi, 320 miles by the river above New Orleans, is 
much the largest town, and has an extensive trade, particularly in 
cotton. 

8. All the other towns are small. Some of the most consider¬ 
able are Monticello, formerly the seat of government, and Port 
Gibson. 


13. What notice of history ? 

Mississippi.—1. What is the surface of Mississippi ? 

2. What elevations are there ? 3. What further is mentioned of the dif¬ 

ferent parts 4. What rivers . 5. What the chief production ? 

6. W^hat is said of Jackson ? 7. Natchez ? 8. What other towns ? 


See Map of the United States .—Where is Mobile bay ? 

What rivers flow into the Alabama ? What is the eastern branch of the 
Tombeckbee.? What river divides Alabama from FloridaWhat 
one divides it from Georgia ? What one flows through the north 
part.^ How is Tuscaloosa situated Mobile.? Blakely? St. Ste¬ 
phen’s ? Huntsville ? What towns are on the Alabama ? On the 
Tennessee 




60 MISSISSIPPI. 

9. Jefferson College, at Washington, is an institution which has 
considerable endowments. 

10. A large portion of Mississippi, comprising the northern and 
northeastern parts, and including some fine tracts of land, is in the 
possession of the Choctaiv and Chickasaw Indians. The Choctaws 
are computed to amount to about 20,000, and the Chickasaws to 
6 , 000 . 

11. These Indians have made considerable advancement in ag¬ 
riculture and other arts of civilized life ; and there are missionary 
establishments among them at Eliot, Mayhew, and other places, for 
the purpose of extending to them the blessings of education and 
Christianity. 

12. The first settlement of whites in Mississippi was made by the 
French at Natchez, about the year 1716; and in 1729, this colony 
was massacred by the JVatchez Indians; but in the succeeding year, 
this once powerful tribe was extirpated by the French. 

13. But few American settlements were made in this country till 
near the end of the last century. In 1800, the territory was erected 
into a separate government, and in 1817, into an independent state. 


LOUISIANA. 

1. The state of Ldu-i-si-a'na is remarkable for embracing tlie 
Delta of the great river Mississippi, and is one of the most level 
states in the Union. It consists chiefly of an immense plain, divid¬ 
ed, as respects its surface, into marshes, or swamps, alluvial lands 
liable to- inundation, prairies, pine forests, and hickory and oak 
lands ; embracing every quality of soil from the most productive to 
the most sterile. In the northwestern parts there are some ranges 
of hills. 

2. All the southern part consists of marshes or low prairie land, 
covered with reeds or coarse grass, destitute of trees, and intersect¬ 
ed by numerous bays, lakes, and rivers. Nothing can be more 
dreary than the prospect of the 'immense waste which is afforded 
from a ship’s mast, in sailing up from the mouth of the Mississippi to 
New Orleans. 

3. The marshy lands in the south, and extensive tracts on the 


9. What college 10. What Indians ? 11. What is related of them • 

12. What is related respecting the first settlement ? 

13. What further notice of the history ? 

Louisiana.— 1 . What is said of Louisiana ? 2. What of the 'southern 

part.? 3. What portion is subject to inundation ? 


See Map of the United States.—Wh:it rivers of Mississippi flow into 
the nver Mississippi.? What ones into the gulf of Mexico ? 

How IS Jackson situated .? Natchez ? Monticello.? Port Gibson ?' Eliot ? 
Mayhew ? What towns are on or near the Mississippi ? 





LOUISIANA. 


61 


rivers tliroughout tlie state, comprising, in the whole, more than one 
fifth of the surface, arc liable to be inundated by the overflowing of 
the rivers. 

4. A Considerable portion of tlie state consists ofprairies, Bome of 
which are of great extent The Op-e-l6a'sas prairie, in the south¬ 
west, is computed to contain more tlian 6,000 square miles. The 
soil of the prairie lands varies from tlie most fertile to tlie most bar¬ 
ren ; the surface is generally level; and there are occasionally inter¬ 
spersed fine copses of trees, which give great beauty to the landscape, 

5. The four principal rivers are the Mis-sis-sip'pi, Red River, 
Washita! (wosh-c-taw'), and Sa-bind. 

6. Red River, one of the largest tributaries of the Mississippi, 
rises in Mexico, and in a great part of its course, winds through im¬ 
mense prairies. It is navigable for steamboats to Natchitoches (nak'- 
e-tosh), 230 miles by tlio windings of the stream. Above Natchi¬ 
toches the navigation is interrupted by what is called the rajt, w hich 
consists of a marshy expansion of tlie river, clogged up by a compact 
mass of timber floated down from the upper country. The river i» 
navigable for boats above the raft 1000 miles. 

7. The Washita! is navigable, at some seasons, for steamboats to 
the neighborhood of the Hot Springs, in Arkansas, 600 miles. The 
Sabine derives its chief consequence from its forming the boundary 
between the United States and Mexico. It has a course of about 
400 miles, and flows through a prairie of vast extent and uncommon 
sterility. 

8. Some of the principal lakes are Borgne (bom), Pont-ehar-travd 
(pon-shar-train'), and Mavlrc-pas (maw're-paw), in the southeast; 
Mer-men'taii, Cal^ca-siu (kal'ka-soo), and Bis-ti-neau' (bis-te-no'), in 
the west Lake Bistuieau is surrounded with delightful sccner)% 
and petrifactions abound on its shores. 

9. The agriculture of Louisiana is exceedingly productive, nor is 
there any o^er state in the Union whose exports of its own growth 
are, in proportion to the population, of so great value. The most 
important articles of produce in the southern part, are sugar and rice ; 
in the middle and north, cotton. Oranges flourish in the south; and 
cattle are raised in great numbers in some parts, particularly on tho 
Opelousas prairie. 

10. New Or'le-axs, the only large town of Louisiana, is the great 
commercial emporium of the immense valley of the Mississippi. It is 
situated on the east bank of the river, 105 miles by its course from 
its entrance into the gulf of Mexico. It possesses unrivalled com¬ 
mercial advantages, having a boat navigation above it far more ex¬ 
tensive than any other city on the globe, by means of which the prod¬ 
uce of a country of vast extent and great fertility, is wafted to its port. 

11. Since the purchase of Louisiana by the United States, New 
Orleans has increased with great rapidity in population and com¬ 
merce ; and its amount of exports of domestic produce now exceeds 


4 . What is said of the prairies ? 5. What rivers ? C. What is said of Red 

river ? 7. The Washita and Sabine ? 8, Lakes ? 9. Agriculture ? 
10. New Orleans? 11. What is said of its growth.^ 

6 




62 


LOUISIANA. 


that of any other city in the Union, except New York. No other 
American city exhibits such a variety of inhaWtants, and such a di¬ 
versity of manners and languages. 

12. DoiVald-son, or Don'ald-son-ville, a small town on the 
Mississippi, has been the seat of government since 1829. 

13. Bodon Rouge (ba'tn-roozh') is pleasantly situated on the first 
eminence that is seen in ascending the Mississippi, 150 miles above 
New Orleans. 

14. Two of the most considerable villages to the west of the Mis¬ 
sissippi, are Alexandria and JS/atchitoches (nak'e-tosh). 

15. The Catholic religion is predominant in Louisiana, and there 
are Catholic churches in all the considerable villages ; but there are 
few Protestant churches in the state. 

16. There are colleges at J^etv Orleans and Jackson. 

17. The Mississippi was discovered by Marquette and Joliette, two 
French missionaries, in 1673. In 1682, the country was explored 
by La Salle, and named Louisiana in honor of Louis XIV. A French 
settlement was begun ut Ih'er-xille in 1699, and in 1717, A/*eM> Orleans 
was founded. 

18. In 180.3, the extensive country of Louisiana, comprising all 
the territory now belonging to the United States, lying west of the 
Mississippi, was purchased of France for the sum of $15,000,000; 
and in 1812, the southern portion of this country was admitted into 
tlie Union as an independent state. 


FLORIDA. 

1. Florida, the southernmost territory belonging to the United 
States, consists mostly of a large peninsula, resembling, in its gen¬ 
eral aspect, the low country of the Southern States. There are no 
mountains, nor any hills of much elevation. 

2. There are consider^’ bodies of good land distributed at wide 
intervals throughout me me country, and in the north there are 
some finely variegated and fertile tracts; but far the greater part is 
sterile or unproductive ; and much of it, particularly in the south, is 
marshy. 


12. What of Donaldson ? 13. Baton Rouge ? 14. What other towns ? 

15. What is the prevailing religion ? 16. What colleges ? 

17. What notice of the discovery and settlement of the country ^ 

18. What is related respecting its purchase ? 

Florida.—1. What is said of Florida 2. What of the soil ? 


t'^ec Map of the United States .—What rivers of Louisiana flow into the 
Mississippi ? What ones into the gulf of Mexico ? 

Into what does the Washita flow ? What part of the state lies east of the 
Mississippi ? What lakes are there ? 

Hou is New Orleans situated.? Baton Rouge .? Opelousas? Madisori- 
ville ? Jackson ? What towns are on Red River ? On the Washita ? 
On the Mississippi ? 




FLORIDA. 


03 


3. Florida is more distinguished tlian any other part of the United 
States for the variety of its vegetables; in some parts its forest trees 
make a majestic appearance ; tlie magnolias with their largo milk- 
white flovvors, are striking objects ; and the live oak which is found 
here in great perfection, furnishes an inexhaustible supply of ship 
timber. 

4. The principal river is the St. John'’Sf which has a sluggish cur¬ 
rent, and is navigable about 200 miles. The other most considera¬ 
ble rivers are the Ap-pa-lacli-i-co'la^ Suivaney, and Okeloconne. 

5. The soil and climate arc adapted to cotton, rice, sugar, indigo, 
olives, oranges, and other tropical Iruits. 

G. Tal-la-has'see, the seat of government, is a new and flourish¬ 
ing town, first laid out in 1825, and is situated about 2G miles north 
of Appalachee bay. 

7. St, Au-gii^-tine', pleasantly situated on the eastern coast, is the 
largest town, and was formerly the capital of East Florida. 

8. Pen-sa-co'la, situated on a bay of the same name, was formerly 
tlie capital of West Florida. It has one of the best harbors in the 
gulf of Mexico, and has been selected by the government of the 
United States for a naval station. 

y. The Semi7iol€3 are the principal tribe of Indians in Florida, but 
are much fewer in number now, than they were before the late war. 

10. Florida was conquered by tlie Spaniards as early as 1539. 
In 1763, it was divided into East and West Florida. In 182J, it was 
ceded by Spain to the United States, and it has since been formed 
into one government. 


3. What is said of the vegetables? 4. Rivers ? 5. Productions? 6. Tal¬ 
lahassee ? 7. St. Augustine ? 8. Pensacola ? 9. What Indians ^ 

10. What notice of the history of Florida ? 


See Map of the United States .—What is the southernmost cape of 
Florida? Where is Cape Florida ?. ’'Shore Thompson’s Island or 
Key West ? What bays and hai uo, 6, he western coast ? 

What is the course of St. John’s river ? What rivers flow into the gulf of 
Mexico ? What swamp on the northern border ? 

How is Tallahassee situated? SL Augustine ? Pensacola? St. Mark’s? 




64 


WESTERN STATES. 


WESTERN STATES. 
Indian Mode of taking Buffaloes, 



1. The 'western division of the Union comprises the states of 
Ten'nes-seCy Ken-tuck'r/, 0-/n‘'o, In-di-an'a (in-je-an'na), Il-li-noisI 
(il-lc-noy'), and ,Mis~s6u'ri, tofjether with the territories of Mich'i- 
gauy Hu'ron or ^i/oHhwcslj Ar-kan~sdsf (ar-kan-saw'), A/is-sdu'n, and 
Ode-gon. 

2. All these states and tenitories, except Oregon, lie in the 
Mississippi Vali.ey, a term applied to the vast country which is 
watered by the Mississippi and its numerous tributary rivers, and 
which extends from the Alleghany mountains on the east, to the* 
Rocky mountains on the w^est This valley surpasses in extent all 
other valleys on the globe, that of the Amazon (and perhaps also 
that of the La Plata) excepted. 

3. The great river Mississippi, which gives name to this valley, 
is about a half a mile in width, and very deep. It is the narrowest 
river on the globe, in proportion to the mass of water which it car¬ 
ries, tlie extent of country which it drains, and the commercial facil¬ 
ities which its waters afford. 

4. This river, together with its tributary streams, is supposed to 
Aimish more than 20,000 miles of steamboat navigation. 

.5. The largest tributaries on the western side, are the Missouri, 
Arkansas^ and Red River; on the eastern side, the Ohio and TVn- 
nessee. 


Western States.— 1 . What does the western division of the Union 
comprise ? 2. What is their situation ? 3. What is said of the 
Mississippi ? 4. What of the navigation ? 6. What are the largest 
tributaries ? ® 










WESTERM STATES. 


65 


6. The SURFACE of this valley is diversified, but there are no con¬ 
siderable mountains. In some parts it is hilly ; a good deal of it is 
undulating; but the most of it may be regarded as a vast plair. 

7. Though this country has barren tracts, yet tlie soil of a great 
portion of it is of uncommon fertility ; and on the timbered lands, 
the forest trees are of great size. 

8. The climate is various ; in the south, warm, and in the north, 
cold. The winters are more changeable, and the quantity of snow 
less, than in the same parallels in the country bordering on the At¬ 
lantic. Some parts are unhealthy, particularly the inundated lands 
on the rivers, and the wet prairies. 

9. A remarkable feature of this country consists in its extensive 
Prairies, which are tracts of land entirely destitute of trees, and 
generally covered with weeds and grass, and are ornamented, at 
certain seasons, with a profusion of the most beautiful flowers. 

10. The prairies are generally very level, and are divided into 
wet and dry ; but the dry or upland prairies form much the greater 
part Those which are wet and marshy commonly border on water 
courses. Many of these natural meadows are of great fertility, and 
are covered with the most luxuriant vcgetatio:i. 

11. The prairies are found, to some extent, in the state of Ohio; 
as we proceed to the westward, the proportion which they bear to 
the timbered land increases; and after we proceed two or three 
hundred miles to the west of the Mississippi, they are found to oc¬ 
cupy almost the whole extent of country, except the margins of the 
rivers. 

12. The prairies to the west of the Mississippi afi’ord pasture to 
immense numbers of buffaloes nr bisons, also elk, deer, and other wild 
animals. 

13. Herds of buffaloes are here seen, that arc supposed to con¬ 
tain more than 10,000. This animal is the chief object of hunting 
to the Indians ; and its flesh is the principal article of food both to 
the savages and the white hunters. 

14. The Indians often attack the buffaloes on horseback, and kill 
them by piercing them with arrows or balls ; and sometimes they 
decoy the animals, and precipitate them down a precipice. 

15. There are found throughout the western country, with greater 
or less frequency, tumidi or mounds, some of them of immense size. 
There is no history or tradition that throws any light upon their ori¬ 
gin ; and it is impossible to ascertain when, by 'whom, or for what 
purpose, they were formed. 

16. They are commonly found on the most fertile lands, in plains 
and near large streams. They are mere erections of earth, and 


6. What is the surface of the valley ? 7. Soil ? 8. Climate ? 

9. What is said of the prairies ? 10. What is said of the different varie¬ 
ties ? 11. Where are they found ^ 12. What animals pasture upon 

them ? 1.3, What is said of the buffaloes 14. How are they h ..nted? 

15. What is said of the tumuli or mounds ? 

16. What farther is said of them ? 

6* 



66 


WESTERN STATES. 


indicate little art, yet great labor, in their construction. In some 
instances, trees several hundred years old are seen growing out of 
them. 

17. Some of the most important productions of the Western States 
are, wheats maize, hemp, cotton, tobacco, and cattle. 

18. The largest towns are ^ncinnati, Louisville, Lexington, JVash- 
ville, and St. Louis. 

19. The most numerous denominations of Christians are Metlwdi^, 
Baptists, and Presbyterians. There are but few settled ministers<^ 
these states ; as much as nine tenths of the religious instruction 
supposed to be given by itinerant preachers. 

; ' TENNESSEE. 

I 

1. The Cumberland Mountains, which are a southwestern range 
of the Alleghanies, extend through this state in an oblique direction, 
from northeast to southwest, dividing it into two parts. East Tennes¬ 
see and West Tennessee. 

2. East Tennessee is traversed by various ridges of the Allegha¬ 
nies, and is an elevated and mountainous country ; abounding in 
grand and imposing scenery, such as is formed by precipitous de¬ 
clivities of mountains, fine cascades, deep and picturesque valleys, 
with clear and beautiful streams. Much of the country is broken 
and unproductive ; but the valleys are very fertile. 

3. The surface of West Tennessee is diversified ; in the western 
part, bordering on the Mississippi, it is undulating, and in some parts 
level; further to the east, it becomes hilly and mountainous. A 
gi-eat proportion of the soil is of excellent quality. 

4. The state is well watered by three large rivers and numerous 
smaller streams. The Mississippi forms its western boundary ; and 
it is intersected by the Tennessee and Cumberland, which are of 
great advantage in facilitating commercial intercourse. 

5. The Ten'nes-see, which is navigable for steamboats, at some 
seasons, to Florence in Alabama, and for small boats about 1000 
miles, is the largest tributary of the Ohio, and not very much infe¬ 
rior to the main river. The Cumberland is navigable for steamboats 
to Nashville. 

6. The Whirl or Suck, where the Tennessee breaks through the 
Cumberland mountains, is represented to be as great a curiosity as 
the passage of the Potomac through the Blue Ridge. 

7. Tennessee has many interesting natural curiosities. In the 
mountainous parts, there are numerous beautiful cascades, some of 
which have a descent of 200 or 300 feet perpendicular. Caves are 


17. What are some of the most important productions ? 18. Townai 4$. 

Religious denominations ? 

Tennessee.— 1 . What is said of Tennessee? 2. What of East Ten¬ 
nessee? 3. West Tennessee? 4. What rivers? 

6. What is said of the Tennessee and Cumberland? 6. The Whirl? 

7. What other natural curiosities ? 



TENNESSEE. 


67 


numerous, some of tliem of great extent, containing interesting 
apartments and objects. On the Enchanted mountains, branches of 
the Cumberland range, there are footsteps of men, horses, and other 
animals, in solid limestone, of a fresh appearance, and as distinct as 
if made in soft clay. Organic remains and numerous petrifactions^ 
some of them of large trees, are also found. Many of the small 
rivers have formed channels through solid limestone, in some in- 
staiDces to the deptli of 300 or 400 feet. 

8. Marble^ gypsum^ and iron ore, also nitrous earth in tlie caves, 
are abundant There are also lead rnines and salt spHngs. 

9. Nashville, the seat of government, pleasantly situated on the 
Cumberland, in a fertile and populous district, is the largest and 
most, commercial town, and carries on an extensive trade with New 
Orleans. 

10. JVIudfrees-bor-oitgh, 39 miles southeast of Nashville, in a cen¬ 
tral part of the state, was formerly the seat of government. 

11. Knoi'viUe^ on the Holston, is the principal town in East Ten¬ 
nessee, and has considerable trade and manufactures. There are 
various other towns containing from 500 to 1500 inhabitants. 

12. JVdshville Universitip at Nashville, is a respectable institution, 
with considerable endowments. East Tennessee College is at Kooxt 
vdle. GreenvilU College, the oldest in the state, is at Greenville ; 
and there is a theological school at Maryville. 

13. The Cherokee Indians possess that part of this state which lies 
to the south of tlie Tennessee and Hiwassee rivers. These Indians 
have made much progress in the arts of civilized life, and pay con* 
eiderable attention to education. There are several missionary sta¬ 
tions among them, of which one of the most considerable is Brainerd. 

14. This country was explored by Daniel Boone, in 1764; and 
the first permanent settlements were formed in East Tennessee, by 
persons from Virginia and North Carolina, in 1768 and 1769. 
The first printing press was established at Rogersville, in 1791. 
Tennessee formed a part of North Carolina till 1790; and in 1796, 
it was erected into an independent state. 


8. What minerals ? 9. W’hat is said of Nashville ? 10. Murfreesborough ? 
11. Knoxville.^ 12. What colleges.^ 13. What is said of the 
Cherokees.? 14. What notice of the history of Tennessee ? 


See Map of the United States .—What mountains are there in Tennes¬ 
see ? Rivers ? What part is traversed by the Cumberland ? The 
Tennessee ? What rivers in this state flow into the Mississippi ? 
How is Nashville situatedr Murfreesborough? Franklin? Fayetteville? 

Knoxville ? Greenville ? Maryville ? Brainerd ? 

What towns on the Cumberland? On the Tennessee ? The Holston? 




68 


KENTUCKY. 


KENTUCKY. _JI 

1. Kentucky is the most centrally situated state in tlie Union, 
■with regard to the territory belonging to the United States that is 
as yet settled. 

2. The Ohio and Mississippi form almost one half of its boun¬ 
dary. The Great Sandy river separates it from Virginia ; and it* ia 
traversed by the Tennessee and Cumberland. The principal rivera 
■wholly within the state are Kentucky^ lAcking, Salt, and Green 
rivers. 

3. Kentucky river, which gives name to the state, is navigable for 
boats 150 miles. It flows, through a great part of its course, in a 
deep chasm cut in solid limestone, its perpendicular banks being, in 
some places, 300 feet high. Similar channels have been fonned by 
some of the other rivers. 

4. The surface of the state is greatly diversified. The southeast 
part is mountainous ; the central and southwest parts, undulating and 
comparatively level; and the country bordering on the Ohio, hilly. 

5. A large portion of Kentucky is exceedingly fertile, though 
there are large tracts that are sterile. The country watered by Lick¬ 
ing, Kentucky, and Salt rivers, in the central part of which Lexing¬ 
ton is situated, is one of the most delightful and fertile tracts in the 
United States. 

6. All the level and undulating parts lie upon an immense bed of 
limestone, usually about 8 feet below the surface. In dry seasons 
the streams and rivulets are liable to fail; and the inhabitants, in 
some districts, suffer great inconvenience for want of water. 

7. In the southwest part there are some extraordinary caves, 
one of which, called the Mammoth or Kentucky Cave, has been 
explored to the distance of 10 miles. It contains numerous avenues 
and apartments, one of which comprises an area of 8 acres, having 
an arch from 60 to 100 feet high, without a single pillar to support it 
In some parts of the cave are found large columns of brilliant spar, 
60 or 70 feet in height. 

8. Beautiful marble and iron ore are found in abundance ; also 
salt springs, nitrous earth in the caves, and coal in some places. 

9. The mineral waters of Harrodsburg and the Olympian Springs 
are much frequented, for purposes both of health and pleasure. 

10. Kentucky is distinguished among the Western States for its 
manufactures. Its exports, of which the most important articles are 
hemp, tobacco, and wheat, go chiefly to New Orleans. 

11. Frankfort, the seat of government, is situated in a deep 
Talley, on Kentucky river, 60 miles above its entrance into the 
Ohio. 


Kentucky. —1. What is said of Kentucky2. What are the rivers? 
B. What is said of Kentucky river? 4. What of the surface? 6. The 
soil ? 6. On what does it lie ? 7. What is said of caves ? 

8. What minerals ? 9. What mineral waters ? 10. What is said of man¬ 

ufactures and exports ? 11. What is said of Frankfort ? 



KENTUCKY. 


es> 

12. Louisville^ situated at the falls or rapids of the Ohio, is the 
largest and most commercial town in the state, and is the greatest 
port for steamboats between Pittsburg and Natchez. 

13. Lexington is delightfully situated on a branch of the Elkhorn, 
in a beautiful and very fertile country. It is handsomely built, and 
has various manufactures and an extensive trade. 

14. Maysvillc, on tlie Ohio, is a very flourishing town, and next to 
Louisville in commercial importance. There are various other flour¬ 
ishing villages, but none very large. 

15. Transylvania University^ in Lexington, is the oldest and 
most celebrated institution in the Western States, and has medical 
and law schools connected with it. Centre College is established at 
Danville ; Augusta College^ at Augusta; Cun^erland College^ at 
Princeton ; and St. JosepJCs College, a respectable Catholic seminary, 
at Bairdstown. 

16. The first permanent settlement of this state was begun om 
Kentucky river, in 1775, by the famous Daniel Boone, a native of 
Maryland. It formed a part of Virginia till 1790; and in 1792, it was 
erected into an independent state. 


OHIO. 

1. The state of Ohio, which is the most populous and important 
of the Western States, is of a compact form, lying between th© 
river Ohio and Lake Erie ; the southern, and much the larger part. 
Eloping gently towards the river, and the northern part towards the 
lake. 

2. The surface is generally level or moderately uneven, having 

the aspect of an alluvial country. The eastern and • southeastern 
parts, and some portions of the country bordering on the Ohio, are 
hilly; but there are no mountains. In the northern division there 
are extensive marshy tracts, which are the most elevated lands in 
the state. ■ 

3. In the interior, towards the sources of the Great and the Little 
Miami, Scioto, and Muskingum, there are extensive prairies ; but 
the most of the country was, in its natural state, covered with a 
dense forest, composed almost wholly of trees whose leaves fall off 
in the autumn. 


12. What is said of Louisville ? 13. Lexington ? 14. Maysville 
15. What literary institutions ? 16. What notice of the history ? 

Ohio.—1. What is said of Ohio ? '2. What of the surface ? 

3. What of the surface in its natural state ? 


See Map of the United States.—By what rivers is Kentucky bounded ? 
What rivers in the state flow into the Ohio ? Through what part do th© 
Tennessee and Cumberland flow ? The Kentucky river ? 

How is Frankfort situated ? Lexington ? Louisville ? Maysville ? Dan¬ 
ville ? Harrodsburg ? Bairdstown.? Hopkinsville ? Russellville i 
What towns are on the Ohio ? On Licking river ? On Kentucky river ? 
On Green river ? 





70 


OHIO. 


4. A great part of the state has a very fertile soil, and more than 
nine tenths of it are susceptible of cultivation. The settlements 
have been rapidly and widely,diffused, and the country divided into 
farms of moderate and nearly equal size, more after the manner of 
New England, than in any other of the Western States. 

5. Lake Ene and the river Ohio are of great advantage in facil¬ 
itating commercial intercourse, the former connecting the com¬ 
merce of tlie state w'ith New Yorkj and the latter with New 
Orleans. 

6. The river Ohio, from which the state derives its name, is 
formed by the confluence of the Monongahcla and Alleghany, at 
Pittsburg, and after a course of nearly lOCO miles, flows into the 
Mississippi. Its current is gentle, nowhere broken by falls, except 
at Louisville ; and it is of easy navigation. It waters a very fertile 
country, and is esteemed one of the most beautiful rivers in the 
world. 

7. The principal rivers within the state arc the Mus-kin'gum, 
Hock-hock'ing, Sci-o'to, Great Mi-am'i, and lAille Mi-am'i, which 
flow into the Ohio ; the Mau-i7iec', called also the Miami of the Lalce, 
San-dus'ky, and Cu-ya-ho'ga, which flow into lake Erie. 

8. Ohio contains an abundance of coal, iron ore, and marble, and 
lias valuable salt spiings. 

9. In different parts there are many ancient i/ioirnt/fi, and other 
monuments of the former inhabitants. Some of the principal ones 
are at Marietta, Worthington, and Circleville. 

10. Ohio takes the lead among the Western States with regard 
to manufactures. Some of the most important manufacturing towns 
are Cincinnati, Zanesville, Steubenville, and Chillicothe. 

* 11. More than half of the exports go to New Orleans ; but much 
is sent to New York and other Atlantic cities. 

12. The Ohio Canal forms a communication between the river 
Ohio, at Portsmouth, and lake Erie, at Cleveland, 320 miles in length. 
The Miami Canal extends from Cincinnati to Dayton, 65 miles. 

13. Columbus, the seat of government, is a new town, first laid 
out in 1812, and is pleasantly situated on the Scioto, near the centre 
of the state. 

14. Cm-cin-nd2i, pleasantly situated on the Ohio, 455 miles by the 
river below Pittsburg, is the emporium of the western country, and 
the largest town, next to New Orleans, in the Mississippi valley. 
It is regularly laid out, handsomely built, mostly of brick, and has a 
great trade and extensive manufactures. 

15. Steu'hen-ville, on the Ohio, Zant^wZ/c, on the Muskingum, and 
Chil-li-co'ihe, on the Scioto, have flourishing manufactures and con 
siderable trade. 


4. What is said of the soil ? 5. Lake Erie and Ohio river ? 

6. What is said of the Ohio 7. What rivers arc within the state.’ 8. 
What minerals.’ 9. What is said of the mounds? 10. Manufac¬ 
tures? 11. Exports? 12. What canals ? 

13. What is said of Columbus ? 1-1. Cincinnati ’ 15. Steubenville, &c. ? 



OHIO. 


71 


IG. Som-dus'ky and Cleveland, on lake Erie, arc flourishinf/ 
towns, and important places as it respects the commerce and navi^ 
gation of the lake. 

17. Tliere are many otlier considerable towns, among which are 
Marietta, noted for being the oldest in the state, and Cirdcville, for 
being situated on two remarkable mounds, one of which is a circle, 
and gives name to the town. 

18. The principal literary institutions in this state are, the Ohio 
University, at Athens; Miami University, at Oxford; the Medical 
College, at Cincinnati; Kenyon College, at Gambier; and Western 
Reserve College, at Hudson. 

19. The first permanent settlement of Ohio was commenced at 
Marietta, in 1788, by general Rufus Putnam, from Massachusetts. 
It has been settled chiefly by emigrants from the Eastern and 
Middle States. Since 1795, its growth has been exceedingly 
rapid ; it was erected into a state in 1802, and it now ranks as 
the fourth state in number of inhabitants. 


INDIANA. 

1. The state of Indiana consists mostly of vast plains; but the 
Bouthern part, along the Ohio, is skirted by a range of beautiful 
eminences known by the name of the Ohio hills; and some other 
parts, particularly towards the north, are hilly, but there are no 
mountains. It is generally more level than Ohio, and contains a 
far greater proportion of prairie land. 

2. The soil is generally very fertile. Some of the prairies oxe of 
great extent, broader than can be measured by the eye ; yet the 
divisions between timbered and prairie lands are more happily 
balanced in Indiana, than in the country farther west. The prairies 
are uniformly level and fertile ; some of them dry, ethers wet and 
marshy. 

3. The Ohio and Wafbash are of great importance in facilitating 
transportation. The Wabash, a large river, having numerous 
branches, is navigable 470 miles; and White River, its principal 
tributary, is navigable for steamboats to Indianopolis. The north- 


16. What is said of Sandusky and Cleveland? 17. What other towns? 
18. What colleges ? 19. What notice of the history ? 

Indiana. —1. What is said of Indiana ? 2. The soil and the prairies ? 

3. Rivers.^ 


See Map of the United States. —W'hat rivers of Ohio flow into Ohio 
river? What ones into lake Erie? How is Columbus situated? 
Cincinnati ? Chillicothe ? Zanesville ? Steubenville ? Dayton ? 
Portsmouth ? Sandusky ? Cleveland ? 

What towns in the state are on the Ohio ? What ones on the Muskingum ? 
The Scioto ? The Miami ? Lake Erie ? 




72 


INDIANA. 


cm part of the state borders on lake Michigan^ and is watered by 
the Maumee and other rivers that floAv into the lakes. 

4. Indiana contains numerous caves; but the one that has ex¬ 
cited most attention, is found in the southern part. It is of great 
extent, containing many apartments, and is known by the name of 

Epsom-Salts Cave, from its affording vast quantities of that 
Bubstance. 

5. In-dian-op'o-lis, the seat of government, is a flourishing 
town, situated on White river, near the centre of the state, in one 
of the most fertile jtracts of land in the western country. It was 
first laid out in 1821. 

6. Vin-cennes', on the Wabash, and Madison, on the Ohio, are 
two of the largest and most commercial towns in the state. 

7. Ve-vay', on the Ohio, was commenced, in 1804, by 30 Swiss 
families, and is celebrated for its flourishing vineyards, the oldest 
and most extensive in the United States. 

8. Harmony, on the Wabash, is famous for having first been 
tlie residence of a religious sect of Germans, called Harmonists, 
who had for their leader George Rapp; and afterwards the residence 
of Robert Owen of New Lanark in Scotland, and his followers. 

9. Indiana College is established at Bloomington. 

10. Vincennes was settled about the beginning of the last cen¬ 
tury by French emigrants from Canada, and long remained a soli¬ 
tary village. Few settlements were made in the country by citi¬ 
zens of the United States till the end of the century. In 1801, 
Indiana was erected into a territorial government, and, in 1816, 
into a state. It has been settled chiefly by emigrants from the 
Eastern and Middle States, and has had a rapid growth. 

ILLINOIS. 

1. Illinois, which lies on the west side of Indiana, has a still less 
uneven surface, and a much larger proportion of prairie land. It 
is one of the most level states in the Union, and it has been esti¬ 
mated that nearly two thirds of it consist of prairies. There are, 
however, some hills in the southeast part; also along the Illinois, 
on the Mississippi, and in the northern part of the state. 

2. There is, perhaps, no state that exceeds Illinois in general 
fertility of soil; yet there arc extensive tracts that are sterile, or 
not susceptible of cultivation. 


4 . What is said of the caves ? 5. Indianopolis ? 6. Vincennes and Mad¬ 
ison ? 7. Vevay? 8. Harmony? 9. What college ? 

10 . What notice of history ? 

Innij^rois.—1. What is said of Illinois ? 2. Soil ? 


See Map of the United States .—On what lake does Indiana border? 
What rivers form a part of its boundary ? What rivers within the state ? 
How is Indianopolis situated ? Vincennes ? Madison ? Corydon ? Ve¬ 
vay ? Bloomington ? What towns on the Ohio ? The Wabash ? 





ILLINOIS. 


73 


3. The prairies are divided into wet and dry: they have, in many 
parts, too little inclination to carry otf the water that falls in rain; 
and they are found in too great proportion to the timbered lands, 
and of too great extent for convenience ; so that in this country of 
exuberant fertility, and, at some seasons, of exquisite beauty, the 
inhabitants are incommoded by the w'ant of timber, fuel, and good 
water; and too often also by the want of health. 

^ 4. Illinois possesses extraordinary advantages of inland naviga¬ 
tion. Tlie Mississippi^ Ohio, and Wabash form about two thirds of 
Its boundaries; and it is traversed by the R-li-nois’ (il-le-noy'), 
Kas-kas'ki-a, Rock Rivci-, and other navigable streams. 

5. The Illinois is a beautiful river, affording easy navigation 
from the Mississippi almost to lake Michigan, and waters a luxu¬ 
riant country. It interlocks, by a morass, with the Chi-ca'go, which 
flows into lake Michigan, and in some seasons boats may pass from 
the lake into the Illinois. 

6. At Galena, on Fever river, in the northwest corner of the state, 
there are exceedingly rich lead inines, from v/hich lead is obtained 
in great quantities. Coal and gypsum are found in different parts in 
abundance ; there are also various salt springs, and near Shawnee- 
town, salt is manufactured in immense quantities. 

7. The Cave in Rock, or House of JVature, on the Ohio below 
Shawneetown, is regarded as a great curiosity, and was formerly a 
rendezvous of robbers. 

8. Van-da'li-a, pleasantly situated on the Kaskaskia, in the cen¬ 
tre of a fertile and tliriving country, is the seat of government. It 
was first laid out in 1819. 

9. Kaskaskia, finely situated on the river Kaskaskia, 11 miles 
above its entrance into the Mississippi, was formerly a place of im¬ 
portance in the French colony of Illinois, containing 7,000 inhabit¬ 
ants ; but it now has only about 1,000. 

10. Shaw'nee-town, on the Ohio, is famous for the extensive salt 
works, belonging to the United States, in its vicinity. 

11. Some of the other most considerable places are Ed'wards- 
ville, Belle'ville, Ga-le'na, and Ca-ho'ki-a, an ancient French village. 

12. A college has been recently established at Jacksonville. 

13. One of the earliest settlements of the French in the Missis¬ 
sippi valley was made at Kaskaskia, in the latter part of the 17th 
century. Almost all the settlements that have been'formed by the 


.3. What is said of the prairies ? 4. Inland navigation and rivers ? 5. Illinois? 
6. What is said of the mineral productions ? 7. Cave in Rock ? 8. Van- 
dalia? 9. Kaskaskia? 10. Shawneetown ? 11. What other towns ? 
12. College ? 13. What notice of history ? 


See Map of the United States .—On what lake does Illinois border ? 
What rivers form a great part of its boundary ? What is the course of the 
Illinois ? What rivers flow into the Mississippi ? 

What ones into the Wabash ? Where is Pioria or Illinois lake ? 

How is Vandalia situated? Kaskaskia? Shawneetown? Edw'ardsvillc ? 
Chicago ? 




74 


ILLINOIS. 


citizens of the United States, have been begun since 1800.* In 
1809, Illinois was erected into a territorial government, and in 1818, 
into a*Btate. 


MISSOURI. 

1. Missouri is now the most western state ; but if all the ter¬ 
ritory belonging to the Union were peopled and formed into states, 
it would be the most central. For a country so far from the ocean, 
its situation is advantageous, being washed on one side by tiie 
Mississippi, and traversed throughout by the great river from which 
it derives its name. 

2. The surface is greatly diversified with plains, marshes, prai¬ 
ries, forests, and rocky, barren hills. The lands bordering on the 
rivers are low, and liable to inundation. Prairies are found in dif¬ 
ferent parts, and in the Avest they are of vast extent. 

3. Though the surface of a great part is uneven or hilly, yet 
there are no considerable mountains. The chain of the 0-zark' 
Mountains is considered as beginning in Missouri, yet it presents 
no elevation deserving the name of a mountain till after it passes 
into Arkansas. 

4. The soil of a great part is very fertile ; though there are ex¬ 
tensive tracts of upland and hilly country that are unproductive. 
One of the best and most inhabited parts is that which lies be¬ 
tween the Missouri and Mississippi. 

5. Besides the great rivers Mississippi and Missouri (mis-soo're), 
this state is Avatered by various others of considerable magnitude. 
The largest are the 0-sage\ Grand, CJiar-i-ton' (shar-e-ton'), Gas- 
con-ade', Mei''ri-mac or Mar'a-mec, Wash-i-ta', and St. Francis. The 
Osage is a large river, navigable for boats 660 miles. 

6. Missouri is celebrated for its rich and inexhaustible lead mines, 
which are found in a sterile district, embracing about 3,000 square 
miles, and lying about 40 miles Avest of the Mississippi. 

7. Jefferson City, a noAv toAvn, on the Missouri, near the centre 
of the state, is the state of government. 

8. St. Louis, finely situated on the Mississippi, 18 miles below 
the junction of the Missouri, and about 1200 above New Orleans, 
is the largest toAvn in the state, and next to Noav Orleans, the 
largest on the river. Its situation is remarkable, being in the centre 
of the Mississippi valley, and near the junction of several great 
rivers. It is the principal depot of the fur trade of the western 
country, and contains a Catholic college. 

9. St. Charles, on the Missouri, 20 miles above its mouth, and 
Franklin, on the same river, about 200 miles above its mouth, and in 
one of the most fertile districts in the state, are two of the most 
considerable toAvns. 


Missouri.—1, What is said of Missouri ? 2. The surface ? 3. Moun- 
, tains? 4. Soil? 5. Rivers? 6. Lead mines? 7. Jefferson? 8. 
St. Louis ? 9. St. Charles and Franklin ? 



MISSOURI, 


75 


10. Her-cu-la'ne-uni and St. Gen-e-vieve' (jen-e-veev'), on the 
Mississippi, are noted as depots of tlie lead mines; Po-to-si', as the 
principal village in the mining district. 

11. The French commenced establishments at St. Genevieve and 
St Louis, in 17G4, but the settlements did not flourish till the ces¬ 
sion of Louisiana to the United States, in 1803. In 180^, Missouri 
was erected into a territorial government, and in 1821, into a state. 


MICHIGAN TERRITORY. 

1. This country is remarkable for its situation, being a peninsula 
lying between lake Michigan, on the west, and lakes Huron, St. 
Clair, and Erie, on the east. 

2. The surface is very level, having no mountains, and few ele¬ 
vations that can properly be called hills. The central part is mod¬ 
erately elevated, but is level, and some of it marshy, descending 
gently in all directions toward the waters. The greater part is 
covered with a dense forest; though there are extensive prairies. 

3. The soil is generally very fertile ; but there is a tract border¬ 
ing on lake Michigan that is sandy and barren. 

4. The country is well watered by the lakes and rivers on its 
borders, and by numerous small streams, which are navigable for 
boats. The waters abound in tvhite-fsh, and the fisheries are very 
valuable. 

5. De-troit', finely situated on the Detroit river, between lakes 
St. Clair and Erie, is the chief town, and a place of note in the fur 
trade. 

6. Mich-i-li-mack'i-nac or Mack'i-naiv, situated on an island in 
the straits of the same name, is noted as a military post. 

7. Detroit w^as founded by the French about 1670, and has long 
been noted £ls a trading post. In 1805, Michigan was erected into 


10. What is said of Herculaneum, &c.11. What notice of history 

Michigan.—1. What is said of Michigan? 2. Surface? 3. Soil? 
4. Waters? 5. Detroit? 6. Michilimackinac ? 7. What notice 

of history ? 


See Map of the United States. —Through what part of Missouri does 
the river Missouri flow ? What rivers flow into the Mississippi on 
the east side opposite to the state of Missouri ? 

What rivers of Missouri flow into’ the river Missouri on the north side ? 
What ones on the south side ? What ones into the Mississippi ? 

What ones rise in this state and flow into Arkartas ? 

How is Jefferson situated ? St. Louis ? Potosi ? 

What towns on the Mississippi ? The Missouri ? 

See Map of the United States. —By what lakes is Michigan sur¬ 
rounded ? What rivers flow into lake Michigan ? 

What bay extends from lake Huron into the country ? How is Detroit 
situated ? Michilimackinac ? Saginaw ? 

What towns in the southeast part? 




76 


MICHIGAN TERRITORY. 


a territorial government. It was the scene of important military 
operations during the late war between the United States and 
England. 


NORTHWEST or HURON TERRITORY. 

1. This extensive country, which is mostly surrounded by the 
great lakes and the upper course of the river Mississippi, has gen¬ 
erally been known by the name of the JVorthwest Teiritory; \i\ii 
with respect to its government, it has been annexed to the Michi¬ 
gan Territory. It has been proposed to erect it into a separate 
government, under the name of the Huron Terntoi-y. 

2. The surface of some portions, particularly towards tlie north, 
is hilly and mountainous ; but for the most part, it is level or mod¬ 
erately uneven, and has prairies of vast extent. 

3. Some of the principal rivers within the country, are the Wis- 
con'sin or Ouis-con'sin, Fox, CJiipfe-ivay, and St. Croix. The 
Wisconsin and Fox rivers are connected by a portage, only about 
a mile long, across a marsh, and in high stages of the water, boats 
pass from one to the other. 

4. The country abounds in mines of lead,^ iron, and copper. 

5. A valuable kind of grain called tvild rice, or tvild oats, is found 
in great abundance in the marshy and inundated tracts, bordering 
on the lakes and other waters of this territory and other neighbor¬ 
ing countries. 

6. The country is inhabited by several tribes of Indians; but it 
has been little explored, except by hunters, and contains but few 
white inhabitants. The principal settlements are at Prai'rie du 
Chi-en' (she-en'), Gi'een bay, and the Falls of St. Mary; and at 
Fond du Lac there is a trading post. 

ARKANSAS TERRITORY. • 

1. The Arkansas Territory was erected into a separate gov¬ 
ernment in 1819, extending from the Mississippi to Mexico ; but in 
1824, the western limit was restricted to a line beginning 40 miles 
west of the southwest corner of the state of Missouri, and running 
south to Red River. 

2. The country, comprising the whole region from the Missis¬ 
sippi to Mexico, is naturally divided into three parts; 1st, the 

Northwest Territory.—1. What is said of the Northwest or Hu¬ 
ron Territory ? 2. Surface? 3. Rivers? 4. Minerals? 5. What 
natural productions^ 6. Settlements ? 

Arkansas. —1. What is said of Arkansas ? 2. What of the surface ? 


See Map of the United States .—By what lakes and river is this coun¬ 
try chiefly surrounded ? What rivers flow into the Mississippi ? 
What ones into lake Michigan ? Lake Superior ? 

Where is Green Bay ? St. Mary’s Falls ? Prairie du Chien ? Fond du 
Lac ? St. Anthony’s Fails ? 




ARKANSAS TERRITORY. 


77 


eastern or alluvial division towards the Mississippi, which is low, and 
generally level; 2d, the hilly and broken country, which is traversed 
by die Ozark Mountains ; and 3d, the country west of the mountains, 
which is chiefly composed of immense prairies. 

3. The sou is of all varieties, from' the most fertile to the most 
sterile. 

4. The country is bounded on the east by the Mississippi ; the 
greater part of its southern boundary is formed by Red River, and it 
is traversed throughout by the Arkansas. The other principal rivers 
are the JVhite River, St. Francis, and WcLsh-i-taf. 

5. The Arkansas (ar-kan-saw' or ar-kan'sas), which rises in the 
Rocky mountains, is upwards of 2,000 miles in length, and at spring 
tides, it is navigable nearly to the mountains by steamboats. The 
upper part of its course is through a region of sterile prairies, or an 
immense sanuy and barren waste. Some of its tributary streams are 
strongly impregnated with salt; and above the middle of its course 
there is a tract called the salt prairie, which is covered with salt in 
the form of hoar-frost. 

6. The Hot Springs, towards the sources of the Washita, are 
rnuch visited by invalids. The waters are pure and limpid, with 
little or no mineral properties, and their ordinary temperature is said 
to be that of boiling heat. 

7. Little Rock, on the Arkansas, 300 miles from its mouth by 
the river, is the seat of government. The other principal towns are 
JVishington and Batesville.—Divight is a missionary station among 
the Cherokees. 


MISSOURI TERRITORY. 

1. This vast extent of country, lying between the Mississippi and 
the Rocky mountains, comprises the greater part of the western 
slope of the Mississippi valley, and is almost wholly uninhabited, ex¬ 
cept by Indians. 

2. A belt of country, extending from 200 to 400 miles to the 
west of the Mississippi, is covered, in great part, with forests. To 
the west of this is found a vast region of plains reaching to the 
Rocky mountains; in some parts it is fertile and covered with 
grass, and in others sandy and sterile. It has befen compared to 
the steppes of Central Asia, and some portions of it to the African 
desert of Sahara. The margins of the lower courses of the rivers 


3. What is said of the soil ? 4. Rivers ? 5. The Arkansas ? 6. The 

Hot Springs ? 7. Towns ? 

Missouri Territory. —1. What is said of Missouri Territory ? 

2. What is the character and surface of the country ? 


See Map of the United States .—What rivers form a part of the boun¬ 
dary of Arkansas ? Through what part does the Arkansas flow ? 
What other rivers ? How is Little Rock situatedDwight.^ The Hot 
Springs ? 

7* 




78 


MISSOURI TERRITORY. 


that enter the Mississippi from this region are wooded ; but in as¬ 
cending towards the mountains, the trees gradually diminish, and at 
length entirely disappear. 

3. To the west of these plains the Rocky Mountains rise up in an 
abrupt manner, presenting a steep front, with many frowning rocicy 
precipices, and having many summits covered with perpetual snow. 
It is a singular fact that, between the sources of the La Platte and 
tlie Bu^-na-ven-tu'ra, there is an opening through this range whicii 
admits the passage of loaded wagons. 

4. The largest rivers of this country are the Missouri and its trib¬ 
utaries, the Konsas or Kansas, Tm Platte, and Yelloiostone. 

5. The Gi’eat Falls of the Missouri, which are 2570 miles by the 

river from the Mississippi, consist of a succession of cataracts and 
rapids, amounting in the whole to 350 feet. The largest cataract, 
which is 87 feet perpendicular, presents a scene of much beauty and 
grandeur. / 

0. The place where the Missouri seems to have torn for itself a 
passage through the mountain ridge, called the Gates of the Rocky 
Mountains, is described , as a very sublime spectacle. The river 
flows through a chasm more than five miles long, where the rocks 
rise perpendicularly from the water’s edge to the height of nearly 
1200 feet. The stream is here compressed to the width of 150 
yards ; and for the space of three miles, there is but one spot on 
which a man can stand, between tlie edge of the •svater and the per¬ 
pendicular ascent of the mountain rock. 

7. The United States have established military posts at Council 
Bluffs and on SL Peter^s River. 

OREGON TERRITORY. 

1. This is an extensive country, lying between the Rocky moun¬ 
tains and the Pacific ocean ; but it is little known. 

2. It is watered by the river Or'e-gon or Vo-lum'hi-a and its 
branches, the principal of which are Lewises River, ClarPs River^ 
and the Multnomah. 

3. The country bordering on the Oregon and its branches, is rep¬ 
resented as having a good soil, and is covered with heavy timber, 
consisting chiefly of various species of fir; many of the trees being 
of enormous height. 


3, What is said of the Rocky mountains ? 4. What rivers ? 

5. What is said of the Falls of the Missouri? 6. What of the Gates of 
the Rocky Mountains ? 7. W'hat military posts are in this country ? 

OnEGON Territory.—1. What is said of Oregon Territory? 

2. What are the rivers ? 3. Soil ? 


See Map of the United States .—is the general course of the 
Missouri ? What rivers flow into it on the southwest side ? 

What ones on the northeast ? What rivers in Missouri Territory flow into 
the Mississippi ? Where are Council Bluffs ? Fort Mandan ? 




OREGON TERRITORY. 


79 


4. At a distance from the ocean the country is mountainous, des¬ 
titute of trees, and mucii of it barren. Extensive prairies are found 
on the west, as well as on the east side of the Rocky mountains. 

5. The climate in the mountainous parts, is severe ; but near tlie 
shores of the PaOific ocean, it is much milder than in the same lati¬ 
tude on the Atlantic. 

G. This country was explored by Lewis and Clark, in 1805; and 
in Ibll, a trading establishment was formed at Astoria by some 
Americans. 





MEXICO. 


Pyramid of Cholula. 



1. Mexico, a country of great extent, and exceedingly rich both 
in mineral and vegetable productions, was for three centuries a very 
important province of Spain, but is now an independent republic. 


4. What is said of the surface ? 5. Climate ? 

6. When and by whom was this country explored ? 

Mexico.— 1. What is said of Mexico.’ 


See Map of JVorth America .—How is the Oregon Territory situated ? 
What is the course of the Columbia or Oregon river.’ What rivers flow 
into it ? How is Astoria situated.’ 




















80 


MEXICO. 


2. Its most remarkable natural feature is its great elevation. The 
lands are low on both coasts ; and from each there is a gradual rise 
till the country attains the height of from 6,000 to 8,000 feet, when 
it spreads out into immense plains called table land. 

3. The country is traversed by a chain of mountains called the 
Cor-dil-le'ras of Mexico, which are regarded as a part of the great 
range which takes the name of the Rocky Mountains further north, 
and that of the A7ides in South America. 

4. Some of the mountains of this range are volcanic, and many of 
tliem are always covered with snow. Tw'o of the most remarkable 
summits are the volcanoes Pop-o-cat'e-petl and Or-i-zd'ba. 

5. Jo-rul'lo is a famous volcanic mountain, which burst out from a 
plain, in 1757, and rose to the height of nearly 1,700 feet. 

6. Mexico suffers, in many parts, for the want of water and navi¬ 
gable n’ye?’ 5 . The three largest are the Del Js/odte, Col-o-ra'do, and 
Bui-na-ven-iu'ra (bwa-na-ven-too'ra), all of which flow through the 
most uncultivated parts of the country, and are therefore of little use 
to commerce. 

7. Mexico has two remarkable peninsulas, Cal-i-for'ni-a, in the 
west, which is about 900 miles long, but possesses very few inhab¬ 
itants ; and Yu-ca-tan', in the southeast, which is noted for ma¬ 
hogany. 

8. The climate on the coasts is hot and unhealthy ; on the table 
lands, it is generally mild and salubrious ; but on the highest of 
them, it is cold, even south of the tropic of Cancer. 

9. A large part of the country has a very fertile soil; though much 
of the high table land is barren. 

10. The kind of grain which most abounds in Mexico, is maize. 
The agave, w'hich yields a liquor called pulque, is extensively culti¬ 
vated ; also sugar, indigo, tobacco, cotton, cochineal, and various kinds 
of fruit and grain. 

11. Mexico is celebrated for its silver mines, which, are the richest 
in the world, and have for a long time produced annually ten times 
as much silver as all the mines in Europe. Some of these mines 
are regarded as curiosities ; and one of theun is excavated 8 miles 
in length, and 1,640 feet in depth. 

12. Some religious monuments of the ancient Mexicans are still 
to be seen in the country, of which the most celebrated is the Pyra¬ 
mid of Cho-lu'la. It is constructed of unburnt bricks, consisting of 
four stories or terraces, with a base of 1,423 feet broad, and is 177 
feet high. 

13. Mexico, the capital, is situated near a lake, in a beautiful 
valley, elevated almost 7,500 feet above the level of the ocean, and 
surrounded by naked and majestic mountains. It is remarkable for 
the regularity and width of its streets, for the splendor of its edi¬ 
fices, and for having the richest mint in the world. 


2. What is its most remarkable natural feature ? 

3. What range of mountains ? 

4. What is said of the summits ? 5. Jorullo ? 6. Rivers ? 7. Peninsulas ? 

8. Climate? 9. Soil? 10. Productions? 11. Mines? 12. Pyra¬ 
mid of Cholula ? 13. Mexico ? 



MEXICO. 


81 


14. Pufhla is a regular and beautiful city, the second in popula¬ 
tion, and is finely situated on a plain, nearly as elevated as that of 
I\Icxico; Guad-a-lax-afra (gulid-a-la-ha^ra) and Quer-e-tdfro are also 
large and handsome towns. 

15. Guan-ax-ud'to (gwiin-a-hwa'to) and Zac-a-Wcas are famous 
for tlieir rich silver mines ; aud Xa-la'pa or Ja-ld'pa^ for giving name 
to the medicinal root called jaZop. 

16. Mexico has but few good harbors ; some of the best and most 
frequented are Ve'ra Criiz' and Tam-pi'co on the gulf of Mexico; 
and Jlc-a-puV CO and San Bias on the Pacific ocean. Vera Cruz is 
tlie port through which most of the commerce between Mexico and 
Europe has been carried on. 

17. Less than one quarter of tlie inhabitants of Mexico are 
whites ; more than a third consist of subdued Indians, and about 
as many of mixed races. The only religion tolerated is the Cath¬ 
olic. 

18. In 1521, the Spaniards under Cortez subdued Mexico, which 
was, at that time, under the government of tlie emperor Montezuma; 
and in 1821, the Mexicans declared themselves independent of Spain, 


GUATIMALA, or CENTRAL AMERICA. 

1. GuU-ti-mii'la consists of a long isthmus, forming the southern¬ 
most part of North America, and lying between the Caribbe'an sea 
and the Pacific ocean. It was fonnerly subject to Spain, but was 
declared independent in 1821 ; and it has since been named, from 
its situation, the Republic of Central America. 

2. The country is extremely mountainous, and has many volca¬ 
noes, some of which are liable to frequent eruptions ; and it is much 
subject to earthquakes. 

3. The soil is very fertile ; the productions similar to those of Mex¬ 
ico ; and the part of the country bordering on the bay of Hon-du'ras 
is celebrated for mahogany and logivood. 

4. The climate is very various ; on the coast and low country, hot 
and unhealthy ; in the elevated parts, agreeable ; on the mountains, 
cold. 


14. What is said of Puebla, &c. ? 15. W^hat other towns, and for what 

noted ? 16. What is said of the harbors ^ 17. Inhabitants ? 18. 

What notice of the history ? 

Guatimala.—1. What is said of.Guatimala ? 

2. W'hat is said of the country ? 3. Soil t 4. Climate ? 


See Map of JVorth A77ierica .—How is California situated? Yucatan.-’ 
The gulf of Mexico ? Gulf of California ? Gulfof Te-huant'e-pec ? 
What rivers flow into the gulf of Mexico ? What ones into the gulf of 
California? What ones into the Pacific ocean? _ • 

In what part of Mexico is Texas ? In what part are most of the principal 
towns? How is the city of Mexico situated? Puebla? Zacate¬ 
cas? Vera Cruz? Acapulco? Tampico? Santa Fe ? 

'Vhat towns in the neighbo.-hood of Mexico ? 




82 


GUATIMALA. 


5. The rivers are numerous, and often partake of the^ nature of 
torrents, but are not large.—The principal lake is that of JVic-a-rd'gua. 

6. Gua-ti-ma'la, the capital, is situated near the Pacific ocean, 
and has a good harbor, and some magnificent edifices. 

7. Some of the other principal towns are San Sal'va-dor, Chi-qui- 
mu^la, Le-on'j Car-tdfgo, and Chi-dfpa ; also O-nu/a, noted as a port. 

8. Ba-lize' is an English settlement on the bay of Honduras, and 
is noted for its trade in mahogany. ♦ 


WEST INDIES. 

1. The West Indies consist of a long chain of islands, lying be¬ 
tween North and South America, extending from the coast of Flor¬ 
ida to the mouth of the Orinoco ; the Bahama Islands being the most 
northern, and Trinidad the most southern. 

2. These islands form the part of America that was first discov¬ 
ered by Columbus; and they were named by him the West Indies, 
because he supposed they were connected with India, in the south¬ 
east of Asia. They are styled by some geographers the Columbian 
Arch-i-peV a-go. 

3. The West Indies comprise several groups of islands, namely, 
the Ba-ha'mas, the Great An-tilles' (an-tilz'), and the Car-ib-bee' 
Islands. Of the Caribbees, Martinique (mar-te-neek') and all to the 
south of it are called Windward Islands; and Dom-i-ni'ca and all 
that lie between it and Porto Rico are called Leeward Islands ; and 
a part of these, lying to the east of Porto Rico, are also called Vir¬ 
gin Islands. 

4. These islands, with the exception of Hay'ti (ha'ty) and Mar-ga- 
ri'ta, belong to different European states, chiefly to Great Britain, 
Spain, and France. 

5. The four Great Antilles, namely, Cu'ba, Hay'ti, Ja-mdi'ca, and 
Pod to Ri'co, are the largest and most important. Some of the most 
considerable of the Caribbee Isles, are Gud-da-loupe' (gli-da-loop') 
Mar-ti-nique' or Mar-ti-ni'co, and Bar-ba'does. 

6. The Bahama Islands are numerous, but not very important. 
One of them, now called Cat Island, is noted for being the first land 
in America that was seen by Columbus. 


5. What is said of the rivers? 6. Guatimala ? 7. What other towns? 

8. What of Balize ? 

West Indies.— 1 . What is said of the West Indies ? 

2. What of their discovery and name ? 3. What groups of islands do they 
comprise ? 4. What is their political condition ? 5. What are some 
of the most important islands ? 6. What is said of the Bahamas ’ 


See Map of JVorth America.—liovf is the bay of Honduras situated ? 
Lake Nicaragua ? The Mosquito Shore ? The city of Guatimala ? 
Chiapa ? Leon ? Omoa ? Balize ? 




Caribbee Islands. Great .Antilles. Bahamas. 


WEST INDIES. 


83 


TABULAR VIEW - 

Of the principal West India Islands. 


' Bahama 
? Providence 

Belonging to 

Sq. m. 

Pop. 

Chief towns. 

> Britain 

5,500 

16,000 

Nassau 

f Abaco, &c. 

Hayti 

Independent 28,000 

935,000 

Port au Prince 

Cuba 

Spam 

50,000 

704,000 

Havannah 

Jamaica 

Britain 

6,400 

386,000 

225,000 

Kingston 

Porto Rico 

Spain 

4,000 

St. Juan 

' Guadaloupe 

Leeward Islands. 

France G75 126,000 

Basse Terre 

Antigua 

Britain 

93 

36,000 

St. John’s 

Santa Cruz 

Denmark 

100- 

a3,ooo 

Santa Cruz 

St. Christopher 

Britain 

70 

24,000 

Basse Terre 

Dominica 

'do. 

29 

19,000 

Roseau 

St. Eustatia 

Holland 

22 

14,000 

The Bay 

Mariegalante 

France 

90 

12,000 

Basse Terre 

Montserrat 

Britain 

78 

8,000 

Plymouth 

Tortola, &c. 

do. 

90 

7,000 

Road Harbor 

Nevis 

do. 

20 

11,000 

Charlestown 

St. Bartholomew Sweden 

60 

8,000 

Gustavia 

Virgin Gorda 

Britain 

80 

8,000 


St. Martin 

Holland 

90 

6,000 


St. Thomas 

Denmark 

40 

5,000 


Anguilla 

Britain 

30 

800 


Martinique 

Windward Islands. 

France 370 102,000 

St. Pierre 

Barbadoes 

Britain 

166 

101,000 

29,000 

Bridgetown 

Grenada 

do. 

110 

St. George 

Trinidad 

do. 

1,700 

52,000 

Port of Spain 

St. Vincent 

do. 

• 130 

25,000 

Kingston 

St. Lucia 

do. 

225 

18,000 

Carenage 

Tobago 

do. 

140 

14,000 

Scarborough 

Margarita 

Columbia 

350 

15,000 

Ascension 

Curaqoa 

Holland 

’ 600 

12,000 

Williamstadt 


Questions on the Tabular View of the West Indies. 

Which are the Antilles ? What are some of the Leeward islands ? The 
Windward ? What are some of the islands that belong to Britain ? 
To Spain ? To France ? What other European states possess any 
of the islands ? Which island has the greatest population ? 

Which has the most square miles ? Which five of the Leeward islands 
have the most inhabitants ? Which five of the Windward } 





84 


WEST INDIES. 


7. The surface of the West India Islands, in the interior, is gen¬ 
erally mountainous ; but there arc numerous rich and beautiful val¬ 
leys. The soil of most of them is very fertile. 

8. These islands lie chiefly within the trdpic of Cancer, and have 
a climate which is apt to prove fatal to northern constitutions. 
There are but two seasons, the luet and the dry; and in August and 
September, tremendous hurricanes are common. 

0. The exports are very valuable, and consist of sugar, rum, coffee, 
indigo, cotton, and various other tropical productions. 

10. As many as four fifths of the inhabitants are blacks, and 
mostly slaves. The greater part of the white inhabitants reside in 
the two Spanish islands of Cuba and Porto Rico. 

11. Cuba, the largest and most important of the West India 
islands, has a fertile soil, and among its productions are tobacco, es¬ 
teemed the best in America, also sugar and coffee. 

12. Ha-van'nah or Ha-van'a, the capital of Cuba, is the largest 
and most commercial city in the West Indies, and celebrated for its 
admirable harbor. 

13. Hayti was formerly called His-pan-i-o'la and St. Do-min'go, 
and was divided between France, and Spain. It is a very fertile 
island, and next to Cuba in size. Here the first European colony in 
America was established by Columbus ; and here also the first in¬ 
dependent state formed by African slaves, has been founded. 

14. The principal towns of Hayti are Port au Prince, Cape Hay- 
tien, and St. Domingo. 

15. Kingston, m Jamaica, is the largest and most commercial town 
in the British islands ; as is St. Pierre (peer), in Martinique, of the 
French islands. 


7. What is said of the surface and soil of the West India islands ? 8. Cli¬ 
mate ? 9. Exports ? 10. Inhabitants ? 11. Cuba.? 12. Havannah.’’ 
13. Hayti ? 14. What are the principal towns.? 

15. What are the principal towns of the English and French islands.? 


See Map of JVortli America .—Where are tlic Bahama islands.? The 
' Caribbee islands .? Cuba.? Jamaica.? Hayti or St. Domingo.? Porto 
Rico.? Trinidad.? Guadaloupe.? Barbadoes.? Martinique.? 

How is Havannah situated.? Kingston.? Cape Haytien .? Port au Prince .? 
What other towns on Hayti.? What ones on Cuba.? 




SOUTH AMERICA 


Chimborazo. 



\. South America maybe regarded as a vast peninsula, very thinly 
inhabited, and the most of it uncultivated. It is a highly favored 
part of the globe, compared with the other great divisions, as it re¬ 
spects the salubrity of its climate, the fertility of its soil, and the 
value of its natural productions. 

2. The western part consists chiefly of elevated table land, 
crov.med by chains of majestic mountains ; to the east of this higli 
land, there is an expanse of country, two or three times as broad, 
composed of marshy and sandy plains ; and still further east, there 
is another elevated region extending nearly to the Atlantic coast, 
but not so high as that in the west. 

3. The most striking natural features of South America consist in 
its Mouxtaixs and Rivers. It differs from t’ne northern part of tlie 
continent, in being but little indented with inland seas and gulfs, 
and in having fev.' large lakes. 

4. The Axdes are an immense chain of mountains running througli- 
out South America, at a distance varying from 50 to 150 miles from 
the western coast; and they have been seen at sea at the distance 
of 180 miles from the shore. 


South America. —1. What is said of South America ? 

2. What is said of the surface 3. What are the most striking features 
4. What is said of the Andes ? 

8 










8G 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


5. They are the most elevated mountains on this continent, and 
have a considerable number of summits that are volcanic, and a great 
many that are always covered with snow. They abound in natural 
w’^onders, as stupendous precipices, impetuous torrents, picturesque 
cataracts, and frightful chasms. The torrents and chasms are often 
crossed by rope bridges. 

G. The highest summits have an aspect of unrivalled sublimity, 
their elevation carrying them above the region of the clouds ; and 
below their snowy tops, the storm is seen to burst; and the explor¬ 
ing traveller hears the thunder roll, and sees the lightning dart be¬ 
neath his feet. 

7. Between the different ridges there are extensive plains of great 
fertility and beauty, well cultivated and populous. 

8. The Andes are said to derive their name from the Peruvian 
word anii, which signifies copper. They are composed in great 
part of porphyry, and abound in the precious metals. 

9. The three great Rivers of South America are the Am'a-zon, 
La Pla'ta, and 0-ri-no'co. These rivers, with their tributaries, 
water most of South America. 

10. The Amazon, called also the Mar'a-non and 0-rel-la'na, is 
the largest river in the world ; and some of its tributaries are equal 
in length and size to the largest rivers in Europe. It is upwards 
of 4,000 miles long, and 180 miles wide at its mouth ; and the tide 
flows up more than 500 miles. It is navigable throughout five sixths 
of its course for vessels of 400 tons. 

11. The La Plata, together Avith tlie Par-a-na!, its principal 
branch, is about 3,000 miles long, and 30 miles Avide at Buenos 
Ayres, 200 miles above its entrance into the ocean ; and it is navi¬ 
gable through the greater part of its course. 

12. The Orinoco, which is much inferior to the other tAvo, is about 
1,800 miles long, and navigable 700. A water communication is 
formed between this river and the Amazon by the Cas-si-qui-d'n 
and the JVegro. 

13. Some of the principal islands are Ter’ra del Fui'go, a cold and 
dreary island ; the Fdlk'land Islands, and the island of Chi-lo'e. 

14. The climate in the south is cold; in other parts, on the low ’ 
plains, it is hot, and in many places unhealthy ; on the elevated 
plains, it is salubrious and delightful, free from the heat of summer 
and the cold of Avinter. 

15. Many parts of South America are extremely subject to earth- 
quakes, and for the sake of greater security, the houses, in these 
parts, are commonly built Avith only one story. 

16. South America abounds in valuable productions ; some of 
those for Avhich it is most celebrated are gold, silver, plaiina, mercury, 
diamonds, and cinchona or Peruvian hark. 


5. What is said of their elevation, &c. ? 6. What of the highest summit»^ 

7. What is found between the different ridges ? 

8. In what do they abound ? 9. What are the three great rivers ? 

10. What is said of the Amazon ? 11. The La Plata 12. The Orinoco? 

13. What islands ? 14. What is the climate ? 

15. What is said respecting earthquakes ? 16. Productions ? 



SOUTH AMERICA. * 


87 


17. The Andes are a great nursery of birds. Among these the 
condor is the most remarkable, and is tlie largest bird that has the 
faculty of flying in the air. Its wings, when extended, measure from 
12 to 16 feet; and it soars to the height of more than 20,000 feet. 

18. The Inhabitants of South America consist of various races, 
as whites, civilized or subdued Indians, negroes, mestizoes, mulat- 
toes, samboes, and independent Indians. The mestizoes are de¬ 
scendants of the whites and Indians ; the samboes, of the Indians 
and negroes. The whites are mostly of Spanish and Portuguese 
descent, and of the Catholic religion. 

19. In all the countries in America that were colonized by the 
Spaniards, the white inhabitants are divided into two classes ; the 
first, those born in Spain, who are called Chapeiones; the second, 
those born in America, who are called Creoles. 

20. The independent Indians inhabit Patagonia and the interior 
parts of the continent. 

21. The most of South America was, till within a few years past, 
in the possession of Spain and Portugal; but all the countries which 
belonged to these two European states have become independent; 
and all the Spanish provinces have established republican forms of 
government, but have suffered much by political contention and 
disorder. The only colonies now on this continent are those in 
Guiana, belonging to the Pnglish, Dutch., and French. 

22. South America comprises the following countries ; namely, 
Co-lom'bi-a and Gui-d'na (ghe-a'na), in the north; JSra-ziU, in the 
east; the United Provinces, in the southeast; Pat-a-go’ni-a, in the 
south ; and Chi'li (che'le), Bo-liv'i-a, and Pe-ru', in the west. 

17. What is said respecting birds ? 18. Inhabitants ? 

19. How are tlie whites in Spanish America divided ? 20. Where are the 

independent Indians ? 21. What is said of the political condition of 

South America ? 22. What countries does it comprise ? 


See Map of South dmerica. —What ocean lies on the east of South 
America ? What ocean on the west ? What sea on the north ? 

What is the most northern cape of South America ? What the most east¬ 
ern Southern? Western? 

What island lies at the south extremity of South America ? What island 
at the northeast of Terra del Fuego ? What strait separates Terra 
del Fuego from Patagonia ? Where is the island of Chiloe ? Mas- 
afuero and Juan Fernandez ? 

What islands on the northeast of Colombia ? What mountains extend the 
whole length of South America, towards the west side ? 

Where does the Rio de La Plata empty ? What are its principal branches? 

What countries does South America include ? In what country do the 
Paraguay, Parank, and Uraguay rise ? 

Where does the Amazon empty ? What are some of its principal branches ? 

Where does the Orinoco empty ? The Magdalena ? 

What country lies in the north of South America ? What one in the 
south ? What countries in the west ? In the east ? 

What countries lie chiefly between the equator and the tropic of Capri¬ 
corn? What countries lie south of the tropic of Capricorn? What 
north of the equator ? How is Colombia bounded ? How British, 
Dutch, and French Guiana? Brazil? Peru? Bolivia? The 
United Provinces? Chili? Patagonia? 




COLOxMBIA. 




COLOMBIA. 

Cotopaxi, 



1. Colombia is a very extensive country, comprising all the 
northwestern part of South America, and is composed of the coun¬ 
tries formerly known by the names of iN'eto Gre-nd'da and Cor-rad- 
cos or Ven-e-zue'la, which were united and formed into a republic in 
1819. 

2. The northwestern part was formerly known by the name of 
Terra Firma; and the southwestern part once formed a separate 
government under the name of Qui^to. 

3. The surface is greatly diversified. The western part is trav¬ 
ersed by the Andes, the most celebrated summits of which are within 
Colombia. In the eastern part there are plains of vast extent; and 
much of the country on the Orinoco and its branches, is liable to in¬ 
undation. 

4. Some of the most noted summits of the Andes, in Colombia, 
are Chirn-bo-rd'zo, An-ti-sd'na, Co-to-paodi, San-gd!i, and Pin- 
chin'cha. 

5. Chimborazo, the most elevated mountain, is a little more than 
four miles in height, and its summit, being always covered with 
snow, presents a magnificent spectacle, when seen from the shores 
of the Pacific ocean. Humboldt ascended this mountain to the 
lieight of 19,300 feet, a greater elevation than was ever before at¬ 
tained by man, 


Coi^oMBiA.— 1. What is said of Colombia? 2. By what names were 
the northwest and the southwest parts formerly known ? 

3. What is said of the surface ? 4. What are the most noted summits of 
tlie Andes ? 5. What is said of Chimborazo ? 








COLOMBIA. 


89 


6. Cotopaxi is the most formidable volcano of the Andes, and the 
highest that has been recently liable to eruptions. Its flames have 
been known to rise nearly 3,000 feet above tlie crater; and its roar¬ 
ings have been heard at Honda, a distance of about 600 miles. 

7. An-ti-sd'na is a volcanic mountain neeir Cotopaxi, and more 
elevated, but has had no recent eruptions. On the side of this moun¬ 
tain, there is a hamlet at the elevation of 13,500 feet, which is one 
of the highest inhabited spots on the globe. 

8. The principal rivers are the 0-ri-no'co, the Amfa-zon, with 
many of its tributaries ; and the Mag-da-le'na^ which is navigable to 
Honda, 700 miles. 

9. The principal lakes are those of Mar-a-cdy'ho and Va-len'ti-a. 
The former may be regarded as a gulf of the Car-ib-be'an sea. 

10. The climate on the- coast and low plains, is very hot, and in 
many parts unhealthy ; on the elevated plains, it is mild throughout 
the year. 

11. Much of the soil is very fertile ; and the plains on the Orino¬ 
co afford pasture for immense numbers of cattle. 

12. Tlie principal exports are cocoa, coffee, cotton, indigo, tobacco, 
hides, and cattle, 

13. The mountains contain mines of gold, silver, platina, and eme¬ 
ralds. 

14. The Cataract of Te-quen-da-md', on the river Bo-go-td', a head 
branch of the Meta, about 15 miles from the city of Bogota, is one 
of the most extraordinary cataracts in the world. The river just 
above the falls is compressed from 140 to 35 feet in width, and rushes 
down a perpendicular rock at two bounds, to tlie depth of 574 feet, 
into an unfathomable gulf. 

15. Bo-go-ta', or Santa Fe de Bogota', the seat of government, 
and formerly the capital of New Granada, is a well built city, situ¬ 
ated in a fertile plain, and is elevated 8,700 feet above the level of 
the sea. 

16. Qui'to (ke'to), the largest city of Colombia, is famous for its 
great elevation, being situated on the skirt of the volcanic mountain 
Pinchincha, 9,500 feet above the level of the sea. Though situated 
near the equator, yet owing to its great elevation, its climate is mild 
throughout the year ; but it is subject to dreadful tempests and earth¬ 
quakes. 

6. What is said of Cotopaxi? 7. Antisana ? 8. Rivers? 9. Lakes? 

10. Climate? 11. Soil ? 12. Exports? 13. Mineral productions ? 

14. Cataract? 15. Bogota? 16. Quito? 


See Map of South .America. —W'hat bay and gulf are on the coast of 
Colombia? What islands? How is lake Maracaybo situated ? 
What are the rivers of Colombia ? How does the equator intersect the 
country? In what part are the Andes? 

Where are Chimborazo and Cotopaxi ? How is Bogota situated ? Quito ? 
Popayan ? Caraccas ? Panama ? Guayaquil ? Maracaybo r St. 
Thomas ? What towns on the coast of the Caribbean sea? 

What ones on the coast of the Pacific ocean ? What ones on the Magda¬ 
lena ? What ones south of lake Maracaybo ? 

8* 




90 


COLOMBIA. 


17. Ca-rac'cas, situated 7 miles from La Guay'ra, its port, at an 
elevation of 2,900 feet, was formerly the capital of the province of 
Caraccas. Po-pa-yan' is a large town in the interior. 

18. The principal seaports are Car-tha-ge'na, Por'to BeVlo, St. 
Mar'tha, Mar-a-cdy'bo, Poi'^to Ca-vel'lo, La Guay'raj and Cu-ma-nd\ 
on the Caribbean sea; Pan-a-md'., Guay-a-quil' (gwi-a-keel'), and 
Bui-na-ven-tu'ra, on the Pacific ocean. 


GUIANA. 

1. The name of Gui-ahia (ghe-ii'na) was formerly applied to a 
large country extending from the Orinoco on the north, to the Ama¬ 
zon on the south ; but Spanish Guiana now forms a part of Colombia, 
and PoHuguese Guiana a part of Brazil. The rest of the country 
belongs to the English, Dutch, and French. 

2. The surface is generally very level; the climate hot and un¬ 
healthy ; the soil very fertile. 

3. The productions are similar to those of the West Indies, and 
consist chiefly of sugar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, and indigo. 

4. English Guiana contains three small colonies, namely, Es-st- 
quVho, Dem-a-rd'ra, and Ber-bice'. The principal town is Std'broek. 

5. Dutch Guiana is also called Sur-i-nam', from the principal 
river by which it is watered. The capital is Par-a madi-bo, which 
is a very pleasant town, situated on the Surinam. 

G. French Guiana is also called Cag-enne'., and is noted for the 
production of Cayenne pepper. Cay-enne', the chief town, is situ¬ 
ated on an island. 


17. What is said of Caraccas ? 18. What seaports ? 

Guiana. —1. What is said of Guiana.? 2. What of the surface, climate, 
and soil.? 3. Productions 1 4. What of English Guiana.? 5. Dutch 
Guiana.? 6. French Guiana ? 


See Map of South .America .—How is English Guiana situated .? Esse- 
quibo.? Demarara.? Berbice .? Stabroek .? 

How is Dutch Guiana situated ? What river intersects it.? 

How is Paramaribo situated.? How is French Guiana situated.? Cayenne ? 




PERU. 


91 


PERU. 

Silver Mines. 



1. Peru was once the seat of the celebrated empire of the Incas, 
who were conquered by the Spaniards ; and it is famous for its rich 
mines. 

2. It is watered by tlie head branches of the Amazon, and is 
traversed from north to south by two ridges of the Andes. 

3. The country lying between the western ridge and the Pacific 
ocean, is called Loio Peru; and the country to the east, High Peru. 

4. Low Peru consists of an inclined plain, from 30 to 100 miles 
wide, composed chiefly of sandy deserts, having no vegetation except 
on the borders of the rivers ; and in this part of the country along 
the whole coast of Peru, rain seldom or never falls. 

5. High Peru is composed of lofty mountains, interspersed with 
fertile valleys. 

6. Peru is very thinly peopled; it labors under great disadvan¬ 
tages for want of roads, bridges, and canals, and almost the only way 
of transporting goods is on the backs of mules and lamas. 

7. This country has rich mines of gold, silver, and mercury; but 
they are badly managed ; and it is famous also fbr cinchona, called 
also Peruvian or JesuiVs hark. 

8. Li'ma (le'ma), the capital of Peru, is pleasantly situated 7 miles 
from Cal-la'o, its port, and has heretofore been a city of great trade, 
opulence, and splendor. 


Peru,— 1 . What is said of Peru ? 2. What rivers and mountains ? 3. 

Divisions ? 4. W'hat is said of Low Peru ? 5. High Peru ? 

6. What is said of the country ? 7. What mines 
8. What is said of Lima ? 









92 


PERU. 


9. Cuz'co, anciently the capital of the Peruvian empire, and the 
seat of the Incas, is still a large town, and contains monuments of its 

former splendor. ^ , 

10. Ar-e-qui'pa and Gua-man'ga are considerable towns ; iyuan'- 
ca Vi'li-ca, more than 12,000 feet high, is noted for mines of quick¬ 
silver ; Jl-ycb-cv!choj for the most celebrated battle in the history of 
South America. 

11. Some of the principal seaports are Trux-iVlo, Cal-ldf A-ran- 
ta, and Ar'i-ca. 

12. Peru was conquered by the Spaniards under Pizarro and Al- 
magroy about the year 1532. The inhabitants were among the most 
civilized of the aboriginal Americans. 

13. The limits of this country have been different at different 
times, and it was much larger under the Incas than at present. 




BOLIVIA. 

1. This country, which once formed a partof Peru, and afterwards 
a part of Buenos Ayres, was a few years since formed into an inde¬ 
pendent republic, and named Bo-liv'i-ay in honor of general Bo-li'var. 

2. It is an elevated and mountainous country, contains stupendous 
summits of the Andes, some of which have been lately represented 
as higher than Chimborazo ; and it gives rise to several large tribu¬ 
taries both of the Amazon and the La Plata. 

3. This country contains rich silver mines, the most-celebrated of 
which are the mines of Potosi, which were formerly exceedingly pro¬ 
ductive, more so than any other mines in South America, 

4. Some of the principal towns* are La Pla'ta or Chuquisaca 
(choo-ke-sa'ka), the capital; Po-to-si'y famous for its silver mines 
and its great elevation ; La Paz, Or-o-pe'sa ; also Co-hi'jay the prin¬ 
cipal seaport. 


9. What is said of Cuzco ? 10. What other towns ? 11. What seaports? 

12. What is said of the conquest of Peru ? 13. What of the limits ? 

Bolivia. —1. W’^hat is said of Bolivia ? 2. W'hat is the character of the 

country and its mountains ? 3. V/hat of its mines ? 4. What are 

some of the towns ? 


See Map of South America .—In what direction do the rivers of Peru 
generally run ? In what part are the Andes ? 

How is Lima situated ? Cuzco ? Arequipa ? Guanca Velica 
What are some of the towns on the coast ? 

What tributaries of the Amazon rise in Bolivia ? What ones of the La 
Plata ? 

Where is lake Tit-i-ca'ca ? How is La Plata situated ? Potosi ? La Paz ? 
What are some of the other towns ? 







BRAZIL. 


93 


BRAZIL. 

Diamond Washing. 



1. Bra-zil'’ is a country of vast extent, comprising the eastern and 
central parts of Soutli America; but the greater part of it is unin¬ 
habited, except by native Indians, and is little knowni 

2. It is naturally a very fine country, having a surface agreeably 
diversified with hills, mountains, valleys, and plains ; and it is gen¬ 
erally clothed witli a luxuriant vegetation. 

3. Some of the principal rivers are the Am'a-zon, Ma-dd'ra,, To- 
pdjos, Xin'gu, To-can'tins, St. Fran-cidco, Par-a-nd, and Par-a-- 
guaxf. 

4. The climate in the northern part is hot; in the southern, tem¬ 
perate. 

5. Thougli there are extensive barren and sandy plains in the in¬ 
terior, yet the soil of a great part of the country is very fertile, and 
produces cotton^ sugar, coffee, gram, and tropical fruits; and the 
country is celebrated for its mines of gold and diamonds. 

6. Rio Janeiro (re'o ja-ne'ro), the capital of Brazil, has an excel¬ 
lent harbor, and a great commerce; The streets are dirty, but the 
public walks are beautiful; and the inhabitants are distinguished for 
parade in religious ceremonies. 

7. St. SaVva-dor and Per-nam-hu'co are large seaport towns, and 
have an extensive commerce. 


Brazil.. —1. What is said of Brazil ? 2. What is the character of the 
country ? 3, What rivers4. Climate ? 5. Soil and productions ? 
6. TYhat is said of Rio Janeiro ? 7. St. Salvador and Pernambuco 















94 


BRAZIL. 


8, Cu-yd'ba, Vil’la Ri'ca, and ViVla Bo'a, situated in the interior, 
are noted for gold mines; Te-ju'co, for the most celebrated diamond 
mines in America. 

UNITED PROVINCES. 

1. This country has been known by the names of Buenos Ayres 
{bwa'nos a'e-rez), the United Provinces of La Plata., the United 
Provinces of South America, and also the Argentine Republic. —The 
countries or provinces of Paraguay and Banda Oriental or Monte 
Video, in the eastern part, have for some time been under separate 
governments. 

2. This country comprehends most of the great basin of the river 
La Plata, and, with the exception of the northern and western pa^, 
forms one vast and uniform plain; and much of that portion which 
borders on the river, is liable to be inundated. 

3. In the southern part are found the immense Pampas or plains, 
which resemble the prairies of the western country belonging to the 
United States. They are more than 1000 miles long, and 500 broad; 
are destitute of trees, and covered with high grass, which alFords 
pasture to vast numbers of cattle and wild horses. 

4. This country is watered by the great river La Pld'ta and its 
tributaries, the largest of which are the Par-a-na!, Par-a-guaf, 
U-ra-guay', and Pil-co-md'yo. 

5. The climate is diifferent in different parts, but generally healthy; 
and the soil of a large part very fertile, and well adapted to the pro¬ 
duction of various kinds of grain and fruit; but agriculture is much 
neglected. 

A great part of the wealth of the country consists in the im¬ 
mense herds of cattle, horses, and mules, tliat graze on its plains; and 
Jiides, tallow, and beef, are some of the principal articles of export. 

7. The herb called matte, or Paraguay iea, is a celebrated produc¬ 
tion of the province of Paraguay, and is a favorite beverage in many 
parts of South America, particularly among the miners. 

8. Buenos Ayres, the capital, is situated on the La Plata, 200 
miles from the ocean, and derives its name, which signifies good air, 


8. What other towns, and for what noted ? 

United Provinces.^1. By what names has the country of the 
United Provinces been known, and what does it comprehend ? 

2. What is said of the country ? 3. What is said of the Pampas ? 

4. W’hat are the rivers ? 5. Climate and soil ? 

6. In what does a great part of the wealth of the country consist ? 

7. Wliat is said of Paraguay tea ? 8. Buenos Ayres ? 


See Map of South America .—What part of Brazil is crossed by the*’ 
equator ? What rivers of the country flow into the Atlantic ocean ? 
What ones flow into the Amazon ? 

How is Rio Janeiro situated? St. Salvador? Pernambuco and Olinda ? 
Pa-rtli'ba? Mar-an-ham'? Pa'ra? Tejuco? Villa Rica? Cuyaba? 




UNITED PROVINCES. 


95 

from the salubrity of its climate. It is- tlie outlet of all the commerce 
of a very extensive country; but the navigation to it is difficult. 

9. Mon'te Vt-d^'o, the capital of a country of the same name, 
which Avas formerly called Banda Oriental, is a town of considerable 
commercial importance, and has the best harbor on the La Plata. 

10. As-sump'tion, the capital of Paraguay, is situated on tlie Pa¬ 
rana, more tlian 1,000 miles above Buenos Ayres, Avith Avhich it has 
an intercourse by boat navigation. 

CHILI. 

1. ChJi (che'le) is a long and comparatively narroAv country, 
lying chiefly betAveen the Andes and the Pacific ocean. 

2. Its general aspect is that of an inclined plain, rising gradually 
from the Pacific ocean to the Jlndes, Avhich extend along the eastern 
side, presenting many elevated summits, some of Avhich are volcanoes. 

3. The country is Avatered by numerous small rivers, Avhich de¬ 
scend, Avith rapid currents, from the mountains to the ocean. 

4. The climate is generally very healthy and pleasant; though in 
the northern part, in the country bordering on the coast, as in Low 
Peru, rain seldom or never falls. 

5. Much of the soil is very fertile, and the country abounds in veg¬ 
etable productions and in cattle, and has also rich mines. 

6. The Araucanians, a celebrated tribe of independent Indians, 
possess a large tract of country in the southern part of Chili. 

7. The most considerable island is that of Chi-lo'e. — Ju-an' Fer- 
nan'dez, a desert island off the coast of Chili, is famous for the 
lonely residence of Alexander Selkirk, a Scotch sailor ; a circum¬ 
stance Avhich gave rise to the celebrated romance of Robinson 
Crusoe. 

8. San-ti-a'go or St. Ja'go, the capital of Chili, is situated on 
a beautiful plain, about 00 miles from Valparaiso, and its houses are 
built of unburnt bricks. 

9. Val-pa-rai'so is the most frequented port in Chili. Some of 
the other principal toAvns are Con-cep'tion, Val-div'i-a, and Co- 
quim'bo. 


9. What is said of Monte Video ? 10. Assumption ? 

Chili.— 1. What is said of Chili2. What is said of the aspect of 
the country ? 3. What is said of the rivers ? 4. Climate ? 5. Soil ? 

6. The Araucanians ? 7. Islands ? 8. San-ti-a'go ? 9. What oth¬ 

er toAvns ? 


See Majy of South America .—What is the chief river of the United 
Provinces ? What are the principal tributaries of the La Plata ? 
What rivers flow into the Atlantic ? Where are the Pampas ? 

How is Buenos Ayres situated ? Monte Video ? Assumption I CorMo-va ? 
Salta ? Mendoza ? 

Sec Map of South America .—How is the island of Chiloe situated ? 
Juan Fernandez and Mas-a-fu^'ro ? Araucania? Santiago? Val¬ 
paraiso ? Valdivia ? Coquimbo ? What are some of the other towns ? 




96 


PATAGONIA. 


PATAGONIA. 

1. Patagonia is a large country, comprising the southern part of 
South America, and is cold, barren, uncultivated, and but little 
known. The western part is composed chiefly of mountains, and 
the eastern of sandy plains. 

2. It is inhabited by tribes of Indians, some of whom have been 
represented as of great stature and very ferocious. 

3. Ter'ra del Fue'go is a large, dreary, mountainous island, sepa¬ 
rated from Patagonia by the straits of Ma-geVlan. Its mountains 
are always covered with snow. 


Patagonia.—1, What is said of Patagonia 2. Inhabitants? 
3. What of Terra del Fuego ? 


See Map of South America .—How is Terra del Fuego situated ? 

What separates it from Patagonia ? What islands are east of the straits of 
Magellan ? Where is Cape Horn ? 








EUROPE 


1. Europe, though much the smallest of the four quarters of the 
globe, is far the most important and powerful; and it governs a 
great part of the others. 

2. It lies almost wholly within the northern temperate zone, and 
is distinguished for the excellence of its climate, its useful produc¬ 
tions, its commercial enterprise, its military power, and its civiliza¬ 
tion, science, and literature. 

3. Europe contains the following Countries, namely, Lapland, 
JVorway, Sweden, and Russia, in the north ; Great Britain, France, 
jS/etherlands, Denmark, Poland, Prussia, Germany, Austria, Hun¬ 
gary, and Switzerland, in the middle ; Portugal, Spain, Italy, Tur¬ 
key, and Greece, in the south. 

4. The Political Divisions of Europe are the three empires 
of Russia, Austria, and Turkey; the 14 kingdoms of France, Great 
Britain, Prussia, Spain, jVaples, A'etherlands, Sardinia, Bavaria, 
Sweden, Portugal, Denmark, Hanover, Wurtemberg, and Saxony; 
and 42 other states, mostly very small, republics, duchies, principal¬ 
ities, &c. 

5. The five most powerful states of Europe, called the Great Pow¬ 
ers, are Russia, Great Britain, France, Austria, and Prussia. The 
nations most distinguished in science and literature, are the British, 
French, and Germans. 

6. The established or prevailing Religion of all Europe, with the 
exception of Turkey, is Christianity. The Protestant religion pre¬ 
vails in the north ; and the Roman Catholic, in the south. The 
Greek Church is the religion of Russia, Greece, and of the Christian 
inhabitants of Turkey. The Turks are Mahometans. Jews are 
found in almost all parts, but especially in Poland. 

7. The six principal ranges of Mountains are the Alps, the 
Pyde-nees, the Ap'en-nines, the Car-pa'thi-an, Dofre-Jield, and U-ra'- 
li-an mountains. 

8. The Alps, which separate France, Switzerland, and Germany, 
from Italy, are the most elevated range of mountains in Europe, and 
have many summits which are always covered with snow ; and the 
elevated valleys abound in magnificent glaciers. The two highest 
summits are Mont Blanc and Mont Rosa. 


Europe.— 1. What is said of Europe ? 2. For what is it distinguished ? 
3. What countries does it contain ? 4. What are the political divisions? 

5. Which are the most powerful states, and which nations are most distin¬ 
guished for literature ? 6. What is the religion of Europe ? 

7. What mountains ? 8. What is said of the Alps ? 

9 



98 


EUROPE. 


9. The Pyrenees divide France from Spain;'the Apennines ex¬ 
tend through Italy ; the Carpathiaii Mountains lie on the north 
and east of Hungary ; the Dojrejield or Dof'rine Mountains are be¬ 
tween Norway and Sweden; and the Uralian Mountains are in 
Russia, between Europe and Asia. 

10. The four celebrated Volcanoes, in Europe, are Et'na, in 
Sicily ; Ve-su'vi-us, near the city of Naples ; Strom'bo-li, on one of 
the Lip'a-ri islands, and Hec'la, in Iceland. 

11. The seven most noted Capes are JVorth Cape, the JVaze, Cape 
Clear, Cape Fin-is-terre', Cape Or'te-gal, Cape St Vin'cent, and 
Cape Mat-a-pan'. 

12. Some of the most important Islands are Great Bntain, Irc'- 
land, and Ice'land, in the Atlantic ; Sif'i-ly, Sar-din'i-a, Cor'si-ca, 
and Can'di-a, in the Mediterranean. 

13. Europe is much indented by se 5 is and gulfs, which afford 
great facilities for coipmerce. The principal Seas arc the Med-i- 
ter-ra!ne-an, Ar-chi-peVa-go, Mar'mo-ra, Black, A'zof, JS/orth, Bdl'tic, 
and TVhite seas. 

14. The Mediterranean, which is 2,000 miles long, is the largest 
and most celebrated sea in the world, and is surrounded by coun¬ 
tries that have always been famous in history. The eastern coasts 
of it are styled the Le-vant'. 

15. The three largest Gulfs are those of Ven'ice, Fin'land, and 
Both'ni-a; and the only large hay is that of Bis'cay. 

16. The most considerable Lakes are La-do'ga, 0-ne'ga, and 
Pel'pus, in Russia ; Wen'ner and Wet'ter, in Sweden ; Ge-ne'va and 
Con'stance, in Switzerland and on its borders. 

17. The three most important Rivers are the Vol'ga, Dan'ube, 

and Rhine. ' 

18. The Volga, the largest river in Europe, is upwards of 2,000 
miles in length. It has its whole course in Russia, and flows into 
the Caspian sea, by several mouths. It is navigable to Tver, and is 
connected with the Neva by a canal, thus forming a communication 
between the Caspian and Baltic seas ; and also with the northern 
Dwina, forming a communication with the Arctic ocean. 

19. * The Danube, which, though not so long as the Volga, has 
a greater volume of water, rises in the neighborhood of lake Con¬ 
stance, and flows into the Black sea. It has a rapid current, and is 
of but little importance with respect to foreign commerce. 

20. The Rhine, though much smaller than the Danube, is supe- 


9. Where are the other mountains ? 10. What are the volcanoes.? 11. 

Capes.? 12. Islands.? 13. Seas.? 14. What is said of the Medi¬ 
terranean .? 15. What are the gulfs .? 16. Lakes .? 17. Rivers .? 

18. What is said of the Volga .? 19. The Danube .? 20. The Rhine .? 


See Map of Europe. —1. What countries lie in the north of Europe ? 
2. What ones in the south .? 3. In the east.? 4. In the west.? 

5i What ones in the central parts.? 6. What islands are west of Europe ? 
7. What ones in the Baltic .? 8. In the Mediterranean .? 




EUROPE. 


99 


nor to it in sublime scenery, and in its importance to commerce. 
It r^es in the Alps, flows into the North sea, in Holland, and is 
navigable to the Falls of Schaffhausen^ in Switzerland. Great 
quantities of timber are conveyed down the Rhine, from the upper 
parts of Germany, to Dort, in Holland. 


LAPLAND. 

The Reindeej'. 



1. Lapland, the most northerly country in Europe, is divided into 
three parts ; Aorth Lapland, belonging to Norway ; South Lap- 


Lapland. —1. What is said of Lapland ? 


9. What seas lie in and about Europe ? 10. Where is the gulf of Both¬ 
nia 11. The gulf of Finland ? 12. The gulf of Riga 13. The 

gulf of Venice ? 14. The gulf of Tarento? 15. The Archipelago ? 

16. The Bay of Biscay ? 

17. Where are the straits of Gibraltar } 18. The British Channel ? 19. 

St. George’s Channel20. The Skager Rack ? 21. Cattegat ? 

22. Where is North Cape ? 23. The Naze ? 24. Cape Clear 1 25. Cape 
Matapan ^ 26. Cape Finisterre ? 27. Cape St. Vincent ? 

28. What rivers flow into the White sea } 29. What ones into the Baltic ^ 
30. Into the North sea ? 31. Into the British Channel ? 32. Into 

the Bay of Biscay } 33. Into the Mediterranean ? 34. Into the 

Black sea ? 35. Into the sea of Azof ? 36. Into the Caspian sea ? 

37. Where are the Alps ? 38. The Pyrenees ? 39. The Carpathian 
mountains? 40. The Dofrefield mountains? 41. The Uralian 
mountains ? 

42. How is Russia bounded ? 43. Sweden ? 44. Norway ? 45. Eng¬ 
land ? 46. Denmark ? 47. Prussia ? 48. Poland ? 49. Austrian 

Dominions? 50. Netherlands? 51. Switzerland? 52. France? 
53. Spain? 54. Portugal? 55. Italy? 56. Turkey? 

57. Which way from Paris is London ? 58. Which way from Paris to 

Madrid? 59. To Rome? 60. To Vienna? 61. To St. Peters¬ 
burg ? 








100 


LAPLAND. 


land^ belonging to Sweden; and East Lapland^ belonging to 
Russia. 

2. It embraces tlie greater portion of that part of Europe winch 
lies in the frigid zone ; and, thougli it is about three fourths as large 
as France, it contains only about 00,000 inhabitants, and has no 
towns larger than small villages. 

3. The part lying along the north shore of the gulf of Bothnia, 
consists of an extensive plain, covered with forests of spruce and fir; 
but the most of the country is rough, mountainous, and barren ; and 
tlie climate intensely cold. 

4. The Laplanders are a rude and ignorant people ; of low stature 
and swarthy complexion ; possessing few of the comforts of life ; yet 
tliey are mucli attached to their country. 

5. Their wealth consists chiefly in the Reiisdeeu, which supplies 
them with food and clothing; and by means of which they make 
rapid journeys in winter, drawn in sledges. 

NORWAY. 


The Maelsirom. 



1. Norway, a country extending from the Naze to the North 
Cape, derives its name, which signifies N'orthern Way, or Counlry to 
the JsTorth, from its northern situation. 

2. It is long, but proportionally narrow; very thinly inhabited; 
and it is, next to Switzerland, the most mountainous country in Eu¬ 
rope, abounding in sublime and picturesque scenery. 


2. What does it embrace ? 3. What is said of the country ? 

4. What of the Laplanders ? 5. In what does their wealth chiefly consist J 

Norway.—1. From v/hat does Norway derive its name ? 

2 What is said of the country ? 






















NORWAY. 


101 


3. It has an extensive seacoast, which is mucli indented by inlets 
and presents, in many parts, the grand and rugged aspect of elevated 
and precipitous rocks. 

^ 4. The principal range of mountains are the Dof're-Jield or Dof- 
rine Mountains, which extend between Norway and Sweden, and 
have many summits that are always covered with snow and ice. 

5. The rivers, which are numerous, are so rapid as to partake 
frequently of the nature of torrents, and abound in cataracts. The 
largest is the Glomme. 

6. The climate is severe ; the winters being long and excessively 
cold ; the summers short and hot. 

7. The soil, particularly in the north, is mostly barren; in the 
south, it affords good pasture ; but there is little that is well adapted 
to raising grain. 

8. The forests abound in pine, fir, and ash ; and timber is the prin¬ 
cipal article of export. The mines, fisheries, and cattle are the other 
chief sources of wealth and subsistence. 

9. The MaeVstrom, on the coast of Norway, is a celebrated and 
fonnidable vortex or whirlpool, whicli is so violent as to draw in, and 
swallow up sliips and whales, that come near it. 

10. Chris-ti-a'.ni-a, the capital, Ber’gen, and Dron'theim, (dron'- 
tim), are the principal towns, and they have each of them considera¬ 
ble commerce. 

11. Kongsherg is noted for mines of silver ; Roraas, for those of 
copper. 

12. The JVorwegians are a frugal people, robust and healthy ; 
accustomed to a plain, and often to a coarse and scanty fare. In 
the remote parts, in seasons of scarcity, they make use of bread 
formed of a mixture of oatmeal and the inside of the bark of trees. 

13. Norway, once an independent kingdom, was annexed to 
Denmark, in 1397, and to Sweden (to which it now belongs), in 
1814. 


SWEDEN. 

1. Sweden consists of three parts, Gothland, in tlie south, Sweden 
Proper, in the middle, and JVorrland, in the north. Norrland com- 


3. What is said of the seacoast ? 4. Mountains ? 5. Rivers ? 6. Cli¬ 
mate ? 7. Soil ? 8. Productions ? 9. The Maelstrom ? 10. 

Chief towns ? 11. What mining towns ? 

12. What is said of the Norwegians ? 13. To what countries has Norway 
been annexed ? 

Sweden.— 1. Of what three parts does Sweden consist? 


See Map of Europe .—What capes are on the north and south of Nor¬ 
way ? What sea separates it from Denmark ? What islands are on 
its northwest coast ? Where is the Maelstrom ? Where the Dofre- 
fielu mountains ? 

How is Christiania situated ? Bergen ? Drontheim ? Kongsherg ^ Ro¬ 
raas ? Christiansand ? 

9 * 




102 


SVv^EDEN. 


prises more tlian half of the territor}', but only about one tenth of the 
population. 

2. Sweden is inclosed on the nortli and w'est by hig-h mountains ; 
but it is generally a very level country ; and it is one of the least 
fertile, and least populous in Europe. The most of it consists of a 
forest incapable of cultivation. 

3. The most striking feature in the appearance of the country 
consists in the number and extent of its lakes^ which are sheets ot 
pure transparent \vater, abounding in fish. Some of the largest are 
lakes JVen'ner, Wet'ter, and Mci’lar. 

^ 4. The rivers are numerous, but mostly small. The Lu'lc-a, 
which flows into the north end of the gulf of Bothnia, has a cataract 
400 feet in height, and one eighth of a mile in width, and is esteemed 
the greatest in Europe. The falls of Trol-hce'ta are on the Gotha, 
near the place where it issues from lake Wenner. 

5. The most common forest trees are pine, spiiice, and fir ; and 
timber is one of the principal articles of export. 

6. Sweden is famous for its ii-on, which is esteemed the best in 
the world, and forms the most important article of export. Other 
considerable articles are copper, alum, and tar. 

7. The climate is severe; the winters are long ahd very cold ; 
the summers short and hot. Spring and autumn are scarcely 
known. 

8. Stockholm, the capital, is situated on several islands, near the 
junction of lake Malar with the Baltic, and has an extensive com¬ 
merce. It is built upon piles, and is remarkable for its picturesque 
situation, and has one of the finest royal palaces in Europe. 

8. Got'ten-hurg, in the southwest of Sweden, on the Cattegat, is 
the second town in population and commerce. 

10. Carls-cro'na is noted as the chief station of the Sw'edish 
navy ; Up'sal, for its university, which is one of the most distin¬ 
guished in Europe ; Fah'lun, for its copper mines; Dan-e-mio'ra, 
for its iron mines ; Cal'mar, for a treaty, styled tlie “ Union of Cal- 
mar.” 

11. The Swedes, on account of their vivacity and address, have 
been styled the French of the north. They have generally a fair 
complexion, a ruddy countenance, and light flaxen hair; are lion- 


2. What is said of it ? 3. What of its lakes ? 4. Rivers and cataracts ? 

5. What are the most common forest trees ? 

6. For what is Sweden famous, and what are its exports ? 

7. What is the climate ? 8. What is said of Stockholm ? 9. Gottenburg ? 
10. What other towns, and for what noted? 11. What is said' of the 

Swedes ? 

-- J 

1 

See Map of Europe. —On what waters does Sweden border ? 

What islands are in the Baltic near the coast of Sweden ? 

What rivers of Sweden flow into the gulf of Bothnia ? W'hat lakes are 
in the southern part ? How is Stockholm situated ? Gottenburg I 
Carlscrona ? Upsal ? Fahlun ? Danemora ? 

What towns are in the south of Sweden ? 




SWEDEN. ' 103 

cst and hospitable, accustomed to a plain diet and few indul¬ 
gences. 

12. Finland, a large country lying east of the gulf of Botlinia, 
formerly belonged to Sweden ; but, in 1808, it was ceded to Russia. ‘ 

RUSSIA. 

1. The empire of Russia (ru'she-a,or rush'e-a), which includes the 
most of the north of Europe, and all the north of Asia, is the most 
extensive empire on the globe-, and is more than twice as large as 
all Europe ; but the principal part of it is very thinly inhabited. 

2. The Asiatic part is far the larger in extent; but the European 
part is far the more populous ; though this is much less populous 
than the middle and south of Europe. 

3. European Russia, formerly called Mus'co-vp, comprises almost 
one half of the territory of Europe, but less than a quarter of the 
population. It is generally a level country, and the greater part of 
it is covered with forests. 

4. The principal mountains are the Uralian chain, which forms 
the boundary between Europe and Asia, and is about 1,400 miles in 
length. 

5. Russia is watered by some of the largest rivers of Europe ; 
the principal ones are the VoVga or JFol'ga, Don, Dnies'ter (nees'- 
ter), Dnie'per (ne'per), Dwi'na, O-ne'ga, JVorthem Dioi'na, and Pet- 
cho^ra. 

6. The largest lakes are those of La-do'ga, O-ne'ga, and Pei'pus' 
or Tchuds'koe. — Ladoga is 140 miles long, and 75 broad, and is the 
largest lake in Europe. 

7. The climate in the southern part is temperate ; in the middle 
and northern, extremely cold. 

8. The soil in the southern part is generally fertile ; but in ad¬ 
vancing north, it becomes less so. Agnculture is in a backward 
state. 

9. Russia is distinguished for its extensive inland navigation. 
By means of rivers and canals, communications are opened both 
from the Baltic sea and Arctic ocean to the Black and Caspian 
seas. 

10. Some of the principal exports are hemp, flax, iron, timber, tal¬ 
low, grain, and leather. The Russian leather is esteemed the best 
in Europe. 

11. St. Pe'ters-burg, the metropolis of Russia, was founded by 
Peter the Great, in 1703 ; and it is situated at the east end of the 
gulf of Finland. It has an extensive'commerce, is regularly laid 
out, and is the most magnificently built city in Europe. 

12. Mos'caw, the ancient capital, is situated in the central part 


12. What is said of Finland ? 

Russia.— 1. What does the Russian empire include ? 2. What is said 

of the two parts ? 3. What of European Russia ? 

4. What are the principal mountains ? 5. Rivers ? 6. Lakes ? 

7. What is said of the climate ? 8. Soil ? 9. Inland navigation ? 10. 
Exports? 11. What of St. Petersburg ? 12. Moscow.^ 



104 


RUSSIA. 


of European Russia, and exhibits a singular contrast of splendid edi¬ 
fices and miserable hovels. It is famous for its great conflagration, 
at the time of the invasion of the country by Bonaparte, when nearly 
three fourths of it were burnt. 

13. The principal seaports are St. Petersburg, Ri'ga, O-des ski, 
and Arch-dn'gel. Odessa is noted for the export of grain ; Archan¬ 
gel, forhemg the most northerly considerable town in Europe ; Cronf- 
stadt, on an island, in the gulf of Finland, for being the chief station 
of the Russian navy. 

14. Tii'la is famous for hardware ; JVov'go-rod, for its former 
greatness; Ki'ev, for having anciently been the capital of Russia; 
JViVna, for having been formerly the capital of Lithuania; Ka-zan', 
for having once been the capital of a large part of Tartary. 

15. JSTarva and PoVta-va are noted for battles between Peter the 
Great and Charles XII; Smo-lensJd and Bor-o-di'no, for battles 
between the French and Russians ; Is'mail, Ben'der, and Choc'zim 
(kot'zim), for military operations in tlie wars with the Turks. 

16. Chei''son (kePson) is famous for the death and tomb of How¬ 
ard the philanthropist; Tag'an-rock, for the deatli of the emperor 
Alexander; Tcher-kask', as the chief place of the Don Cosacks. 

17. This empire contains people of different religions and lan¬ 
guages. But the Russians, properly so called,, who form the great 
majority, are a Sclavonic nation, and of the Greek church. They 
are robust and brave ; but are one of the most illiterate nations in 
Europe. A great majority of them are in a state of miserable servi¬ 
tude, and are bought and sold with the land which they cultivate. 

18. The Cosacks, inhabiting the frontiers of Russia, are a military 
people, of singular character and habits ; and they liave been distin¬ 
guished in the Russian w'a.rs. The principal division of them are 
styled Don Cosacks, from their inhabiting on the river Don. 

19. At the beginning of the last century, Russia was in a state of 
barbarism, and little thought of among European nations. The foun¬ 
dation of its greatness was laid by Peter the Great; it has been fur- 
tlier enlarged and improved by Catharine II and Alexander; and it 
has now the most formidable land army in Europe. 


13. What are the principal ports ? 14. What is said of Tula, Novgorod, 

&c. ? 15. What places are noted for military events ? 

16. What is said of Cherson, Taganrock, and Tcherkask ? 

17. AVhat is said of the inhabitants ? 18. The Cosacks ? ,f 

19. What notice of the history of Russia ? 


See Map of Europe. —What seas lie on the south of Russia ? 

What ones on the west and north ? Where are the principal lakes ? 

How is Ladoga lake situated 1 What rivers of Russia flow into the Black 
sea ? Into the Caspian ? Into the Baltic ? Into the W^hite sea ? 
Into the Arctic ocean } How is St. Petersburg situated Moscow ? 
Riga? Archangel?. Abo? Wilna ? Kiev? Odessa? Tcherkask? 
Tula ? Poltava ? Smolensk ? Borodino ? 

What towns are on the gulf of Finland ? The gulf of Riga ? The Black 
sea ? The sea of Azof? The Volga ? The Don ? The Dnieper ? 
The Dniester ? 




POLAND. 


105 


POLAND. 

L Poland v/as formerly one of the largest kingdoms in Europe; 
and the country, with regard to surface, is one of the most level; 
consisting^chietly of a vast plain, in many parts marshy. 

2. In 1795, tins country was divided between ‘Russia, Austria, 
and Prussia; and in 1815, the central part, comprisi«g less tlian u 
fiftli of ancient Poland, was erected into a kingdom, wliich is de- 
])endent on Russia, and is governed by a viceroy appointed by the 
emperor. 

3. The only considerable river in the present kingdom of Poland 

is the Vis'tu-la, which runs through a level country, and is naviga¬ 
ble as far as Cracow. ° 

4. The soil is naturally fertile, but is miserably cultivated. Grain 
is the most inmortant production. 

5. The Pde.s are of Sclavonic origin, mostly Catholics, and are 
one of tlie most illiterate nations in Europe. The peasantry are in 
a state of miserable servitude. 

3. There arc more Jews within the limits of ancient Poland tiiaii 
in all the rest of Europe ; and most of the trade of the coimtry is in 
their hands. 

7. War'saw, the capital, and the only large town in tlie kingdom 
of Poland, is situated on the Vistula, and has an extensive inland 
ti'ade. It exhibits a singular contrast of splendid mansions, and mis¬ 
erable hovels. 

8. Pul'tusk is famous for a battle between the French and Rus¬ 
sians ; Ra'koWj for having been the chief residence of the Polish 
Unitarians. 

9. Cra'cow, on the southwest border of the country, was an¬ 
ciently the capital of Poland, and is now a free city, which, together 
with a small district, is styled the Republic of Cracow. 


PoLAr«'D.—1. What is said of Poland 2. What has happened to it? 

3. What is said of the Vistula ? 4. The soil ? 5. The Poles ? 6. The 

Jews ? 7. Warsaw ? 8. Pultusk and Rakow ? 9. Cracow ? 


Sec Map of Europe .—In 
How is Warsaw situated ? 


what direction does the Vistula cross Poland ? 
Cracow ? What other towns in Poland ? 




106 


DENMARK, 


DENMARK. 

Copenhagen. 



1. Denmark is a small kingdom, composed chiefly of the penin¬ 
sula of Jutland, with the German duchy of HoVstein, and several 
islands in the Baltic, the largest of which are Zea'land and Funen. 
The large island of Iceland and the Fa'roe Mands also belong to 
Denmark. 

2. It is one of the most level countries in Europe, and has no 
large rivers, but many small streams, lakes, and marshes. 

3. The climate is healthy, and temperate for the latitude ; thougli 
the atmosphere is moist and cloudy. Much of the soil is sandy and 
poor ; yet a considerable proportion of it is fertile. 

4. Denmark is very favorably situated for trade, and its commerce 
is considerable. 

5. The Canal of Kiel, 22 miles in length, extends from the Baltic 
to Ei'der, forming a communication from the Baltic to the North 
sea, and admits vessels of 9 feet draught. 

6. Co-pen-iia'gen, the capital, is situated on the east coastlof tlie 
island of Zealand, has a good harbor and an extensive commerce, 
and is the seat of all the great establishments of the kingdom. It is a 
well built city, presents a magnificent view when approached from the 
eea, and contains a large university, but its situation is not healthy. 

7. Al-to'na, in Holstein, on the Elbe, near Hamburg, is the second 
town in Denmark, in population and commerce. 

8. El-si-nore', or El-si-new-', is a well known seaport on the 


Denmark.— 1. What is said of Denmark ? 2. What of the surface ? 

3. Soil and climate 4. Commerce ? 5. The Canal of Kiel ? 6 

Copenhagen ? 7. Altona ? 8. Elsinore ? 





DENMARK. 


107 


north end of the island of Zealand, where all vessels passing into 
and out of the Baltic, pay toll or duty, as a compensation to the king 
of Denmark for the light-houses on the coast. 

Iceland. 

1. Iceland, a large^ island, belonging to Denmark, received its 
name from the ice with which it abounds ; and with regard to soil 
and climate, it is one of the least favored countries on the globe. 

2. It is composed, in groat part, of masses of volcanic mountains ; 
its surface is in the highest degree rugged ; the soil mostly barren ; 
and no considerable trees are to be seen, but only stunted birches, 
willows, and otlier shrubs. It is very thinly inhabited, and has few 
villages, and no considerable town. 

3. The inhabitants are Lutherans, of simple manners and good 
moral habits ; but enjoy few of the comforts of life. 

4. Iceland is celebrated for its natural wonders, and has several 
volcanoes, of which Mount Hedla, one of the most celebrated on the 
globe, is subject to the most dreadful eruptions, though its summit is 
always covered with snow ; and it is said to have thrown matter to 
the distance of more than 100 miles. 

5. The GefserSy or Hot Spjnngs, are reckoned among the greatest 
wonders of the world. They throw into the air jets of boiling water 
to the height of 100 or 200 feet, accompanied with a noise like that 
of a cannon, and a trembling of the adjacent ground. Stones are 
also thrown up much higher than the water. 


Iceland. —1. What is said of Iceland ? 2. What of the surface and 

soil ? 3. The inhabitants ? 4. For what is Iceland celebrated, and 

what is said of Mount Hecla ? 5. The Geysers ? 


See Map of Europe .—How is Iceland situated ? On what part of it is 
Hecla ? Reikiavik ? Where are the Faroe Islands ? 

By what waters is Denmark surrounded ? How is Copenhagen situated ? 
Elsinore ? {See Map VIII.) Kiel ? Tonningen ? Altona ? 




108 


GREAT BRITAIN. 


GREAT BRITAIN, or THE BRITISH ISLES. 



1. The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland comprises 
the two large islands of Great Britain and Ireland, together with 
many small ones, which arc advantageously situated in the Atlantic 
ocean, to the west of the continent of Europe. 

2. The proper or legal name of this kingdom is the United King¬ 
dom of Great Britain and Ireland; yet it is very commonly styled 
the British Empire, or simply Great Britain, from the name of the 
principal island ; and England, from the most important division of 
the island. 

3. This kingdom, wdth regard to population, ranks among the Eu¬ 
ropean states as only tlie 4th, and with regard to extent of territory, 
as only the 7th; yet it surpasses all other empires on the globe, in 
respect to manufactures, commerce, naval strength, and in tire extent 
and importance of its foreign possessions. 

4. Besides the islands above mentioned. Great Britai^ possesses 


Great Britain.—1. What is said of the kingdom of Great Britain 
and Ireland ? 2. What of the name ? 3'. What of its rank and im- 

i portance ? 4. What are its foreign possessions ? 


See Map of the British Isles.—Uow is Scotland situated with regard to 
England? Wales ? Ireland ? Where are the Hebrides or West¬ 
ern Islands ? The Orkneys ? The Shetland Islands ? 

What channel and sea separate England from Ireland ? What islands are 
in the Irish sea ? Where is the English channel ? Bristol chan¬ 
nel I The straits of Dover ? Solway Frith ? 

























GREAT BRITAIN. 


too 


tiie fortress of Gih-rdVlar and the islands of MdVta and 
land^ in Europe ; and lias very extensive possessions in America^ 
Africa, and Asia. Among- other possessions in Asia, is the rich and 
populous country of Hindostan. 

5. The kingrof Great Britain, including-all his foreign possessions, 
has more than twice as many subjects as any other monarch in the 
world, except the emperor of China. 

6. The island of Great Bntain, tlie most important island on the 
globe, the largest in Europe, and the largest that was known to the 
ancients, is divided into Riigland, Wale.s, and Scotland. 


ENGLAND. 
St. Paid\s Church. 



5. England, which comprises the largest, most fertile, and most 
populous part of the island of Great Britain, is separated from Scot¬ 
land by the river Tweed, the Cheviot Hills, and Solway Frith ; and 
it is divided into 40 counties. 

'2. The surface of Phigland is beautifully diversified with moun¬ 
tains of moderate height, hills, valleys, and plains. 

3. There are no very high mountains; but towards the we.stern 
side, ranges extend throughout most of the country, from north to 
south, having a few summits more than 3,000 feet in height. 

4. The most important rivers are the Thames (temz), which is 
navigable to London for ships of 700 or 800 tons ; tlie Trent and 


5. What is said of the number of subjects of the king ? 6. Wiiat of the 

island of Great Britain and its divisions 
' England.— 1, What is said of England ? 2. The surface .*5. Moun¬ 

tains ? 4. Rivers ? 

10 



























no 


ENGLAND. 


the Ouse (ouz), which unite to form the estuary, called the Hum'her^ 
the Sev'errif which flows into Bristol Channel; and the Mer'sey, near 
the mouth of which is Liverpool. 

5. England is celebrated for its extensive and excellent inland 
navigation, by means of several navigable rivers and numerous 
can^s; and transportation is also facilitated by rail-roads. 

6. The climate is healthy, though very variable, and liable to fre¬ 
quent and sudden changes ; and the atmosphere damp ; but the ex¬ 
tremes of heat and cold are less than in most other countries in the 
same latitude. 

7. The soil is generally fertile, particularly in the middle and 
southern parts ; but in the northern counties, much of it is sterile ; 
and in other parts there are barren heaths and marshes. 

8. Agriculture, in England, is in a highly improved state ; and no 
other country in Europe is under so good cultivation, except, per¬ 
haps, the Netherlands and Lombardy. 

9. The four most important productions of agriculture are grain, 
wool, cattle, and horses. 

10. The mineral productions are very valuable, particularly coal, 
copper, tin, iron, and lead. 

11. England is famous for manufactures. The six principal arti¬ 
cles are woollens, cotton goods, silk, hardware, earthemoare, and glass. 

12. Education among the higher and middle classes is much at¬ 
tended to ; but with regard to the loAver classes, it was much neg¬ 
lected till since the institution of Sunday schools and schools of 
mutual instruction. 

13. England has but three universities, those of Oxford and Cam¬ 
bridge, the most richly endowed in Europe, and that of London, 
recently established. 

14. The government is a limited monarchy, tlie supreme power 
being invested in a king and parliament. 

15. The parliament is composed of two houses, namely, a House 
of Lords, consisting of hereditary peers, and a House of Commons, 
composed of 658 representatives, elected by the people. 

16. The nobility, comprising those who are entitled to a seat in 
the House of Lords, consists of five ranks, namely, dukes, marquises, 
earls, viscounts, and barons. 

17. The established religion is that of the church of England, 
which has two archbishops, those of Canterbury and York, and 25 
bishops ; but Dissenters are numerous, consisting chiefly of Inde¬ 
pendents, Presbyterians, Baptists, Methodists, Roman Catholics, Uni¬ 
tarians, and Quakers. 

18. London, the metropolis of the British empire, is situated on 
the Thames, 60 miles from its mouth, and is the most populous city 
in Europe, and the most opulent and commercial one on the globe. 
It is not greatly distinguished for splendid edifices. The most re- 


6. What is said of inland navigation ? 6. Climate ? 7. Soil ? 8. Agricul¬ 
ture ? 9. Productions? 10. Mineral productions ? 11. Manufac¬ 

tures? 12. Education.? 13. Universities? 14, Government? 15. 
Parliament ? 16. Nobility ? 17. Religion ? 18. London ? 



ENGLAND. 


Ill 


markable one, and the chief ornament of the city, is St. PauVs 
Church., which is esteemed, next to St. Peter’s at Rome, the finest 
church in the world. 

19. The three ports which rank next to London in commerce, 
are Liv'er-pool^ largely concerned in the American trade, and con¬ 
nected with Manchester by a rail-road 3*2 miles long; Bris'tol, noted 
for its hot wells ; and Hull, for'^[ts trade to the Baltic, and wliale fishery. 

20. Some of the smaller commercial ports are JVeu/cas-tle, Sun'- 
der-land, Whit'hy, and Whiie-ha'ven, noted for the coal trade ; Fal'- 
mouth, for packets to Spain, Portugal, and the West Indies ; Yar'- 
mouth, for the herring fishery. 

21. Ports'mouth, Plym'outh, and Chai’ham, are distinguished as 
the chief naval stations ; Do'ver, for packets to France ; Hanvich 
(haPrij), for packets to Holland. 

22. Some of the principal manufacturing towns are Man'ches-ter, 
famous for cotton goods; Bir'ming-ham, for hardware; Leeds, 
Wake'field, EFe-ter, and JVbr'ivich (noPrij),Ibr woollen goods; Shef¬ 
field, for cutlery ; Kid'der-min-ster, for carpets ; JVdt'ting-ham and 
Leicester (les'ter), for stockings ; Cov'en-fry, for silks and ribands ; 
Gloucester (glos'ter), for pins ; Worce.'iter (wiirs'ter), for porcelain; 
.tVeu/cas-tle-under-Line, for pottery ; Budton, for ale. 

23. Bath, esteemed the most elegant city in England, is noted for 
its hot baths, and for being the greatest resort for valetudinarians 
and votaries of pleasure in the kingdom. 

24. Oi/foi'd and Cdm'bridge are famous for their universities; 
K'ton, for its college ; Green'wich, for its observatory ; Wind'sor and 
Warwick (wor'ik), for their castles. 

25. Can'ter-hu-ry was formerly noted for pilgrimage to the tomb 
of Thomas Becket, now as the first archbishopric ; York, for its min¬ 
ster or cathedral, and for being the second archbishopric. 

26. CheVlen-ham, Tun'hriige, Button, Hadroiv-gate, Scadbor- 
oiigh, and Ep'som, are noted as watering-places ; Brigh'ton, Rams'- 
gate, and Madgate, for sea-bathing ; JVeu/mar-ket, for horse-races. 

27. Hdst'ings, Bad net, TeivLdbu-ry, JVase'by, Foth'er-in-gay, Bos'- 
worth, Toidton, and Flod'den, are small places, noted in the history 
of England. 

28. Britain was invaded by Julius Ceesar, 55 years before the 
Christian era. The Saxons became masters of the country in the 
5th century, and William of JVbrmandy, styled the Conqueror, in the 
11th ; and from him the present royal family are descended. 

Wales. 

29. Wales is a mountainous country, abounding in picturesque 


19. What are the three ports next to London in commerce ? 

20. What are some of the other commercial ports? 21. What are the 

« naval stations ? 22. What are some of the manufacturing towns ? 

23. What is said of Bath ? 24. Oxford, Cambridge, &c. ? 2.5. Canterbury 

and York ? 26. What towns are noted as watering-places and for 

sea-bathing ? 27. What are some of the places noted in English 

history ? 28. What notice of the history of England ? 

29. What is said of Wales ? 



112 


ENGLAND. 


scenery. Siww'don, in Wales, is higiier than any other mountain in 
the island, south of Scotland. 

30. The soil is less fertile than that of England, and not so well 
cultivated. Mineral productions are abundant, particularly iron. 

31. The two largest towns in Wales, are Mer'thjr TifdyU^ noted 
for iron works ; and SiviWserj, for commerce and sea-bathing. 


SCOTLAND. 


Cave. 



1. Scotland, which lies to the lu.rtii of England, is a much more 
mountainous, and far less fertile and populous country, and has a 
much colder climate. 


30. What is said of the soil, Sic. ? 81. What towns ? 

Scotland. —1. What is said of Scotland ? 


See .Map of the British Isles. —What is the southwest extremity of 
England called ? What small islands are near it ? 

What is the course of the Thames ? Where is the Wash ? The Humber? 
What rivers flow into the Humber ? Where are the Tees and Tyne ? 

The Mersey and Dee ? What rivers flow into Bristol Channel ? 
flow is London situated ? Canterbury ? Portsmouth ? Plymouth ? Ex¬ 
eter? Bristol? Bath? Oxford? Cambridge? Greenwich? Nor¬ 
wich? Leicester? Yarmouth? Birmingham? Kidderminster? 
Liverpool? Manchester? York? Hull? l^eeds ? Wakefield ? 
Whitby? Sunderland? Newcastle? Durham? Carlisle? White¬ 
haven ? 

What are some of the towns on the south coast ? On the cast ? 

How is Wales hounded? How is Cardigan bay situated? Swansey ? 
Merthyr Tydvil ? Caer-nar'von ? Beau-mar'is ? 




































SCOTLAND. 


113 


2. It consists of two parts, the Highlands and the Lowlands, and 
is divided into 33 counties, 16 of which lie chiefly in the Highlands. 

3. The Highlands, which comprise tlie northern and the larger, 
but much the less fertile and populous part, consist mostly of barren 
and dreary mountains, with some tolerably fertile valleys. 

4. The Loivlands comprehend the country which lies south and 
east of the Grampian mountains. This division is agreeably diver¬ 
sified with hills and plains ; and the eastern portion rivals England 
in fertility and cultivation. 

5* The Grampian Mountains are the most considerable range in 
Scotland. Ben ATe'vis is reputed the highest summit in Great Britain. 

6. The western coast of Scotland is much indented by inlets, and 
the country abounds in fine lakes, called lochs. Loch Lo'mond, the 
largest, is 30 miles long, and is one of the most beautiful lakes in 
Europe. Loch Kath'a-rine, which is bordered by the mountains 
called the Tros'achs, is famous for being the scene of Scott’s “ Lady 
of the Lake.” 

' 7. The six principal rivers are the Forth, Tap, Tweed, Clyde, 
8,nd Dee. The rivers abound with salmon, and the inlets and 
bays with herring. 

8. The two principal canals are the Caledonian Canal and the 
Forth and Clyde Canal, each of which intersects the island. 

9. The islands belonging to Scotland are numerous, comprising 
the three clusters of the Heb'ri-des or Western Islands, tlie Ork'neys, 
and the Shetland Islands. 

10. The little island of I-o'na, one of the Hebrides, is famous for 
having been a seat of learning in the middle ages ; and Staf'fa, an¬ 
other little island, is remarkable for FingaVs Cave, the sides of which 
are formed by perpendicular ranges of basaltic columns; and it is 
regarded as a great natural curiosity. 

11. The Scotch have extensive manufactures, of which the most 
important are cotton goods, linen, woollens, and iron. 

12. There are four universities, those of Edinburgh, Glasgow, St. 
Andreiv'^s, and Aberdeen. Parish schools are established through¬ 
out most of the country. 

13. The established religion is Presbyterianism, which was intro¬ 
duced by John Knox, the celebrated Scotch reformer. 

14. The Scotch are enterprising, industrious, and temperate, and 
as a nation, the best educated in Europe.—The Highlanders are a 
brave, hardy, warlike race, living generally in miserable cottages, 
and enjoying but few of the comforts of life ; though their condition 
and habits have been of late much improved. 

15. Ed'in-burgh, the capital of Scotland, has a commanding 
and picturesque situation, near the Frith of Forth, and is surround¬ 
ed on all sides, except the north, by lofty hills. It is a very elegantly 


2. How is it divided ? 3. What is said of the Highlands ? 4. The Low¬ 
lands ? 5. Mountains ? 6. Lakes ? 7. Rivers ? 8. Canals ? 9. 

Islands? 10. Iona and Staffa ? 11. Manufactures? 12. Univer¬ 
sities ? 13. Religion ? 14. The Scotch and the Highlanders ? 15. 

Edinburgh ? 

10* 



114 SCOTLAND. 

built city, and is one of the most celebrated seats of learning in 
Europe. 

16. Glas'^ow, on the Clyde, is the largest city in Scotland, and 
the first with regard to commerce and manufactures, noted particu¬ 
larly for cotton goods. 

17. The principal ports are Gree'nock and Port Glasgow, on the 
Clyde ; Leith, the port of Edinburgh ; Dun~dee', Mon4rose', and Ab- 
er-deen', on the eastern coast; and In-ver-ness', the metropolis of tlie 
Highlands. 

18. Paisley (paz'le), Perth, and Dun-femi'line, are distinguished 
for cotton and linen manufactures ; KU-madnock, for carpets ; Cad-' 
ron, for iron works ; Fai'kirk, for cattle fairs. 

19. Mel-rose’ and Kel'so are noted for ruins of fine abbeys ; Gret¬ 
na Green, for the marriages of fugitive lovers from I^ngland ; Ban'- 
nock-bum, for a great victory over the English-, Cul-lo'den Moor^ 
near Inverness, for the final overthrow of the English Pretender. 

20. The crowns of England and Scotland were united in 1603. 


16. What is said of Glasgow ? 17. What are the principal ports ? 

18. What manufacturing towns ? 19. What other places are mentioned, 

and for what noted ? 20. When were the crowns of England and 

Scotland united ? 


See Map of the British Isles .—Which side of Scotland is most indent¬ 
ed by inlets ? What friths are there on the eastern coast ? On the 
western What islands north of Scotland ? What ones west ? 
Where are Iona and Staffa ? Where the Caledonian Canal ? 

Where does the Clyde empty ? What rivers flow into the North sea on 
the east How is Edinburgh situated ? Glasgow ? Greenock ? 
Paisley and Kilmarnock ? Leith and Falkirk ? Dundee ? Perth ? 
Montrose? Aberdeen? Inverness? 

What towns are near the borders of England ? 






IRELAND. 


'15 


IRELAND. 

The GiaiU^s Causeway. 



1. Ireland is a pleasant, fertile, and populous island, forming a 
striking contrast to Scotland, being mostly level, and having few 
mountains ; and these are chiefly in the northern and western parts. 

2. It is divided into four provinces; UVster, in the north, Leinster 
(lin'ster), in the east, Mun'ster, in the south, and Con-naught', in the 
west; and it is subdivided into 32 counties, 

3. The western coast is much indented by inlets; and one of the 
most striking features of Ireland is the extent of hogs or marshes, 
which disfigure the country. 

4. The largest i-ivcr is the Shan'non; and the largest lakes, 
called loughs (loks). Lough JVeagh and Lough Earn. The small 
lake of Kil-lar'ney, in the southwest of Ireland, is greatly admired 
for its picturesque beauty. 

5. The greatest natural curiosity is the GianCs Causeway, which 
is situated on the north coast, and consists of many thousand col¬ 
umns of basaltic rock, rising from 200 to 400 feet perpendicular 
from the water’s edge. These columns are composed of joints or 
lengths, curiously articulated into each otiier, like a ball into a 
socket. 

6. The climate is humid and often foggy, but healthy and tem¬ 
perate, the winters being warmer and tlie summers cooler, than in 
England. 


Ireland. —1. What is said of Ireland ? 2. How is it divided ? 

3. What is said of inlets and bogs ? 4. Rivers and lakes 6. The Giant’s 

Causeway ? 6. Climate ? 
























116 


IRELAND. 


7. Though the country is generally fertile, and one of the most 
populous in Europe, yet its agriculture is in rather a backward state. 

8. Ireland is celebrated for the abundance and excellence of its 
poiaioes, which, together with cats, form the principal articles of 
food for the great mass of the people. Grass and also Jlax are im¬ 
portant productions. 

9. The principal manufacture is linen ; and the chief exports, linen 
and provisions. 

10. The established religion is the same as that of England ; but 
more than three fourths of the people are Roman Catholics. 

11. Ireland has but one university, that of Dublin ; and a Catholic 
college at May-nooth'. Though this country lias produced many 
distinguished men, yet the education of the lower classes is lament¬ 
ably neglected. 

12. The Irish are ingenious and courageous; ardent in all their 
affections; but less industrious, frugal, and temperate, than the 
Scotch. The great mass of the people live in miserable cabins, 
constructed of mud walls, and are sunk in ignorance and poverty to 
a degree rarely witnessed in a civilized country. 

13. Dub'lin, the capital of Ireland, which is finely situated near 
the head of a very beautiful bay, ranks as the second among the 
British cities, and contains many magnificent edifices. 

14. Cork, the second city in population, has an excellent harbor, 
and is the most commercial toAvn in Ireland. 

15. lAm'cr-ick, Belfast', fVd'terford, Gol'way, Drog'he-da, and 
Lon-don-der'ry, are the other largest towms, and have considerable 
trade and manufactures. 

16. Armagh (ar-mah') is noted as the first archbishopric; Kil¬ 
dare', for horse races ; Bal'lin-a-sloe', for cattle fairs. 

17. Ireland w^as conquered by England, in 1172, and its union 
with England was carried into effect in 1801. 


7. What is said of agriculture ? 8. Productions ? 9. Manufactures and 

exports? 10. Religion? 11. Education? 12. The Irish? 13. 
Dublin? 14. Cork? 15. What are the other chief towns? 

16. What other towns are mentioned, and for what noted ? 

17. When was Ireland conquered by, and united with, England ? 


See Map of the British Isles .—What cape is on the south of Ireland 
What bays on the west ? Where is Valentia island? 

What is the course of the Shannon? W'hat are some of the other rivers? 
What lakes ? Where is the Giant’s Causeway ? How is Dublin situated ? 
. Cork? Waterford? Limerick? Kiilarney? Galway? Belfast? 
Londonderry ? Armagh ? Kildare ? 

What towns are on the east coast, north of Dublin ? What ones south ? 





HOLLAND. 


iir 


HOLLAND. 

Treck-Shuit. 



1. This country, which, before the French Revolution of 
formed the lltpuhlic of the Seven United Provinces, is now divided into 
10 })rovinces, \ iz.,J^orlk Holland, South Holland, Zealand, Utrecht, 
(hul'der-land, O-ver-ys'sel, Drcnthe (dr6nt), Gron'ing-en, Fries'land, 
and .Yorik or Dutch Bra-hnnl'. 

‘i. It is tlie most level country in Europe, the general aspect being 
a coiitinued Hat, without either mountain or hill. Much of it is lower 
than the surface of the sea at high Avater, resembling a large marsh 
tliat has been drained ; and it is supposed to have once formed the 
bed of the ocean. 

3. The country is protected from being overflowed by dikes, or 
mounds of earth, whicli shut out the waters of the sea and tiie rivers, 
and which have been formed and are kept in repair witli great labor 
and expense. The dikes are furnished with sluices, so that tlie 
country can be laid under water on the approach of an enemy. 

4. Some parts of the country are sandy and barren, and others 
marshy ; but much of the soil is very fertile, and the country is noted 
for its rich pasture, and for its excellent butter and cheese. 

5. The climate is often unhealthy, and the air damp and chilling. 

6. The three principal rivers of this country and Belgium, are the 
Rhine, Meuse (muze), and Scheldt (shelt). 

7. Canals are numerous, and serve the same purpose as roads in 
other countries. The common mode of travelling is along a canal 
in a covered boat, called a Treck-Shuit, draAvn by horses. 

1. What was Holland formerly called, and what are its divisions? 2. 
What is said of the country? 3. How is it protected, and what is 
said of the dikes ? 4. Soil ? 5. Climate ? 6. Rivers ? 7. Canals ? 





























118^ 


HOLLAND. 


8. The inhabitants, styled Dutch, have been long noted for com¬ 

merce, and are generally well educated, and mostly of the Reformed 
or Calvinist religion. They are distinguished for their industry, 
gravity of manners, and the cleanliness of their houses. . . , n 

9. Am'ster-dam, in North Holland, much the largest city in tlie 
kingdom, and one of the most commercial in Europe, is situated 
among marshes, on an arm of the Zuyder Zee, and the foundation 
of its buildings is formed by piles driven into the ground. It is a 
rich and well built city, and the royal palace, formerly the stadthouse, 
is one of the noblest structures in the world. 

10. Rot'ter-dam, on the Meuse, is noted for commerce, and for the 
birth and statue of Erasmus ; The Hague, for its elegance, and for 
being the residence of the royal court. 

11. Ley'den (li'dn), U'trecht, and Gron'ing-en are noted for their 
universities, Utrecht also for a famous treaty of peace in 1713 ; Had- 
lem, for the largest organ in Europe, and its trade in flowers, partic¬ 
ularly tulips; Dort, as the place of the landing of timber floats on 
the Rhine, and for the synod which condemned Arminianism. 


BELGIUM, OR THE NETHERLANDS. 

1. This country comprises the eight Belgic provinces of South 
Bra-hant!, Hal'nault, JVamur (na-moor'), Liege, lAm'hurg, Ant'werj), 
East Flan'ders, and West Flan'ders; and to the southeast is the Ger¬ 
man grand duchy of Ludem-burg. 

2. The name of JVetherlands or Low Countries was applied to this 
country on account of its low situation, although, with the exception 
of the western part, which lies near the sea, it is more elevated and 
less level than Holland, and the air less damp. 

3. Much of the soil is fertile, and highly cultivated, producing 
large quantities of grain, Jiax, hemp, and fruits ; and the country is 
the most populous in Europe. 

4. The inhabitants, who are styled Belgians, Walloons, or Flem¬ 
ings, are mostly Catholics, generally speak the French language, 
and resemble the French more than the Dutch. 

5. This country has long been distinguished for manufactures; 
and it boasts an eminent school of painting, called the Flemish. 


8. What is said of the inhabitants ? 9. Amsterdam ? 10. Rotterdam and 

the Hague ? 11. What other towns, and for what noted ? 

Belgium.—1. What are the divisions of the country ? 2. What is 

said of the country ? 3. Soil and productions ? 4. The inhabit¬ 

ants.? 5. For what is the country distinguished .? 


See Map JVo. VIIJ .—How is Holland bounded.? Where is tlie Zuyder 
Zee?, Where Texel island.? Walcheren island? What rivers 
flow through Holland and Belgium.? How is Amsterdam situated? 
Rotterdam? The Hague and Leyden.? Dort? Utrecht? What 
towns in the north of Holland.? In the south .? In the east.? 




BELGIUM. 


JW 

6. Brus'sels, the capital, is one of the most elegant cities in Eu¬ 
rope. It contains a royal palace, and is famous for lace, camlets, 
and carpets. 

7. Ant'werp, on the Scheldt, is noted for commerce ; Ghent, for 
manufactures, and a treaty of peace between the United States and 
England; Liege, for iron works and fire-arms ; Lou-vdin', for its 
university ; Mech'lin (mek'lin), for lace, and as the first archbishopric ; 
Spd, for mineral waters. 

- 8. No part of Europe, of the same extent, has been the scene of 

more numerous and important warlike operations, within a few cen¬ 
turies past, than Belgium. Some of the places which have been 
rendered memorable by battles or sieges, are Os-tend!, Oude'narde, 
Ypres (e'pr). Tour-nay', Fon-te-noy', Ramillies (ram-e-leez'), and 
Wd'ter-loo. 

9. The provinces of Holland and Belgium were united by the 
congress of Vienna, in 1814, into one kingdom, that of the JVether- 
lands; but in 1830, the Belgic provinces threw off the yoke of Hol¬ 
land, and declared themselves independent. * . 

GERMANY. 

1. Germany is a large country situated in the central part of Eu¬ 
rope, extending from the Baltic on the north to the gulf of Venice 
on the south. It is somewhat larger than France, and contains a 
greater number of inhabitants, who belong to various political states. 

2. Before the French revolution, Germany was an empire, divided 
into 9 circles, namely, Up'per SaFo-ny, Louder Sax'o-ny, and JVest- 
pha'li-a, in the north ; Up'per Rhine, Lou/er Rhine, and Fran-colni-a, 
in the middle ; Swa'bi-a, Ba-va'ri-a, and Aus'tri-a, in the south. 
Bo-he'mi-a, Mo-ra'vi-a, and Si-le'si-a, which were not included in 
the 9 circles, formed also a part of the German empire. 

3. The empire of Germany was also subdivided among upwards 
of 300 sovereign princes, each independent in his own territory, but 
subject to the emperor as head, who was chosen by 9 electors ; but 
this division has been discontinued, and Germany is no longer an 
empire. 

4. The country of Germany now comprises about one third of the 
empire of Austria; the greater part of the kingdom of Prussia; 
HoVstein and Lau'en-burg, belonging to the kingdom of Denmark; 
Luj/em-burg, which belonged to the late kingdom of the Nether¬ 
lands, but which is now claimed by Belgium; the kingdoms of Ba- 


6. What is said of Brussels.^ 7. What other towns, and for what noted? 

8. AVhat places memorable for battles } 9. What notice of history ? 

Germany. —1. What is said of Germany ? 2. How was it divided be¬ 
fore the French revolution ? 3. How was it subdivided and gov¬ 
erned ? 4. What does it now comprise ? 


See Map JVo. VIII .—How is Belgium bounded.^ How is Brussels 
situated? Antwerp.^ Ghent Liege Luxemburg? Spa? 
What towns in the west ^ In the south ? In the east? 




120 


GERMANY. 


va'ri-a, Sax/o-yiy, Han'o-ver^ and J'Fw'tem-berg, together with the 2U 
emaller states, and the 4 free cities, exhibited in the following table, 
/ 


TABUI^AR VIEW 


Of the smaller German States. 


State. 

Baden 
Hesse-Darmstadt 
Mecklenburg-Schwerin 
Mecklenburg-Strelitz 
Oldenburg 
Saxe-Weimar 
Hesse-Cassel 
Nassau 
Brunswick 
Saxc-Coburg-Gotha 
Saxe-Meiningen 
. Saxe-Altenburg 
Anbalt-Dessau 
Anhalt-Bernburg 
Anhalt-Cothen 
Lippe-Detmold 
Schwartzburg-Rudolstadt 
Schwartzburg-Sondershausen 
Waldeck 

Rcuss, Younger Line 

Reuss, Elder Line 

llohenzollern-Sigmaringen 

Hohenzollern-Hechingen 

Schauenburg-Lippe 

Hesse-Homburg 

Lichtenstein 

Hamburg 

Frankfort 

Bremen 

Lubeck 


Title. 

Grand duchy 1 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

Electorate 

Duchy 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

Principality 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

Free City 
do. 
do. 
do. 


Pop. Sq. m. 
,100,000 5,933 
714,000 3,744 
438,000 4,746 
80,000 765 

244,000 2,622 
227,000 1,418 
603,000 4,228 
.338,000 2,183 
248,000 1,520 
159,000 1,036 
136,000 884 

108,000 
58,000 
40,000 
35,000 
76,000 
57,000 
49,000 
54,000 
54,000 
24,000 
38,000 
15,000 
27,000 
22,000 
6,000 
140,000 
.54,000 
49,000 
47,000 


496 

360 

339 

318 

436 

466 

487 

459 

688 

148 

429 

95 

195 

106 

53 

1.33 

90 

75 

116 


Capital. 
Carlsruhe 
Darmstadt 
Schwerin 
Strelitz 
Oldenburg 
■Weimar 
Cassel 
Wisbaden 
Brunswick 
Gotha 1 
Meiningen 
Altenburg 
Dessau 
Bernburg 
Cothen 
Detmold 
Rudolstadt 
Sondershausex. 
Corbach 
Lobenstein 
Greilz 

Sigmaringen 

Hechingen 

Buckeburg 

Homburg 

Vadutz 


'M 


i 5. The states are all united under the_ Germanic Confederation, 
whose affairs are intrusted to a Federative Diet, which meets at . 
Frankfort on the Mayne. i 

0. Germany is divided into two parts by the difierence of tlic ■, 
surface ; I^ow Germany, fonning the northern division, is mostly * 
level; High Germany, the middle and southern parts, whicli are 
greatly diversified v, ith ranges of mountains, hills, and plains. 

7. The southern part is traversed by ranges of JlJ.ps; and the 
middle by the Sudetic Mountains and other smaller ranges. 

8. The G largest rivers are the Dan'nbe, Rhhie, Elbe, (yder, Wd- 
scr, and Mayne. 

9. The largest lake in Germany is the beautiful lake of Constance, 
which lies on the borders of Switzerland. 

10. The climate is rather cold in the north, but mild in tlic soutli ; 
and the air salubrious, except in the marshy parts. 


6. How are these states united ? 6. How is Germany divided by sur¬ 
face.? 7. What mountains 8. Rivers.^ 9. Lake ? 10. .Climate ^ 



GERMANY. . 


121 


11. Much of the country has a fertile soU; though sandy plains, 
barren heaths, and marshes abound in the north; and in the south 
large portions are rugged and mountainous. 

12. The Protestant religion prevails in the north of Germany, and 
the Catholic in the south. The Catholics comprise rather more than 
half of tlia population. 

13. The prevailing religion of Austria and Bavaria^ and of the 
small principalities of Ho-hen-zoVlei-n-Sig'ma-ring-en, Ho-hen-zoV- 
lern-Hech'ing-en (hek), and Lich'ten-stein (lik'ten-stin), also the re¬ 
ligion of the majority of tlie inhabitants of Baden, is the Catholic. 
The prevailing religion of all the otlier German states is the Protes¬ 
tant.* 

14. The government of the kingdoms of Saxony, Hanover, Wur- 
temberg, and Bavaria, and of some of the small states, is a limited 
monarchy ; that of Austria, Prussia, and part of the small states, is 
monarchy nearly absolute. 

15. Germany, particularly the northern part, is distinguished for 
literature and science; and in no other country is authorship so ex¬ 
tensively made a business for life. 

16. Germany contains 22 universities, some of which have a high 
reputation, and are resorted to by students from other countries. 
Some of the most distinguished are those of Gotfting-en, Ber-lin', 
Hal'le, Lelp'sic, Jena, and Vienna. 

17. The principal states in the north of Germany, are Prussia, 
Haiwver, Mecklenburg, a.nd Oldenburg; in the middle, (Soxoni/,//e55e- 
Cassel, Hesse-Darmstadt, JVassau, and Saxe-fVeimar^ in the south, 
Austria, Bavaria, Wurtemberg, and Baden. 


11. What is said of the climate ? 12. Religion.? 

13. Which states are of the Catholic, and which of the Protestant religion.? 

14. What is said of the government.? 15. Literature.? 16. Universities? 

17. What are the principal states ? ^ 


See Map JVo. VIII .— Note. Germany includes the countries repre¬ 
sented on this Map, which lie to the east of the dVetherlands, France, 
and Switzerland. 

What part of Germany is embraced by Prussia.? How is the kingdom of 
Hanover situated.? How Holstein? Mecklenburg.? Oldenburg? 
Hesse-Cassel.? Hesse-Darmstadt.? 

What part of Germany is included in the Austrian dominions.? 

How is Saxony bounded? Bavaria? Wurtemberg.? Baden? 

What rivers are there in the north of Germany.? In the south.? 

Where is the Mayne.? 


* The religion of the reigning families of the kingdom of Saxony, and of the 
duchy of Anhalt-Cothen, is the Catholic, though the most of their subjects are 
Protestants ; and the religion of the reigning Jamily of the grand-duchy of Ba¬ 
den is the Protestant. 

11 





122 


PRUSSIA. 


PRUSSIA. 

Berlin. 



1. Prussia (pru'she-a, or prush'e-a), formerly a small state, but now 
a powerful kingdom, consists chiefly of two parts, entirely separated 
from each other, the larger one lying in the northeast of Germany, 
and the smaller one in the west. _ 

2. The kingdom is divided into 10 provinces. The two provinces 
of East Prussia and West Prussia comprise Prussia Proper; the 
province of Posen is formed of the Prussian part of Poland; the 
other seven provinces are all included within the limits of the late 
German empire. The western part of the kingdom includes the 
three provinces of Westphalia, Cleves-Berg, and Lower Rhine; the 
eastern part, tlie other seven. 


Provinces. 
East Prussia 
West Prussia 
Brandenburg 
Pomerania 
Posen 


Chief towns. 

Konigsberg 

Dantzic 

Berlin 

Stettin 

Posen 


Provinces. 
Silesia 
Saxony 
Westphalia 
Cleves-Berg 
Lower Rhine 


Chief towns. 
Breslau 
Magdeburg 
Munster 
Cologne 
Aix-la-Chapelle 


3. The Prussian territories are generally very level, abounding in 
small lakes, marshes, and rivers of a slow current. 

4. The principal mountains are the Rie^sen-ge-hhg, a part of 
the Su-det'ic chain, which separates Silesia from Bohemia and Mo¬ 
ravia. 


Prussi A.— 1 . What is said of Prussia ? 2. What of the different divis¬ 
ions r 3. What of the surface ? 4. Mountains ? 










PRUSSIA. 


123 


5. The country is well supplied with navigable rivers ; the prin¬ 
cipal of which are the Mt'men, Vis'tu-la, O'der, and Elbe, in the 
eastern part, and tlie Rhine, in the western. 

6. The soil is in some parts good, and highly cultivated ; but, in 
general, by no means very fertile, being often sandy and covered 
with heath. 

7. The most remarkable mineral production is amber, a substance 
which is obtained chiefly from Prussia, and is found in large quanti¬ 
ties on the shores of the Baltic. 

8. Prussia is rather an agricultural than a trading or manufacture 
ing country ; yet it has considerable commerce, and some districts 
are much employed in manufactures, particularly Silesia and West¬ 
phalia, which are noted for their linens. 

9. Nearly two thirds of the inhabitants are Protestants, and one 
third. Catholics; but all religions are tolerated, and on an equal footing. 

10. There are flourishing universities at Ber-lin', Hal'le, Kon'- 
igs-berg, Bres'lau, and Bonn. The Prussian government is distin¬ 
guished for patronizing learning, and tlie kingdom is one of the best 
educated in Europe. 

11. Ber-lin', the capital of the kingdom, is situated in a level and 
sandy district, on the river Spree, and is the second city in Germany 
in population, and one of the most regular and beautiful in Europe. 

12. The three principal commercial ports are Kon'igs-berg, on 
tlie Pre'gel, formerly the capital of Prussia; Dantfzic, on the Vistu¬ 
la, famous for the export of grain ; and Stedtin, on the Oder, which 
is the chief port for the commerce of Berlin. I'he other most con¬ 
siderable ports are EVbing, Stral'sund, and Mem'el. 

13. Some of the principal trading towns in the interior are Bres¬ 
lau, the capital of Silesia, tlio second city in population, and famous 
for its fairs and manufactures ; Frankfort, on the Oder, also noted 
for its fairs ; Magfde-hurg, on the Elbe, for its strong fortifications ; 
Cologne (ko-l6n'), on the Rhine, for trade, Cologne water, and the 
invention of gunpowder. 

14. Aix-la-Cha-pelle' (ais'-la-sha-pel') is famous far having been 


5, What of the rivers ? 6, Soil? 7. Mineral productions? 8. Agricul¬ 

ture and trade? 9. Religion? 10. Universities and education.^ 
11. Berlin? 12. Commercial ports? 13. What trading towns in 
the inteiior? 

14. What other towns, and for what noted? 


See Map of Europe .—On what sea does Prussia border? 

What rivers flow through Prussia into the Baltic? Through what corner 
of Prus.sia does the Nie men flow'? How is Konigsberg situated.^ 
Dantzic? Elbing? Tilsit? Memel? [See Map JVT?. VIII.] 
How i? the island of Use'dom situated? What branches of the Elbe 
are in Prussia? Of the Oder? Of the Rhine? 

How is Berlin situated? Breslau? Posen? Magdeburg? Halle 
Potsdam? What towns in Prussia are on the Elbe ? The Oder 
The Vistula? The Baltic sea? How is Aix-la-Chapelle situated? 
Cob-lentz'? Treves? Munster? What towns in Prussia are on 
the Rhine? 




124 


PRUSSIA. 


the residence of Charlemagne, and for its warm baths ; Mun'ster, 
for a treaty, called the Peace of Westphalia; Pots'dam, for ite 
splendid edifices and the palace of Sans Souci; Hal'le, for its uni¬ 
versity and salt-works ; WiVten-hcrg, for the commencement of the 
Reformation by Luther; ^horn, as the birthplace of Copernicus; 
Lul'zen, near Mer3eburg,*^for a battle in which Gustavus Adolphus 
was killed ; Kun'ners-dorf, on the Oder, for the defeat of Frederick 
the Great; Ei/Ian, ne'd-r Konigsberg, for a battle betv/een the French 
and Russians ; Til'sit, for a treaty between France and Prussia. 

15. Prussia was first erected into a kingdom in 1701 ; was much 
distinguished in the history of Europe in the last century, during 
the reign of Frederick the Great; and has gradually acquired a 
great accession of territory. • ^ 


HANOVER. 

1. The kingdom of Hanover lies in the northwest part of Ger- 
many, comprising a part of the late circles of Lower Saxony and 
Westphalia; and it encloses the free city of Bremen, and almost 
surrounds the grand-duchy of Oldenburg. 

2. The country is advantageously situated, and well watered by 
the Elbe, JVeser, Lelne, and Ems ; but the soil of most of it is sandy 
and poor. 

3. Hanover consists chiefly of an immense plain, with gentle un¬ 
dulations, except a tract in the south, which is traversed by the 
Hartz mountains. 

4. The Hartz Mountains abound in min6s of silver, copper, lead, 
iron, &c. They are covered with forests, and are remarkable for 
their picturesque scenery. Brocken, the most celebrated summit, is 
much visited by travellers on account of its curiosities. 

5. Han'o-ver, the capital, is situated on the Leine, and' is noted 
chiefly as the residence of the court; Got'ting-en, for its university; 
Em'den, for being the principal port; Os'na-burg, for its coarse 
linens, called osnaburgs ; Lu'ne-burg, for its salt-works and trade in 
horses. 

6. Hanover is subject to the king of Great Britain, and the gov¬ 
ernment is conducted by a viceroy, appointed by the king. 


15. What notice of the history of Prussia.? 

Hanover.—1. What is the situation of Hanover? 

What is said of it ? .3. What is the surface ? 4. What is said of the 

Hartz mountains? 5. W'hat towns are there, and for what noted ? 
6. How is Hanover governed ? 


See Mop Mo. VIII .—What river bounds Hanover on the northeast? 
What rivers water the country ? What small country is nearly surrounded 
by it ? How is the city of Hanover situated ? Gottingen ? Em- 
den ? Euneburg ? Osnaburg ? 




SAXONY. 


125 


SAXONY. 

1. Saxony, situated in the central part of Germany, and compris¬ 
ing a portion of the late circle of Upper Saxony, is the smallest king¬ 
dom in Europe. 

2. It is watered by the Elbe and its branches ; has a finely diver¬ 
sified surface.; is one of tlie most fertile and best cultivated portions 
of Germany, and is distinguished for its manufacture., and for edur 
cation and literature. 

3. The Erdge-hirg Mountains, a part of the Sudetic chain, which 
separates Saxony from Bohemia, contain celebrated mines of silver, 
tin, lead, copper, &lc. 

4. Dres'den, the capital of Saxony, is delightfully situated on the 
Elbe, and is one of the handsomest towns in Europe, and noted for 
its polished society, its collections in the fine arts, and its porcelain, 

5. Lew'sic, on the Pleisse, is famous for its university and its 
fairs, ana for being the greatest place for book-selling in Germany. 
— Leip'sic and Dres'den, and likewise Baut'zen, are noted for great 
battles during the late European war. 

0. Frep'herg is noted as a mining town ; Meis'sen, for porcelain ; 
and Herrn'hut, as the principal settlement of the Moravians. 

Free Cities. 

1. Germany had formerly a large number of commercial towns^ 
that were associated together under the Hanseatic League ; but the 
title of Hansc Towns has of late been confined to Lu-heck!, Ham¬ 
burg, and Brem'en, wliich, together with Frank'fort on the Mayne, 
are now the four Free Cities of Germany. 

2. Ham'burg, on the Elbe, about 70 miles from its mouth, is the 
first commercial city in Germany, and before the French revolution, 
was the third in Europe. 

3. Lu-beckf, a few miles from the Baltic, was once larger than it 
now is, and is famous for having been the head of the Ilanse 
Towns. 

4. Brem'en, on the Weser, is noted for commerce. 

5. Frank'fort on the Mayne is one of the principal trading towns 
in the interior of Germany, and is famous for its fairs, and tor being 
the seat of the Germanic Diet, 


Saxoxy.—1. What are the situation and extent of Saxony .? 2. What 

i5 said of it.? 3. What of the Erzgebirg mountains ? 4. Dresden.' 

5. Leipsic.? 6. What other towns, and for what noted.? 

Free Cities.-1. What is said of the Hanse Towns and Free Cities? 
2. Hamburg.? 3. Lubeck.? 4. Bremen? 6. I-rankfort. 


See Map Mo. F///.—What river crosses Saxony.? By what is ‘t sepa¬ 
rated from Bohemia.? How is Dresden situated.? Leipnc? rey- 
berg.? Meissen? Bautzen and Herrnhut. 

11* 





126 


SMALL GERMAN STATES. 


Small German States. 

1 Meck'len-burg, situated in the north of Germany, is not 
very fertile, well cultivated, or populous. The pnncipal towns are 
Schwer'in, the capital, and Rostock, considerable for commerce. 

2. The electorate of Hesse-Cassel is a hilly country, of irreg¬ 

ular form, watered by the Weser and its branches, and is not gener¬ 
ally fertile. The principal towns are Cas'sel, the capital, noted 
for the water-works in its vicinity; Han'au, for trade and manu¬ 
factures. . - , 

3. The grand-duchy of Hesse-Darmstadt consists of two parts, 
one north, and the other south of the Mayne, and has a diversified 
surface, but is generally mountainous. The principal towns are 
Darm'stadt, the capital; Mentz, or Mayence, which is ^e strongest 
town in Germany, and claims the invention of printing; Worms, 
noted in the history of the Reformation. 

4. Wis'ha-dm, the chief town of the duchy of Nassau, is noted 
for its hot springs; Selt'zer, for mineral waters; Hoch'helm, for the 
wine called Hock. 

5. Wei'mar, the capital of the grand-duchy of Saxe-Weimar, is 
noted as a seat of learning ; Je'na, for its university, and for a great 
battle between the French and Prussians. 

6. Bruns'icick, the capital of the duchy of Brunswick, is noted 
for trade and for its fairs. 


Baden. 

1. The grand-duchy of Baden is situated in the southwest part 
of Germany, between the kingdom of Wurtemberg and the Rhine. 
It is long and narrow, extending from the lake of Constance on the 
south, to the river Mayne on the north. 

2. It is watered by the rivers Rhine and JVeck'ar, and the surface 
is diversified. In the southern part, there is a mountainous range 
called the Schivarzivald or Black Forest. 

3. It has a diversified surface, and is one of the most fertile por¬ 
tions of Germany, abounding in corn, wine, fruits, and cattle. 

4. Carlsruhe (karlz-roo'a), the capital, is a handsome town, built 
in the shape of an open fan, the streets proceeding in the fonn of 
radii from the palace,, as the centre. 


Small German States.— 1. What is said of Mecklenburg and its 
towns.!* 2. Hesse-Cassel? 3. Hesse-Darmstadt? 4. Wisbaden, 
Seltzer, and Hochheiin? 5. W'eimar and Jena? 6. Brunswick? 

Baden.— 1. What is the situation of Baden ? 2. What rivers and moun¬ 
tains ? 3. What is said of the country and its productions? 4. Carls¬ 
ruhe ? 


See Map Wo. VIII .—How is the country of Mecklenburg situated ? 
Holstein? Oldenburg? Hesse-Cassel? Hesse-Darmstadt? Nas¬ 
sau ? How is Hamburg situated ? Lubeck ? Schwerin ? Ros¬ 
tock? Strekitz? Bremen? Brunswick? Weimar? Jena? Gotha? 
Mei'ning-en ? Ru'dol-stadt ? Hild-burg-hau'sen ? Son-ders- 
hau'sen ? Coburg ? Cassel ? Marburg ? Hanau ? Wisbaden > 
Hochheim? Gie'sen (ghe'sen) ? Darmstadt? Mentz?- Worms? 




BADEN. 


127 . 


4. Manfhelm, at the junction of the Neckar with the Rhine, is 
noted as one of the most beautiful towns in Germany ; Hei'del-berg 
and Freg'berg, for their universities; Con'stance, for the councd 
which condemned John Huss and Jerome of Prague ; Ba'den, for 
warm-baths ; Ras'tadt, for a treaty of peace. 


WURTEMBERG. 

1. Wurtemberg is a small kingdom, situated in the southwest 
part of Germany, comprising a part of the late circle of Swabia, and 
is watered by the head branches of the Danube and the JVeckar. 

2. The surface is agreeably diversified, but the southern parts are 
traversed by the Black Forest and the Swabian Alps. 

3. Wurtemberg is one of the most fertile, populous, and best cul¬ 
tivated parts of Germany. 

4. The principal towns are Stutt'gard, the capital; Ulm, noted 
for its strong fortifications ; Tulbing-en, for its university. 

5. Near the south of Wurtemberg are situated the small inde¬ 
pendent states of Ho-hen-zol'lem-Hech'ing-en and Ho-hen-zol'lem- 
Sig'mar-ing-en. 

BAVARIA. . 

1. Bavaria, a kingdom of considerable size and importance, is sit¬ 
uated towards the southwest of Germany, and is composed of most 
of the late circles of Bavaria and Franconia. 

2. A small portion of the kingdom, entirely separated from the 
rest, lies on the west side of the Rhhie, and is composed of a part 
of the late Palatmate of the Rhine. 

3. Bavaria is separated from Tyrol on the south, and from Bohemia 
on the northeast, by rugged mountains ; but the most of the country 
is nearly level or moderately uneven, and the soil generally fertile. 

4. The country is watered by the Dan'ube and its branches, the 
Inn, Fser, Il'ler, and Lech (lek); and also by the Maync. 


4. What other towns, and for what noted ? 

Wurtemberg. —1. What is said of Wurtemberg.? 2. What of the 
surface.? 3. What of the soil.? 4. What are the principal towns.? 

5. What small states are near the south of Wurtemberg.? 

Bavaria.—1. What is said of Bavaria? 2. What portion is separated 
from the rest.? 3. What is said of the surface and soil? 4. Rivers.? 


See Map JS'o. VIII .—On what rivers does Baden border.? What part 
of it is crossed by the Neckar.? How is Carlsruhe situated.? 
Manheim.? Constance.? Freyberg? Heidelberg? Baden and 
Rastadt? 

See Map jVo. VIII .—On what lake does Wurtemberg border? By 
what rivers is it watered.? How is Stuttgard situated,? Ulm.? Tu¬ 
bingen ? Hechingcn ? Sigmaringen ? 







128 


BAVARIA. 


5. Mu'nich (moo'nik), the capital, situated on the Iser, is one of 
the handsomest cities in Europe, and contains a celebrated museum 
of antiquities and other curiosities. 

6. Aiigs'hurg is one of the principal trading towns in the interior 
of Germany, and remarkable for being the place where the Lutheran 
Confession of Faith was presented to Charles V, in 1530. 

7. JVu'rem-htrg is noted for trade and for manufactures, particu¬ 
larly of watches (first invented here) and toys. 

8. Rat'is-hon is noted for having long been the place of the 
meeting of the Diet of the German empire ; Pas-sau\ for a Reli¬ 
gious Peace, in the time of the Reformation ; Spire^ for the Protest 
of the Protestants ; Deux Ponts (du-ponts'), for its editions of the 
clar'ics. 

9. Blen'helm, Det'ting-en^ Ho-hen-lin'den, and Eck'muhl, are vil¬ 
lages memorable for battles. 


AUSTRIA 


Vienna. 



1. Austria was erected into ah empire in 1804, and is composed 
of various states or countries situated towards the south of Europe. 


5. What is said of Munich ? 6. Auf^sburg? 7. Nuremberg? 

8. What other towns, and for what noted ? 

9. What villages are memorable for battles ? 

Austria.—1. What is said of Austria ? 


See Map VIIL —What part of Bavaria is intersected by the Dan¬ 

ube ? What rivers in Bavaria flow in'o the Danube ? 

W'hat part is crossed by the Mayne ? What lake is there in the southeast? 
How is Munich situated ? Augsburg? Passau ? Nuremberg? Ralis- 
bon ? Wurtzburg ? What towns are on or near the Danube ? 
What ones to the south ? What ones to the north ? 
















AUSTRIA. 


m 

2. The archdukes of Austna were, during several centuries, suc¬ 
cessively elected emperors of Germany; but in 1804, Fi'ancis II 
assumed the title of hereditary emperor of Austria; and in 1806, he 
resigned his title of empejor of Germany; and the German empire 
was dissolved. 

6. The Austrian Dominions comprise about one third part of Ger¬ 
many ; the kingdom of Hungary; Transylvania, Dalmatia, Sclavo- 
nia, Croatia; a part of Poland, styled Gcdicia; and the Lombardo- 
Venetmn kingdom, in the northeast of Italy. 

4. The inhabitants of the empire consist chiefly of four races or 
nations, namely, Germans, Sclavonians, Hungarians or Magarians, 
and Italians. 

5. The government is an hereditary monarchy, nearly absolute ; 
except in Hungary and Transylvania, where the power of the em¬ 
peror is limited by constitutional provisions. 

6. The established religion is the Roman Catholic, but all otliers 
are tolerated; and in Hungary and Transylvania the members of 
the Protestant and Greek churches are numerous, and enjoy con¬ 
siderable privileges. 

Austrian German Territories. 

7. The Austrian Dominions in Germany consist of the Archduchy 
of Aus'tri-a, Stidi-a, Ty-roV, and the Illyrian provinces of Ca-rin'- 
thi-a, and Car-ni-o'la (all included in the late circle of Austria), to¬ 
gether with Bo-he'mi-a and Mo-ra'vi-a. 

8. The is diversified, but much of it mountainous. Ranges 

of the rdlps traverse the southern parts. Bohemia consists of a val¬ 
ley encompassed by mountains. 

0. The soil of a great portion is fertile, particularly of the arch¬ 
duchy of Austria, Bohemia, and Moravia; but much of the other 
parts is mountainous and unproductive. Agriculture is generally in 
a backward state. 

10. The principal rivers are the Danube, Drave, Save, Elbe, and 
Mo-rd'va or Marsch. 

11. The lake Cirk'nitz, in Carniola, which is about 7 miles long, 
is a remarkable curiosity. Early in the season, the water descends 
through subterranean apertures, and the bottom becomes dry, and 
continues so about four months, is cultivated, and produces grass 
and millet After this period, the water ascends, and the lake is 
again filled. 

12. Vi-en'na, the metropolis of Austria, and the largest city in 
Germany, is situated on the Danube, in a spacious valley, and is 
subject to inundation. It is the centre of the trade of Austria, and 
is a gay and splendid city, with beautiful environs. 

13. Lintz, on the Danube, is noted for woollen manufactures; 

2. What is said of the archdukes of Austria and of Francis II ? . 

3. W'hat do the Austrian dominions comprise ? 4. Of what races do the 

inhabitants consist? 5. What is the p;overnment? 6. Religion? 

7. What do the Austrian dominions in Germany comprise ? 

8. Wliat is said of the surface? 9. Soil and agriculture ? 10. Rivers? 11. 

Lake Cirknitz? 12. Vienna? 13, Lintz, Salzburg, &c.? 



130 


AUSTRIA. 


for its situation among mountains, and for hardware; HaV- 
lein, for salt-works ; fVag^ram, a village near Vienna, for a battle 
between the French and the Austrians. 

14. Gratz, the capital of Stirk, has considerable manufactures; 
Tri-este', in Illyria, is the principal commercial port in the Austrian 
Dominions ; and Id'ri-a has the most celebrated quicksilver mines in 
the world. 

15. In Tyrol are Im'pruck, the capital; 'Trent.) noted for a famous 
council; Bol-zdfno, for its fairs ; Rov-e-ri'do, for silks. 

16. In Bohemia are Prague^ much the largest town, and having 
considerable trade and manufactures ; Ta'bor^ noted for having been 
the cliief place of the Hussites ; Carls'bad and Top'litZy for mineral 
waters. 

17. In Moravia are Brunn, the capital; Ol'mutz^ noted for the 
imprisonment of Lafayette ; Aus'ter-litz^ for a great victory of Bona¬ 
parte. 

Hungary. 

18. Hungary is a large country, entitled a kingdom, and forms 
almost a third part of the empire of Austria. 

19. The Carpathian Mountains extend along on the northeast 
border; but the surface of the country is generally level or moder¬ 
ately uneven; and it has very extensive plains, and some largo • 
marshes. 

20. The principal rivers are the Dan'ube, Theis (tise), and Drave. 

21. A large proportion of the country has a fertile soil; but in 
the north, it is hard and unproductive ; and in other parts, there are 
large barren heaths, and tracts covered with sand. 

22. Hungary has various valuable productions, and is famous for 
grain, cattle, loine, and mines of gold, siVver, lead, copper, iron, and 
opal. 

23. Bu'da, the capital of Hungary, is situated on the Danube, and 
is noted for its hot-baths; Pest, opposite to Buda, Avith which it is 
connected by a bridge of boats, is the largest and most commercial 
town. 

24. Pres'burg is noted for having been the former capital; Dc- 
bret'zin and Ze^e-din, for trade and manufactures ; Schem'nitz and 
Krem'nitz, for gold and silver mines ; JVeu'sohl, for copper mines ; 
To-kay', for wine ; Tcm'es-var, for its strong fortress ; Zen'ta, for a 
great battle between the Austrians and Turks. 

Transylvania. 

25. This country lies on the east of Hungary, and is called Tran- 
sylvania, which signifies beyond the ivoods, because it lies to the east 
of a woody tract of country in Hungary. 


14. What is said of Gratz, Trieste, and Idria.!* 15. What towns in Tyrol? 
16. Bohemia? 17. Moravia.^ 

18. What is said of Hungary.? 19. What of its surface? 20. Rivers? 
21. Soil? 22. Productions? 23. Buda and Pest? 24. What other 
towns, and for what noted ? 

25. Why is Transylvania so called? 




AUSTRIA. 


131 


2(5. It has a diversified surface, and a fertile soil, but is badly cul¬ 
tivated. 

27. Tlie principal towns are Her^man-stadt, the capital, Clau'sen- 
burg, and Cron'stadt. 

Galicia. 

28. Galicia, which lies to the northeast of the Carpathian moun¬ 
tains, formerly constituted the southwest part of Poland, and con¬ 
sists chiefly of an immense plain. It has a fertile soil, but the 
cultivation is very backward. 

29. The principal towns are Leni'berg, the capital; Bro'dy, 
noted for trade ; and Wie-licz'ka, for the most famous salt mines in 
Europe. 

Austrian Italy. 

30. Austrian Italy, called the Lombardo-Venetian kingdom, con¬ 
sists of the northeast part of Italy, which lies north of the Po, and 
east of tlie Ti-cvjio. It comprises a large part of what was an¬ 
ciently called Cisalpine Gaul, and afterwards Lombardy. 

31. With the exception of the parts that border on Switzerland 
and Germany, it is generally very level, composed chiefly of large 
and beautiful plains, of such fertility and high cultivation, that it has 
been styled the Garden of Europe. 

32. It is watered by the Ad'ige, the Po, and- its branches; and 
here are found the fine lakes of Gad da, I-st'o, Co'mo, and Maggiore 
(ma-jo're). 

33. Mil'an, the capital of Austrian Italy, is situated in a beautiful 
plain, and is distinguished for its magnificent edifices, particularly 
its cathedral. It has an extensive trade, and is one of the principal 
seats of Italian literature. 

34. Ven'ice, situated near the head of the gulf of Venice, on 72 


’ 26. What is said of it? 27. What are the principal towns? 

23. What is said of Galicia ? 29. What towns? 30. What does Austrian 

Italy comprise? 31. What is said of it? 32. What rivers and 
lakes ? 33. What is said of Milan? 34. Venice ? 


See Map of Europe .—What river flows through the central part of the 
Austrian dominions ? What rivers flow into the Danube within 
these dominions ? Where are the Carpathian mountains ? 

How is Vienna situated ? Buda and Pest? Lemberg and Brody ? Wie- 
liczka ? Temeswar ? Hermanstadt and Clausenburg ? Ra-gu'sa 
and Cat-ta'ro ? What towns are on the Theis ? 

See Map JVo. Vlll .—What river separates the Austrian dominions from 
Italy on the south ? What river and lake separate them from Pied¬ 
mont ? What lakes are in the southwest part of the Austrian do¬ 
minions? Where does the Adige empty? 

What rivers in the central and northern part of the Austrian dominions? 

What towns are on the Danube ? The Adige? How is Venice situated.* 
Milan? Brescia? Mantua? Trieste? Gratz? Inspruck ? Lintz.* 
Salzburg? Prague? Carlsbad? Brunn? Olmutz? Austerlitz,* 
Presburg ? Schemnitz and Kremnitz ? 




132 


AUSTRIA. 


little islands, seems, at a distance, to float on the surface of the 
water. It has canals instead of streets ; and boats, called gondolas, 
instead of coaches. It was once the capital of a celebrated repub¬ 
lic, and the most commercial city in the world; and it has still some 
trade, though greatly declined. 

35. Ve-ro'na is noted for the remains of its great ancient amphi¬ 
theatre ; Pad'u-a and Pafvi-a^ for their universities ; Bres'ci-a, for 
fire-arms; Cre-rtic/na and Ber^ga-mo, for silks; Man'tu-a, for its for¬ 
tifications ; Lo'di^ for the cheese called Par-me-san'. 


SWITZERLAND. 

The Glaciers. 



1. Switzerland is the most mountainous country in Europe, 
abounding more than any other, in grand and picturesque scenery, 
such as is composed of stupendous mountains, valleys, glaciers, pre¬ 
cipices, cataracts, and lakes; and on account of these, it is much 
visited by travellers, 

2. It is traversed by ranges of the Alps, which lie chiefly to the 
south and east. Some of the principal summits in Switzerland are 
Cemn, Jungfrau, Simplon, St. Bernard, and St. Gothard; and close 
upon its borders are the elevated summits of Mont Blanc and Mont 
Rosa. 

3. Mont Blanc, in Savoy, on tile borders of Switzerland, is the ' 
highest mountain in Europe, and receives its name, wdiich signifies 
White mountain, from the immense mantle of glaring white snow, 
with which its summits and sides are always covered. 

35. What other towns, and for what noted ? 

Switzerland,— 1. What is said of Switzerland? 2. What moun¬ 
tains ? 3. What is said of Mont Blanc ? 







SWITZERLAND. 


133 

4. On the north side of Mont Blanc is tlio celebrated vale of C//«- 
woum (sha-moo'ne), which is greatly admired for the beauty and 
grandeur of its scenery. 

Mount Simplon, between Switzerland and Piedmont, is famous 
tor the magnificent road made over it by Bonaparte, the most ele¬ 
vated point of which is more than (>,000 feet high. 

6. Between the two principal summits of Mount St. Bernard, is 
one of the principal passages from Switzerland to Italy; and at the 
height of 8,038 feet, the most elevated point in the passao-e, there is 
a Benedictine monastery and hospital, which is the highest inhabited 
spot in Europe. 

7. The Glaciers, which abound in the elevated hollows, between 
the peaks of the high mountains, are fields or lakes of glittering ice 
and snow; extending, in some instances, 15 or 20 miles in length, 
and often presenting the most fantastic forms. 

8. The Avalanches are immense masses of snow and ice, 
which occasionally detach themselves from the glaciers, and are 
precipitated down the mountains, as sheets of snow down the roof 
of a house. 

9. The Rhine and the Rhone, two of the largest rivers of Europe, 
and also the Inn, a head branch of the Danube, rise in the moun¬ 
tains of Switzerland. The Aar is the largest river that has its whole 
course within the country. 

10. Cataracts are very numerous, and small streams are often pre¬ 
cipitated from a great height. About 40 miles to the southeast of 
Berne, is the famous cascade of the Stauh'bach, which is nearly 1,000 
feet perpendicular. 

11. The Falls of the Rhine, near Schaff-hau'sen, form the most 
noted cataract in Europe, and are much visited by travellers. The 
river here dashes headlong from a height of about 50 feet. 

12. Switzerland is celebrated for its numerous and beautiful lakes. 
The largest is the lake of Ge-ne'va, which is esteemed the most 
beautiful lake in Europe. Some of the others are the lakes of jYeuf- 
cha-teV (nu-sha-tef), Im-cerne', and Zu'rich (zu'rik). 

13. The climate of Switzerland is healthy, but severe in the ele¬ 
vated parts. 

14. The soil is not generally fertile, and much of the country is 
rugged and sterile ; but the productive parts are cultivated with 
great care. The breeding of cattle forms the principal source of 
subsistence. 

15. Switzerland is divided into 22 cantons, in 9 of wjiich the 
Catholic religion prevails, in 8 the Protestant, and 0 are divided ; but 
the Protestants comprise a good deal more than half of the whole 
population. 

16. The prevailing language is the German ; but French is spo- 


4. What is said of Chamouni ? 5. Simplon ? 6. St. Bernard ? 7, The 

Glaciers? 8. The Avalanches? 9. Rivers? 10. Cataracts? 11. 
Falls of the Rhine? 12. Lakes? 13. Climate? 14. Soil? 15. 
Religion? 16. Language? 

12 





134 


SWITZERLAND. 


ken in the cantons which border on France, and the Italian in the 

cantons which border on Italy. z* r»r» v i 

17. Switzerland is a republic^ or a confederacy of 22 little repub¬ 
lics. The cantons are independent, having their respective consti¬ 
tutions, some of which are democratic, but the most of them oli¬ 
garchic. But the general concerns of the confederacy are entrusted 
to a general diet, w'hich meets, by rotation, at Jjoceme^ Zurich^ and 
Berne. 

18. Several of the towns of Switzerland, particularly Ge-m'va, 
Bale, and Zu'rich, have been distinguished in the history of litera¬ 
ture ; and the Protestant cantons are among the best educated parts 
of Europe. 

19. The Swiss are hardy, industrious, and temperate ; strangers, 
generally, to luxury and affluence ; of simple manners, and ardently 
attached to liberty. 

20. Ge-ne'va, the fnost populous town in Switzerland, has a very 
picturesque situation, at the southwest end of the lake of Geneva, 
embracing the most magnificent views of mountain scenery, includ¬ 
ing the summit of Mont Blanc. It is famous for the manufacture of 
watches, as a seat of learning, and for having been the centre of the 
Reformed religion. 

21. Bale or Bas'il, on the Rhine, is distinguished for trade and its 
university ; Beme, on the Aar, as the most beautiful town in Swit¬ 
zerland ; Zu’rich, for its delightful situation, for learning, and the 
cultivation of flowers. 

22. Lau-sanne' (lo-zan') is noted for its picturesque situation on 
the lake of Geneva; Gruyeres (gru-yare'), for cheese ; AVtorf, for 
the exploits of William Tell, the Swiss patriot; SchweUz, for giving 
name to the country. 


17. What is said of the goveinment ? 18. Literature.? 19. The Swiss? 

20. Geneva ? 21. Bale, Berne, Zurich ? 22. What other places, 
and for what noted ? 


See Map JVo. VIII .—How is the lake of Geneva situated ? Lake Con¬ 
stance ? What rivers rise in Switzerland ? 

How is Berne situated? Geneva? Bale? Zurich? Schaflfhausen? 
Lausanne ? Lucerne ? Neufchatel ? 


9 






FRANCE, 


135 


FRANCE. 

Pans. 



1. France is a fine country, advantageously situated to the west 
of the central part of Europe, and during the last thousand years, it 
has been one of the leading states in that quarter of the globe. 

2. Before the French Revolution, France was divided into 32 
provinces, some of the most important of which were Brit'ta-ny, 
JVbr'man-dy, Pic'ar-dy, and the Me of France, in the northwest; 
Cham-pagne' (sham-pan'), Lor-raine', Al-sace’, Franche Com'U, and 
Bur'gun-dy, in the northeast; Prov-ence', Dau'phi-ny, Lan-gue-dod, 
Gas'co-ny, and Gui-ennt' (ghe-en'), in the south. 

3. The kingdom, including the island of Cor'si-ca, is now divided 
into 86 departments, which are named from the principal rivers by 
Avhich they are watered, or from other natural features. 

4. France is favorably situated for commerce, being bounded on 
the west by the Atlantic ocean, or bay of Biscay, called also the g^df 
of Gascony, on the northwest by the British Channel, and on the 
southeast by the Mediterranean. It is also watered by many fine 
rivers, and had, in 1830, 82 canals ; though its inland navigation is 
much less complete than that of England. 

5. The four largest rivers which have their course wholly or 
chiefly in France, are the Seine, Loire (Iwar), Ga-ronne', and 

^ a^We Seine passes through the city of Paris, and flows into the 


France.-I. What is said of France ? 2. What of its divisions before 

the Revolution? 3. What of its present divisions ? 

. What of its commercial advantages ? 5. Rivers 6. The Seme. 



















13G 


FRANCE. 


British Channel, at Havre-de-Grace. It is navigable for vessels of 
200 tons to Rouen, 70 miles, and for boats to Troyes (trwah). 

7. The Loire flows through the central part of France, and runs 
into the Atlantic ocean below Nantes ; and it is connected with the 
{Seine and with the Saone, a tributary of the Rhone, by canals ; thus 
forming a water communication through the heart of the kingdom. 
It is remarkable for its levees or artificial banks, formed to confine 
its waters within its channel. 

8. The Ga-ronne' is joined by the Dordogne (dor-done'), 12 miles 
below Bourdeaux, and then takes the name of Gironde (je-rond'). 
It begins to be navigable at Toulouse, where it is joined by the cel¬ 
ebrated Canal of Lan^gue-doc' or of the South, which is 140 miles 
long, and opens a communication between the Mediterranean and 
the Atlantic. 

9. The Rhone rises in the mountains of Switzerland, is joined by 
the Saone (son) at Lyons, and flows into the gulf of Lions, between 
Marseilles and Montpellier. It is not quite so long as the Loire, but 
of larger size, and is the most rapid of the great rivers of Europe. 
The navigation down the stream is easy; but the upward navigation 
is difficult. 

10. The surface of France, in the northern part, is very level; in 
the middle, agreeably diversified ; and in the south and east, moun¬ 
tainous. 

11. The principal ranges of mountains are the Pyr'e-nees, in the 
south ; and the Alps, in the southeast. Inferior ranges are those of 
Ce-vennes', Can'tal, Ju'ra, and Vosges (vb/.h). 

• 12. The climate is one of tlie finest in the Avorld, being warmer, 
drier, and less changeable than that of England ; but it is much 
colder in the north than in the south. 

13. With regard to soil, France is a favored country. ThougJi 

there are many large tracts that are unproductive, yet a great pro¬ 
portion is fertile. * 

14. Some of the most important'productions in the northern part 
of France, are wheal, barley, oats, pulse, and potatoes ; in the south¬ 
ern, wine, maize, silk, and olive oil. 

15. The mineral productions are valuable, consisting chiefly of 
iron, copper, tin, lead, and coal. 

16. Some of the principal exports are ivine, brandy, silks, linen, 
cotton, and woollen goods. 

17. The French have been long distinguished for their manufac¬ 
ture of silk, ivoollen, and linen goods ; the cotton manufactures are of 
comparatively recent introduction. 

18. France has but one institution styled a university, which is 
composed of 26 academies, which are constituted on a plan similar to 
the universities of other countries, and are situated in the consider¬ 
able towns in the different parts of the kingdom. At the head of 
these institutions is the academy or university of Paris. 


7. What of the Loire ? 8. The Garonne ? 9. The Rhone ? 10. Sur¬ 
face11. Mountains.? 12. Climate .? 13. Soil.? 14. Productions.? 
15. Mineral productions.? 16. Exports.? 17. Manufactures.? 18. 
Seminaries of education.? 



FRANCE. 


137 

revival of modern litera- 
PvrolTn ^hp fT“f most literary nations of Europe ; and they 
the astronomy, and chemistry; hit 

?? , classes is too much neMected. 

the mnit J^^tin. It is one of 

the most polished of the modern languages ; and it is more used 
than any other in European courts. 

ffowramratof France is a limited monarchy, and the 
cZnosed fif ®1" ®® ' n‘ f The le^slature is 

, oHe^es elec'^"b°ythe andachamber 

• All rehffiona are tolerated in France, and are on an equal foot- 
ing; but the great mass of the people are Roman Catholics. There 
are 14 Catholic archbishops and 6G bishops. Lutherans and Calvin¬ 
ists are considerably numerous. 

23. Paris, the capital of France, is situated on the Seine, in the 
northern part of the kingdom, and is one of the most splendid cities 
in the world, the second in population in Europe, and the first as a 
centre of gayety, luxury, and fashion. It is inferior to London in 
size, and in the width and accommodation of its streets, but greatly 
superior in magnificent palaces and public edifices. 

24. Ly'ons, finely situated at the conflux of the Rhone and Saone, 
IS the second city in France, and distinguished for trade and for its 
extensive manufactures; particularly its silks and gold and silver 
stuffs. 

25. The five largest commercial ports are Marseilles' (mar-salz), 
Bour-deaux' (boor-do'), .Van«e5, Ha'vre (ha'vr) or Harre-t/e-GriXcc, and 
Rou'en (roo'ong). 

26. Afar-5ez7W, on a gulf of the Mediterranean, is distinguished as 
the first commercial port of France ; Bour-deaux', on the Garonne, 
for its wines ; Mantes, on the Loire, for its brandy and for an edict 
respecting the Protestants; Ha'vre-de-Grace, at the mouth of the 
Seine, as the port of Paris ; Rouen, on the Seine, 70 miles above its 
mouth, for cotton manufactures and its magnificent cathedral. 

27. The principal naval stations are Brest and Tou'lon (too'long), 
the two largest; also Roche'fort (rosh'fort), U Orient (lor'e-ong), and 
Cherbourg (sher'burg). 

28. The other most important seapoits, are Bay-onne', noted for 
its trade with Spain, its fisheries, and the invention of bayonets ; 
Ro-chelle' (ro-shel'), for having been the strong-hold of the Protes¬ 
tants, and for its long siege ; Dun'kirk, for its distinction in history, 
and its importance as a place of great strength; Bou-logne' (boo- 
lon'), Di-eppe', and St. Md'lo. 

29. Lille or Lisle, Dou'ay (doo'a), Valenciennes (val-an-se-en'), 


19. What is said of the French ? 20. French language ? 21 Govern¬ 
ment ? 22. Religion ? 23. Paris ? 24. Lyons ? 

25. Which are the five principal commercial ports ? 26. What is said of 

them ? 27. What are the naval stations ? 28. What other seaports ? 
29. What places are noted for fortifications, &c. ? 

12* 



FRANCE. 


138 


and A/eis (mas), liave all considerable manufactures, and 
are noted for their fortifications ; Stras'biirg, for its mrtifications. 
trade, manufactures, and cathedral ; Rheims (remz), as the place 
the coronation of French kings. • i 

30. Some of the towns distinguished for manufactures, besiaes 
those already mentioned, are Am'i-ens, noted for a tre^y of peace ; 
OHle-ans, for sieges and the exploits of Joan of Arc ; Tours (toorz), 
for silks ; St. El-i-enne', connected with Lyons by a rail-road, tor 
fire-arms and hardware; Cognac' (con-yak'), for brandy. 

31. Tou'louse (too'looz) is noted for having been the capital ot tlie 
Goths ; Av'ig-non (av'in-von), for having been the residence of the 
pope ; Mont-pell'i-er, for its salubrity and its medical school; .Yismes 
(neemz), for its amphitheatre and other antiquities ; Aia: (as), for its 
trade in oil; Beau-caire', for its fairs. 

32. Versailles' (ver-salz) is noted for its magnificent royal palace; 
Fonftaine-hleau (fon'ten-blo), for its royal castle and forest; Poitiers, 
also the villages of Ag'in-court (ad'jin-koor) and Creep (cres'se), for 
battles between the French and English; A-jae'eio (a-jat'cho), the 
capital of Corsica, as the birth-place of Bonaparte. 

33. The name of France is derived from the Franks, a German 
nation, that invaded the country in tlie fifth century. 

34. The French Revolution, the greatest pohtical convulsion of 

modern times, commenced in 1789; and in 1793, Louis XVI was 
beheaded. - 

35. Bonaparte was crowned emperor in 1804, and in 1815 his 
power was overthrown at the battle of Waterloo, and Louis XVIII 
was placed on the throne. 

36. In 1830, a neAv revolution took place in France, by -which 
Charles X and his family were excluded from the throne, and Louis 
Philip was declared king of the French, and a freer system of gov¬ 
ernment was established. 


.30. Which are some of the other towns noted for manufactures.^ 

31. What is said of Toulouse, Avignon, &.c. 32. Versailles, Fontaine¬ 
bleau, &c. ? 33. From whom is the name of France derived 

34. W'hat is said of the French Revolution ? 3.5. What of Bonaparte ? 

36. What revolution has since taken place r 


See Map JVo. VJII .—On what waters does France border.? 

What part of its boundary is formed by the Rhine ? What is the course 
of the Rhone, and where does it empty ? The Seine ? The Loire ? 
The Garonne ? The A-dour^ ? What mountains separate France 
from Spain.? What ranges of mountains are there in France, and 
’ where situated .? How is Paris situated.? Lyons .? Marseilles.? 
Bourdeaux ? Nantes? Rouen? Havre-de-Grace.? I.ille.? Stras- 
burg.? Metz? Orleans? Toulouse? 

What towns are on the straits of Dover and English Channel ? 

What ones on the bay of Biscay ? The Mediterranean .? The Rhone .? 
The Garonne.? The Loire ? The Seine ? The Moselle .? 




SPAIN'. 


139 


SPAIN. 


Bull-Fight. 



1. Spain comprises the most of a large peninsula, which is situat¬ 
ed in the southwest of Europe, and is separated from the rest of the 
continent by the Pij/e-nces^ which divide it from France. 

*2. It is divided into 14 provinces, namely, Ga-li'ci-a^ As-tu'ri-a, 
Lc-on', and Bis'cay, in the northwest; J\a-varre', Ai''ra-gon, and 
Cat-a-lo'ni-a, in the northeast; Va-len'ci-a, Mur'ci-a, and Gra-na',- 
da, in the southeast; An-da-lu'si-a and Es-tre-ma-du'ra, in the 
southwest; Old Cas-tile' and Mw Cas-tile', in the middle. 

3. Spain is one of the most mountainous countries in Europe, and 
a great part of it has an elevated surface ; but it is finely variegated 
with rivers and valleys ; and in the southeast and south, there are 
extensive plains. 

4. The Pyr'e-nees form the northeastern harrier, and are connect¬ 
ed with the 'Cantabrian chain, which extends throughout the north 
of Spain, parallel to the bay of Biscay ; and the country is traversed 
by four other ridges, which extend from west to east between the 
large rivers. The highest of these ridges is the Si-edra .Ve-vd'det. 

5. Mont-ser-rat', about 20 miles northwest of Barcelona, is a sin¬ 
gular mountain, nearly 4,000 feet high, consisting of an^semblage 
of conical hills, and is remarkable for its hermitages and Benedictine 

6. The five largest rivers are the Ta'gus, Du-^'ro or DUro,Ebro, 


Spain. —1. What does Spain comprise ? 2. What are its divisions ? 

3. What is said of the surface ? 4. Mountains ? 5. Montserrat. o, 

Rivers 





















140 


SPAIN. 


Guad-i-a'na, and Guad-al-quiv'ir; but, on account of the mountain¬ 
ous character of the country, they do not afford great facilities for j 
navigation. _ 

7. Spain has tliree considerable islands in the Mediterranean, 

namely, Ma-jor'ca, Mi-nor'ca, and Iv'i-ca. > 

8. The soil is various; in the southern provinces, generally very 
fertile ; but in the central parts, much of it is dry and unproductive. 

9. The climate is generally mild and pleasant, and the air is much 
refreshed by sea-breezes; but in the south, it is hot, and at some 
seasons unhealthy, being subject to the pernicious wind called So- 
Id'no; and in the elevated parts, the winters are cold. 

10. Spain has a great variety of vegetable and mineral produc¬ 
tions ; and it is famous for its wool, reputed the best in Europe ; 
also for its silk, ivine, oil, and fruits. 

11. Spain is advantageously situated, and has great natural re¬ 
sources ; but it suffers for the want of canals and good roads ; and 
agriculture and manufactures are in a backward state. Catalonia, 
in the northeast, is the part of the country most distinguished for 
manufacturing and commercial activity. 

12. During the middle ages, a large part of the country was pos¬ 
sessed by the Moors, the last of whom were expelled early in the 
17th century. Two hundred years ago, Spain was esteemed the 
most formidable power in Europe, but is now comparatively weak. 

She has been distinguished for the despotic character of her 
govermnent, and for her extensive and rich possessions in America, 
the most of which have now become independent. 

13. The Spaniards are rigid Catholics, temperate in their habits, 
stately and reserved in their manners, and as a nation, with regard 
to education and literature, backward ; much more so than formerly. 

14. The favorite national amusement of the Spaniards is Bull- 
Fighting, a barbarous exhibition, which is attended by great num¬ 
bers of both sexes, and to v/hich there are ampliitheatres appropri¬ 
ated in the principal towns. 

15. Mad-rid', the capital of Spain, is situated on a branch of 
the Tagus, near the centre of the kingdom, and is the most ele¬ 
vated capital in Europe, being about 2,000 feet above the level of 
the sea. 

TO. The two most considerable commercial ports are Bar-ce-lo'- 
na, in the northeast, which exports wine, brandy, and the manufac¬ 
tures of Catalonia; and Ca'diz, in the southwest, which is the cen¬ 
tre of the American trade. f i \ 

17. The other principal ports are MaVa-ga and AVi~cant, notedii] 
for wines and fruits ; Car-tha-ge'na, for its good harbor; Bil-Wa orT' 
Bil-ha'o, for wool and iron ; also Fer'rol and Co-run'na, in the north- ^ 
west corner of Spain. 


7. What is said of the islands ? 8. Soil ? 9. Climate ? 10. Productions ? 
11. What is the state of the country.? 12. What is said of its his¬ 
tory 13. What of the Spaniards 
14. What is their favorite amusement 15. What is said of Madrid 

16. What are the two principal ports ^ 17. What are the other ports ? 



SPAIN. 




141 


18. Se-ville', or Sev'ille, on the Guadalquivir, was formerly much 
larger than at present, and the most commercial town in the king¬ 
dom ; Gm-na rfa, styled the Paradise of Spain, and Cor^do-va, noted 
for a kind of leather called Cordovan, are famous for having been 
seats of Moorish power and magnificence. 

19. Sar-a-gos'sa is famous for its sieges ; Va-len'ci-a, for its fine 
situation and for silk ; XS'res, for the wine called Sherry; To-Wdo, 
as the first archbishopric, and for sword-blades ; Se-go'vi-a, for wool¬ 
len manufactures ; Sal-a-man'ca, for its university ; Val-a-do-M, for 
having been a royal residence ; Com-pos-teVla, for pilgrimage to the 
supposed tomb of St. James ; the village Es-cu'ri-al, for its magnifi- 

^ Traf-al-gar', for a great naval battle, in 

which Lord Nelson was killed. 


20. Gib-ral'tar is a celebrated promontory, more than 1,400 feet 
high, at the southern extremity of Spain, belonging to Great Britain. 
It has a remarkable fortress, so defended by nature and art, as to be 
accounted the strongest in the world. 


PORTUGAL. 

1. Portugal is a small kingdom, lying between Spain and the 
Atlantic ocean, and is the most westerly of all the European states. 

2. It is advantageously situated for commerce, and was formerly 
distinguished as a maritime power; but its prosperity has long since 
declined. 

3. The three principal rivers are the Ta'gusy Du-i'ro or Dm'ro^ 
and Guad-i-a'na. 

4. The surface is much diversified by mountains, valleys, and 
plains ; the soil of a considerable part is fertile, but miserably culti¬ 
vated ; the elimate pleasant and healthy. 

5. Portugal has a deficiency of grain; but it abounds in wine, 
olives, oranges, and other fruits. 

6. The Portuguese are rigid Catholics, and are a veiy backward 
nation with regard to agriculture, manufactures, education, and the 
arts. 


18. What is said of Seville, Granada, and Cordova ? 19. What other 

places, and for what noted 20. What is said of Gib-rfiPtar ? 
Portugal.—1. What is the situation of Portugal.’ 2. What is said 
of it.’ 3. What are the rivers .’ 4. Surface, soil, and climate 5. 

Productions .’ 6. The Portuguese.’ , 


See Map of Europe .—By what waters is Spain bordered.’ 

By what mountains ? What strait separates it from Africa.’ 

What capes on the coast.’ What rivers of Spain flow into the Atlantic 
ocean .’ What ones flow into the Mediterranean .’ 

How is Madrid situated .’ Cadiz .’ Barcelona .’ Bilboa.’ Seville ? Gra¬ 
nada .’ Saragossa .’ Cordova .’ What towns are on the Mediter¬ 
ranean .’ What ones in the northwest of Spain .’ What ones on the 
Tagus .’ The Ebro .’ 




142 


PORTUGAL. 


7. Lis'bon, the capital, is delightfully situated near the mouth of 
the Tagus, has an excellent harbor, and ranks among the first com- 
mercial cities of Europe. It is famous for the export of the wine 
called Lisbon, and for its partial destruction by a great earthquake 
in 1755. 

8. O-por'to, near the mouth of the Duero, is famous for Port wine. 
It was anciently called Portus Calle, from which the name of Por¬ 
tugal is derived. 

9. Co-im'hra is noted for its university ; St. Uhes or Set'u-val, for 
salt; Bra-gan'za, for giving a title to the present reigning family 
of Portugal. 


ITALY. 
Mount Etna. 



1. Italy is a beautiful country, consisting of a long peninsula, ex¬ 
tending into the Mediterranean, in the form of a boot, and separated 
from Switzerland and Germany on the north, by the Alps. 

2. It is of great celebrity in history, and is noted for the excel¬ 
lence of its climate, the fertility of its soil, the beauty of its natural 


7. What is said of Lisbon ? S. Oporto? 9. Coimbra, St. Ubes, and Bra- 
ganza ? 

Italy.—1. What is said of Italy ? 2. For what is it noted ? 


See Map of Europe .—'\Vhat cape is on the southwest part of Portugal ? 
What rivers flow through it ? How is Lisbon situated ? Oporto ? 
Coimbra ? What towns in tlie northern part ? What ones in the 
southern ? 








ITALY. 143 

scenery, and for the numerous and superb monuments of ancient art, 
which it still exhibits. 

3. The surface is finely diversified with mountains, hills, valleys, 
and plains ; but it is mostly a mountainous country. 

4. The Mps lie on the north ; the Ap'en-nines extend throughout 
the whole length of tlie peninsula ; and the three celebrated volca¬ 
noes, Et'na, Ve-su'vi-iis, and Strom'ho-li, belong to Italy. 

5. Of the Italian islands, Sic'i-ly, a large and fertile island, is the 
most important. The other islands are Sai'-din'i-a, which gives 
name to the Idngdom of Sardinia; Codsi-ca, a mountainous island 
which belongs to France ; Mdl'ta, which belongs to Great Britain, 
and is celebrated for its fortifications ; El'ha, noted for mines and 
for the residence of Bonaparte ; and the Lip'a-ri islands. 

6. The river Po and its branches Avater the most of the northern 
part of Italy. The other principal rivers are the Ad'is^e, Ad no, and 
T^'her. 

7. The river Tev-c-ro'ne has a celebrated and beautiful cataract 
of nearly 100 feet perpendicular, at Tii/o-li; and 5 miles from Ted- 
ni, the small river Ve-li'no has three fine cascades, one of which is 
about 300 feet perpendicular. 

8. Italy has a number of beautiful lakes, i\\e principal of which are 
Maggiore (ma-jo're) or Lo-cadno, Co'mo, I-sdo, Gad da, and Bol- 
si'na. 

9. The climate is esteemed the finest in Europe, but it varies in 
different parts. In some places, particularly in a district on the 
southwest coast, extending from Leghorn to Ter-ra-ci'na, 47 miles 
southeast of Rome, it is unhealthy ; and in the south, the country, 
at some seasons, is annoyed by the wind called Sirocco. 

10. The soil is generally fertile, and is well cultivated in the 
northern parts ; but in the middle and south, the cultivation is 
backward. 

11. The most importaLiit productions are grain, wine, olive oil, silk, 
cattle, cheese, fruits, and marble. 

12. The Italians excel in the fine arts ; and the country abounds 
in splendid specimens of painting, sculpture, and architecture. 

13. Italy has not, for a long time, been united under one govern¬ 
ment. It noAv forms a part of the empire of Austria, and 8 indepen¬ 
dent states. 

14. It comprises the folloAving divisions or states, namely, the 
Lombardo-Venetian kingdom, or Austrian Italy [see Austria], in the 
northeast; the Sardinian territories, in the northwest; the States of 
the Church, the grand-duchy of Tus'ca-ny, the duchies of Padmi, 
Mo'de-na, and Luc'ca, and the republic of St. Ma-ri'no, in the mid¬ 
dle ; and the kingdom of the 7\vo Sicilies, or JVaples with the island 
of Sicily, in the south. 


3. What is said of the surface ? 4. Mountains ? 5. Islands ? 6. Rivers ? 
7. Cataracts? 8. Lakes? 9. Climate? 10. Soil? 11. Produc¬ 
tions ? 12. Italians ? 13. What is its political condition ? 

14. What are the divisions or states ? 



144 


ITALY. 


Kingdom of Sardinia. 

15. The kingdom of Sardinia comprises Pi-ed!montj Genfo-a, Sa- 
voy, and the island of Sardinia. 

16. Piedmont includes some of the highest summits of the Alps 
in the north, and is bordered by mountains on the west and south; 
but the central part is composed of beautiful plains ; and the coun¬ 
try is fertile and populous. 

17. Td-rin', the capital of Piedmont and of the kingdom of Sar¬ 
dinia, situated on the Po, is noted as a beautiful city ; Al-ex-an'dri-a, 
for its fairs ; Ma-ren'go^ for a great battle between the French and 
Austrians ; Pign-e-ro'la (pin-ya-ro'la), as the capital of the Four Val¬ 
leys, the residence of the Waldenses. 

18. Genoa, a mountainous district, lying along the gulf of the 
same name, is noted as the native country of Columbus. 

19. Gen'o-a, the capital of the province of Genoa, was formerly 
the capital of a celebrated republic, and one of the most commercial 
cities in the world. It is built on the declivity of a hill, and is re¬ 
markable for its splendid edifices, and for the magnificent view which 
it presents on approaching it. 

20. Savoy, one of the most rugged and* mountainous tracts in 
Europe, contains the high summit of Mont Blanc, and the celebrated 
vale of Cha-mou'ni (sha-moo'ne). Chamfber-ry (sham'ber-re) is the 
capital. 

21. The island of Sardinia is thinly inhabited, ill cultivated, and 
unhealthy. The principal towns are CagVia-ri (cal'ya-re), and Sas'- 
sa-ri. 

Parma, Modena, and Lucca. 

22. The duchy of Parma is rich in wine, corn, and pasture ; and 
it gave name to the famous Par-me-san' cheese, which is now chiefly 
made in the district of Lodi. Parma, the capital, is noted for a 
magnificent theatre. 

Mo'de-na, the capital of the duchy of Modena, is a consider¬ 
able city ; and Car-rd'ra is celebrated for its fine marble. 

24. Lucca, capital of the duchy of Lucca, is noted for its warm 
baths. 

- Tuscany. 

25. The grand-duchy of Tuscany has a finely diversified surface, 
and its soil is generally fertile, and highly cultivated. 

26. F jgor'ence, the capital, is situated in a delightful vale, on the 
Arno, and is one of the most beautiful cities in Europe. It is dis¬ 
tinguished for the fine arts, and has the most eminent’ academy of 
painting in the world. 

27. Legh-orn' is noted as the most commercial town in Italy; 


15. AVhat does the kingdom of Sardinia comprise ? 16. What is said of 

Piedmont.? 17. What towns.? 18. What is said of the country of 
Genoa.? 19. What of the city of Genoa.? 20. Savoy? 21. Sar-- 
^ dinia.? 22. What is said of Parma .? 23. Modena .? 24. Lucca .? 
25. What is said of Tuscany.? 26. Florence .? 27. Leghorn and Pisa .? 




ITALY. 


145 


Pi'sa, for its former commercial importance, its university, and lean- 
in*^ tower. 


States of the Church. 
St. Peter’s Church. 



28. The States of the Church comprise a considerable country in 
tlie central part of Italy, which is under the government of die Pope^ 
who is invested with absolute power in these states, both temporal 
and spiritual. 

29. Rome, tiie capital, and the residence of the Pope, is situated 

on the 't'iber, 15 miles from its moutli. It was, for a long time, the 
most powerful, populous, and magnificent city in the world ; and, 
though greatly reduced, it still contains many remarkable monu¬ 
ments and splendid edifices, among which are the Col-i-se'um or 
Amphitheatre of constructed for the combats of gladiators 

and wild beasts, and St. Peter’s Church^the most superb structure of 
modern times. 

30. Bologna (bo-lone'ya) is noted for its university, collections of 
paintings, tower, and silks; An-co'na and Civ'i-ta Vec'chi-a, as sea¬ 
ports ; °Fa-cn'za, for its potteries ; Tiv'o-li, for its fine water-fall. 


28. What is said of the States of the Church ? 29. Rome ? 
30. What other towns ? 

13 





















146 


ITALY, 


Naplj:s, or the Two Sicilies. 
Vesuvius and JVaples. 



31. This kingdom comprises the country of'Atopies and the island 
of Sicily. It is advantageously situated, and has a fertile soil ; but 
agriculture, commerce, and manufactures are all in a backward state. 

32. This kingdom contains three of the most famous volcanoes in 
the world, Et'na, Vc-su'vi-us, and Strom'bo-ll 

»>3. Et'na, on the island of Sicily, is the most celebrated volcano 
on the globe, and has been, from remote antiquity, subject 
dreadful eruptions. I^arge stones are said to have been thrown 


31. What is said of the kingdom of Naples or Two Sicilies ? 

32. What volcanoes ? 33. What is said of Etna ? 


See Map of Europe.—Where is the gulf of Tarento .? How is the islr 
and of Sicily situated Sardinia.? Corsica.? Elba.? Malta?‘The 
Lipai i islands .? In what part of Sicily is Etna .? 

Where is Vesuvius .? How is Naples situated .? Palermo? Messina? 
Catania.? Syracuse.? Reggio (redq'o).? Brin-di'si.? Ben-e-ven'to? 


See Map JVo. Vlll. —Where is the gulf of Genoa .? 

How are the Staters of the Church situated .? Tuscany .? Modena.? Par¬ 
ma .? Genoa.? Piedmont.? Savoy.? 

How is Rome situated .? Bolcgna .? Civita Vecchia .? 

What towns on the gulf of Venice .? How is Tuscany situated .? Leghorn ^ 
Pisa.? What other towns in Tuscany.? How is Turin situated? 
Genoa .= Alexandria? Pignerola? Chamberry? Nice? Parma ^ 
Placeniia.? Modena.? Lucca.? Carrara.? 


ss 



















ITALY. 


147 


the height of 7,000 feet, and are frequently projected to the distance 
of 30 miles. 

34. Ve-su'vi-us, which is 7 miles from Naples, and less than a 
third part as high as Etna, has had many tremendous eruptions. 

.‘15. Stroni'bo-li, on one of the Lipari islands, emits flames that are 
visible in the night at the distance of 100 miles, and is styled the 
lighthouse of the Mediterranean. 

30. Naples, the capital of the kingdom, is the largest city in Ita¬ 
ly, and famous for its delightful situation on one of the finest bays in 
the world. Its approach from the sea is esteemed more beautiful 
than that of any other city in Europe. 

37. Pa-lei-'mo^ the capital of the island of Sicily, is noted for the 
magnificence of its churches ; Mes-si'na, for commerce ; Ca-to!ni-a^ 
for frequent earthquakes ; S^r'a-c^ise and Gir-gen'ti, for their ancient 
greatness. 


TURKEY. 

Constantinople. 



1. The Turkish or Ottoman Empire is composed of various coun- 
i tries situated in the southeast of Europe, and southwest of Asia, and 

of Egypt, in the northeast of Africa. 

2. The countries included in this empire, comprise most ot those 
parts of the world which were much celebrated in ancient history, 


34. What is said of Vesuvius ? 35. Stromboli ? 36. Naples .? 

37. What towns in Sicily ? 

Turkey.— 1. Of what countries is Turkey composed? 2. What is 
said of them ? 

















148 


TURKEY, 


either sacred or profane ; and they were the scenes of most of the 

events recorded in the Bible. • ■ u m 

3. They were, in ancient times, the finest countries m the worla, 

the seats of civilization, learning, and the arts ; but now, owing to 
the despotism, bad policy, and barbarism of the Turks, tliey are 
comparatively desolate and miserable. ^ ir ^ • 

4. The principal of these ancient countries were Da'ci-a, Ma st-Oj 
Thrace, E-pi'rus, Mac-e-do'ni-a, and Greece, in Europe ; PaVes-tine, 
Sydi-a, Phoe-rii'ci-a, Mes-o-po-ta'mi-a, Ar-me'ni-a, and the countries 
of Asia Minor, in Asia ; and Pgypl, in Africa. 

TURKEY IN EUROPE. 


Mosque of St. Sophia. 



5. Turkey in Europe is commonly considered as composed of the 

following divisions, namely, Mol-da'vi-a, fVal-la'chi-a, Bul-ga'ri-a, 
Ser'vi-a, and Bos’ni-a, in the north ; Romania, Mac-e-dofni-a, Al-ha'- [ 
ni-a, B-pi'rus, and Thes'sa-ly, in the middle ; and formerly, Ldva- | 
dia, or Greece, with the Mo-ref a, in the south. ' 

6. The provinces of Mol-da'vi-a, and Wal-laf chi-a, which lie north 

of the Danube, are not under the immediate government of the i. 
Turkish sultan, but are governed by hospodars, who are of the Greek ' 
Church, and tributary to the sultan ; and Greece, in the south, is now ' 
independent of the Turks. 

7. The northern provinces are mostly level or moderately un- i 
oven; the middle and southern are mountainous. 


3. What of their ancient and modern state ? 4. What were their names 

6. What arc the divisions of Turkey in Europe ? 

6. What is said of Moldavia, Wallachia, and Greece ? 7. What is said of 

the face of the country ? 
































































TURKEY IN EUROPE. I 49 

^ 8. The Moimtains^ anciently called H(Bmus, are the prin¬ 

cipal range in Turkey, and extend from the gulf of Venice to the 
^ Vif IS one of the highest summits. 

9. The panM6e is much the largest river. Some of the other 
most considerable rivers are the Pruth, Ma-rizfza, and Dri'no 

10. The climate is generally excellent, though unhealthy in some 
; and the soil of a great portion of the country is fertile, but 

miserably cultivated. 

11. Some of the most important productions are wheat, maize, rice, 

cotton, silk, loine, and fruits. - 

12. About one third of the inhabitants of this country are Turks, 
who are Mahometans. The rest are composed of various nations, 
but are mostly C/tmfmns of the Greek Church. They are in an op¬ 
pressed condition, and in a backward state, as it regards education 
and the arts of civilized life. 

13. The Turks, who are a Tartar nation, originally from Asia, 
and one of the most illiterate in Europe, took possession of Con- 
®taminople, and put an end to the Eastern or Greek Empire, in 

14. The Turkish government is one of the most despotic in the 
world. The emperor, who is styled sultan or grand seignior, is the 
sole fountain of office and honor, and absolute master of the lives 
and property of his subjects. 

15. The prime minister, who is next to the sultan in power, is 
styled the grand vizier; and the court of the sultan is called the 
Porte or the Sublime Porte, from the gate of the palace ; and this 
term is often used also to designate the Turkish empire. 

16. Turkish cities, by means of the domes and minarets of the 
mosques, often make a splendid appearance at a distance ; but on 
entering them, one commonly finds them to be meanly built, and the 
streets narrow and dirty. 

17. CON-STAN-TI-NO'PLE, the metropolis of the Turkish empire, is 
situated on the west side of the Bos'pho-rus, between the Black sea 
and sea of Mar'mo-ra, and has one of the most advantageous situa¬ 
tions, and one of the finest harbors in the world. It presents a mag¬ 
nificent view at a distance ; but, on entering it, like other Turkish 
cities, it disappoints expectation. 

18. Some of the most remarkable objects in the city are the 
seraglio, which includes a vast assemblage of palaces, inhabited by 
the sultan and his court; and the mosque of St. Sophia, which is a 
magnificent edifice, though much inferior to St. Peter’s church at 
Rome. 

19. Ad-ri-an-o'ple, on the Merizza, is noted as the second city in 
rank ; Sal-o-nVca, capital of Macedonia, for commerce ; Jo-an'ni-na 


8. What is said of the mountains ? 9. Rivers? 10. Climate? 11. Pro¬ 

ductions? 12. Inhabitants? 13. Turks? 14. Government? 

15. What are the prime minister and court styled ? IS. What is said of 
Turkish cities ? 17. Constantinople? 18. What are some of the 

most remarkable objects ? 19. What of Adrianople, Salonica, Joan- 

nina, and Gallipoli ? 

13* 



150 


TURKEY IN EUROPE. 

or Yan'i-na, capital of Albania, as the residence of the late Ali 
Pacha (a-le' pa-shaw'); Gal-lip'o-li\ on the strait of the Dar-da- 
nelles', as the residence of the Cap-u-dan' Pa-cha', the Turkish 

chief admiral. • i c- 

20. Bu-cha-rest'^ a large, but meanly built city, is the capital ot 
Wallachia, and Jas'sy, of Moldavia. 

21. So-phi'a is noted for its hot-baths ; Bel-grade', Vid-diii', Jvi- 
cop'o-li, Brd'hi-lotv, Si-lis'tri-a, and Shum'la, for their fortifications 
and military importance ; Var'na, for its recent siege by the Russians- 


GREECE. 

1. Greece, a country in the southeast corner of Europe, became . 
subject to the Turks in the 15th century; since that time, it has, 
till lately, fonned the southern part of European Turkey, and the 
inhabitants have been held in a state of thraldom. 

2. In 1821, the Greeks commenced a revolt; in 1822, declared 
independence ; by the aid of some of the European states, liberated 
themselves from the dominion of the Turks ; and in 1827, elected 
count Capo dUstria president of Greece for the term of 7 years, who, 
early in 1828, entered upon tlie successful exercise of the duties of 
his office. 

3. Modern Greece, or the country which is now independent, con¬ 
sists of the greater part of what was anciently styled Greece Proper^ 
comprising Attica, Boeotia, Megaris, Phocis, Doris, Locris, and a 
part of JEtolia ; Peloponnesus or Morea; the island of Euhcea or 
J^egropont; and the cluster of islands anciently called the Cyclades^ 
which lie east of the Peloponnesus. 

4. The general aspect of this small but celebrated country, is rug¬ 
ged and mountainous ; but it abounds in beautiful scenery; and tlie 
climate is excellent, and much of the soil fertile. 

5. It has many considerable mountains, which are interesting for 
their classical associations; and its little rivers, which now appear 


20. What of Bucharest and Jassy ? 

21. What other towns, and for what noted? 

Greece. —1. What is said of the history of Greece ? 

2. What of its recent history and present state ? 3. Of what divisions 

does it consist ? 

4. What are its aspect, climate, and soil ? 

5. What is said of its mountains and rivers ? 


See Map of Europe .—What seas and gulf border on Turkey ? 

Where is the sea of Marmora ? Where the Dardanelles ? 

What part of Turkey is crossed by the Danube? Where does the Pruth 
empty? The Marizza ? The Drino? How is Constantinople sit¬ 
uated ? Adrianople ? Salonica ? Joannina? Sophia? Jassy? 
Bucharest? Belgrade? What towns on the Danube? On the 
Black sea ? 




GREECE. 


151 


comparatively insignificant, liave been rendered famous by the Greek 
poets. 

G. This country, which was once very populous, and abounded in 
flourishing cities and magnificent edifices, is now miserably culti¬ 
vated, and thinly peopled. It contains no large towns, and its vil¬ 
lages are composed of miserable cottages or dwellings of only one 
story, and without chimneys. 

7. The Modern Greeks are a handsome people, active, lively, and 
courageous; having generally little education, but a good deal of 
genius. One of their chief employments is commerce. 

8. jlth'ens, once a splendid city, is now greatly reduced, but is 
noted fer the Parthenon and other ancient monuments; Le-pan'tOy 
for a great battle, in which Cervantes lost his hand ; Mis-so-lon'ghiy 
for its siege and the death of Lord Byron. 

^ 9. Some of the principal towns in the Morea, are AdgoSy Trip-o- 
liz'za, Mis'i-tra, and Pat'ras; also JVap'o-lt, noted for its citadel; 
Mal-va-si'a, for Malmsey wine ; Coidinthy for its former greatness, 
and currants, to which it gave name ; JVdv-a-ri'no or JVdv'a-riny for 
a recent and great naval battle. 


THE IONIAN REPUBLIC. 

1. The Ionian Repuhlicy or the Republic of the Seven Islands, com¬ 
prises the seven following small islands lying near the west coast of 
Greece ; namely, Cor-fa', Ceph-a-lo'ni-a, Zan'te, St. Mau'ra, Ith'a-ca, 
and Ce-ri'go. 

2. These islands have an uneven surface, with rugged coasts, 
and a mild climate. The olive is an important production ; and cur¬ 
rants, a kind of small dried grapes, form a distinguished article of 
export. 

3. The inhabitants are Greeks, and of the Greek Church ; and 
their little republic is under the protection of Great Britain. 

4. Corfu, on the island of the same name, is the seat of govern¬ 
ment, and contains a university. 


6. What is its present condition ? 7. WHiat is said of the modern Greeks.^ 

8. What of Athens, Lepanto, and Missolonghi ? 

9. Wliat towns on the Morea, and for what noted? 

Ionian Republic. —1. Of what does the Ionian Republic consist? 

2. W'hat is said of these islands? 3. Inhabitants? 4. Corfu? 


See Map of Europe .— How is Greece situated ? Morea ? The island 
of Candia ? Negropont? Cerigo ? Corfu? Cephalonia? Zante ? 
Cape Mat-a-pan'? Athens? Corinth? Lepanto? Missolonghi? 
Navarin ? W'hat other towns in the Morea ? 




ASIA. 




Caravan. 



1. Asia is remarkable for being the quarter of the world in which 
the human race were first planted ; and for having been the seat of 
the Assyrian, BahylGnian, and Persian empires, and the residence 
of the Israelites. 

2. In this quarter of the globe tlie Jewish, Christian, and Mahom¬ 
etan religions had their origin, as well as several systems of Pagan¬ 
ism, wliich extensively prevail. 

3. Asia includes the following countries, namely, Sibena, in the 
north ; Tar'ta-ry and Thi-bci', in the middle ; Turkey, Arabia, Persia, 
Be-loo-chis-tan', Af-glia-nis-tan', Hin-dos-tan', Chin-India or Farther 
India, China, Corea, and Japan, in the south and southeast. 

4. The two great ranges of mountains are the llim-muJleh and 
tlie Al-ldi' mountains. 

5. The Al-idi' or Al-td'ian Mountains are a chain about 5,000 
miles in length, extending almost across Asia, on the borders of 
Siberia and Tartary, and contain valuable mines of gold, silver, cop¬ 
per, iron, &c. 

6. The Him-md'leh or Him-a-ld'ya Mountains, which separate 
Ilindostan from Thibet and Tartary, extend about 1,400 miles in 
length, and are supposed to be the highest mountains on the globe. 


Asia.— 1. What is said of Asia.? 2, What religions had their origin in 
Asia ? 3. What countries does it include ? 4. What ranges of 

mountains.? 5. What is said of the Altai mountains.? 6. The 
Himmaleh mountains.? 












ASIA. 153 

The most elevated summits may be seen at the distance o 230 
miles. 

7. - Some of the largest rivers are the 0'%, Yen-i-sei (yen-e-se'), 
and Le'na, in the nortli; the Amour (a-moor'), Ho'-a 7 ig-Ho'^ and Ki'- 
an-Ku'^ in tiie east; the Cam-ho'di-a or JMe-con'y Ir-ra-ivad'dy, Brah¬ 
ma-poo/tray Ganges^ In'dus, Eu-phra'tes, and Ti'gris, in tlie soutli. 

8. The largest lakes or inland seas are the Cas'pi-an, A'raL and 
Ba’i-kal. 

9. The soil in the nortliern and central parts is mostly sterile ; but 
in the southern parts, with the exception of the sandy deserts in the 
southwest, it is, for the most part, extremely fertile. 

10. The climate embraces every variety ; and it is extremely cold 
in the north, and hot in the south.. The transition from a hot to a 
cold climate, is very sudden, owing to the great elevation of the 
central parts, and to the ranges of high mountains. 

11. Tlie islands connected with Asia are very numerous and 
important. Those which lie to the southeast of the continent, have 
been classed in three great divisions, namely, the Eastern Arch-i- 
peVa-go, Aus-ira'li-a, and Pol-y-ne'si-a; and they have also been 
considered as forming a fifth division of the globe by the name of 
0-ce-an'i-ca. 

12. In the early ages, Asia was superior to the other parts of the 
globe in military strength ; but in the time of Alexander the Great, 
Europe obtained the ascendency, which it has ever since possessed, 
and Asia has continued comparatively weak. 

13. Asia is, however, esteemed the most fruitful and the richest 
part of the globe, and it contains more inhabitants than all the other 
divisions. Yet the central and northern parts, including more than 
half of the continent, are mostly sterile, and very thinly inhabited. 
These parts have but little communication with the civilized world, 
and are, comparatively, but little known. 

14. The southern parts and islands furnish to the other portions 
of the world a variety of luxuries, as spices, tea, coffee, fruits, dia¬ 
monds, and other precious stones. Of these parts some of the most 
useful vegetables arc rice and the bamboo. 

15. Asia is particularly distinguished for certain animals, as the 
elephant, camel, rhinoceros, and tiger. The elephant is trained to 
various kinds of service ; and the camel is very important to the 
Asiatics in performing the most arduous journeys. 

16. The foreign commerce of this quarter of the globe is chiefly 
carried on by European nations and the United States. The inter¬ 
nal trade is conducted mostly by caravans, which often consist of 
many thousands of merchants, and a still greater number of camels. 

17. The prevailing government is despotism; but in some parts, 
particularly among the Arabs and other wandering tribes, the patri¬ 
archal form is in use. 


7. What rivers ? 8. Lakes 9. Climate? 10. Soil? 11. Islands? 

12. What is said of the ancient and present condition of Asia ? 13. What 

of its rithes and population? 14. Productions? 1.5. Animals? 
16. Commerce ? 17. Government ? 




154 


ASIA. 


. • 

18. The two prevailing religions are Pagttnism and Mahometan- 
ism. 

19. Mahometanism is the prevailing religion of Turkey., Arabia, 
and Persia; and it is widely diffused in Tartary, Hindostan, and 
many of tlie islands; but far the greater part of the Asiatics adhere 
to Paganism, which here exists in various forms, as Bramanism, and 
Buddhism, including the religion of Fo and Shamanism, or the wor¬ 
ship of the Grand Lama. 

20. Though Christianity had its origin in Asia, yet it is now 
found here only in a very limited degree, and mostly in a very 
corrupted form. It exists chiefly under the denomination of the 
Greek and Armenian churches, in the Russian and Turkish domin¬ 
ions. It has also been introduced, to some extent, into the Europe¬ 
an colonies; and great exertions have of late been made to extend 
its blessings to the natives, by the means of missionaries, and the 
diffusion of the Scriptures. 

21. The Asiatics, with regard to their manners and customs, differ 
in many particulars from the Europeans. They are less active and 
enterprising; more effeminate in their character and habits ; more 
remarkable for a warm imagination, for a figurative style of writing, 
and for the use of hyperbolical language. 

' 22. Instead of the close dress of Europeans, they commonly wear 
loose and flowing garments, and make use of turbans instead of hats. 

23. The w^ant of wood for building has obliged the wandering 
and pastoral tribes of Arabia and the central parts of Asia, to lodge 
in tents, formed of skins or staffs, which are the produce of their 
herds. 

24. Most of the Oriental nations make no use of chairs, but sit 
cross-legged upon their heels, on the ground or floor; and in the 
houses of the Avealthy, on carpets or sofas. 

25. In eating, they generally make no use of tables or of hiives 
and forks. But their food is placed upon the floor in large vessels, 
round Avhich the guests sit upon their heels, or recline upon sofas or 
couches, and feed themselves chiefly by the use of their fingers, 
which are sometimes assisted by some simple instrument. 

2G. The condition of women among Mahometans and Pagans, is 
far less favorable than among Christian nations. In most Oriental 
countries, they are very much confined, and are permitted to see 
little or no company, except their relatives ; nor are they allowed to 
go abroad without having their faces covered. 

27. Polygamy is generally permitted among the Asiatic nations. 
Marriage is not generally founded on the mutual aflfection of the 
parties, as women are commonly sold for wives, and are not permit¬ 
ted to exercise any choice of their own. They are treated rather as 
the slaves, than as the companions of their husbands. 


18. What of its religion ? 19. What is said of the prevalence of each ? 

20. What is said respecting Christianity in Asia? 21. What is said of the 
Asiatics? 22. What of their dress ? 23. Habitations of the pasto¬ 
ral tribes? 24. Manner of sitting? 25. Of eating? 26. Condition 
of the women ? 27. What is said respecting marriage ?. 



ASIA. 


155 


28. At funerals^ it is nov/ common, among Oriental nations, as it 
was in ancient times, to employ mourning women for the purpose of 
making lamentation, and showing various outward expressions of 
grief and sorrow. 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 


Jerusalem. 



1. Turkey in Asia comprehends several fine countries, which 
were of great celebrity in ancient history, both sacred and pro- 


28. What is said respecting funerals ? 

Turkey liv Asia. — 1. What is said of Turkey in Asia ? 

See Map of Asia. —1. What ocean lies north of Asia? 

2. What seas on the west3. On the south 4. On the east 
b. What three large rivers flow into the Arctic ocean ? ... 

6. What are the three largest in the east of Asia > 7. What rivers in the 

south 8. Where are the Altai mountains9. The Himmaleh 
mountains ? 10. What three large islands are crossed by the Equa¬ 
tor ? 11 Vfhat are some of the other principal islands to the south¬ 
east of Asia.? 12. What is the southernmost point of the continent 

of Asia ? 13. What strait is at the northeast point ? ' 

14. What one at the southwest ? 15. Where is Asia joined to Africa ? 

16. Where is Kamtschatka17. Coreai 18. Nova Zembla ? 19. The 

Japan islands ? 20. What country lies in the north ot Asia 

21. W’hat countries in the east? 22. In the south? 23. In the we.st. 

24. in the central part ? , t j i ♦ 

25. How is Siberia, or Russia in Asia, bounded .? 26. Independent Tar¬ 

tary? 27. Chinese Tartary ? 28. Tqrkey? 29 . Arabia 30. Per¬ 
sia? 31. Afghanistan? .32. Beloochistan? 33. ThibeC 34 Hm- 

dostan? 35. Birman Empire? 36. Malacca. 37. Siam. 38. 
Laos? 39. Cambodia? 40. Cochin-China? 41. Tonquin? 42. 
China? 43. Corea? 



















156 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 


fane, and were the scenes ^ of most of the events recorded in the 
Scriptures. 

2. The principal modern divisions are JVd-to'li-a, Syr'i-a, Ar-me'- 
ni-a, Di-ar-be'kir, Cur-dis-tan', and Bag'dad^ or Ir-ak Ada-bi. 

3. The two great rivers are the Eu-phra'tes Ti'gns; the 
smaller ones are Ki-zil'er-mak, O-ron'tes, and Mein'der. _ Lake Van 
is the largest lake ; but the Dead Sea, or lake As-phal-ti'tes, is the 
most noted. 

4. The greatest range of mountains is that of Taurus. Mount 
Lib'a-nus is in Syria; Mount 0-lym'pus, south of the sea of Mar¬ 
mora ; Mount Ida, near the Dardanelles ; Mount Ada-rat, on the 
borders of Turkey and Persia. 

5. The principal islands are Cy'prus and Rhodes, which are fer¬ 
tile, and were anciently very populous ; also Sci'o, Samos, and Met'- 
e-lin. 

6. The most important productions of Asiatic Turkey, are wheat, 
barley, cotton, tobacco, silk, ivine, olives, and fruits; the most noted 
manufactures, carpets and leather. 

Natolia. 

7. The name of JVatolia is now often applied to the whole coun¬ 
try which was anciently called Asia Minor, and which is a large 
peninsula, lying between the Mediterranean and Black sea. But 
the eastern part embraces the provinces of Car-a-ma'ni-a, Roum, and 
Al-a-du'li-a. 

8. The surface is finely diversified by mountains, hills, and plains ; 
the soil is generally very fertile, and the climate delightful. 

9. Ki-u-td'jah or Ku-ta'ieh is the capital of Natolia and tlie res 
idence of the governor or beglerbeg; but Smydna is the largest 
town, and is noted for its great antiquity, for its commerce, and for 
being the centre of the Levant trade. 

10. To-caV is noted as the centre of an extensive interior trade ; 
An-go'ra, for goats’ hair and shawls ; Budsa, for having once been 
the seat of the Turkish empire, and for hot-baths ; Aphfi-om-Kar-a~ 
his'sar, for carpets and trade in opium. 

11. Scu-tufri, on the Bosphorus, opposite to Constantinople, is 
noted as the rendezvous of the caravans of Asia; Sin'ob or Sm'o-pe, 
as a commercial port on the Black sea; Gu-zel-his'sar, as a trading 
town on the Meinder. 

Syria. 

12. Syria lies between the Mediteiaanean sea and the river Eu¬ 
phrates, and includes, in the south, the country of Palestine. 

13. The surface is greatly diversified ; and tliere are extensive 
deserts, particularly in the southeast; but the valleys possess great 
fertility. 


2. What are its principal modern divisions ? S. Rivers and lakes ? 4. 

Mountains? 5. Islands? 6. Productions? 

7. What is said of Nafolia? 8. Its surface, soil, and climate r 9. Kiuta- 
jah and Smyrna? 10. Tocat, Angora, &c. ? 11. Scutari, Sinob, and 
Guzel-hissar? 12. Syria? 13. Its surface ? 



TURKEY IN ASIA. I 57 

14. A-lep’po is tlie largest city, not only of Syria, but of Asiatic 
Turkey, and is reputed the most regular and best built. It is noted 
for its manufactures ot silk and cotton, and for its commerce, which 
IS carried on by caravans. 

15. Da-ma^cus, the second city in population in Asiatic Turkey 
and one of the most ancient on the globe, is noted as the centre of 
the trade of Syria, and for its manuflictures, particularly silks and 
cotton stuffs, and formerly for sabres. 

16. Hafinah is a large trading town on the Orontes ; THp'o-li, on 
the Mediterranean ^ An^ti-och is noted for its ancient greatness ^ 
Acre (a'ker), in the history of the crusades and of Bonaparte ; Jaffa] 
as the port of .Terusalem; Bal'hec and Pal-mffra, for their magnificent 
ruins of temples and other edifices. 

17. Je-ru'sa-lem, anciently the capital of Palestine or Judea, is re¬ 
markable chiefly in modern times as a place of pilgrimage. Chris¬ 
tian pilgrims resort to it to visit the tomb of our Savior, and Mahom¬ 
etans to visit tlie famous mosque of Omar. 

Armenia. 

18. Armenia, which lies in the northeast of Turkey, is generally 
a mountainous country, having fertile and delightful valleys. 

19. Er'ze-rum, the capital of Armenia, situated near the head of 
the Euphrates, is a large town, built mostly of stone ; and Treh-i- 
sond! is a considerable trading town on the Black sea. 

Diarbekir, Curdistan, and Bagdad. 

20. This part of Turkey is famous for being the country wliich 
once included the seats of the Assyrian, Babylonian, and Saracen 
empires. 

21. The surface of the northern parts is mountainous; but in the 
soutliern parts, and on the Euphrates and Tigris, it is generally 
level. 

22. Di-ar-he'kir, the capital of the country to v/hich it gives 
name, is noted for its high stone walls, and for commerce and 
manufactures ; Our'fa or O/fah, for trade ; Meddm, for its situa¬ 
tion on the top of a rocky mountain; Mosul, for trade and manu¬ 
factures. 


14. What is said of Aleppo15. Damascus.^ 16. Hamah, Tripoli, &c. 

17. Jerusalem? 18. Armenia? 19. Erzerum and Trebisond ? 

20. What of the countries of Diarbekir, Cnrdistan, and Bagdad ? 21. Sur¬ 
face ? 22. Diarbekir, Ourfa, and Merdin ? 


See Map jYo. X. —What seas border on Turkey? 

How is the island of Cyprus situated ? Rhodes ? Metelin ? 

What is the course of the Euphrates and Tigris ? What river, flows into 
the Black sea ? The Archipelago ? The Mediterranean ? 

How is Smyrna situated ? Bursa? Kiutajah ? Angora? Tocat? Sinob ? 
Amasia? Erzerum? Diarbekir? Aleppo? Mosul? Van? Bag¬ 
dad ? Bassorah ? Damascus ? What towns on the Mediterranean ? 
On the sea of Marmora ? The Black sea ? The Meinder? The 
Orontes ? The Euphrates ? The Tigris ? 

14 




J58 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 


•23. Bag'dad, on tlie Tigris, once the renowned seat of the Ma¬ 
hometan or Saracen caliphs, and one of the most splendid cities in 
the world, is said to have contained 2,000,000 inhabitants. It is now 
greatly reduced from its ancient grandeur, though it is still a city of 
considerable size and trade. 

24. Bas-so'rahf at the head of ship navigation on the Euphrates, 
is noted as the greatest commercial port in this part of Asia ; but it 
is only partially subject to Turkey. 


RUSSIA IN ASIA. 

1. Russia in Asia is a vast country, including all the north of 
Asia, and is almost twice as large as all Europe. 

2. The most fertile and populous portion is the southwest part, 
which borders on the Caspian and Black seas, and is watered by the 
rivers Volga, Don, Ural, and Kur, embracing the countries .of Cir¬ 
cassia and Georgia, and including the range of the Caucasian Moun¬ 
tains. 

3. Cir-cas'si-a and Geodgi-a are celebrated particularly for the 
beauty of their females, who are often made an object of traffic, and 
are purchased to supply the eastern seraglios. 

4. dls-tra-can^, situated on the Volga, is the largest town in Asiatic 
Russia, and is distinguished for commerce, which it carries on by 
means of the Volga and the Caspian sea. 

5. (yren-hurg, on the Ural, is noted for trade ; Tef’lis, the capital 
of Georgia, for warm-baths; Bd'ku (a town on the Caspian sea, 
which formerly belonged to Persia), for fountains of naptha or pure 
rock oil, which, by its inflammability, exhibits the phenomenon called 
the everlasting fire, before which the Gue'bres offer up their suppli¬ 
cations. 

Siberia. 

ti. Sibe;*ia forms tlie principal part of, Asiatic Russia, and is one 
of the most forlorn and desolate regions on the globe. 

7. The Uralian Mountains form the western limit, the Al-t&'i 
or Al-ta'ian Mountains the southern ; and the mountainous and dreary 
peninsula of Kamt-schat'ka is in the eastern part. 

8 . A characteristic feature of the country consists in its immense 
steppes, or vast elevated plains, which constitute a great part of its sur¬ 
face, and are often sandy and often marshy, and abound in salt lakes. 

9. The three great rivers O'by, Yen-e-sei' (yen-e-se'), and Lena, 
are some of the largest in Asia; but these, as well as the other 
principal rivers, flow into the Arctic ocean, tlie shores of which 


23. What is said of Bagdad ? 24. Bassorah ? 

Russia in Asia.—1. What is said of Russia in Asia ? 

2. W^hich is the most fertile and populous part.^* 3. What is said of Cir¬ 
cassia and Georgia ? 4. W’hat is said of Astrad^n ? 6. Orenburg, 
Teflis, and Baku ? G. Siberia.^ 7. Mountains.^ 

8. What is a characteristic feature ? 9. What rivers ? 




RUSSIA IN ASIA. 


159 


arc barred by almost pei-petual ice. This country is, therefore, by 
its situation, excluded from much communication with the improved 
parts of the world. 

10. The principal lake is that of Bd'i-kal, which is enclosed by 
rugged mountains, and surrounded by the most picturesque and sub¬ 
lime scenery. 

11. The climate^ both by reason of the elevation of the country 
and its northern situation, is extremely cold ; and the soil is mostly 
barren. 

12. The most important natural productions are gold, silver, cop¬ 
per, lead, and iron, found in the Altai mountains ; and also the rern- 
deer and/ura. 

13. The greater part of the inhabitants of Siberia consist of native 
barbarous tribes, some of which are the Bu'rats, Sam-o-ides', Ya- 
kdutes', and Monguls. 

14. To-holsk', the capital of Siberia, is famous for its fur trade, 
and as a place of banishment, for H.nssian state prisoners and crim¬ 
inals. 

15. Ki-akJHa, on the borders of Russia and China, is noted as the 
centre of trade and communication between the two empires. 


10. What lake? 11. Climate and soil? 12. Productions? 13. Inhabi 
tants ? 14. Tobolsk? 15. Kiakhta? 


See Map of Asia. —What island lies northwest of Siberia ? 

What cape on the north ? What strait on the northeast ? 

What seas on the east ? Where is Kamtschatka ? Lake Baikal ? 

What rivers flow into the Arctic ocean ? What rivers and seas are in or 
on the borders of the southwest part of Russia in Asia ? 

What mountains are on the south of Siberia? What ones on the west ? 
What portion of Siberia lies in the frigid zone ? What towns are on the 
Oby ? The Yenisei? The Lena? How is Kiakhta situated? 
Irkoutsk ? Kol-i-van' ? Tobolsk ? Orenburg ? Astracan ? 

See Map JVo. X. —Where are the Caucasian mountains ? How is 
Teflis situated ? Er-i-van' ^ What towns on the Caspian sea ? 




160 


ARABIA. 


ARABIA. 

Mecca. 



1. Arabia is a large peninsula, situated in the southwest corner of 
Asia, and connected with Africa by the isthmus of Su'ez. It con¬ 
sists chiefly of vast, barren, sandy deserts, having little water, and 
no large rivers or lakes. 

2. The ancients divided Arabia into three parts, namely, A-ra'bi-a 
Pe-trce'a or Stony, in the northwest, partly rocky and mountainous ; 
.i-ra'hi-a Fe'lia: or Happy, in tlie south, the most fertile part; A-ra'~ 
hi-a Peso-'ta or the Desert, in the middle and north, consisting 
mostly of deserts of sand. 

3. Tlie modern divisions are Heds'jas, Ye'vien, Had-ra-maidf, 
Om'an, JSI'eds'jed, and Lach'sa (lak'sa). 

4. The general aspect of most of Arabia is that of a vast, dry, bar¬ 
ren desert of sand, interspersed occasionally with o'a-ses or fertile 
spots, and intersected by some mountains of moderate elevation. 

5. Mounts' Si'nai and Ho'reb, which are summits of the same 
range, are situated between tlie two north branches of the Red sea, 
and are memorable for events recorded in the Bible. 

6 . The Bah-rnn' islands, in the Persian gulf, on the east coast of 
Arabia, have been long noted for their pearl fishery. 

7. The climate in the sandy deserts is excessively hot, and sub¬ 
ject to a pestiferous wind called the Safmi-el or Si-moom', which 
often causes suffocation and death. Whole caravans are sometimes 
buried by moving clouds of sand agitated by wind. 


Arabia.— 1. What is said of Arabia ? 2. What were its ancient divis¬ 
ions ? 3, Modern divisions ? 4. Aspect of the country ? 5. Moun- • 

tains ? 6. Islands ? 7. Climate ? 





ARABIA. 


161 


8 . Some of the most celebrated productions of Arabia are coffee, 
dates, gum arahic, balsam, frankinceuse, and myrrh. 

9. The most noted animals are the horSe and the camel. The 
Arabian horses are celebrated for their swiftness and beauty; but 
the most useful animal is the camel, wliich has been styled the “ship 
of the desert,” and can carry 800 or 1,000 pounds’weight, and travel 
6 or 8 days without water. 

10. The Arabs, who boast of their descent from Ishmael, are of 
middle stature and brown complexion. They have a grave and mel¬ 
ancholy air, and seldom laugh or weep. In the middle ages, they 
were called Saracens, and were distinguished for learning; buf they 
are now illiterate and barbarous. They form a vast number of inde¬ 
pendent tribes. 

11. The genuine Arabs of the desert, who arc styled Bed-ou-ins', 
Hed-o-weens, or Bed-ou-in' Arabs, dwell in tents, lead a wandering 
life, and are robbers by profession; yet they are distinguished for 
their hospitality to those who confide in their friendship and honor. 

12. The government of Arabia is patriarchal, the authority of the 
chief over his tribe being that of a father over his family. 

13. The Arabic language is copious and expressive, and is one of 
the most extensively diffused languages in the world, being spoken 
in a large part of Asia and Africa. 

14. Arabia was the birth-place of tlie famous impostor Ma'ho-met, 
•or Mo-ham'med, and it is still the centre of his religion ; but within 
the last 50 years, a great part of the country has been overrun by the 
fVd'ha-bees, a new sect of Mahometan reformers. 

15. Mec'ca, the most celebrated city of Arabia, is situated in a 
dry, barren country, about 40 miles from the Red sea. It is famous 
for being the birth-place of Mahomet, and for being a resort of pil¬ 
grims from all parts of the Mahometan world. 

16. Me-di'na is noted for containing tlie tomb of Mahomet, on ac¬ 
count of which it is regarded by Mahometans a holy city, as well as 
Mecca; though not so much visited by pilgrims. 

17. The two principal commercial ports are Mo'cka, near the strait 
of Babelmandel, famous for coffee ; and Mus'eat or Mas'eat, the 
chief town of Oman, in the soutlieast. 

18. Sa'na, the capital of Yemen, is noted as one of the largest 
towns ; Jid'da, as the port of Mec ca; Jam'bo, as the port of Medina. 

8. What is said of its productions ? 9. Animals ? 10. What is said of 

the Arabs ’ II. What of the Bedouin Arabs? 12. Government? 

13 . Arabic language ? 14. Religion? 15. Mecca ? 16. Medina ? 

17. What are the principal ports ? 18. What is said of Sana, Jidda, and 

Jambo ? 


See Map JVo. AT.—What seas and gulfs border on Arabia? 

Where is the strait of Babelmandel ? Where Cape Rasalgat ? The Bah- 
rein islands? The river Aftan? Where is Arabia Petroea. Ara¬ 
bia Felix? Arabia Deserta? Where is Yenmn? H^ramaut 
Oman? Lachsa ? Hedsjas? Mount Sinai? How is Mecca sit¬ 
uated? Medina? Muscat? Mocha? vSana. 

What towns on the Red sea ? What ones on the southeast coast 
14# 




162 


INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 


INDEPENDENT TART ARY. * 

% 

1. Independent Tartary is an extensive country, comprising tlie 
western part of Central Asia, and extending from Chinese Tartary 
on the east, to the Caspian sea on the west. It is inhabited by va¬ 
rious independent tribes ; and is a region but little known. 

2. A great part of the country consists of immense steppes or 
elevated sandy deserts; though it contains some very fertile dis¬ 
tricts. 

3. The Altai Mountains lie on the north, and the Belur Tagh 
Mountains, a branch of the Himmaleh range, in the southeast. 

4. The Caspian Sea, which lies on the west, is upwards of GOO 
miles in length, and the sea or lake of Aral, 250. They have no 
communication with the ocean, and their waters are salt. 

5. The two principal rivers are the Jihon and the Sir or Sihon. 

6 . The inhabitants consist of various tribes of Tartars, as the Us'- 
hecks, Kv''ghi-ses, Cal'mucs, Tur'co-mans, &c., who are Mahometans, 
and a great part of whom lead a wandering and pastoral life. 

7. This region includes Great Buk-hd'ri-a, Tur-kes-tan', and 
Char'asm; but the most important country is Great Bukharia, which 
lies in the southeast, and much of which is fertile and populous. 

8 . Buk-ha'ri-a or Bok'a-ra, surnamed by the Orientals the Sd- 
entific, the capital city of Great Bukharia, is pleasantly situated on 
the Sogd, contains the palace of the Khan, and is noted as a seat of 
Mahometan learning. 

9. Sam-ar-cand!, situated on the Sogd, is a city famous in history, 
as the capital of the great conqueror Tamerlane or Timur Bee, 
Avhose tomb is still to be seen here ; and it is also noted for its Ma¬ 
hometan colleges. 

10 . Tash-kundl, on the Sir, is one of the largest towns in Turkes¬ 
tan. 


PERSIA. 

1. Persia formerly extended from the river Tigris on the west, 
to the Indus on the east; but it is now much reduced in size, as 


Independent Tartary.— 1 . What is said of Independent Tartary? 
2. What of the surface? .3. Mountains? 4. Seas or lakes? 6. 
Rivers ? 6. Inhabitants ? 7. What divisions or countries ? 

8. What is said of Bukharia ? 9. Samarcand ? 10. Tashkund? 

Persia.— 1. What is said of the extent of Persia ? 


See Map Mo. A'.—What sea lies west of Independent Tartary ? 

Where is the sea or lake of Aral ? What rivers flow into it ? ^ ' 

What mountains are between Independent Tartary and Chinese Tartary? 
How is Bukharia situated ? Samarcand ? Tashkund ? What towns arc 
on the Sihon ? The Sir ? 





PERSIA. 1«3 

♦ , 

large countries in the eastern part have been separated from it • 
and considerable districts in the northwest have been annexed to 
Russia. 

2. It is generally an elevated and mountainous country, having 
few rivers, and much of it suffers for want of water. The middle 
and southern parts are almost entirely destitute of trees. 

3. Nearly one third of the country has been computed to consist 
of deserts, salt lp,kes, and marshes, and another third of barren moun¬ 
tains. 

4. Several of the deserts are of great extent; and tlie Great Salt 
Desert, in the central part, is more than 300 miles in length. 

5. The principal rivers are the Karasu, Aras, and Tedzen. The 
country abounds in salt, and there are many salt lakes, the largest 
of which are those of Urmia and Zereh. 

6 . The soil of the parts that are well watered is very fertile ; and 
some of the plains, particularly those of Shiraz and Ispahan, are cel¬ 
ebrated for their beauty and luxuriance. The country in the nortli 
is also very fertile. 

7. The climate in the south is very hot; in the elevated and north¬ 
ern parts, cold. 

8 . Some of the principal productions and exports are corn, rice, to¬ 
bacco, silk, cotton, carpets, pearls, drugs, delicious fruits and wines. 

0. The Persians are reputed the most polite and most learned of 
the Oriental nations ; but are represented as greatly addicted to 
dissimulation and flattery, and as being exceedingly treacherous and 
avaricious. 

10. The cities of Persia are generally surrounded by a mud wall; 
the streets very narrow and dirty ; the houses mostly mean, of 
only one story, and without windows ; those of the common people 
built of mud or clay ; and those of the higher orders of brick. Most 
of the cities that were once celebrated for their size and splendor, 
are now in a state of decay. 

11. Te-he-rax', or Tth-rdun', the present capital, has a low situ¬ 
ation and mean appearance, and contains no edifice of much impor¬ 
tance, except the royal palace. 

12 . Is-pa-han', the late capital, and a celebrated city, was former¬ 
ly one of the largest and most splendid in the east, and by some 
represented to contain a million of inhabitants. Though greatly 


2. What is said of the country ? 3. What proportion of it is covered with 
deserts and mountains ? 4. What is said of the Great Salt Desert ? 

5. What rivers and lakes ? 6. What is said of the soil ? 7. Climate ? 
8. Productions and exports? 9, Persians? 10. Cities? 11. Te¬ 
heran ? 12. Ispahan ? 


See Map JVo. X .—What sea lies on the north of Persia ? 

What gulfs on the south ? What rivers flow into the Caspian sea ? Into 
the Persian gulf? What lakes, and where situated ? 

Where is the Great Salt Desert ? How is Teheran situated ? Ispahan ? 

Shiraz? Tabris? Hamadan? Yezd? Meschid? Casbin? Shuster? 
,What towns on the Persian gulf? On the Caspian sea? 




164 


PEKJSIA. 


reduced, it has now extensive manufactures, and is the centre of the 
interior trade of Persia. 

13. Shi-raz', situated between Bushire and Ispahan, has an exten¬ 
sive trade, and is celebrated for its situation in a delightful and fer¬ 
tile plain, for its delicious wine, and for the tomb of the Persian poet 

Hafiz. ^ , 

14. Tab'ria or Tau'ris, formerly a very large city, but now much 
reduced, is noted for having once been the capital of Persia; Mesf- 
chid, for tlie tomb of the caliph Haroun al Raschid, and as a place 
of pilgrimage ; Yezd, as an emporium of trade ; Ham-a-dan', for oc¬ 
cupying the supposed site of the ancient Ec-bat'a-na; Svl-tafni-a^ 
as the summer residence of the king; Cas'bin and Ca-ihan', as 
places of considerable manufactures and trade. 

15. The two principal seaports are Bu-shire' and Gom-broonf; but 
a considerable part of the foreign commerce of Persia is carried on 
through Bas-so'raJi; the principal commercial intercourse with the 
country, however, is by caravans. 


AFGHANISTAN, or CABULISTAN. 

1 . This is a modem division of Asia, formed of the eastern part 
of Persia, the western part of Hindostan, and the southern part of 
Tartary ; and it is sometimes called Eastern Persia., the kingdom of 
Can-da-hai'*, or of Cd'bul. 

2. It comprises countries which have been known by different 
names, and the inhabitants consist of various tribes or nations, 
the principal of which are Hindoos, Afghans, Parsees, Tartars, and 
Belooches. 

3. The surface is greatly diversified by extensive sandy deserts, 
mountains, fertile valleys, and plains. 

4. The Himmalek Mountains lie in the northern part, and the 
country is watered by the Indus and its branches, and other smaller 
rivers. 

5. Ca'bul, the capital of Afghanistan and of a province of the 
same name, carries on an extensive trade ; but the houses are 
meanly built with rough stones and clay or unburnt bricks. 

6 . Cash!mere, the capital of a country of the same name, is situated 
in an extensive and delightful valley, which has been styled the 


13. What is said of Shiraz ^ 14. What other cities, and for what noted ? 

15. What are the principal ports ? 

Afghanistan.—1. What is said of Afghanistan.? 

2. What is said of the inhabitants .? 3. Surface ? 4. Mountains and riv¬ 
ers.? 5. Cabul ? 6. Cashmere.? 


See Map JSTo. X .—What rivers water the eastern part of Afghanistan ? 
What ones the western part.? How is Cabul situated.? Candahar? 
Cashmere.? Lahore.? Moul-tan' ? Pe-sha'wur ? Bamian.? He¬ 
rat .? Balk ? 




AFGHANISTAN. 165 

Terrestrial Paradise, and is famous for the manufacture of beautiful 
shawls. 

7. La-hore' is noted for being now the capital of the Seiks, and 
for having once been the capital of Hindostan ; Can-da-har', as the 
former capital of Afghanistan and for trade ; Bam-i-an', styled the 
Thebes of the East, for its apartments carved out of a rock in the 
side of a mountain ; He-raV, for commerce, and for being styled the 
City of Roses, from the abundance of these flowers in the country 
around it; Balk, for having anciently been the capital of the Persian 
empire. 

' Beloochistan. 

8 . Beloochistan lies to the south of Afghanistan, with which it is 
connected, and of which it is often considered as forming a part. 

9. The surface is diversified by mountains, plains, and ext^'i^ire 
sandy deserts.—The chief town is Ke-lat', 


HINDOSTAN. 

Bannian Tree, 



1. Hin-dos-tan' or Hin-doos'tan, called also India within the. 
uanges, comprises, in its most extensive sense, all the country 

7. What other cities, and for what noted ? 

Beloochjstan. —8. What is said of Beloochistan ? 

9. What is its surface and chief town ? 

Hindostan. — 1. What are the extent and limits of Hindostan ? 


See Map JVo. X.—What rivers are in Beloochistan ? In what part k 
there a great desert ? How is Kelat situated ? 










166 


HINDOSTAN. 


south of the Himmaleh mountains, and east of the river Indus ; and 
it consists, in great part, of a large peninsula, having the bay of Ben¬ 
gal' on the east, and the Arabian sea on the west. 

2. It consists of four great divisions ; 1st, JVorthern Hmdostan, 
which comprises Cashfmere and La-hore' on the Tvtjst, and Boo-tan^ 
and JVe-pauV on the east, Avith the^intermediate provinces; 2dly, 
Hin^stan Proper^ which extends as far south as the river Nerbud- 
dah on the west side, and nearly to the town of Bal-a-sore' on the 
east; Bdly, the Dedcan^ embracing the country between the^ Ner- 
buddah and the Kistna ; 4thly, Southern Ilindostan or the Peninsula^ 
including the part south of the Kistna. 

3. These limits embrace a number of independent states, which 
are governed by Hindoo chiefs ; but the most of the country is in 
the possession of the British. 

4. Hindostan is esteemed the richest and most beautiful country 
of Asia, and is, next to China, the most populous. It contains many 
large cities, and abounds in various important productions. 

5. It is separated from Thibet on the nortli, by the Him-md'leh 
Mountains; and mountainous ranges, called Eastern and Western 
GhautSj extend on both sides of the peninsula, toAvards the south. 

6 . The three great rivers are the Ganges^ Brah-ma-poo'tra, and 
In’dus. Other considerable rivers are tlie Cauve'ry, Kisfna, Go- 
dat/e-ry, JVer-bud'duhy Set'ledge, and the branches of the Ganges. 

7. The Ganges, the largest river of Hindostan, and one of the 
largest in Asia, rises in the Himmaleh mountains, and after a 
course of more than 2,000 miles, flows into the bay of Bengal by 
many mouths. The Delta of tlie river, or the country bordering on 
its mouths subject to inundation, is about 200 miles long, and 200 broad. 

8 . The Brah-ma-poo'tra or Bur-ram-poo'ter rises near the source 
of the Ganges, flows on the other side of the mountains, and is 
about as long as the Ganges. These rivers, after having separated 
from each other to the distance of 1,200 miles, unite their waters, 
and flow together into the bay of Bengal. 

9. The In'dus is the great river of the Avestern part of India, and 
it is from this river that the name of India is derived. 

10. The surface in the northern part bordering on the Himmaleh 
chain, is mountainous ; but the rest of the country, with the excep-* 
tion of the mountainous ranges towards the south, is generally very 
level, or moderately uneven ; and the soil of a great proportion ex¬ 
ceedingly fertile. 

11. The climate in the northern parts is temperate ; but in the 
middle and southern, heat predominates ; and, during a part of the 
year, it is very great. 

12. In the country south of the tropic, the monsoons prevail, which 
are periodical winds, blowing one half of the year from one direc¬ 
tion, and the other half, from the opposite direction. 


Z, Of what four divisions docs it consist ? 3. What is their political con¬ 
dition ? 4. What is said of Hindostan ? 5. What mountains ? 6. 

Rivers ? 7. What is said of the Ganges ? 8. Brahmapootra ? 9. 

Indus? 10, Surface? 11. Climate? 12. Monsoons? 



HINDOSTAN. 


167 


13. Rice is the article of produce which is most extensively culti¬ 
vated, and which affords the principal article of food to the inhabi¬ 
tants. 

^ 14. Some of the principal articles of produce and export, besides 
nee, are co^ion, indigo, saltpetre, opium, silk, sugar, precious stones, 
and fruits. 

15. The diamond mines, particularly tlioso of Gol-con'da, have 

been long celebrated ; but they have now ceased to be verv valua¬ 
ble. ^ 

16. The staple manufacture is that of cotton ,* other principal man¬ 
ufactures are those silk, toool, leather, and saltpetre. 

17. The commerce is very great, and is carried on chiefly by the 
English, and to some extent by the people of the United States. 

18. Some of the most useful trees in Hindustan are the cocoa-nut 
tree, which affords an important article of food, and the bamboo, of 
which a great part of the houses and furniture in India are made. 
The betel is a plant extensively used as an article of luxury. 

19. The Bannian Tree, or Indian fg-tree, is one of tlie most cu¬ 
rious and beautiful of the productions of nature. The branches 
strike down roots, and thus form stems or trunks, so that each tree 
iB itself a grove. On an island in the Nerbuddah, near Baroach, 
there is a famous tree of this species, v/hich has 3,000 trunks or 
stems, many of them large, and it is said to afford room for 7,000 
people to repose under its shade. 

20. The great mass of the inhabitants are Hindoos; about one 
eighth part are computed to be Mahometans; and there are also 
some Parsees, Jeios, and Christians. 

21. One of tlie most striking features in the character of the Hin¬ 
doos, is the permanency of their religion and customs, in which there 
has been little alteration since the state of India was first known. 
Their food consists chiefly of rice, milk, and vegetables. 

22. They are divided into four casts, namely, 1st, Bramins or 
priests ; 2d, soldiers ; 3d, agriculturists and merchants ; 4th, laborers. 
These casts are kept entirely distinct, and are not permitted to in¬ 
termarry. 

23. The religion of the Hindoos is a cruel and degrading super¬ 
stition, which is artfully interAvoven with almost every action of life. 
Ablution in the Ganges and other rivers which are esteemed holy, 
and pilgrimage to holy places, are much practised as religious du¬ 
ties. 

24. The fakirs are a kind of religious monks or beggars, Avho often 
inflict upon themselves the severest sufferings. 

25. The practice of burning widows on the funeral piles of their 
deceased husbands, is one of the barbarous rites of the Hindoo reli¬ 
gion. These sacrifices, which are called Suttees, were abolished, in 
1830, by an act of the English government. 


43. What is said of rice ? 14. Productions ? 15, Diamond mines ? 16. 

Manufactures ? 17. Commerce ? 18. What useful trees ? 

19. What is said of the bannian tree 20. Inhabitants? 21. Hindoos? 
22. Casts ? 23. Religion ? 24. Fakirs ? 25. Burning of widows ? 



168 


HINDOSTAN. 


26. Hindostan abounds more than almost any other country in 
houses appropriated to religious uses, which are called pagodas or 
ientples, and most of which have a miserable appearance ; but some 
of them are large and splendid. 

27. The pagoda of Jug'ger-naiith, the most celebrated place of 
Hindoo worship, is said to be visited annually by as many as a mil¬ 
lion of pilgrims, a great part of whom die on their pilgrimage. 

28. Christianity has existed to a small extent, in Hindostan, from 
a very early period ; and, within a few years, numerous missionary 
stations and churches have been formed, and an English bishopric 
has been established at Calcutta. The most important missionary 
station is that of the Baptist missionaries at Ser-am-pore'. 

29. The cities of Hindostan are generally built on one plan, hav¬ 
ing very narrow and crooked streets, with numerous gardens and 
reservoirs for water. Some of the houses are of brick, others of mud^ 
and more of bamboos and mats. 

30. Cal-cut'ta, the capital of Bengal and of all British India, is 
situated on the Hoogly, one of the mouths of the Ganges, about 100 
miles from the sea, and is a place of great commerce. The houses 
belonging to the English are splendidly built of brick ; but the most 
of the houses of the natives are mud cottages. 

31. Bom-hay', on an island near the western coast, and Ma-dras', 
on the southeastern coast, are the two other principal seats of British 
power and commerce. 

.32. DeVhi and Agra were each of them formerly the capitals of 
the Mogul empire, and very large and populous ; but they are now 
greatly reduced from their ancient magnificence. 

33. Be-nd'res, which is rich, populous, and commercial, is noted 
as a holy city of the Hindoos, and the chief seat of their learning; 
Al-la-ha-bad', at the confluence of the Ganges and Jumna, as the 
most celebrated place of Hindoo ablution. 

34. Su-rat', on the western coast, is noted for commerce ; Oo-jein', 
as the first meridian of Hindoo geographers ; Poo'nah, as the capital 
of the Mahratta chief; Dac'ca, for muslins ; Ser-in-gap-a-tam', for 
the splendid mausoleum of Hyder Ali. 

35. Goa, on the western coast, once a large commercial city, is 
the capital of the Portuguese settlements in India ; Pon-di-chedry, 
on the southeast c 'ast, and Chan-der-na-gort', on the Hoogly, are the 
chief places of thb ench settlements ; and Tran-que-bad and Ser- 
am-pord, of the Danish settlements. 

■ 36. Ceylon (se-l6n', or se'lon), a large and valuable island lying 

near the south end of Hindostan, from which it is separated by the 
gulf of Ma-naar', belongs to Great Britain. 

37. It has a very fertile soil, and its climate is healthy, and more 


26. What is said of the pagodas and temples ? 27. Juggernauth ? 28. 
Christianity.^ 29. Cities? 30. Calcutta? 31. Bombay, and Ma¬ 
dras ? 32. Delhi and Agra ? 33. Benares and Allahabad ? 34. 

Surat, Oojein, &c. ? 

35, What are the chief places of the Portuguese, French, and Danish set¬ 
tlements ? 36. What is said of Ceylon ? 37. What of its soil, cli¬ 
mate, and productions ? 



HINDOSTAN. 


169 


tCfifipGratG tlian tliat of Hiiidostaii; and it is CGlcbratGd particularly 
for its GxcGllGRt cinnamon, and has valuablG pearl fisheries. 

38. In the interior of tlie island there is a remarkable mountain, 
called tfldam s l^eak, to which pilgrimages are often made by the na¬ 
tives, who liave a tradition, that from this place Mam took his last 
view of paradise ; and that liuddha, on his first visit to the island, 
left here the mark of his foot. 

39. This island is called Cingala by the natives, who are hence 
often denominated Cin-ga-lese'. 

40. Some of the principal towns are Co-lom'ho, Pointe de Galle, 
Trin-com-a-lee', and Can'dy. 


CHIN-INDIA, OR FARTHER INDIA. 

The Elephant. 



1. Chin-India, or Farther India, is an extensive region, which 
lies in the southeast of Asia, having Thibet and China on the 


38. What is said of Adam’s Peak ? 39. What is Ceylon called by the na¬ 
tives ? 40. What towns ? 

Chin-India.—1. W'hat are the situation and boundaries of Chin-India ? 


See Map JVo. X. —How is the island of Ceylon .-ituated ? Cape Com¬ 
orin The Laccadive islands.^ On wliich side of Hindustan is the 
coast of Malabar ? Coromandel i What gulfs on the west side of 
Hindustan ? Where are the Himmaleh mountains ? The Ghauts.^ 
What is the course of the Ganges ? The Indus The Brahmapootra ? 
What other rivei s flow into the bay of Bengal ? 

What rivers of Hindustan flow into the Arabian sea ? What are the prin¬ 
cipal branches of the Ganges ? How is Calcutta situated ? Delhi ? 
Benares.^ Dacca? Agra? Bombay? Surat? Madras? Goa? 
Poonah ? Oojein? Aurungabad ? Nagpoor? Hydrabad ? Pon¬ 
dicherry ? 

What towns in the southwest part of Ceylon? W'hat ones in the north ? 
What towns on the Ganges? What ones on the eastern coast of 
Hindustan ? On the western ? 

15 




i70 


CHIN-INDIA. 


north, the Chinese sea east, and the strait of Malacca, the bay of 
Bengal, and Hindostan, southAvest 

2. This region has been designated by various terms, as the Pen¬ 
insula beyond the Ganges^ the Farther Peninsula^ India beyond the 
Ganges, and Farther India; and by Malte-Brun, it is styled Chin- 
India, being an India resembling China, or having Chinese features. 

3. It comprehends the Birman Empire, the peninsula of Ma-lad- 
ca, and the kingdoms of Siam, Cam-bo'di-(t, La'os, Co'chin-Chi'na, 
and Ton-quin'. 

4. This region is less cultivated and populous than Hindostan and 
China, and is little known, except along the coast; but it seems to 
be formed of several parallel ridges of mountains, extending from 
north to south, with spacious intervening valleys, which border on 
the large rivers. 

.5. The three great rivers are the Ir-ra-wad'dy or A'va, the Mei'- 
nam, and the Me-con', which is also called Mei-kong', Cam-bo^di-a, 
and Jap-a-nesd river. 

6 . The low country bordering on the rivers, is liable to inunda¬ 
tion ; and the climate on the coast and in the low plains, is humid 
and subject to great heat. 

7. This region abounds in magnificent forests, which contain val¬ 
uable kinds of trees, as the teak-tree, much esteemed for ship-timber; 
eagle-wood and sandal-wood, used as perfumes; also the iron-tree, 
ebony, and the bannian or Indian fig. 

8 . It is also very rich in aromatic, medicinal, and other useful 
plants, among which are ginger, cardamoms, cinnamon, betel, jalap, 
aloes, camphor, banana, cocoa, sago-palm, and sugar-cane; also rice, 
which is the principal article of food. 

9. Some of the most remai-kable animals are the elephant, rhinoc¬ 
eros, tiger, leopard, and orang-oxdang. Elephants, both wild and 
tame, abound here, as well as in Hindostan, and are used as beasts 
of burden both in peace and war. 

10. The religion of Buddha prevails over the whole country, with 
the exception of Malacca, which is inhabited by Ma-lays', who are 
Mahometans. 

11. The inhabitants of Chin-India resemble the Chinese more 
than the Hindoos; but they are less civilized than either, and less 
advanced in agriculture and the other useful arts. 

Birman Empire. 

12. The Birman Empire, which is much the largest and most im¬ 
portant state of Chin-India, comprises the ancient kingdoms of Ava, 
Pe-gu', and Cas'say or Meckfley. 

13. It formerly included Ar-ra-can', which together with some 


2. By what names has it been known ? 3. What countries does it com¬ 
prehend ? 4. What is said of this region ? 5. What are the rivers? 

6. Climate? 7. Forests? 8. Plants? 9. Animals? 10. Reli¬ 
gion? 11. Inhabitants? 

12. What does the Birman empire comprise ? 13. What is said of Arracan ? 



CIIIN-INDIA. • 


171 


other provinces in the west and south, liave lately been ceded to the 
British. 

14. The elevated parts have a temperate climate ; and the country 
is rich in both vegetable and mineral productions. 

15. It contains valuable mines of gold^ silver, iron, tin, lead, and a 
variety of precious stones. 

16. The government is completely despotic ; and the emperor is 
the sole proprietor of all tlie elephants in his dominions. 

17. The Birmans are lively, impatient, and irascible ; fond of po- 
. etry and music ; and they excel in the art of gilding. 

18. Um-me-ra-poo'ra, the modern capital of the Birman empire, 
is situated on a lake near the Irrawaddy, about 400 miles from its 
motith. It has a few houses built of brick, and the abundance of 
gilding on the roofs and domes of the religious edifices, gives it an 
extraordinary degree of splendor. It was founded in 1783, and in 
1800 was estimated to contain 175,000 inhabitants ; but in 1810, it 
was reduced one half. 

19. A'va, the former capital, 4 miles distant from Ummerapoora,is 
now in ruins. 

20. Ran-goon', on the Irrawaddy, 30 miles from the sea, is the 
principal port.^ • Pe-gu' and Prome, once cities of importance, are 
now reduced. 

Siam. 

21 . Th#* tingrdom of Siam consists chiefly of a spacious and fer¬ 
tile valley, situated between two ridges of mountains, and intersect¬ 
ed by the river Mei'nam. 

22. The principal towns are Siam or Juthia, Bankok, and Louvo 

Malacca, or Malaya. 

23. Malacca, or Malaya, a peninsula about 700 miles long, is trav¬ 
ersed throughout by a chain of lofty mountains, and is covered with 
a thick forest 

24. The Malays, who inhabit the country, are a daring, ferocious, 
and vindictive race, greatly addicted to piracy. 

25. The city of Ma-lac'ca was formerly a place of commercial im¬ 
portance, and of considerable size ; but it is now reduced, 

Cambodia. 

26. Cambodia, a country watered by the river of the same name, 
is little known, and is noted for gamboge gum. 

27. Cambodia or Levek, the capital, was once a considerable town, 
but is now a small place. 

Laos. 

28. La'os, a country in the interior, is almost wholly unknown. 


14. What is said of the climate ? 15. Mineral productions ? 16. Govern¬ 
ment ? 17. Birmans ? 18. Ummerapoora ? 19. Ava ? 20. Ran¬ 

goon, Pegu, and Prome ? 

21. What is said of Siam ? 22. What towns ? 2.3. What of Malacca * 

24. The Malays.? 25. The city of Malacca ? 26. Cambodia? 27, 
The capital.? 28. Laos .? 



172 


CHIN-INDIA. 


Cochix-China. 

29. Cochin-China, a country bordering on the gulf of Tonquin 
and the sea of China, is composed partly of mountains and partly of 
plains. It has many valuable natural productions, and abounds in 
the salangan swallow, which forms an edible nest, that is much es¬ 
teemed by the Chinese. 

30. Saigon, the largest town, is situated on an arm of the Cambo¬ 
dia, about 60 miles from the sea. 


Tox^iUI^', on Anam. 

31. Ton-quin', a country much subject to hurricanes, has valuable 
mineral and vegetable productions, and its oranges are said to be the 
best in the world. 

32. Ca-chd'o, or Kcsh'o, the capital, is situated on the river Song- 
koi, upwards of 80 miles from the sea, and is very meanly built. 


CHINA. 

Gathering Tea. 



1 . The Chinese Empire, in its most extensive sense, includes the 
country of China, Chinese Tariary, Thi-bet/, and Co-re'a; and with 

29. What is said of Cochin-China 30. Saigon.? 31. Tonquin? 32. Ca- 
chao ? 

China.— 1. What is said of the Chinese empire ? 


See Map of jisia. —Where is the strait of Malacca ? The gulf of Siam ? 
The gulf of Tonquin ? The island of An'da-inan ? 

What is the course of the river Irrawaddy, and where does it empty ? The 
Meinam ? The Mecon ? How is the peninsula of Malacca situ¬ 
ated ? The Birman empire ^ Laos ? Siam ? Cambodia ? Cochin- 
China ? Tonquin? How is Ummerapoora situated? Pegu? Ran¬ 
goon ? Malacca ? Pat'a-ny ? Siam ? Saigon ? Cachao ? 
















CHINA. 


173 

regard to population, it exceeds all other empires in the world, and 
in GxtGnt of tGrritory, is sGCond only to the Russijin Gmpirc. 

2. China, properly so called, is a large, fertile, highly cultivated, 
and popu ous country, extending from the Great Wall on tlie north, 
to the gulf of Tonquin on the south. 

3. The surface is much diversified by mountains, hills, valleys, 
plains, and marshes; and it is watered by numerous rivers, and has 
many considerable lakes. 

4. The two great rivers are the Ho'-ang-Ho' or Yellow River, and 
the Ki -an-mi' or Yang'-tse-ki-ang', which are two of tlie largest in 
Asia. 

5. The principal islands are Hai'iian, For-mo'sa, and the Loo-choo' 
islands. 

6 . The climate is generally healthy; in the south, hot, and in the 
north, cold—more so than in countries under the same parallel in 
Europe. 

7. The Great Wall, which bounds China on the north, is about 
1,500 rniles in length, and is the most enormous fabric on the globe. 
It is built of stone and brick, is nearly 30 feet high, and 14 broad at 
the top, and has towers with cannon placed in them, at the distance 
of about 100 paces from each other. 

8 . China is -celebrated for inland navigation, by means of rivers 
and canals. The Imperial Canal, which extends from Pekin to 
Hang-tcheou', about 000 miles in length, is the greatest work of the 
kind in the world. 

9. The most celebrated and peculiar production of China is tea, 
which is the leaf of a small shrub, and is exported in great quantities 
to those parts of the globe where this luxury is used. 

10. The principal exports, besides tea, are silk, nankins, porcelain, 
sugar, cinnamon, and camphor. 

11. The interior trade carried on between different parts of the 
empire, by means of rivers and canals, is very extensive ; hnt foreign 
commerce with Europeans is limited to two places, namely, the port 
of Canton, in the south of China, and Kiakhta, on the borders of Si¬ 
beria, the emporium of the overland trade of Russia. 

12. Agriculture is in high estimation ; and the emperor annually, 
at the vernal equinox, performs the ceremony of holding the plough. 
But, though the cultivation of the soil is attended to with great care, 
it is much less skilfully conducted than in Europe. The most im¬ 
portant article of produce in the southern parts is rice. 

13. Travellers who liave visited this empire agree in asserting the 
appearance of a crowded population; but there has been a great 
difference in the statements of the number of inhabitants, both of 
the country and the principal cities. Some make the population of 
China 333,000,000; and some reduce it to less than half this number. 


2. What are the limits of China proper? 3. What is said of the surface t 
4. What rivers ? 5. Islands ? 6. What is said of the climate ? 7. 

Great Wall ? 8. Canals ? 9. Tea ? 10. Exports ? 11. Commerce? 

12. Agriculture ? 13. Population ? 

15* 



174 


CHINA. 


14. The governmeni is patriarchal and despotic, but not violent. 
The Chinese style their country the “ Celestial Empire,” and the 
emperor “ The Holy Son of heaven, sole Ruler of the earth, and • 
Great Father of his people.” His person is adored, and his subjects 
prostrate themselves in his presence. 

15. There is no religion in China established or supported by gov¬ 
ernment ; yet temples and pagodas are every where common, and 
priests, styled bonzes, are numerous. The prevailing system is the 
religion of Fo, %vhich is a species of Buddhism. The sect called 
Tao-tse are also numerous ; and there are many professed followers 
of Confucius, the famous Chinese philosopher. 

IG. The Chinese are represented as remarkably vain, timid, artful, 
and vindictive ; but very free from the vice of drunkenness. 

17. Women in this country are uniformly sold in marriage, and arc- 
held in a state of the greatest degradation. The beauty of a female, 
according to the notions of the Chinese, consists in the smallness of 
her eyes, the protuberance of her lips, the lankness and blackness 
of her hair, and especially in the extreme smallness of her feet. 

18. The Chinese architecture is inelegant and clumsy, and alto¬ 
gether different from that of Europe. Their houses are generally 
of only one story, and those of the peasantry are miserable cottages. 

19. Pe-kin', the capital, is situated in the northeast part of China, 
and is supposed by many to be the most populous city on the globe. 
The streets are straight and wide, and the houses of only one story. 

20. JVan-Mn', situated on the Kian-Ku, at the junction of tlie 
great canal, is the first city with regard to manufactures, and is 
noted for nankins, crapes, and silks ; and also for its Porcelain Tower, 
which is a fine specimen of oriental pagodas, and is ascended by 884 
steps. 

21. Can'ton, in the southern part, is noted for being the only port 
in China to which European and American vessels are admitted, 
and for the export of tea. Near Canton is the Boat Town, a kind 
of floating city, which is composed of barks ranged upon the water 
in the form of streets, and computed to contain from 100,000 to 
300,000 people. 


14. What is said of the government ? 15. Religion ? 16. The Chinese ? 

17. Condition of women and idea of female beauty ? 18. Architec¬ 

ture 19. Pekin 20. Nankin.^ 21. Canton.^ 


See Map of Asia .—What sea divides China from Corea ? 

How is the island of Hainan situated ^ Formosa Loochoo ? 

What are the rivers of China Where is the Chinese wall ? 

How is Pekin situated? Nankin? Canton? Singan? Hang-tcheou 




TIIISET. 


175 


THIBET. 

The Grand Lama. 



1 . Thi-bet', or Ti-bet', a country dependent on China, is remark¬ 
able for its great and general elevation, and for being the most 
mountainous country in Asia, and the centre of the Shaman religion. 

2. It has been styled the Switzerland of Asia, on account of its 
resemblance to Switzerland in Europe, in its situation, in the ex¬ 
tremely rugged and mountainous aspect of the country, and in being 
the region in which several great rivers have their rise. 

3. The Him-ma'leh or Him-a-la'ya Mountains, reputed the high¬ 
est in the world, and having numerous summits that are always cov¬ 
ered with snow, lie in the southern part. 

4. The principal river which traverses tlie country, is the Brah~ 
ma-poo'tra or Bur-ram-poo'ter. 

5. As the country consists mostly of rugged mountains and ele¬ 
vated plains, the climate is cold, and tlie soil of tlie greater part un¬ 
productive. 

6 . Thibet abounds in animals, and is noted for the bushy-tailed 
bull, the deer which produces musk, and especially for the goat 
whicli affords the material used for the manufacture of Cashmere 
shawls. 

7. Las'sa, the capital of Thibet, is situated on a branch of the 
Brahmapootra, and is celebrated chiefly as the residence of the 
Grand Lama, the head of the Shaman religion, on account of which 
the place is resorted to by numerous devotees. 


Thibet.— 1. What is said of Thibet ? 2. Why has it been styled the 

Switzerland of Asia ? 3. What mountains ? 4. River ? 5. What 

is said of the climate and soil ? 6. Animals ? 7. Lassa ? 


See Map JVo. X. —Hov;" are the Himmaleh mountains situated ? 

What river flows through Thibet? What lakes are there ? How is Lassa 
situated ? [6'ee Map of Asia.'\ What rivers rise in Thibet ? 


























176 


CHINESE TARTARY. 


CHINESE TARTARY. 

1. Chinese Tartary is a vast country of Central Asia, extending’ 
from Independent Tartary to the Pacific ocean, and comprising 
Mon-go'li-a and Little Biik-ha'ri-a in the west, and Mand-shu'ri-a 
in the east. 

2. A remarkable feature of this country is its great elevation. It 
consists mostly of steppes or elevated plains, supported like a table 
by the Altai mountains on the north, and the Him-ma'leh range on 
the southAvest. 

3. The climate is cold, and the country mostly barren, and des¬ 
titute of trees; though some parts afford good pasture. Water is 
generally scarce, but salt abundant. 

4. The eastern part, or Mandshuria, which is watered by the 
great river A-muur' (a-mooP), is the most fertile. 

5. The vast desert of Cobi or Shd'7no, situated in the central part 
of Asia, is about 2,000 miles long, and is covered with a dark-colored 
sand, which is not, hoAvever, movable like that in the deserts of Arabia. 

6 . This extensive region, which is but little known, and has but 
little intercourse with the improved parts of the world, is inhabited 
by various pastoral tribes, Avho lead a wandering life, and subsist 
chiefly by their herds of camels, cattle, and sheep. 

7. Some of the principal tribes are the Moiiguls, Mandshurs or 
Mantchoos, Kalkas, and Eluths, who are mostly of the Shaman reli¬ 
gion. 

8 . Some of the principal toAvns are Cash!gar, Yar-kund', and 
Our'ga (oor'ga). 

Corea. 

9. Co-re'a, a country but little known, consists of a peninsula, 
and is dependent on China, from Avhich it is separated by the Yellow 
sea. 

10. The southern part is fertile and populous ; the northern part 
mountainous and thinly peopled. 


Chinese Tartary.—1. What are the situation and divisions of Chi¬ 
nese Tartary ? 2. What is said of it ? 3. What of the climate, soil, 

&c. ? 4. Which is the most fertile part ? 

5. What of the desert of Cobi ? 

6. What of the inhabitants ? 7. What names of the tribes ? 8. What 

towns ? 9. What is said of Corea 10. What of the country ? 


See Map of Asia .—What seas and channel lie east of Chinese Tartary ? 
What islands.^ What is the course of the Amour.? 

How is the Desert of Cobi situated.? Little Bukharia.? Mongolia.? 

Mandshuria.? Cashgar.? Yarkund.? Ourga.? 

How is Corea situated .? King-ki-ta'o .? 




JAPAN. 


177 


JAPAN. 

1. The empire of Ja-pan' is composed of several islands which lie 
to the east of Asia, the largest of which is JVi'phon. The islands 
Xt mo and Xi-co'co form a part of tire empire ; and Jes'so is depen¬ 
dent upon it. 

2. These islands have a diversified surface and a variable climate; 
are very rich in mineral productions ; and they are highly cultivated, 
and very populous. 

3. The Jap-an-ese' have made considerable advancement in the 
sciences, and excel in agriculture and some manufactures ; and 
their varnish is unrivalled. 

4. Jed'do, the capital of Japan, is situated on a bay in the island 
ol Niphon, and is one of the most populous and magnificent cities of 
Asia. 

5. JSIe-a'co^ the ecclesiastical capital, is noted for manufactures ; 
XTan-ga-sackfij as the only port to which foreigners are admitted. 


OCEANICA, 

OR 

ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 

1. The vast number of islands which are widely dispersed in the 
Pacific ocean, lying chiefly to the southeeist of Asia, are styled by 
Malte-Brun, O-ce-an'i-ca; and they are considered as forming a 
fifth grand division of the world. 

2. These islands have commonly been divided into three classes, 
namely, the Eastern ^^rch-i-pel'a-go or Asiatic Islands, Australia, 
and Polynesia. 

3. The most of them are situated within the torrid zone, and are 
generally exposed to great heat; but there is a wide difference of 
temperature among them, and many of them enjoy a delightful 
climate. 


Japan. —1. What is said of Japan 2. What is said of the islands? 

3. The Japanese ^ 4. Jeddo? 5. Mcaco and Nangasacki ? 

Oceanic A. —1. What is said of the islands in the Pacific ocean ? 

2. How are they divided ? 3. What is said of their situation and climate ? ' 


See Map of Asia .—By what are the Japan islands separated from Asia? 
How is Niphon situated? Ximo? Xicoco? Jesso? Jeddof 

Meaco ? N angasacki ? 




178 


OCEANICA. 


4. They present all varieties of surface, but many of them are 
mountainous ; some of them have mountains of great elevation: no 
other part of the globe so much abounds in volcanoes ; and many of 
the islands are supposed to be of volcanic origin. 

5. The low islands generally have for their base a reef of coral 
rocks, by which they are supposed to have been originally formed, 
and to have been gradually augmented and elevated, by the slow 
accumulation of light bodies drifted to them by the sea. 

6 . Most of the animals of the south of Asia, are found in these 
islands, and there are many varieties peculiar to this part of the 
globe. The orang-outang most abounds in Borneo; the beautiful 
birds of paradise in New Guinea ; and the kangaroo is found only in 
New Holland. 

7. The cocoa-nut tree and the family of the palm trees which are 
very beautiful and highly useful, abound in most of the islands. 
Many of them also furnish sandal-wood, which is burnt in the houses 
of oriental nations, on account of its fragrant odor. 

8 . The bread-fruit tree is another remarkable and most useful 
production of many of the islands. It grows to the height of 40 or 
50 feet, and produces a nutritious fruit of the size of a child’s head, 
and in such abundance, that the produce of three trees will support 
a man for a year. 

9 . These islands produce various spices and abound in Ace, coffee, 
augu,! , vuUon, honrxoln, cctmphot', banauas, sago, and a variety of trop¬ 
ical fruits. 

10. The Islanders consist chiefly of two races, 1st, the .lfaZa?y race, 
who are widely dispersed throughout the Eastern Archipelago and 
Polynesia; and 2dly, the J^egro or Papuan race, who form the prin¬ 
cipal part of the population ol'Australia, and are also found in many 
of the other islands. 

11. The islanders of the Malay race are of tawny or dark olive 
complexion, and exhibit considerable diversity in their condition and 
character, some of them being somewhat advanced in the arts of 
civilized life ; others are extremely barbarous, and in many instances, 
cannibals. The inhabitants of Polynesia are pagans ; those of the 
Eastern Archipelago, partly pagans and partly Mahometans. 

12. The Papuan race arc smaller than the African negroes, and 
not so black. They are the most degraded of the human species ; 
and seem incapable of acquiring the habits and feelings of civilized 

' beings. 


4. What is said of the surface ? 5. Low islands ? 6. Animals? 

7. What trees abound ? 

8. What is said of the bread-fruit tree ? 9. What productions ? 

10. What races of inhabitants ? 11. What is said of the Malay race ? 

12. The Papuan race? 




OCEANICA. 


179 


Eastern Archipelago. 


Omng- Outang. 



13. The islands of the Eastern Archipelago, which are also called 
the Asiatic Islands, the East India Islands, and by Malte-Brun 
Northwest Oceanica, comprise five divisions or clusters, namely, the 
Sunda or Sumatra Islands, Borneo, the Philippine Islands, Celebes, 
and the Moluccas. 

14. These islands supply other parts of the world with various 
spices, or aromatic luxuries, as pepper, cinnamon, cloves, and nutmegs. 
Some of the other productions are rice, sugar, cotton, coffee, camphor, 
benzoin, sago, cocoa, cassia, and edible birds' nests. 

15. Sunda Isles. Su-md'tra, tlie largest of the Sunda Isles, is 
fertile, but mountainous, and contains the elevated mountain of 
Ophir. 

16. This island is chiefly in the possession of the natives ; but tlxe 
English have a small settlement at Ben-coo'len. 

17. Ja'va, the other great island of this cluster, belongs to the 
Dutch, and is so fruitful in rice, that it has been sometimes styled 
the Granary of the East. 

18. The interior is mountainous ; but the coasts are low and 
marshy ; and the climate here is very unhealthy. 

19. Ba-ta'vi-a, in the northwest part of Java, is the capital of all 
the Dutch East India possessions, and on account of its former 
splendor and great commerce, was styled the Queen of the East. 

20. Ban'ca, an island lying east of Sumatra, also belongs to the 
Dutch, and is noted for its rich tin mines. 

21. Borneo. Bodne-o, the largest island in the world, except 


13. What does the Eastern Archipelago comprise ? 14. What are some 

of their noted productions ? 15. What is said of Sumatra ? 

16.’ In whose possession is it ? 17. What is said of Java? 

18. What of the surface and climate? 19. Batavia? 20. Banca ? 21. 
Borneo ? 










180 


OCEANICA. 


New Holland, and perhaps also New Guinea, is 800 miles long, and 
700 broad ; but it has been little explored, and is little known., 

22. It is noted for a species of ape called the orang-outang, an 
animal which bears a strong resemblance to the human species. 

23. Philippine, or Manilla Islands. The Phi-lip'pine Islands 
belong to Spain. The two largest are Lu-zon' and Min-da-ndfo or 
Ma-gin-da-ndfo, both of which are very fertile; and the former is 
remarkable for volcanoes. 

24. Ma-nil'la, on the west coast of Luzon, is the capital of the 
Spanish East India possessions, and has heretofore been a place of 
much commerce. 

25. Celebes. CeUe-bes, a large island, remarkable for its irregular 
form and fine scenery, belongs partly to the natives, and partly to 
the Dutch. 

26. The Moluccas. The jWo-^mc'cos, called also the i?/ancfo, 
belong to the Dutch. The most important islands are Gi-lo'lo and 
Ce-ram', the two largest; Am-hoy'na, noted for cloves ; Ban'da, for 
nutmegs. 

Australia. 


The Kangaroo. 



27. Australia or Australasia, called, by Malte-Brun, Central Ocean- 
ica, comprises Mw Holland, Pap'u-a or jVeio Guin'ea, Van Die¬ 
men's Land, JVeiv Bril'ain, JS/eto Ire'land, /\ew Cal-e-do'ni-a, J^ew 
Heh'H-des, JsTew Zea'land, and other smaller islands. 

28. JVeio Holland, which is about three fourths as large as Europe, 
and is sometimes styled a continent, was first discovered by the 
Dutch in 1605 ; and the most of it is yet unexplored. 

29. The natives of New Holland, as well as of most other parts 


22. For what is it noted? 23. Philippine islands? 24. Manilla? 25. 
Celebes ? 26. Moluccas ? 

27. What does Australia comprise ? 28. What is said of New Holland ? 
29. What of the natives ? 





OCEANICA. 


181 


of Australia, are the most degraded and barbarous of the human spe¬ 
cies. They wear little or no clothing, have no form of government, 
and are destitute of all the comforts of civilized life. 

30. The co^ts are extremely diversified ; and the forests are said 
to be inferior in majesty to those of America, and in variety and ele 
gance to those of Asia. 

31. The quadrupeds are different from those of any other quarter 
of the world, and are mostly of the opossum species. One of the 
largest and most celebrated, is the kanguroo, an elegant animal, 
which is sometimes G feet long, and is remarkable for the shortness 
of its fore legs, and for the abdominal pouch of the female, for the 
protection of its young. 

32. New Holland is celebrated chiefly for the English Colony^ 
in JVeio South WalcSy in the southeast part, formed by the transpor¬ 
tation of convicts from Great Britain. 

33. This colony was begun in 1787, and now contains upwards of 
50,000 inhabitants, mliny of whom are possessed of considerable 
property. 

34. The climate of the country occupied by the colony is temper¬ 
ate and healthy ; much of the soil is fertile ; and agriculture and 
other useful arts have made considerable progress. 

35. Sydney^ the capital of the colony, is situated on the bay of 
Port Jackson, has an excellent harbor, is a considerable and flour¬ 
ishing town, and has many useful establishments. 

36. A similar colony has been established on Van Die'men^s Land, 
of which the capital is Hobart Town. 

37. The great island of JVew Guinea or Papua, which is about 
1,200 miles in length, and 350 in breadth, is but little known, and is 
noted for the birds of paradise, which are of several kinds, and are 
among the most beautiful of the feathered creation. 

38. J^ew Zealand, which consists of two large islands, has a tem¬ 
perate climate, and a luxuriant vegetation. 

39. One of the productions peculiar to New Zealand, is a beauti¬ 
ful and valuable species of flax, which resembles silk, and has been 
found to succeed in the climate of France. 


30. What of the coasts and forests ? 31. Quadrupeds, and kanguroo ? 

32. For what is New Holland chiefly celebrated 33. What is said of 
this colony ? 34. What of the climate and soil ? 35. Sydney ? 

36. What other similar colony ? 37. What is said of New Guinea ? 38. 
New Zealand ? 39. What of the productions ? 

16 




^82 


OCEANICA. 


Polynesia. 


Branch of the Bread-Fruit Tree. 



40. Polynesia, or Eastern Oceanica, comprises the following’ 
groups or clusters of islands, namely, the Pe-leiv' Islands, La- 
drone' Islands, Car-o-li'nas, Sandwich Islands, Mar-que'sas, Society 
Islands, Friendly Islands, Fe-jee' Islajids, and iN'avigator's Islands. 

41. These are all comparatively small islands, widely dispersed in 
the Pacilic ocean, and many of them are much nearer to the western 
coast of America, than to the eastern coast of Asia. 

42. The inhabitants of Polynesia are of the Malay race, of tawny 
or dark olive complexion, and some of them are distinguished for 
tine forms, regular features, and pleasing countenances. 

43. The custom of tattooing prevails generally among them. It 
is performed by pricking the skin, and staining the punctured spots 
with a dark-colored substance, and thus forming lines and figures 
upon the body. 

44. A great part of these islands have been discovered since the 
middle of the last century. When first discovered, the inhabitants 
were all pagans, many of them extremely barbarous, and even can¬ 
nibals ; but they have, in some instances, shown great readiness in 
adopting the improvements of civilized life ; and in no other part of 
the world have the labors of Christian missionaries been attended 
with greater success. 


40. What does Polynesia comprise ? 41. What is said of these islands ? 

42 . Inhabitants ? 43. What of the custom of tattooing ? 

iA. What is said of the discovery of the islands, and the condition of the 
inhabitants ? 





OCEANIC A. 


18:5 


45. The Sandmch Islands, wliicli are 11 in narnber, are one of 
the most important of the clusters of Polynesia, and are interesting 
on account of the progress which the natives have made in the arts 
of civilized life, and the great success wliicli has attended the labors 
of the American missionaries among thorn. 

46. Ha-ivai'i (ha-wi'e), formerly called 0-wh/ec, one of the Sand¬ 
wich Islands, and the largest island in the Polynesia, is 97 miles 
long, and 78 broad, and is noted for the death of the celebrated nav¬ 
igator captain Cook. 

47. Many parts of it are fertile and populous, but a portion is 
mountainous ; and it has peaks so elevated as to be always covered 
with snow. 

48. The Society Islands have attracted much notice, and tlie in¬ 
habitants, through the influence of the English missionaries, have 
been persuaded to renounce idolatry and embrace Christianity. 

49. O-ta-hei'te, or Ta-hi'ti (ta-he'te), the largest of the Society 
Islands, is about 100 miles in circumference, and has an uneven and 
mountainous surface, but is very fertile. 

50. Pitcairn's Island, a small island, southeast of the Society 
Islands, is remarkable for having been settled by Englisli mutineers, 
and for the interesting character of their descendants. 


45 , What is said of the Sandwicli Islands? 46. Hawaii? 47. Soil and 
surface ? 48. Society Islands ? 49. Otaheite ? 50. Pitcairn’s 

Island ? 


See Map of Asia. —What arc the principal islands in the Eastern Arch¬ 
ipelago ? What ones are crossed by the equator ? 

How is Borneo situated ? Sumatra? .lava? Celebes? Luzon? Min¬ 
danao ? Gilolo ? Amboyna ? Banca ? 

Where is the strait of Malacca ? Strait of Sunda ? Macassar strait ? 

How is the town of Batavia situated ? Bencoolen ? Manilla ? Macassar ? 

How does the tropic of Capricorn intersect New Holland ? 

Where is New South Wales ? The gulf of Carpentaria ? Torres Straits ? 
Bass’s Straits? Port Jackson and Botany Bay? Sydney? Van 
Diemen’s Land? Papua or New Guinea ? New Britain ? New 
Ireland ? Pelew' Islands ? Ladronc Islands ? Carolinas ? 


See Map of the World .—How is New^ Zealand situated ? 

What straits divide the tw^o islands of New Zealand ? 

How is New Caledonia situated ? New Hebrides ? 

Which of the islands of Polynesia are nearest to America ? How are the 
Sandwich Islands situated ? The Society Islands ? The Marque¬ 
sas? The Friendly Islands? Navigator’s Island? Mulgrave’s 
Islands? Hawaii? Otaheite? Pitcairn’s Island? 





Cleopatra's Needle. 


Pompey's Pillar. 



1. Africa has been known and peopled from the remotest anti¬ 
quity ; and it includes Egypt, which has been styled the cradle of 
learning; yet, notwithstanding its ancient celebrity, and its vicinity 
to those parts of the world which are most famous in history, it is 
far the least known, the least civilized, and the least important of the 
four quarters of the globe. 

2. It consists of a vast peninsula, connected with Asia by the low, 
sandy isthmus of Su'ez, which lies between the Mediterranean and 
Red sea, and is 75 English miles wide. 

3. Some of the principal causes which have prevented its being 
better known and more civilized, will be found in its natural form 
and features: it has few large and navigable rivers, or good harbors; 
no gulf or inland sea penetrates into the interior; and the extent of 
its deserts, and nature of its climate, as well as the savage character 
of its inhabitants, render it difficult to be explored. 

4. As much as three fourths of Africa lie in the torrid zone; and 

is distinguished as the hottest portion of the globe. 

5. The most remarkable capes are Cape Bon and Cape Serra in 


Africa. —1. What is said of Africa 2. Of what does it consist ? 

3. What causes have prevented its being more known and civilized ? 

4. What portion lies in the torrid zone ? 5. What capes ? 















AFRICA. 


185 


the north, Guat-'da-fui in the east, the Cape of Good Hope in the 
south, and Cape Verd in llie west. 

6. The two most celebrated rivers arc the .Yile and the Meer 
(ni'jer); others of less note are the Sen'e-gal, Gam'hi-a, Zaire or 
Congo, Orange, and Cu-a'ma or Zamhese. 

7. The jyUe, the most celebrated river on tlic globe, is formed 
by two principal branches, one of which rises in Abyssinia, and 
the otlier in the country to the southwest. It passes through Nu¬ 
bia and Egypt, and after a course of about 2.500 miles, ft flows 
into the Mediterranean by two principal moutlis. It is only about 
a third of a mile in width ; and after the junction of the Ta- 
caz'ze, it flows about 1,000 miles without being joined by any large 
stream. 

8. The mysterious JViger, the principal river of Central Africa,, 
has e.xcited great interest on account of the difficulty of discover¬ 
ing its course and termination. To ascertain these has long been 
regarded as a great geographical problem; and the ineffectual at¬ 
tempts to solve it have cost great labor and many lives. 

9. The principal islvuids urc ATad-a-gas'ear, So-co'tra,Mau-ri'ti-us, 
and Boudhon, on the east; the Ca-nalries, Ma-dei'ra, the A-zOres', 
Cape Verd Islands, and St. He-le'na, on the west. 

10. The most noted moaniains are the Atlas Mountains in the 
north, the Mountains of the Moon and the Kong Mountains in the 
central part. Table Mountain near the south end, and the Peak of 
Tenerife on one of the Canary islands. 

11. A remarkable feature of Africa consists in its immense sandy 
and barren deserts, which abound in different parts ; but tlie desert 
of Sah'a-ra, or Zd'a-ra, is the largest and most celebrated. 

12. Africa has few lakes, and a great part of it suffers for want of 
water ; but the soil of those parts which are v/ell watered is exceed¬ 
ingly fertile. 

13. The leading object of European nations, in their intercourse 
with Africa, during the last three centuries, has been the prosecu¬ 
tion of that iniquitous and cruel traffic, the slave-trade. 

14. The principal articles of commerce obtained from Africa, be¬ 
sides slaves, are gold and ivorp. 

15. Africa abounds in wild animals ; and here only are the lion, 
the king of animals, and the ostrich, the largest of birds, found in 
their perfect state. Other distinguished animals are the elephant, 
camelopard, hippopotamus, camel, zebra, buffalo, and crocodile. 

16. The inhabitants, who are mostly in the savage or barbarous 
state, consist of various tribes ; but the most of them may be divided 
into two great classes, namely, the Moors and JVegrocs; but the 


6. What rivers? 7. What is said of the Nile? 8. Niger? 9. ^Vliat 
islands ? 10. Mountains ? 11. What forms a remarkable feature ? 

12. What of the soil ? 13. What has been the leading object of 

Europeans in their intercourse with Africa? 14. Vvhat are the 
chief articles of commerce ? 

15. What is said of the animals? 16. Inhabitants ? 

16 * 



1 


186 AFRICA. 

Caffres are considered by some as forming a third great class, dis¬ 
tinct from the Negroes. 

17. The Moors are found chiefly in the northern part, and are 
Mahometans. They are of swarthy or copper complexion ; of bar¬ 
barous habits and manners ; and of perfidious and sanguinary char¬ 
acter. 

18. The JVegroes are chiefly 2 )agans, and have the usual habits of 
barbarous or savage life. They are possessed of less activity, infor¬ 
mation, and vigor of mind than the Moors ; but are more gentlej 
faithful, and affectionate. 

19. Africa may be comprised under the folloAving general divis¬ 
ions ; Egypt, JVubia, and Abyssinia, in the northeast; the Barbary 
States, in the north ; Western Africa ; Central Afnca ; Southern. Af¬ 
rica ; Southeastern Africa ; and the Afncan Islands. 


17. What is said of the Moors i 18. The Negroes ? 
19. What divisions does Africa comprise ^ 


See Map of Africa. —1. What oceans and seas border on Africa ? 

2. W hat straits 3. Where is the island of Madagascar? 4. The Co¬ 
moro Islands ? 5. Canary Islands ? 6. Madeira ? 7. St. Helena ? 

8. What islands in the gulf of Guinea ? 9. What is the southern cape of 

Africa? 10. The eastern? 11. The northern? 12. The west¬ 
ern? 13. What is the course of the Nile ? 14. The Niger ? 

15. What rivers are in the west? 16. What ones in the southeast? 

17. Where are the Atlas mountains ? 18. The Mountains of the Moon 

19. The Kong mountains ? 20. Where is lake Tchad ? 21. Lake 
Maravi ? 22. Lake Dembea ? 

23. How is the desert of Sahara situated ? 24. What countries are in the 
north of Africa? 25. In the east? 26. Th^ south? '27. The 
west ? 28. The central part ? 




EGYPT. 


187 


EGYPT. 


Cairo. 



]. Egypt is celebrated for its great antiquity, and for having pre¬ 
ceded all other countries in civilization, and in improvement in the 
arts. It has been styled the cradle of learning ; and it still contains 
numerous monuments of its early magnificence and refinement. 

2. It is divided into Upper Egypt and Lower Egypt; the former 
lies south of Cairo; and the latter is situated between Cairo and 
the Mediterranean, and is called the Delta. 

3. The term Delta (the name of the fourth letter of the Greek al¬ 
phabet, which is in the shape of a triangle), is applied to an alluvial 
tract of land, of a triangular form, which is overflowed and fertilized 
by the Nile, which here divides itself into several channels. 

4. The valuable part of Upper Egypt is a narrow belt of land 
lying on both sides of the Nile, enclosed between two ridges of 
mountains, which are bordered by deserts. 

5. The only river of Egypt is the celebrated JVile^ which forms 
tlie most remarkable feature of the country, and to which it owes 
nearly all its fertility. 

6. This river annually passes its banks and overspreads the allu¬ 
vial land bordering upon it like a sea, carrying with its waters a 
fertilizing mud; and almost all the country that is not thus inun¬ 
dated, is barren, and a great part of it consists of sandy deserts. 


Egypt.—1. What is said of Egypt ? 2. How is it divided ? 

3. W’hat is the Delta.? 4. Of what does the valuable part of Upper Egypt 
consist ? 5. What river in Egypt ? 

6. What is said of its inundation ? 












188 


EGYPT. 


7. The lands wliich are inundated, are celebrated for their fer¬ 
tility, are cultivated with great ease, and produce corn and rice in 
equal perfection, 

8. Some of the principal productions besides rice, wheats and other 
kinds of grain, are sugar-cane^ cotton, Jlax, indigo, and a variety of 
fruits, particularly dates, which afford the chief subsistence to a great 
many of the inhabitants. 

9. The climate is peculiarly characterized by an almost entire ab¬ 
sence of rain, the falling of even a few drops being a rare occur¬ 
rence. The temperature and appearance of the country at some 
seasons are delightful; yet tlic summers are very hot, and the rav¬ 
ages of the plague frequent 

10. The Great and lAttle (ya-ses, which are fertile tracts in the 
midst of the desert, are situated to the west of Siut and Dendera. 

11. The inhabitants are much subject to the ophthalmia, a severe 
disease affecting the eyes ; and in the spring, they are often an¬ 
noyed by the simoom or samiel, a hot, suffocating wind from the 
desert 

12. The language chiefly spoken in Egypt is the .drahic; and 
about two thirds of the inhabitants are Arabs, Avho are Mahometans. 
The other inhabitants are Copts, Avho are descended from the an¬ 
cient Egyptians, and profess Christianity ; also Turks and Jeivs, Avho 
are found mostly in the cities. 

13. Egypt has been considered, in modern times, as forming a 
part of the Turkish or Ottoman empire ; and it is governed by a 
pasha in the name of the Porte ; but the allegiance to the sultan has 
sometimes been but little more than nominal. 

14. Egypt abounds in stupendous monuments of antiquity, as pyr¬ 
amids, obelisks, temples, and catacombs. 

15. The Pyramids, which were accounted by the ancients one of 
the seven wonders of the Avorld, are the most remarkable monuments 
of ancient art that now exist, and are alike famous for their size and 
antiquity. History furnishes no authentic information respecting the 
time or the object of their erection. 

16. Cai'ro, or Grand Cai'ro, the capital of modern Egypt, is the 
largest city in Africa, and carries on an extensive trade with the in¬ 
terior of the continent, and Avith Asia, by means of caravans. The 
streets are very narrow and dirty, the houses mostly very mean; but 
there are many magnificent mosques. 

17. Al-ex-an'dri-a, once a great city, and distinguished as a 
seat of learning and commerce, and famous for its Pharos or light¬ 
house, is now greatly reduced. It exhibits interesting remains of 
ancient grandeur, as Pompefs Pillar, Cleopatra's JVeedhs, and the 
Catacombs. 

J8. Da-mi-et'ta and Ro-set'ta, on the two principal mouths of 


7. What of the lands inundated ? 8. What is said of the productions ? 
9. Climate ? 10. Great and Little Oases ? 11. By Avhat are the in- 

habitants'afflicted ? 12. What are the lanp;uage and inhabitants ? 

1.3. How is Egypt governed ? 14. In Avhat does it abound ? 

15. What is said of the Pyramids.!* 10 . Cairo? 17. Alexandria.^ 18. 
Damietta, Rosetta, Abukir, and Suez ? 



EGYPT. 


189 


the Nile, are noted for commerce ; M-u-kir', for a victory of Lord 
Nelson ; Su'ez, for its situation at tlie north end of the Red sea, on 
the isthmus to which it gives name. 

19. Gir'ge is noted as the capital of Upper Egypt; Cos-seir', on the 
Red sea, for its former commercial importance ; Siut (se-oot'), jis'na, 
and Ed'Ju, as considerable towns ; Sy-t'ne, as the one farthest south ; 
Thebes, Den'de-ra, and many other places, for magnificent ruins. 

NUBIA. 

1. Nubia is an extensive country, watered by the Nile and its 
branches; and it comprises several kingdoms or states, of which 
the principal are Sen-na-ad and Don-go'la. 

*2. The country is but little known, and its boundaries are not well 
defined ; but it contains some magnificent remains of temples and 
otlier ancient monuments. 

3. The soil on the borders of the rivers is fertile ; but the most 
of the country consists of barren, sandy, and stony deserts; and the 
climate is very hot. 

4. Don-go'la is noted as the capital of the kingdom of the same 
name ; Shen'dy, as a considerable town ; Eb-sam'bul, for an ancient 
temple cut out of solid rock. 

5. Sen-na-ad, the capital of the kingdom of Sennaar, was formerly 
a large city, but is now almost in ruins ; Sua'kem, once a large com¬ 
mercial port, is now greatly reduced, 

ABY^SSINIA. . 

1. Abyssinia, which lies west of the Red sea and the straits of 
Babelmandel, and contains the eastern sources of the Nile, is a coun¬ 
try of considerable celebrity, though it has-been visited by few mod¬ 
ern travellers, and is but little known. 

2. It is an elevated and mountainous country,' and much of it is 
well watered and fertile ; and it is rich in animal and vegetable pro¬ 
ductions. 


1.9. What towns in Upper Egypt ? 

Nubia. —1. What is said of Nubia 2. What is mentioned of the 
country ? 3. Soil and climate ? ^4. Dongola, Shendy, and Ebsam- 

bul ? 5. Sennaar and Suakem ? 

Abyssinia. —1. What is said of Abyssinia.^ 2. What of the surface 
and soil ? 


See Map No. X .—How is Egypt bounded ? How does the Nile in¬ 
tersect it.^ How is Cairo situated Alexandria.^ Damietta.? Ro¬ 
setta ^ Suez ? Cosseir ? Syene ? The Pyramids : Thebes ? , 

Girge ? What other towns on the Nile ? 

See Map No. XI .—What is the situation of Nubia ^ The country of 
Dongola.^ Sennaar.^ By what rivers is Nubia watered? 

How is the town of Dongola situated ? Sennaar? Ebsambul ? Shendy ? 
Suakem ? Ibrim ? 




190 


ABYSSINIA. 


3. The climate, on account of the elevation of the country, the 
streams of water, and rains, is much cooler than that of Egypt. 

4. The Abyssinians have professed Christianity from an early 
period, and are of the Eutychian sect; but they are extremely igno¬ 
rant ; the art of printing is not in use among them; and copies of 
the Bible are very rare. 

5. They are of a dark olive complexion ; live in round hovels with 
thatched roofs ; and are noted for their singular and barbarous cus¬ 
toms. 

6. Besides the Christians of Abyssinia, the country is inhabited 
by several pagan nations, as the Gallas and Shangallas, who are far 
more noted for their ferocious manners and savage customs. 

7. Gon'dar, the chief town of Abyssinia, is situated on the north¬ 
east part of lake Dem-be'a, is said to contain 100 churches, and has 
considerable trade. 

8. Ad'o-wa and An'ta-lo are noted as considerable towns ; Aj/um, 
as the former capital; Mas'u-ah, as the principal port. 


BARBARY STATES. 

Algiers. 



1. Barbary is a name given to an extensive country in the north 

3. What is said of the climate ? 4. The Abyssinians ? 5. What of their 

habits ? 6. What other inhabitants of the country ? 
7. What is said of Gondar ? 8. W’^hat other towns ? 

Barb ARY States.— 1. W^hat does Barbary comprise ? 


See Map JVb. X.—How is Abyssinia situated W'here is lake Dem 
M'l branches of the Nile rise in Abyssinia ^ 

What other How is Gondar situated? Masuah and Ar-ki'ko ^ 

A\um . Antalo ? What other towns ? 










BARBARY STATES. 


m 


of Africa, which is situated between the desert of Sahara and the 
Mediterranean sea, and comprises.Vo-rocVo,..6?Z-g-jers', Tu'nis, Trip'- 
o-li, and Bar'ca. ^ 

This country occupied a much more conspicuous place in tlie 
ancient world, than it has done in the modern: it contained the 
powerful and commercial state of Carthage, and several others of 
less importance ; but in latter times it has been noted as a seat of 
barbarism and piracy. 

p. Its most remarkable natural feature consists in tlie ^//a^ A/oun- 
iains, a long and elevated range, which lies nortli of the Great Des¬ 
ert, and which ancient fable represented as the prop of the heavens. 

4. Tne cultivated part of Barbary comprises a tract of country 
from 50 to 200 miles wide, situated between the Atlas range and 
the sea, watered by numerous streams from tlie mountains, and dis- 
titiguished for its fertility. 

5. The climate is temperate, pleasant, and generally healtliy; 
yet tlie country is e.xposed to the most calamitous visitations of the 
plague. 

6. Some of the principal productions and exports are rice, maize, 
and other kinds of grain ; ivory, ostrich feathers, Morocco leather, and 
fruits, particularly dates. 

7. The locust is a formidable insect of this country, and often ap¬ 
pears in immense swarms, causing the most destructive ravages. 

8. The inhabitants consist of four classes; 1st, Moors, who are 
the ruling people, and form most of the inhabitants of the cities; 
2dly, Jews, who live in the cities and have the management of the 
trade ; 3dly, Arabs, who lead a pastoral life ; 4th, Berbers or Brebers, 
who live in the mountainous parts, and are supposed to be descend¬ 
ed from tlie original inhabitants, and from whom the name of Barbary 
is said to be derived. 

9. The prevailing religion of Barbary is Mahometanism ; and the 
government a barbarous despotism. 

Morocco. 

10. The empire of Morocco, which is much the largest of the 
Barbary States, and comprises- a part of ancient Mauretania, lies in 
the northwest of Africa, and includes Morocco Proper, Fez, and other 
divisions. 

11. Mo-roc'co, the capital, is situated upwards of 100 miles from 
the sea. It is the usual residence of the emperor, carries on a trade 
with Tombuctoo, and was once a very large and populous city, but 
is now decayed. Meq'ui-nez (mek'e-nez), further in the interior, is 
sometimes the residence of the emperor. 

12. Fez, formerly the capital of a kingdom of the same name. 


2. What is said of its ancient and modern condition ? 

3. What is said of the Atlas mountains ? 4. What of the cultivated part? 

5. Climate ? 6. Productions and exports? 7. The locust? 8. In¬ 
habitants ? 9. Religion and government ? 

10. What is said of the empire of Morocco? 11. The city of Morocco, 
and Mequinez ? 12. Fez ? 



BARBARY STATES. 


, 192 

and noted as a seat of Mahometan learning, is now a considerable 
city, and the largest in tlie empire. 

13. Mog-a-dore' is noted as the chief seat of European commerce 
with Morocco; Tan-gitr', as the residence of European consuls; 
Ceu'tcL, as a seaport belonging to Spain ; Ra-bat', La-rache' (la-rash'), 
and Ttt’u-cm, as considerable ports. 

14. Morocco is noted for a Wnd of leather called Morocco, which is 
manufactured of the skins of the goats of the province of Taf'i-let. 

Algiers. 

15. The country of Algiers is divided into three provinces ; and 
it is the most noted of all the Barbary States for naval strength and 
piracy. 

16. Al-giers', the capital of the country of Algiers, and noted for 
piracy, is built on the side of a hill, with the houses rising in the 
form of an amphitheatre, and it presents a magnificent spectacle 
from the sea. It was taken by the French in 1830. 

17. Con-stan-ti'na, the capital of the eastern province, is noted as 
the second town in size ; Treni-e-cen', as the capital of the western 
province ; O-ran', as a place of strength. 

Tunis. 

18. The country of Tunis includes the site of ancient Carthage, 
and contains many monuments of ancient magnificence. 

19. Tu'nis, the capital, situated near the site of ancient Carthage, 
is one of the largest cities in Africa, and the most commercial one 
in Barbary. It carries on an extensive trade with Central Africa 
and with France, and has also various manufactures. 

20. Bi-zedta, Sfax, and Su'sa, are noted as considerable towns ; 
Kair-wan', for its former magnificence. 

Tripoli. 

' 21. Trip'o-li, the capital of the state of Tripoli, has a good har¬ 

bor and considerable commerce, and is largely concerned in the 
caravan trade with the interior of Africa. 

Barca. 

22. Barca contains the site of the ancient city of Cy-re'ne; but 
is mostly a desert. 

23. Its chief towns are Derne and Bin-gd/zi. 

Fezzan. 

24. Fez-zan', which lies south of Tripoli, is a small but fertile 
country, surrounded by deserts. 


13. What ports ? 14. For what manufacture is Morocco noted ? 

15. What is said of the country of Algiers ? 16. What of the city ? 

17. What other towns ? 

18. What is said of the country of Tunis 19. The city of Tunis!* 20. 

W'hat other towns ? 

21. What is said of Tripoli 22. Barca.? 23. What towns.? . 

2 What is said of Fezzan .? 



BARBARY STATES. 


193 


25. Mou7'-zouk^ (moor-zook'), the capital, is noted as a centre of 
the caravan trade of Africa. 

^ Sahara, or the Great Desert. 

1. Sali'a-ra or Za'a-ra, or the Great Desert, which lies south of 
Barbary, is about 1,000 miles broad, and reckoning from the Atlantic 
to the Nile, about 3,000 miles long ; but the name is commonly lim¬ 
ited to the main body, which lies west of Fezzan, and which is about 
2,000 miles in length. 

2. It is raised but little above the level of the sea, and appears as 
a vast ocean of scorching sand, having here and there some oases or 
islands, which afford water and vegetation, and serve as resting and 
watering places to the caravans tliat travel over it; and in some in¬ 
stances they support a number of inhabitants. 

3. This vast and dreary abode of solitude and desolation, is trav¬ 
ersed, for purposes of commerce, by caravans, that proceed from the 
towns of Barbary, and from Cairo in Egypt, conveying salt, cloths, 
and various kinds of European goods to Tombuctoo, Bornou, and 
other places in Central Africa, and receiving in return slaves, gold, 
ivory, ostrich feathers, civet, and some other articles. 

4. In dry seasons, when the water fails at the oases, whole cara¬ 
vans, including both men and camels, sometimes perish with thirst; 
and whole caravans are also said to be sometimes destroyed by being 
buried by Avaves or clouds of sand agitated by tlie wind. 

5. The western coast of Sahara being rocky and dangerous, a 
considerable number of European vessels have here suffered ship¬ 
wreck ;.and the crews, when captured by the Moors, are exposed to 
the most dreadful sufferings. 


26. What is said of Mourzouk ? 

Sahara.—1. What is the extent of Sahara ? 2. What is said of the 
surface ? 3. What of the caravan trade ? 4. To what calamity are 

they exposed ? 5. What is said of shipwrecks on the western coast ? 


See Map of Africa .—How is Morocco bounded ? Algiers ? Tunis ^ 
Tripoli.^ Barca How is Fezzan situated ? Biledulgerid ? Tafi- 
let ? Suz ? Fez ? What capes are on the north of Tunis ? What 
gulf on the east ? Where is the gulf of Sidra ? 

Where is the desert of Barca? Libya? What towns of Morocco are on 
the northwest c':ast? What ones near the straits of Gibraltar ? 

What towns of Algiers are on the Mediterranean ? Of Tunis? Of Trip¬ 
oli ? Barca ? How is the city of Morocco situated ? Fez? Me- 
quinez ? Algiers ? Constantina ? Tunis ? Tripoli ? Mourzouk ? 

What is the situation of the Great Desert ^ Where is the Desert of Libya ? 

Where is Berdoa ? The Tibboos ? The Tuarick ? Mongearts ? 

How is Angela situated ? Siwah ? Kuku ? Agades ? 

17 




194 


WESTERN AFRICA. 


WESTERN AFRICA. 

Termites Ant-Hills. 



1. Western Africa comprehends all the countries on the coast, 
which lie between the desert of Sahara and Ben-gue'la; and it is 
noted for being the principal theatre of that inhuman and disgrace¬ 
ful traffic, the slave-trade. 

2. This region includes many different countries and kingdoms. 

The kingdoms of Sen-e-gam'bi-a are in the north ; those of Guin'ea^ 
in the middle ; and the countries of Lo-an'go. Con go, An-go'la, and 
Ben-gue'la, in the south. "" 

3. The principal rivers are the Sen'e-gal, Gam bi-a, Grand, Mes- 
n-rd'do, and Zaire or Con'go. 

4. This region lies wholly within the torrid zone, and the climalt 
is extremely hot, and very unhealthy to Europeans. 

5. Much of the soil is exceedingly fertile ; and the country is cov¬ 
ered with a luxuriant vegetation. 

6. This part of Africa abounds in various animals, particularly ele¬ 
phants, monkeys, and antelopes ; it is also infested by venomous in¬ 
sects and reptiles ; and here is found the enormous serpent the boa 
constrictor. 

/. In many parts of this region, the tedmi-tes, sometimes called 
wliite ants, construct their singular habitations, which they raise in 
the form of a pyramid, in some instances, to the height of 15 or 20 


Western Africa.— 1 . What is said of Western Africa ? 

2. What does it include ? 3. What are the rivers ? 4. What is said of 

the climate ? 5. Soil ? 6. Animals ? 7. Termites ? 










WESTERN AFitiCA. 


105 


8. The principal article of commerce consists of slaves; other 
articles are g-oW,wori/, and formerly Guinea pepper, called also grains 
of paradise ; and from these, the different parts of the coast of Guinea 
were named the Gold, Ivory, Grain, and Slave coasts. 

9. Some of the principal towns are Teem-boo', the chief town of 
the Foulahs ; Coo-mas-sie', the capital of Ash-an-tee'; ‘Ab'o-mey, of 
Dahomey ; Be-nin', of Benin ; Ca-hen'da, in Loango ; El-mi'na, on 
the Gold coast, belonging to the Dutch, and Cape Coast Castle, be¬ 
longing to the English. 

10. The inhabitants consist of various tribes of negroes, some of 
the principal of which are the Fou'lahs, Jal'offs, Man-din'goes, and 
Fe-I6ups'. 

11. The negroes are a degraded race, ignorant, superstitious, and 

indolent, but passionately fond of music and dancing. They are 
naturally mild, affectionate, and hospitable. They often exhibit an 
heroic fidelity, and need only to be enlightened and directed by the 
spirit of the gospel in order to become the most amiable and happy 
of mankind. * 

12. The most tremendous scourge by which the unhappy negroes 
are afflicted, is the slave-trade, which is the cause of the greatest 
enormities, and in consequence of which wars are incessantly under¬ 
taken to procure slaves for the market. 

13. Great exertions have been made, particularly by the English, 
to abolish this infamous traffic ; but philanthropy, equity, and penal 
statutes have,hitherto been found but feeble barriers, when opposed 
to the cilpidityof unprincipled traders ; and, to the reproach of Chris¬ 
tendom, this trade in negroes is still earned on to a great extent. 

14. In Si-eFra Le-o'ne, there is an English colony established for 
the benevolent purpose of colonizing free negroes, and promoting 
the civilization of Africa. 

15. In lA-bdri-a, near the river Mes-u-ra'do, a similar settlement 
has been formed by the American Colonization Society. 


8. What articles of commerce ? 9, Towns? 10. Inhabitants? 11. Ne¬ 
groes ? 12. Slave-trade ? 13. What attempts have been made to 

abolish it ? 14. Sierra Leone ? 15. Liberia ? 


See Map of Africa .—Where are the rivers Senegal and Gambia? The 
Mesurado ? The Zaire or Congo ? What countries are situated on 
and near the Senegal and Gambia ? 

What countries lie north of the gulf of Guinea ? What ones further 
south? Where is Kaarta? Fooladoo? Benguela? Mandingo? 
Benin? Congo? Sierra Leone? Angola? Liberia? Ashantee ? 
Loango ? Biafra ? Dahomey ? How are the Grain, Ivory, Gold, 
and Slave coasts situated ? How is the town of Benin situated ? 
Teemboo ? Coomassie ? Monrovia ? Elmina ? Cape Coast Castle ? 
Cabenda ? 





19G 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 

The Lion. 



1. Within the last forty years, great efforts have been made to 
explore the interior of Africa ; and though much expense has been 
incurred, and many lives sacrificed in these enterprises, yet a great 
}xirt of it is still wholly unknown to the civilized world. 

y. European travellers have partially explored the countries which 
lie north of the parallel of the 10th degree of north latitude ; but fur¬ 
ther south our knowledge is confined to the countries which border 
on the coasts. 

.3. Sou-dan', or JVi-gn'ti-a, is a name applied to an extensive re¬ 
gion in the interior, which lies south of the desert of Sahara, and 
includes a number of countries and kingdoms, that are fertile and 
considerably populous. Some of the principal ones are Tom-huc-ioo', 
Huus'sa, Bam-har'ra, CasNna or Kas-si'na, and Bor-nou'. 

4. The commerce of these countries is carried on by caravans with 
Cairo and the towns of Barbary ; and the expoHs consist chiefly of 
slaves, gold dust, ivory, ostrich feathers, and civet. 

5. The inhabitants consist of JVegroes, Moors, and Arabs, and ajre 
mostly Mahometans, but partly pagans. 

6. Tom-buc-too', or Tim-buc'too, situated near the Niger, is the 
commercial capital of Central Africa, and the point to which cara¬ 
vans proceed from the north. Many European travellers have lost 
their lives in attempts to visit this city; and the object was first 


Central Africa.—1. What is said respecting the discovery of the 
interior of Africa ? 2. What has been effected ? 

3. What is said of Soudan? 4. Commerce? 5. Inhabitants? 6. Tom- 
buctoo ? 


See Map of Jlfrica .—How is the country of Soudan or Nigritia situated ? 
Bambarra ? Darfour ? Houssa ? Bornou ? Toinhuctoo ? Kanem ? 
Where is the river Niger ? Lake Tchad ? How is the town of Sego situ¬ 
ated ? Toinhuctoo? Sackatoo ? Kouka? Cobbe ? Cashna? An- 
gornou ? 

What towns are on the Niger ? 




CENTRAL AFRICA. 


197 


accomplished, in 1826, by Major Laing, who was assassinated soon 
after leaving the place. 

7. Sack-a-too', or Soc-ca-too', a large town, is the capital of the 
warlike nation of the Felatahs ; SeTgo, of the kingdom of Bambarra. 

8. Cash'na is the capital of Cashna or Kassina; Bor-ndu', K6u'~ 
ka, and Angomou are considerable towns in the large kingdom of 
Bornou ; Cob'he is the capital of Dar-four'. 


SOUTHERN AFRICA. 

1. This division of Africa lies mostly south of the tropic of Cap¬ 
ricorn, and includes the country of Caf-fra'ri-a^ and the English 
Colony of the Cape of Good Hope, or Cape Colony. 

2. The most of this region is but little known; but it contains 
some fertile districts, and has extensive deserts. 

3. It is intersected by several ridges of mountains, some summits 
of which are always covered with snow ; and it is watered by a num¬ 
ber of rivers, the largest of which is Orange River. 

4. The natives consist of various tribes of Caf'fres (kaf'fers) and 
Hot'ten-tots. 

5. The Caffre's are nearly black, but differ much in form and 
features from the African negroes ; and they generally lead a pas¬ 
toral life. 

6. The Hottentots are a more degraded race, of yellowish brown 
complexion, and very deformed appearance ; but the labors of the 
Moravian missionaries among them have been very successful. 

7. Two of the principal towns of this region are Lat-ta-koo' and 
Kur-ree-chane'. 

8. The English Colony of the Cape, being situated on the route 
from Europe to India, is important on account of its affording re¬ 
freshments to vessels on their long voyages. 

9. It is famous for the delicious Constantia wine, produced from 
vines originally brought from Shiraz in Persia ; and also for a variety 
of the most beautiful plants, which now adorn many of the green¬ 
houses and gardens of Europe and America. 

10. Cape Toivn, the capital of the Colony, is situated on Table 


7. What is said of Sackatoo and Sego ? 

8. What other towns are mentioned ? 

SouTHERisr Africa. —1. What does Southern Africa comprehend ? 

2. What is said of it.^* 3. Mountains and rivers.? 4. Natives? 5. 

Caffres ? 6. Hottentots ? 7. Towns ? 8. What is said of the 

English Colony ? 9. For what is it famous ? 

10. What is said of Cape Town.? 


See Map of Africa .—How does the Tropic of Capricorn cross this re¬ 
gion .? W hat river flows west.? What rivers on the east ? 

How is Kurreechane situated .? Lattakoo ? . 

What are some of the tribes of people ? How is Cape Colony situated.? 
What capes and bays on the coast.? How is Cape Town situated? Stel¬ 
lenbosch .? Bethelsdorp.? 

17 # 




198 


SOUTHERN AFRICA. 


bay, near the foot of Table mountain, 90 miles from the Cape, and is 
important as connected with the commercial intercourse with India. 

SOUTHEASTERN AFRICA. 

1. This region, which extends from Caffraria to the straits of Ba- 
belmandel, has been partially colonized by the Portuguese ; but it is 
less known than Western Africa, and much less visited for purposes 
of commerce. 

2. Some of the principal countries are So-fd'la, Mon-o-mot'o-paf 
Mo-zam-bique', Zan-gue-bat'', Mag-a-dax'a, A'jan, and A'del. 

3. The climate, soil, and inhabitants of this region resemble those 
of the western coast; and tlie principal articles of commerce are the 
same, namely, slaves, gold, and ivory. 

4. Sofala abounds in gold ; and some learned men have supposed 
that this country is the same as the Ophir of the Scriptures. 

AFRICAN ISLANDS. 


Peak of TeneHffe. 



Southeastern Africa. —1. What is said of Southeastern Africa.^ 
2. What countries does it include ? 3. What is said of this region ? 

4. What of Sofala ? 


See Map of Africa .—What channel separates Madagascar from Africa * 
What rivers flow into the ocean between Caffraria and the straits of Babel 
mandel ? >Yhere is lake Maravi ? How are the countries of Sabia 
and Sofala situated ? Ajan and Adel ? Mozambique ? Monomo- 
topa ? Zanguebar ? Magadoxa ? 

How is the town of Eerbera situated ? Melinda? Magadoxa? Quiloa? 
Sofala ? Mozambique ? 






AFRICAN ISLANDS. 


199 


1. The principal islands on the eastern coast of Africa are Mad- 
a-gas'car, So-co'tra, Zan-zi-har'^ and the Co-mor'ro islands, chiefly 
in the possession of the natives ; Bour'bon^ belonging to France, and 
Mau-n'ti-us, to Great Britain. 

2. The most important islands on tlie west of Africa are Ma-dei'ra, 
the Jl-zores'y and the Cape Verd islands, belonging to Portugal; the 
Ca-na'ries, to Spain; and St. He-le'na, to Great Britain. 

B. Madagascar^ one of the largest islands in the world, has a 
mountainous surface, and a fertile soil; and is inhabited by various 
native tribes. 

4. The island of Bourbon is noted for being composed chiefly of 
two volcanic mountains, and for coffee. 

5. Mauritius^ or the Isle of France^ is less fertile than Bourbon, 
but is of commercial and military importance, on account of its good 
harbors. 

6. The island of Madeira is famous for its excellent wine. 

7. The Azores, about midway between Africa and America, are 
supposed to be of volcanic origin, and are noted for wine, oranges, 
lemons, and other fruits." 

8. The Canaries, called by the ancients the Fortunate Islands, 
produce abundance of com, wine, and fruits. 

9. Ten'e-rife, the largest of the Canaries, is noted for its Peak, 
which may be seen at sea 120 miles distant; Ftdro, for having for¬ 
merly been the place from which longitude was reckoned. 

10. St. He-le'na, a small island surrounded by high precipices of 
basaltic rock, is regarded as a great natural curiosity, and is famous 
for having been the place of the imprisonment and death of Bona¬ 
parte. 


African Islands.—1. What islands are east of Africa.^ 

2. What ones west ? 3, What is said of Madagascar ? 4. Bourbon ? 6. 

Mauritius ? 6. Madeira ? 7. The Azores ? 8. The Canaries ? 

9. Teneriffe and Ferro ? 10, St. Helena ? 


See Map of Africa .—How is Madagascar situated ? 

What part is crossed by the Tropic of Capricorn ? By what is it separated 
from Africa.^ How are the Comorio islands situated.^ Zanzibar? 
St. Helena ? What islands in the gulf of Guinea ? 

Where are the Canary Islands.? Madeira? 

See Map of Asia .—How is the island of Bourbon situated ? Mauritius' 
Socotra ? 

See Map of the World .—Where are the Azores ? Cape Verd Islands* 







1^ 



. J>fk\ .-.• 

kSloK A'ri 


> 1 It o S . : • ' 


•: / ^- 


■ ■' -- 

•V.'" 



'’1 ' 


'•' ■* ’. ’ ' 

Vv} >> 

•■'-.v •'> 

^ ■ -'V' 



.i. .’.'■ 

• . f -i 

’V »m 





•>'* »<-. 

^ i 'A ':,<i 



% 

515 



.^-vV, , 

f^O'j Mi M 

,) lili-Vl 


.\'i» . 

:i^ . y-./ 


1 


V , 


■ ~'jli’> 


/ * -. «. .Mm. 


. jy. .^1 

. i^( ... ■; 


■ &ft tOkfe V ‘ ^ 

; 't i> • 5*^ ■« c# .:t?wn- ■- 

. ■ \ '- ■ ■ ' ’■ <'*<4- - • *Q2: ■ 

-; ;. -r-, ■ . ■ '^u,r i '. .'i 

.^tva '5? ttii lol* '^0^■, ^ -51; u.sin^i .1) M * 

■'■ wl :V^' .Ti' X#M *>1 :' ' «WJ -"^fn 

' .1't. »»*i y ■'’^V'i|W;c:»>t'»(f :r/.v <^iK(i<i^.■ >>:^ii " Ci9$\'^ •n 'liit? ja 

^’1 .'^;^?t^p.■;. 1 >f'» ''^M'** '*'" ' / 'IlSW/' ' •^'.'^'^ '‘' ^ 

apr-rf# ’'' ‘.ilt ftif# t m 8r).Wlf»»’ ’•> M- i?f* ■*' >' % 

. 4to -j '() ^ ifK * V > t^it* •3ii' PJ|#<.- r^^rMf^ ^ 


, , . . •.'4'i JMT’ 

•: -'- > '•. ‘'-f . . ■ 

„.- .,.;i'i tk^ •'*: . .;'^J|: V(!*':- 

‘^’' '• '■■ # ■"' ■ 'Jf 

„ I'y *• I'-^t 

-*4.. ,. . .>..--:i ■■ ' 


.'L.C,' , ■, ■ 

.4.^' ■••■* ■< -. .. 

• ' ^ ■ ■ / ‘i; ' j^. vs 

. •> -.. 


•> »'i* •* 'MM " 


• T*.' • .p-/ . -'^ ,. . ■,. . ^.^ .,\. ■ '• ■ -» 

■ 

■u ' •' 1 




:P’ ■ , ■ ■'» 

■ ' . j I ■■•-■-. I * I .* *1. '.^ n 

•i ' '■*’■' f -'v -V’ " ' '^i i<’ 


,* . 




PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


1. Physical Geography is the natural liistory of the globe, and 
embraces a view oftlie sea, the atmosphere^thQ structure of the eari^, 
together with its rivers, lakes, mountains, minerals, vegetables, and 
animals. 

The Sea. 

2. This mighty element occupies considerably more than one 
half of the northern hemisphere, almost seven eighths of the 
southern, and nearly tluree fourths of the whole surface of the 
globe. 

3. The several oceans which are known by dilferent names, are 
all connected with each other, and may be regarded as forming 
only one vast and continuous expanse of water spread round the 
land; and all the gulfs and inland seas, form only portions detached, 
but not entirely separated from that universal sea, which we call 
the ocean. 

4. The sea is of vast importance in the economy of nature. It is 
the inexhaustible source of the element of water, which being ex¬ 
haled by the sun, and condensed by the cold of tlie upper regions to 
which it ascends, falls down in showers, moistening the air, refresh¬ 
ing vegetable life, and furnishing to rivers that ample supply that 
feeds their ever-flowing streams. 

5. The ocean is the great highway of the globe, and is of im¬ 

mense advantage to mankind by facilitating the intercourse between 
different nations, bringing distant countries comparatively near to 
each other, and furnishing an easy mode of exchanging their various 
productions. , 

0. The water of the sea is well known to be salt; but the cause of 
its saltness has never been satisfactorily ascertained, though the in¬ 
quiry respecting it has attracted the attention of philosophers from 
ancient times. Some have supposed that the saline substances 
formed a part of its original composition ; others, tliat they have been 
subsequently dissolved in it. 

7. The degree of saltness is greatest near the equator, and it di¬ 
minishes towards the poles. 


Physical Geography.—1. What is Physical Geography.^ 

2. What proportion of the globe is occupied by the sea.^ 3. How may 
the different oceans be regarded ? 4. What is .said of the importance 
of the sea in the economy of nature ? 5. What of its uses ? 6. 

What respecting the causes of the saltness of its waters ? 

7.-Where is the degree of saltness greatest.* 



202 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


8. The greatest depth of the ocean has not been ascertained; for 
it has not been sounded much deeper than a mile. As far as it has 
been explored, the bottom exhibits a striking resemblance to the 
surface of the dry land, presenting a varied scene of mountains, 
rocks, and valleys. 

9. Tides .—The tides are regular motions of the sea, according to 
which it ebbs and flows twice every twenty-five hours. They are 
caused chiefly by the attraction of the moon, modified, in some de¬ 
gree, by that of the sun. 

10. This movement differs greatly in different parts of the globe, 
and entirely ceases towards the poles. In land-locked seas, as the 
Mediterranean and Baltic, the tides are scarcely felt. 

11. The tides are strongest when they come from a great extent 
of ocean, upon an indented coast, where their force is concentrated. 
The bay of Fundy, the English Channel, and the gulf of Cambay, 
are remarkable for their strong and high tides. 

12. The greatest tide is called a spring-tide^ which takes place at 
the time of new and full moon, as the attraction of the sun then acts 
in unison with that of the moon. 

13. The least tide is called a neap-tide^ which takes place wlien 
the attraction of the sun tends to counteract that of the moon. 

14. The spring and neap-tides, like the daily tides, succeed each 
other in a regular series, diminishing, in 15 days, from the greatest 
to the least. 


The Atmosphere. 

15. The atmosphere, or common air, is an invisible, elastic fluid, 
which surrounds the earth, and which is essential to the mainte¬ 
nance both of animal and vegetable life. 

16. It is formed of two substances in very unequal proportions; 
namely, oxygen gas, or pure air, of which it contains 27 parts or hun¬ 
dredths, and azotic gas, or impure air, of which it contains 73 parts. 

17. It is the property of air to exert an equal pressure on all 
sides; and when its equilibrium is destroyed by means of a vacuum, 
it is found to press with the weight of 14 pounds upon every square 
inch of the surface of the earth. 

18. The atmosphere rises to a considerable height above the surface 
of the earth. As we ascend into the higher regions, it is found 
gradually to diminish in density, till at length it becomes unfit or in¬ 
sufficient for respiration. 

19. When Humboldt ascended Chimborazo to the height of 
19,300 feet, he found the air reduced to half its usual density, and 


8. What is said of its depth ? 9. What is said of the tides ? 

10. Where are the least tides ? 11. Where the greatest ? 

12. What is said of the spring-tides ? 13. The neap-tides ? 

14. How do they succeed each other ? 

15 What is said of the atmosphere ? 16. Of what is it composed ? 

17. What is said of its pressure ? 18. What is the state of the atmosphere 

at a distance above the surface of the earth } 19. What is related 

of Humboldt and Gay-Lussac ? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


203 


intensely cold and piercing. Respiration was difficult, and blood 
began to ooze from the eyes, lips, and gums. Gay-lAissax:^ who 
ascended in a balloon to the great height of 23,040 feet, or 44 
miles, experienced this same inconvenience from the extreme cold 
and tenuity of the air. 

20. Winds .—Wind is air put in motion. When its velocity is only 
at the rate of 2 miles an hour, it is but just perceptible ; at 4 miles 
an hour, it is a gentle breeze ; at 30, a high wind ; at 50, a tempest; 
and at 100, a violent hurricane. 

21. On a great part of the globe, the winds are subject to great 
irregularity ; but between the tropics they are governed by regular 
laws, and in particular tracts and seasons, blow almost invariably in 
the same direction. 

22. The trade-winds are remarkable currents which blow from 
east to west, in the equatorial regions, throughout nearly the whole 
circumference of the globe. They are called trade-winds because 
they facilitate trading voy^es. 

23. The prevalence of mese easterly currents is supposed to be 
caused by the diurnal motion of the earth in an opposite direction 
from west to east, and by the sun’s heat in rarefying the air within 
the tropics. 

24. To restore tlze equilibrium, a current of air rushes in from the 
north, and another from the south, upon the rarefied tropical atmos¬ 
phere ; and in. consequence of this, and of the motion of the earth, 
the trade-wind, to the north of the equator, blows from the northeast, 
and south of the equator from the southeast. 

25. The monsoons form a deviation from the trade-winds, and 
prevail chiefly in the Indian ocean. During one half of the year, 
from April to October, a strong wind, or monsoon, blows from the 
soutliwest, bringing with it rain and tempest; during the other half 
of the year, a dry and agreeable wind blows from the northeast 
The change from one monsoon to another, is accompanied by violent 
storms and tempests. 

2G. Hurricanes are violent movements of the atmosphere, and 
are generally nothing more than whirlwinds occasioned by the 
meeting of opposite currents. They rage only in particular coun¬ 
tries. The West India islands, the island of Mauritius, and the 
countries of Chin-India and China, are particularly subject to these 
tremendous storms. 

27. Sea and land breezed prevail particularly in the islands situated 
within the tropics. The sea-breeze, or breeze from the sea, blows 
during the day ; and the land-breeze, during the night. 

28. The winds generally serve to purify the atmosphere, by 


20. What is wind, and what is said of its velocity ^ 21. What is said of the 
winds in different parts of the globe ? 22. What of the trade-winds ? 

23. By what are they caused ? 

24. What is the consequence of the currents of air from the north and 

south towards the equator, and the motion of the earth } 

25. What is said of the monsoons ? 26. Hurricanes ? 27. Sea and land 

breezes.? 28. What is the effect of the winds, and what ones are 
noxious } 




204 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


keeping up a perpetual agitation in it. But there are some winds 
which possess noxious qualities, as the samiel or simoom, which 
blows over the burning sands of Africa and Arabia. In Egypt it is 
also called the kamsin; and it reaches Italy in a modified condition, 
where it is styled the sirocco. 

29. Temperature. —The temperature of every place depends chiefly 
on its distance from the equator and its height above the level of the 
sea. 

30. The equator is the region of heat, which gradually diminishes 
towards the poles, where perpetual winter reigns, with its attend¬ 
ants, snow and ice. 

31. All places within the tropics which are not much elevated 
above the level of the sea, axe exposed to great heat; but in South 
America there are many plains near the equator, which, on account 
of their elevation, enjoy a mild and delightful climate. 

32. Water freezes throughout the year, under the equator, at the 
elevation of about 16,000 feet above the level of the sea ; and in the 
latitude of 40 degrees, at the elevation of about 9,000 feet 

33. Clouds. —Clouds are composed of water raised by evaporation, 
and suspended in the atmosphere in small vesicles or hollow spheres. 
These vesicles form a kind of middle state between water and invis¬ 
ible vapor. 

34. Rain. —The quantity of rain is most abundant within the 
tropics, and it decreases in proportion to the distance from the 
equator towards the poles. It is also subject to great variations 
from other causes ; and the quantity which falls at different places 
in the same latitude, is often very different. 

35. Within the tropics, the rains, like the winds, occur regularly 
at certain seasons of the year. In the northern tropic they begin in 
April and end in September; and this part of the year is called the 
rainy or wet season. The other six months are called the dry sea¬ 
son,'during which no rain falls. In the southern tropic, this arrange¬ 
ment of the seasons is entirely reversed. 

36. In some countries, particularly Egypt, Lower Pe/u, and a part 
of Chili, there is little or no rain at any season. 

The Earth. 

37. When we cast our eyes upon a map of the world, we perceive 
two large, distinct masses of land, which we call continents, and nu¬ 
merous smaller masses, which we call islands, and which differ from 
the continents only in their dimensions. We see also small detached 
spots upon the land covered with water, which we call lakes. 


29. On what does the temperature of any place depend ? 

30. What is the region of heat, and what of cold? 31. What is said of 

places within the tropics ? 32. At what elevation does water freeze 
at the equator, and in the latitude of 40 degrees ? 

33. What are clouds ? 34. What is said of the quantity of rain that falls 
in different places ? 35. What is said of rains within the tropics ? 

36. In what countries is there little or no rain ? 

37. When we cast our eyes upon the map of the world, what do we per¬ 

ceive ? ^ 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 205 

One of the circumstances respecting- the distribution of land 
which first arrests the attention, is the immense preponderance of it 
found in the northern hemisphere. 

39. The most striking natural features of tlie globe are its division 
into land and water, and the inequalities of its surface. These ine¬ 
qualities produce that agreeable diversity of scene and climate, which 
arises from mountain and valley, hill and dale. 

40. When we confine our observation to a small portion of the 
e^h s surface, the irregularities Avhich prevail seem inconsistent 
with the fact that it is in the form of a sphere ; but, by a more en¬ 
larged view, we soon perceive that the highest mountains are very 
insignificant, and dwindle almost to nothing, in comparison with the 
magnitude of the earth, bearing no greater proportion to it than 
^ains of sand to an artificial globe ; and that the earth differs but 
little from the general form it would possess, if the solid parts were 
entirely covered with the waters of the ocean. 

41. The solid parts of the globe, so far as they come within the 
sphere of our examination, are composed of different kinds of soil or 
earths, rocks, and other mineral substances ; but of the interior struc¬ 
ture of the globe, beyond a few hundred feet below its surface, we 
know nothing; and if we consider its size, we shall perceive that 
the deepest excavations which have been made in it, can be com¬ 
pared to nothing more than slight scratches on an artificial globe. 

Rivers. 

42. The water which is exhaled into the atmosphere by the sun, 
descends in the form of rain and snow, and gives rise to springs, 
brooks, rivers, and lakes, which diffuse beauty and fertility over iSe 
finest regions of the globe. 

43. Rivers, which constitute one of the most magnificent fea¬ 
tures of the globe, have their origin in the more elevated districts of 
any tract of country, and are formed by the union of smaller 
streams. 

44. The tract of country from which a river derives its supply of 
water, is called its basin or valley, 

45. All elevated ranges of mountains furnish sources of large 
streams. The Alps, the Andes, and the Himmaleh mountains give 
rise to many of the largest rivers on the globe. 

46. The more limited extent of Europe does not admit of such 
vast accumulations of water as are found in America and Asia. 
The Amazon is supposed to carry to the ocean more than four 


38. What is said respecting the distribution of land ? 39. What are the 
most striking natural features of the globe 1 40. What is said re¬ 

specting the irregularities of the earth being inconsistent with its 
having the form of a sphere 41. What is said respecting our 
knowledge of the interior of the earth ? 42. What becomes of the 

water that is exhaled into the atmosphere by the sun ^ 43. What is 
said of the origin and formation of rivers 44. What is the basin 
or valley of a river ? 45. What is said of elevated mountains ? 

46 Where are the largest rivers, and what is said of the Amazon ?' 

18 




206 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


times as much water as the largest river on the eastern continent; 
and as much as all the rivers of Europe united. 

47. A remarkable phenomenon is presented by rivers which, at 
certain seasons of the year, overflow their banks. This occurs 
chiefly in the tropical regions, which are periodically flooded by 
immense rains ; but the Mississippi, which has its whole couree 
without the limits of the tropics, is noted for its extensive annual in¬ 
undations. 

48. Most of those great rivers which are subject to annual inunda¬ 
tions, divide themselves into various branches, before reaching the 
sea; and the alluvial tract which is thus intersected and inundated, 
is called its Delta, a term which was first applied to the JViZe ; but 
it is now extended to other rivers, as the Ganges, Indus, Amazon, 
Mississippi, &c. 

Lakes. 

' 49. Lakes are of two kinds ; 1st, fresh-waler lakes, which uniform¬ 

ly communicate with the sea, or other bodies of water, by means of 
rivers ; 2dly, salt-water lakes, which have no such communication or 
visible outlet. 

50. Fresh-water lakes are much the more common ; and the larg¬ 
est are found in North America. 

51. Lake Superior is the most extensive body of fresh-water on 
the globe ; some of the largest fresh-water lakes in the eastern con¬ 
tinent, are lake Baikal, in Siberia, and lakes Ladoga and Onega, in 
European Russia. 

52. Salt-water lakes are found in Hungary, Mexico, South 
America, Africa, and particularly in Central Asia, Persia, and 
Turkey. 

53. The two largest of these salt lakes, or inland seas, are the 
Caspian Sea and the Sea of Aral. These lakes receive the waters 
of several large rivers, but have no visible outlet; the waters which 
they receive must therefore disappear by evaporation. 

Mountains. • 

54. Mountains seldom stand alone, but are usually found in 
groups, or connected ranges or chains, traversing a great extent of 
country. 

55. Some of the most magnificent ranges are the Andes, which 
are connected with the Rocky Mountains, in America; the Alps, in 
Europe ; and the Himmalch and Altai mountains, in Asia. 

56. High mountains generally present a surface, more or less 
extensive, of naked rock: those which rise above the point of per¬ 
petual congelation, have their summits always covered with snow 


47, What is said of rivers overflowing their banks ? 48. What takes place 

with icspect to those rivers which overflow their banks ? 

49, Wlidt two kinds of lakes are there ? 50. Which are more common 

51. What 13 said of lake Superior ? 52, Where are salt-water lakes found ? 
53. Which are the two largest? 

,U. What is said of mountains ? 55. What are some of the most magnifi¬ 
cent ranges ? 56. What is mentioned respecting high mountains ? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


207 


and ice ; and in the elevated liollows and valleys, arc often found 
macrmficent glaciers. 

57. The most remarkable phenomenon relating to mountains is the 
volcano, ■which is an internal fire perpetually burning, and which 
occasionally bursts forth in eruptions, desolating the surrounding 


eruptions are accompanied by earthquakes, and by 
dreadful subterranean noises within the mountain. A black volume 
of snioke is then seen ascending, which issues in a stream of flame 
that illuminates the sky ; while ashes, dross, red-hot stones, and 
enormous fragments of rock, are projected in all directions, like bril¬ 
liant flre-works, and sometimes to a great height. 

59. The v^t crater of the mountain is, at the same time, filled 
with lava, a liquid and burning matter, resembling metal in fusion. 
At length a stream of this lava begins to flow, sometimes from the 
crater at the top, and sometimes from lateral openings, rushing down 
the sides of the mountain like a river of fire, destroying every tiling 
in its course, and transforming fertile fields, and sometimes villages 
and towns, into a burning flame. 

jGO. Volcanoes are found in various latitudes and in all quarters of 
the world ; but they are most numerous in South America and the 
Asiatic islands. 

61. Earthquakes, which occur most frequently in volcanic coun¬ 
tries, are intimately connected with volcanoes, and like them are 
supposed to be occasioned by subterranean fires. 

62. The effects of this alarming convulsion are a violent tremor 
of the earth, the overthrow of objects on its suface, the rushing of 
the sea, and sometimes the overwhelming of whole cities. Lisbon, 
Messina, and Catania, in Europe, and several cities in South Amer¬ 
ica, have, at different periods, been nearly swallowed up. 


Metals and Minerals. 


63. The metals which most deserve notice, are gold, silver, iron, 
er, lead, tin, and mercury. 



m. Gold is commonly found in q, perfectly pure state, at the foot 
of large ranges of mountains, from which it is washed down by 
rivers. It occurs in all quarters of the world, but far most abun¬ 
dantly in South America. 

65. Silver is generally found in veins, but is seldom seen pure. 
More than nine tenths of the silver of the world comes from Mexico 
and South America. 

66. Iron, the most useful of all the metals, is the most widely dif¬ 
fused. The most productive iron mines are in Great Britain, France, 
Russia, and Sweden. 

67. Copper, a very useful metal, is also extensively distributed 


57. What is the most remarkable phenomenon respecting mountains.^ 

58. By what are the eruptions accompanied ? 59. What then takes place ? 
60. Where are volcanoes found ? 61. What is said of earthquakes.? 62. 

What are their effects ? 

63. What are the most important metals ? 64. What is said of gold? 65. 
Silver ? 66. Iron ? 67. Copper ? 



208 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


in different countries; but the most abundant source of it is in 
Cornwall in England. 

68. Learf is found'in various countries; but the most productive 

lead mines are in the country bordering on the Mississippi and in 
Great Britain. . 

69. Tin is not so widely diffused as lead, but is found in great 
abundance in a few countries, particularly in Cornwall in England, 
and the island of Banca in the East Indies. 

70. Mercury, or quicksilver, a metal of peculiar properties, is not 
found in many places. Some of the most noted mines of it are those 
of Idria in Austria, Almaden in Spain, and Guanca Velica in Peru. 

71. Two of the most important mineral substances are fossil coed 
and common salt. 

72. Coal is a most valuable species of fuel, and is of great im¬ 
portance both in common life, and in all great manufactories. It is 
found in inexhaustible quantities in various countries ; but the most 
celebrated coal mines are those of JVewcastle in England. 

73. Salt, which is widely diffused, is obtained from salt-mines, 
from boiling the water of salt-springs, and from the water of the 
ocean, by the evaporation of the sun. Salt-mines are found in va¬ 
rious countries, but the most celebrated are those of Wieliczka in 
Austrian Poland. 

74. The diamond is the most valued of all precious stones, and is 
found chiefly in Hindustan and Brazil. 

Vegetables. 

75. The empire of vegetation extends throughout the globe, yet 
with great diversity in different parts, varying, in different regions, 
according to the temperature. Some vegetables require a hot, some 
a temperate, and others a cold climate. 

76. Vegetable life seems to draw its chief nourishment from 
heat and moisture ; and as these are combined in the greatest de¬ 
gree in the torrid zone, it is here that the most luxuriant vegetation 
is found. 

77. The tropical regions produce the largest trees, and display 
the richest verdure, and the greatest profusion of flowers ; they also 
abound in delicious fruits, nutritious food, aromatic plants or spices, 
and useful and ornamental kinds of wood. 

78. Though the temperate zone cannot vie, in luxuriance, with the 
tropical regions, yet it yields in abundance all that is necessary to 
the subsistence and comfort of man, abounding in the finest fruits, 
the most useful kinds of grain, and the richest pasture. 

79. In the frigid zone, the aspect of nature is gloomy and se¬ 
vere", the vegetables are of stunted growth and limited to com- 


68. What is said of lead 69. Tin? 70. Mercury? 

71. What arc two of the most important minerals? 72. What is said of 
coal? 73. Salt? 74. The diamond ? 

75. What is said of the empire of vegetation ? 76. What of vegetable life ? 
77. What of the productions of the tropical regions ? 78. Of the 

temperate zone ? 79. The frigid zone ? 




PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 200 

pwatively few species ; and towards the poles, vegetation entirely 


Animals. 


’"th t'le same luxuriance of animal as 
of vegetable life, and is prolific in insects, reptiles, and serpents ; it 
IS also the native region of tliose animals which are most distinguished 
for s^ength and ferocity, as the /ion, the tiger, and the panther; and 
also for those of the most gigantic forms, as the elephant, the rlvinoce- 
ros, and the hippopotamus. 

81. Some of the birds of tlie torrid zone are of extraordinary size, 
as the ostrich, the cassowaiy, and the condor. The feathered tribe, 
in this zone, possess the most varied and brilliant plumage ; but they 
are generally less melodious in their notes than those of the tem¬ 
perate zone. 


82. Some of the most useful animals, as the oxj the horse, the 
meep, the goat, the hog, the dog, and the cat, are so constituted by 
Providence, as to bear any climate, and are thus enabled to follow 
man to the utmost limits of the globe ; but it is in the temperate 
zone, that the domestic animals are reared in the greatest abundance 
and perfection. 

83. The frigid zone and the countries bordering upon it abound 
in animals which are covered with a thick fur, which is much 
sought after by man, both for use and ornament. The most useful 
animal of this region is the reindeer; and the most formidable one, 
the polar hear. 

84. Different regions of the globe, as well as different zones, have 
races of animals peculiar to themselves. Asia is the country of the 
tiger, the Indian elephant, tlie camel with two humps, the wild 
sheep, the wild ass, the elk, and the musk; Africa, of the lion, the 
African elephant, the dromedary, tlie buffalo of Caftraria, and the 
zebra; America, of the jaguar, the lama, the great elk or moose 
deer, and a peculiar species of bison or buffalo. 


Man. 

85. Man is at the head of the animal creation, and forms only one 
species, in which, however, there are considerable varieties, with re¬ 
gard to stature, form, color of the skin, physiognomy, and nature of 
the hair. 

86. The human species are dispersed over the whole earth; for 
it is a peculiarity of the human constitution,'that it adapts itself to 
every climate. The temperate zones, however, are most favorable 
to human subsistence and improvement; and here civilization has 
most prevailed, in the different ages of the world. 


80. What is said of the animals of the torrid zone 81. The birds ? 82. 
What of some of the most useful domestic animals ? 83. What of 

the animals of the frigid zone ^ 84. What are some of the animals 
peculiar to the different parts of the globe F 
85. What is said of man.^ 86. What is said of the human species as dis¬ 
persed over the earth ? 

18* 



210 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


87. With regard to Complexion, the human species consist of 
two great classes, the ivhiteund the black; but including intermediate 
varieties, they are divided, by physiologists, into tlie five following 

breeds or races. . , 7 i 

88. First; the Caucasian or fVhilc Race, which includes nearly 

all the Europeans, the Circassians, Georgians, Arabians, Turks, Per¬ 
sians, and Hindoos. _ 

' 89. Secondly ; the Mongolian, Tawny, or Olive Race, which em¬ 
braces the Mongols, Chinese, and the other inhabitants of the east¬ 
ern and southern parts of Asia, except the Malays. 

' 90. Thirdly ; the Malay or Dark Brown Race, found in the penin¬ 
sula of Malacca, tlie Asiatic islands, and the islands of the Pacific 
ocean. 

91. Fourthly ; tlie Ethiopian, JVegro, or Black Race, which com¬ 
prises the African Negroes, the Hottentots, Caffres, and the Papu¬ 
ans, or Negroes of Australia. 

92. Fifthly ; the Amencan or Copper-colored Race, consisting of 
the American Indians. • 

93. With respect to the State of Society, the human species 
are savage, barbarous, or civilized. 

94. The savage state is the lowest in which man can be found; 
and in this state he subsists by hunting, fishing, and the spontaneous 
productions of the earth. 

95. A dense population is never found in the savage state, for 
such a population cannot be supported by the food which the earth 
yields without cultivation. 

9G. Savage life presents a melanclioly view of human nature, 
with little happiness or morality. In this state, mankind are poor ; 
often in extreme want; addicted to theft : coarse and filthy in their 
habits ; remarkable for cruelty, and for tlie unrestrained indulgence 
of vindictive passions.. 

97. A numerous class of nations are still in this condition; the 
principal of which are the natives of New Holland and the neigh¬ 
boring islands, the African Negroes, and the American Indians. 

98. In the barbarous 5/a/e, mankind w'auder about with their flocks 
and herds, from wdiich they chiefly derive their subsistence ; and 
they also pursue a rude sort of agriculture. 

911. This was generally the state of Europe during the middle 
ages; and it is now the condition of the IMoors in Africa, the Arabs, 
the Malays, and the inhabitants of Gentral and Northern Asia. 


87. How are they divided with regard to complexion? 

88. What does the Caucasian race include ? 89. The Mongolian ? 90. 

■ The Malay ? 91. The Ethiopian? 92. The American ? 

93. How are the human species divided wntb regard to state of society ? 

94. What is said of tlie savage state r 95. Why is a dense population 

never found in this state ? 96. What is said of savage life ? 

97. What nations are still in the savage state ? 98. What is said of the 

-barbarous state ? 99. V,'hat nations are in this state ? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


211 


100. TJie inhabitants of China, Hindostan, Persia, and Turkey, 
are raised somewliat above barbarian shepherds, and may 1t)e re- 
jrarded as half-civilized. In these countries, agriculture is much 
attended to, and many kinds of manufactures are carried to a high 
degree of excellence ; but foreign commerce exists only in a very 
limited degree. 

101. The civilized .state is the most improved form of human so¬ 
ciety, and exists, though with considerable diversity, throughout the 
most of Europe, the United States, and some other parts of Ameriq^ 
which have been settled by Europeans. 


100. What nations are half-civilized ? 

101. What is said of the civilized state ? 


TABLES OF RIVERS AND MOUNTAINS. 

[See the Modern Atlas.^ 

CoMP.\RATivE Lengths of Rivers. 

The lengtlis of the longest rivers are not so accurately ascer¬ 
tained, as the elevations of the highest mountains. A great diver¬ 
sity is found in the statements wdiich have been given by different 
persons. Tliis diversity is owing, in a great measure, to the differ¬ 
ent principles upon which the estimates have been formed ; some 
expressing the lengths of the rivers according to the winding of 
their courses ; others giving only the lengths of the valleys through 
which they flow-. 

Tlie difference that is found between the lengths of several of the 
rivers of Asia and America (as stated in the left hand column of 
figures in the Table of Lengths of Rivers), and the estiniate of Malte- 
Brun (as stated in the nghtThand column), is to be attributed, in great 
part, to the different methods of forming the estimates. 

The lengths of the rivers of Europe are liere given as they are 
stated in the tables found in Malte-Brun’s Geograpliy and the Edin¬ 
burgh Geoerraphical and Historical Atlas. The lengths of the Kian- 
Ku, Hoang'Ho. Lena, Amour, Oby, Yenisei, Ganges, Brahmapootra, 
Irrawaddy" and' Euphrates, in Asia, are given according to tlie esti¬ 
mates of "Major Rennel, as compared with the Thames, which is 
liere considered as 21o miles long, though its length by the winding 
of its stream, is greater; and in tiie tables above referred to, its 
comparative length is stated at only 180 miles. 

Malte-Brun, in giving the length of the St. Laurrence, considers 
It a.s,commencing at lake Ontario. Tlie length of the Amazon is 





212 


TABLES. 


stated by him at 2,760 ; that of the Missowi, with the Lower Mis- 
sissipj^^ at 2,702. 


Questions on the Table of Rivers. 

Which are the longest rivers in South America ? In North America? In 
Asia? In Africa? In Europe? Which are the longest in the 
world ? What is the length of the Amazon ? &c. 


Comparative Heights of MouNTAiiss. 

The Table of the Comparative Heights of Mountains exhibits a 
view of the elevation above the level of the sea of the most remarka¬ 
ble summits on the globe, of which the height has been ascertained. 
There is some uncertainty respecting the elevation of several of the 
mountains contained in the Table, as the different measurements of 
them differ considerably. 

The Himmaleh Mountains in Asia are now reputed the highest on 
the globe. Some measurements make the height of Dhriwala-giri, 
one of the peaks, about 28,000 feet, but others considerably less ; 
and though the accuracy of the measurements may be reasonably 
questioned, there can be no doubt of its very great elevation. One 
of the summits of this range is visible from places in Bengal, at a 
distance of 230 miles. 

The Jlndes of South America have, till within a few years (since 
the measurement of the Himmaleh Mountains), been regarded as the 
highest on the globe ; and of the summits of the Andes, Chimborazo 
has been supposed to be the highest. M. Pentland, a late traveller, 
liowever, has asserted that there are summits in the country of Bo¬ 
livia higher than Chimborazo. The height of JVevado de Sorata he 
states, from trigonometrical measurement, at 25,200 feet; and that 
of Illimani at 24,200 ; and he also states the elevation of lake Titi¬ 
caca above the level of the sea at 12,760 feet. 

Ben ..Yevis, in Scotland, is commonly regarded as the highest moun¬ 
tain in Great Britain, though, according to some, Ben Mardouie is a 
few feet higher. The height of the famous Mount Athos in Mace¬ 
donia is variously stated, from 3,355 to 6,780 feet. Mount Tapgetus, 
in Peloponnesus, has recently been ascertained by French scientific 
travellers to be 7,910 feet high, and Mount Cyllene 7,723 feet. 


Questions on the Table of Mountains. 

What is the highest mountain in the Tabic ? What is the elevation of the 
Himmaleh mountains ? What are the highest mountains in South 
America? In North America? In Europe? In Africa? In Oce- 
anica ? What is the height of Chimborazo ? Cotopaxi ? St. Elias ? 
Mont Blanc ? Etna? Olympus? Vesuvius? Atlas? Ararat? 

Which is the higher, the city of Mexico or the White Mountains ? Which 
is the highest, the city of Quito or Gran Sasso and Lomnitz, the 
highest summits of the Apennines and Carpathians ? 





TABLES. 213 

x’he following Inhabited Places and Remarkable Edifices are not 
jntained in the Table of the Heights of Mountains. 

Heights of Inhabited Places. 

Village of Tacora,.Bolivia, 14,275 

Town of Chericiuto,. do. 13,030 ' 

City of La Paz,. do. 12,760 

. City of Arequipa,.Peru, 7,775, 

Mine of Valenciana,.Mexico, 7,723 

Monastery by the Pass of Gothard, .... Switzerland, 6,087 

Town of Brian^on,.France, 4,260 

Palace of St. Ildefonso,.Spain, ^ 3,789 

City of Munich,.Bavaria, 1,765 

City of Geneva,.Switzerland, 1,220 

Heights of Remarkable Edifices above their Base. 

Feet. 

Spire of Strasburg Cathedral,.France, 470 

Tower of Antwerp Cathedral, . . • . . . Netherlands, 466 

Tower of Vienna Cathedral,.. Austria, 452 

Spire of St. Michael’s Church,.Hamburg, 425 

Spire of Salisbury Cathedral,.England, 410 

Steeple of Rouen Cathedral,.France, 410 

Dome of Milan Cathedral,.Italy, 400 

Turret of the Brussels Hotel de Ville, . . . Netherlands, 364 

Steeple of Florence Cathedral,.Italy, 3^ 

St Paul’s Cathedral, London,.England, 340 

Porcelain Tower of Nankin,.China, 208 

Leaning Tower of Pisa, ••.Italy, 188 


statements differ considerably. 






















I •; 


••» 
.! 




' • 0 


M ■' 


, . # 


t,’ «!3Wn- "•■. 


/ • 


Vi 


> 




V ♦ » 

. -— 

* 0^;*.' • 

♦ 

Oft 

, J. 


;|»e^VA 
# ♦# • « 


.‘1 




< f. 't . 


. • ♦l 

V ■ "* * 

• 

% 

, - 4 . $(0 

# 

, ' 

- 

> » 



* 

* , 

'i M • ; 

4 ^ 

.'i, '■' 

♦ 4 

Hi; w ^ 


4 /-■ 

r 

n • 

*. »’m' 






iy • 

> * ' J(OvH?-V> 


. / * * *' i ■ *.: 


• r K 


fci'f V •♦<>>« 


J / 


#■' 

P 4 

4 

« 4 


.1 


A 






J .'l..:SA‘ 

•- 

, •■ ■ -S' 

■) - VjS^ 

• ^ # *• . * 

- ,u 


^ •. k 


ft 


’? it 



p • 


• t 





u 


■^K 




jf 




* ;• % 
p ^ 


^ .V 


. I « 

; T 


v i;* i 

>• r * 


I? 


f , 


H * • ♦iV 

. :* i '' 

Jl ;' ' 



• 1 ^ 

. V. 




ft 

► 

•U\ 

»f 


; r 

. 

'£? 

.»t>r * 

fe- 


‘ » 


_» • mJ^ i 


M t 


* ■ > 


Uv 


> . ' < 

•r *1 


I' • 

,.t ■ 

'••.•• -1/ •<;, ' 

>•. ‘>.' A - 


^ W:- 

% •« 


A I 1 

/ ‘ > V 




• pf.i 


y -L' i ■ •.« 

^ ^ ''• /J . 



^ . il* 


*. .'y 


'ti' 


.y 


"t f • . 




A . • 


'.f- 


4' I 


» • • 


I. * 



.Ia »I 






ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 











ANCIENT GEOGIIAPHY. 


“ description of the earth as it existed 
in anaent times, or of tliat part of it which was then known. 

^ (jeo^aphy is a science of slow growth. It comprises a vast 
number of facts, which have been gradually accumulating, by ob¬ 
servation and inquiry, during a long series of ages. 

3. In early times, the earth was supposed to be, as it appears 
to the senses, an immense circular plain, surrounded by an ocean 
of unknown extent, and by impenetrable darkness. 

4. Though mankind gradually acquired more gorrect ideas respect¬ 
ing the figure of the earth, and increased information respecting tlic 
various divisions of it, yet the knowledge of geography possessed 
by the Greeks and Romans, even during the period when they were 
most enlightened, was very imperfect; and it embraced less than 
half of the globe. 

5. It was limited chiefly to the southwestern part of Asia, the 
northern part of Africa, and the middle and south of Europe. The 
torrid zone was supposed to be uninhabitable by man. 

6. The Greeks and Romans knew little of that part of Europe 
which is north of Germany, the regions of Asia north of the Eux- 
ine and Caspian seas and east of the Ganges, and the portion of 
Africa lying south of the 10th degree of north latitude. 

7. The countries which were most celebrated in ancient history, 
and most distinguished for civilization and literature, bordered upon 
the Mediterranean sea; and they comprise the part of the world of 
which ancient geography chiefly treats. 

8. The most distinguished of these countries, and those with 
which sacred and general literature is chiefly connected, are 
Egypt, Palestine, Asia Minor, Greece, and Italy. 

9. The Map of the Roman Empire, in the Ancient AUels which 
accompanies this work, comprises most of those parts of the world 
which were of much notoriety in ancient times. The principal 
omissions are some countries which were situated towards the 
southwest of Asia. 

10. The countries on this map, lying north of the Mediterranean, 
and west of the vEgsean and Euxine seas, belong to Europe; those 
lying east of the Euxine, iEgsean, Mediterranean and Red seas, to 
Asia; those south of the Mediterranean, to Africa. 


Ancient Geography.—1. What is ancient geography ? 2. What is 

said of the science of geography ? 3. Wliat was the earth supposed 

to be in ancient times ? 4. What is said of the knowledge of geog¬ 
raphy possessed by the Greeks and Romans ? 5. To what parts of 

the globe was it limited ? 6. What parts were unknown ? 

7. How were the countries most celebrated in ancient history situated ? 

8. What are the most distinguished of these countries ? 9. What is said 

of the Map of the Roman Empire ? 10. What countries on this 

map belong to Europe, what ones to Asia, and what ones to Africa ? 

19 



218 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


Ancient Names of Countries, with their corresponding 
Modern Names. 


EUROPE. 


Ancient. . ' 

Scandinavia 

Modern. 

Sweden and jVorway 

Chersonesus Cimbrica 

Jutland (part of Denmark) 

Sarmatia 

Russia, Poland 

Britain 

, Great Britain 

Caledonia 

Scotland 

Hibernia 

Ireland 

Germany 

Germany north of the Danube 

Gaul 

Prance, JSTetherlands, ^'C. 

Helvetia 

Switzerland 

Spain 

Spain 

Lusitania 

Portugal 

Rhffitia 

Tyrol, &fc. 

Vindelicia 

Part of Swabia 

Noricum 

Part of Bavaria and of Austria 

Illyricum 

Part of Austria 

Pannonia 

Part of Austria and of Hungary 

Dacia 

Part of Hungary and of Turkey 

Moesia, Thrace, 

Macedonia, Epirus 

^ Part of Turkey 

Greece 

Greece, and the southern part of 
Turkey 

Peloponnesus 

Morea, or Peloponnesus. 


ASIA. 

Asia Minor ^ 

JVdiolia, Caramania, ^c. 

Syria, Phoenicia, Judea, &c. 

Part of Turkey 

Armenia, Mesopotamia, 
Assyria, Babylonia, 

Part of Turkey 

Colchis, Iberia, and 

Georgia, Mingrelia, and part of 

Albania' 

Circassia 

Arabia 

Arabia 

Persia, Media, Parthia 

Persia 

Bactria 

Afghanistan 

Sogdiana 

Part of Bukhana 


iEjrypt 

Libya 

Africa Proper 

Niimidia 

Mauretania 

Gsetulia 

Ethiopia 


AFRICA. 

Egypt ' 

Barca 

Tripoli^ Tunis 
Tunis, Algiers 
Algiers, Morocco 
Biledulgerid 
J^ubia, Abyssinia, Sfc. 


What modern countries correspond to the ancient Scandinavia ? 

What modern country corresponds to Cher-onesus Cimbrica ? Wbat to 
Sarmatia ? To Britain ? Caledonia ? &c. 



EUROPE 


BRITAIN. - 

1. The name of Al'bi-on was anciently applied to Britain, proba¬ 
bly on account of the white rocky cliffs on the southeastern coast. 
The northern part, now Scotland, was called Ccd-e-do'ni-a; and 
Ireland, Hi-ber'ni-a. 

2. Britain was little known to the rest of the world before the 
commencement of its conquest by the Romans, under Julius Csb- 
sar, 55 years before the Christian era. 

B. The island was then inhabited by the Britons, who were a 
rude and barbarous people, consisting of a number of different 
tribes. 


Britain.-^I. What name was anciently applied to Britain? 
2. What is said of it ? 3. By whom was it inhabited ? 


Questions on the Map of the Roman Empire. 

What sea separates Europe from Africa ? How was the JEgiean sea situ¬ 
ated ? TheEuxine? The Propontis ? The Palus Maeotis ? The* 
Caspian sea ? The Red sea ? The Ionian sea ? The Adriatic sea 
or gulf? The Tuscan or Tyrrhene sea? The Aquitaine ocean ? 
The Hibernian sea ? The German ocean ? The Codanian sea or 
gulf ? 

Where was the Gallic strait ? The sti-ait of Hercules ? The Hellespont ? 
The Thracian Bosphorus ? The Cimmerian Bosphorus ? The Syr- 
tis Major ? The Syrtis Minor ? 

What sea between Britain and Hibernia ? What island south of Britain ? 
What islands in the Hibernian sda ? 

What islands east of Spain ? What ones southwest of Italy ? What one 
south of the .^gasansea? What one in the eastern part of the 
Mediterranean ? 

How was Hibernia situated ? Britain ? Spain ? Gaul ? Helvetia ? 
Germany ? Scandinavia ? Sarmatia ? Scythia ? Dacia and Mod- 
sia? Rhcetia? Illyricum ? Pannonia? Noricum ? Italy? Greece? 
Macedonia? Thrace? Asia Minor ? Armenia? Colchis, Iberia, 
and Albania ? Media ? S ' ' -lesopotaihia ? Phoenicia ? Pal¬ 
estine ? Arabia? .^gype. Eibya ? Africa Proper? Numidia? 
Mauretania ? Gaetulia ? 




220 


BRITAIN. 


4. Their religion, styled druidism, was a cruel superstition; and 

their priests, who were called druids, had great authority over the 
people. , 

5. Two of the principal rivers were the Tam'e-sis, now Thames; 
and Sa-hri'na, now Severn. 

6. Some of the towns of most note in ancient times were Lon- 
di'num, nov/ London ; E-hoda-cuin, now York; Lu-gu-vaVlum, 
now Carlisle; JlqucB Solis, now Bath. 

7. The Romans, after they had conquered the Britons, built three 
v/alls across the island, to protect the people from the Caledonians, 
Scots, and Piets, from the north. The first was built by A'dri-an, 
the second by An-to-ni'nus, and the third by Se-ve'nis. 

8. The Romans abandoned Britain in the 5th century of the 
Christian era; and the island was afterwards conquered by the 
Saxons and Angles from Germany. 

GERMANY. 

1. Ancient Germany extended from the Rhenus or Rhine to the 
Vistula, and from the Baltic or Codanian sea to the Ister or Danube. 

2. The ancient Germans consisted of various tribes or nations, 
and were a rude, superstitious, and warlike people. 

3. Some of the principal nations were the Sue'vi, Her-mi'o-nes, 
Is-tcev'o-nes, Vin'di-li or Vandals, Fris'i-i or Frisons, Al-e-manlni, 
Sadons, An'gles, and Cim'brL 

4. The principal rivers Avere the Is'ter, now Danube; the Al'bis, 
now Elbe; the Vi-sudgis, now Weser; the Vi'a-drus, now Oder; 
and the Vis'tu-la. 

5. A large portion of Germany was anciently covered by the 
Hyrcinian Forest, Avhich was of great extent, and included part of 
Switzerland and Transylvania. The Thuringian Forest, in the 
central part of Germany, now embraces a small part of it. 

/ 

PANNONIA, ILLYRICUM, DACIA, MCESIA, &c. 

1. These countries were little known in history till after they 
Avere conquered by the Romans. 

4. What was their religion ? 5. What the rivers of Britain ? 6. Towns ? 

7. What great works were built by the Romans ? 8. What afterwards 
happened to Britain ? 

Germany. —1. W'hat was the extent of ancient Germany ? 

2. W’^hat is said of the ancient Germans ? 3. What were some of the 
principal nations ? 4. Rivers ? 5. What is said of the Hyrcinian 

Forest ? 

Pannonia, Illyricum, &c. — 1. What is said of Pannonia, Illyri- 
cum, Dacia, Moesia, &c. ? 


See Ma}) of the Roman V/hat rivers bounded Germany on 

the east, west, and south'to the vivers flowing to the north ? 
What nations resided in the northeriT’part ? In the southern ? In the 
eastern ? In the western i 




221 


PANNONIA, ILLYRICUM, &c. 

2. The principal rivers were the yter, now Danube; the Draf- 
riw, now Drave ; the Sa'vus, now Save ; the Ti-bis'cus, now Theis; 

Py-re'tuSy now Pruth; and the now Dniester. 

3. Some of the principal towns in khaetia, Vindelicia, and NoPi- 
cum were Bri-gan'ti-a, now Brigentz; Cu'ri-a^ now Coire; Au- 

f us'ta Kin-del-i-co'rum, now A ugsburg; and Bo-i-o-du'rum^ now 
assau. 

4. The chief towns of Pannonia were Car-nun'him, and Sir'- 
tni-um; also Vin-d^-bo'imy now Vienna. 

5. In Il-lyPi-cum were Ep-i-dau'rus ; also Sa-lo'na, the birth¬ 
place of the emperor Diocletian. 

6. Ip Moesia and Dacia were Sin-gi-du'num, now Belgrade; 
JVa-is^siLs, now Nissa, noted as the birthplace of Constantine tlie 
Great; Sar'di-ca^ the capital of Moesia, famous for a council; Pons 
Tra-ja'na^ or Bridge of Trajan; JVi-eop'o-lis, now Nicopoli. 


THRACE. 

1. Thrace was anciently a barbarous country in the interior, but 
had many Greek colonies on its coasts. 

2. In the eastern part, on the Thracian Bosphorus, was the fa¬ 
mous city of By-zan'ti-um, established, by Constantine the Great, 
as the seat of the Roman Empire, and from him called Constan¬ 
tinople. 

3. Ses'tos, on the Avestern shore of the Hellespont, and A-by'- 
dosy on the eastern shore opposite, were noted for being situated 
where Xerxes built his famous bridge of boats, and where Loander 
was drowned in swimming across the strait to visit his mistress. 
Hero. 

4. Some of the other towns were Ab-ddra, noted as the birth¬ 
place of the laughing philosopher De-moc'ri-tus; Ap-ol-Wni-Uy now 
Sizeboli, for a temple of Apollo; Phil-ip-pop'o-lis^ now Filippopoli, 
named from Philip of Macedon; and Ad-ri-an-op'o-lis, now Adrian- 
ople. 


2. What were the rivers ? 3. What towns in Rhaetia, Vindelicia, and 

Noricum? 4. What towns in Pannonia? 5. What ones in Illyri- 
cum? 6. What ones in Moesia and Dacia? 

Thrace. —1. What is said of Thrace ? 2. What towns in the eastern 

part ? 3. What is said of Sestos and Abydos ? 4. What other 

towns are mentioned ? 


See Map of the Roman Empire .—How was Rhaetia situated ? Nori- 
cuin? Pannonia? Illyricurn ? Moesia? Dacia? 

How was Moesia divided from Dacia ? What rivers watered Dacia ? 

What were some of the towns on the Ister ? How was Epidaurus situ¬ 
ated ? Salona ? Byzantium or Constantinople ? Adrianopolis ? 
Sestos ? Apollonia ? 

19 




222 


GAUL. 


GAUL. 

1. Gaul, Avhicli was called by the Greeks Ga-la'ti-a, and by the 
Romans, GaVli-a Trans-al-pi'na, comprehended France, Nether¬ 
lands, Holland, Switzerland, and part of Germany. 

2. It was originally divided among three great nations, the BeV- 
g(B, Cd'tfE, and the A-qui-ta'ni; and by the Romans, it was formed 
into the four following provinces, called the Four Gauls, namely, 
Gal'li-a Bel'gi-ca, GaVli-a Lug-du-ntn'sis or Cel'ti-ca, A-qui-ta'- 
ni-a, and Gal'li-a JSTar-ho-nen'sis or Pro-vin'ci-a. 

3. The Gauls were a warlike, barbarous, and superstitious people. 
They offered human victims in sacrifice, and their priests, who v/ere 
styled druids, possessed great power. 

4. The principal rivers were the Rhe'nus, now Rhine; Mo-sd'la, 
now Moselle; Mo'sa, now Meuse ; Scal'dis, now Scheldt; Seq'ua-na, 
noAv Seine ; Li'ger, now Loire ; Ga-rum'na, now Garonne ; Rkod'- 
a-nus, now Rhone. 

5. Some of the principal towns in Gal'li-a Bd'gi-ca, were Au- 
gus'tQL Tre-vo'rum, now Treves; Co-lo'ni-a Ag-rip-pi'na, now Co¬ 
logne ; Mo-gun-ti'a-cum, now Mentz. 

6. In Gallia,Lugdunensis were Lug-du'num, now Lyons; Bi- 
brac'te, now Autun; A-le'si-a, famous for a siege; Ve-son'ti-o, noAv 
Besan^on; Lu-te'ti-a, now Paris; Ro-toin'a-gus, now Rouen: in 
Helvetia were A-ven'ti-cum, now Avenches; and Ti-gu'rum, now 
Zurich. 

7. Some of the towns of Aquitaine were Bur-dig'a-la, now 
Bourdeaux; Av-a-ri'curti, now Bourges; lA-mo'num, now Poitiers. 

8. In Gallia Narbonensis were JVe-mau'sus, now Nismes, famous 
for a Roman amphitheatre, remains of which are still to be seen; 
To-lo'sa, now Toulouse ; Mas-siVi-a, now Marseilles ; Ar-e-la'te, no'yv 
Arles; Vi-en'na, now Vienne; JSTadho, now Narbonne, which gave 
name to the province; Fo'rum Ju'li-i, now Frejus, the birthplace 
of Agricola. 


SPAIN. 

1. Spain, in Latin, His-pa'ni-a, was called also I-he'ri-a, and 
Hes-pe'ri-a, or Hes-pe'ri-a Ul'ti-ma. It was, in ancient times, fa¬ 
mous for rich silver mines. 


Gaul.— 1. What is said of Gaul ? 2. By what nations was it inhab¬ 
ited, and how divided ? 3. What is said of the Gauls ? 4. What 

rivers ? 5. What towns in Gallia Belgica ? 6. In Gallia Lugdu- 

nensis7. In Aquitaine 8. In Gallia Narbonensis ? 

Spain. —1. What is said of Spain ? 


See Map of the, Roman Empire.—In what part of Gaul were the Bel- 
gae? In what part Narbonensis? Aquitaine? Lugdunensis? Hel¬ 
vetia ? What ocean was v, est of Gaul ? How was Colonia Agrip¬ 
pina situated ? Lugdunum ? Lutetia ? Burdigala ? Massilia ? 




SPAIN. 


223 

2. The Romans had little knowledge of Spain till the second 
Punic war; but at that period they became masters of the country, 
and divided it into two provinces, His-pa'ni-a Ci-te'H-or, or Hither 
Spain, and His-pa'm-a Ul-te'ri-or, or Farther Spain; and after¬ 
wards into three provinces, Tar-ra-co-nen'sis, Bcet'i-ca, and Lu-si- 
ta'ni-a. 

3. The principal rivers were the Ta'gus; the I-be'rus, now Ebro; 
the Du'n-us, now Duero ; the A'nas, now Guadiana ; and the Bck'Hs, 
now Guadalquivir. 

4. Tarraconensis was the largest of the provinces, and took its 
name from Tar'ra-co, now Tarragona, its capital, which was a very 
large and populous city ; and to the north of east of it was Bar'ci-no, 
now Barcelona. 

5. Sa-gun'tum, now Morviedro, was famous for a siege by Han¬ 
nibal, which was the cause of the second Punic war; I-ler'da, now 
Lerida, for a contest between Csesar and the lieutenants of Pompey; 
JVu-man'ti-a and Cal-a-guhis^ for memorable sieges ; Bil'bi-lis, as 
the birthplace of the poet Martial. 

6. Some of the other principal towns in Tarraconensis, were 
Ccdsar-Au-gu^ta, now Saragossa ; Pom'pe-lo, now Pampeluna; To- 

now Toledo; Car-iha'go JVo'va, now Carthagena; and St- 

go'vi-a. 

7. The province of Bcet'i-ca included the southern part of Spain, 
Eind took its name from the river Beetis. 

8. Some of the towns of Baetica were Cor'du-ba, now Cordova, 
noted as the birthplace of the philosopher Seneca and the poet Lu¬ 
can ; I-tcd'i-ca, as the birthplace of the emperor Trajan; Munduy 
for a victory of Cassar over the sons of Pompey; Mal'a-ca, now 
Malaga; Ga'des, now Cadiz. 

9. Cal'pe, now the rock of Gibraltar, and Ab'y-la, on the opposite 
shore in Africa, were celebrated among the ancients as the Pillars 
of Hercules. 

10. Lu-si-ta'ni-a embraced the country now called Portugal; 
some of its towns were O-li-sip'po, now Lisbon ; CaVle, now Oporto, 
Co-nim'bri-ca, now Coimbra. 


2. How was it divided ? 3. What were the rivers ? 4. What is said of 

Tarraconensis? 5. What is said of Saguntum, Ilerda, Nuraantia, 
&(!.? 6. What were some of the other towns of Tarraconensis? 

7. What is said of Bsetica? 8. What were some of its towns? 9. What 
of Calpe and Ahyla ? 10. What did Lusitania embrace, and what 

were some of its towns ? 


See Map of the Roman Empire .—What mountains divided Spain from 
Gaul ? What islands were to the east of Spain ? What strait on the 
south ? What part of Spain was called Tarraconensis ? Baetica ? 
Lusitania? How was Tarraco situated ? Saguntum? Numantia? 
Toletum ? Gades ? Corduba ? What towns in the south ? In 
the east ? In the west ? 




224 


ITALY 


ITALY. 

Coliseum. 



1. Italy, a celebrated and fine country, was known in ancient 
times by different names. 

2. ^ It was called I-ta'li-a, or Italy, from the prince Iffa-lus ; Hes- 
pe'ii-a, by the Greeks, because it Avas Avest of Greece ; .^u-so'ni-a, 
from the Au'so-nes, a people of Latium; (E-no'tri-a, from OGn'o-trus, 
an Arcadian prince, Avho settled in Lucania; and Sa-tw^ni-a, from 
its having been the fabled residence of Saturn, during the golden ag’e. 

3. The northern part Avas called Cis-aVpine Gaid, and the re¬ 
mainder Italy Proper ; though a portion in the south was, at one 
period, called JVIagna Greecia, from its containing Greek colonies. 

4. The three great Italian islands, Sicihj, Sardinia, and Corsica, 
retain their ancient names. 


Italy. 1. What is said of Italy? 2. By what different names has it 
been known ? 3. How was it divided ? 4. What islands ? 


See Map of Italy.—In what part of Italy was Cisalpine Gaul ? How 
was Liguria situated ? Venetia? Ilistria ? Bruttii ? Calabria? 
Etruria? Umbria? Lucania? Picenum? Latium? Apulia? 
Campania and Samnium ? 

What three great islands belong to Italy ? How is Sicily situated ? Sar- 
dmia? Corsica? Ilva? The ^olian Islands? Capreie ? 

What rivers in the north of Italy ? What ones in the middle and south ? 
What lakes in Cisalpine Gaul ? What sea was west of Italy ? What one 
^•'hat gulf on the southeast? Where the Ligustic gulf? 
Skfly.!' separated from 
















ITALY. 


225 

p* "Th® inhabitants of Italy were called"i2o??ia7is, from Rome, the 
cJnei city. They were distinguished for their warlike achievements, 
and tor tlieir eminence in literature and the arts. 

Cisalpine Gaul. 

G. Cisalpine Gaul (called also Gallia Togata, because the natives 
wore the Ronian toga) comprehended that part of the country which 
■was north of Etruria and Umbria, and included Ld-gu'ri-a. in the 
southwest, and Ve-neUi-a and His'tri-a^ in the east. 

7. The Pa'dus, called also the E-rid'a^iiiis, now Po, was the 
great river of Cisalpine Gaul, and divided the country into two 
^rts, the northern being called Trans-pa-da'na., and the southern 
Cis-pa-da'na. 

8. Some of the other rivers were the Ath'e-sis, now Adige ; the 
Ad'du-a, nov/ Adda; also the Ti-ci'nus, now Ticino, and the Tre'- 
hi-a the two last celebrated for the victories of Hannibal. Tlio 
Ilu'bi-con, a small stream which separated Cisalpine Gaul from Italy 
Proper, was rendered famous by being passed by Caisar, in violation 
of the authority of the Roman government, when he commenced the 
enterprise of making himself master of the empire. 

9. The principal lakes of Cisalpine Gaul, were Ver-ha'nus, now 
Maggiore ; La'ri-us, now Como; and Be-na'cus, now Garda. 

10. Some of the towns in i/iVfri-a and Ve-ne'ti-a,vfere Ter-ges'te, 
now Trieste ; Aq-ui-le'i-a, famous for having been the residence of 
some of the Roman emperors, and for an obstinate resistance 
against Attila, the'king oftlie Huns; Pa-ta'vi-um,now Padua,noted 
as the birthplace of the historian Livy; Ve-ro'na, as the birthplace 
of the poet Catullus and Pliny the naturalist, and for its amphitlie- 
atre ; Tri-den'tum, now Trent. 

11. West of Venetia and north of the Po, were Man'tu-a, near 
which was the village of An'des, noted as the birthplace of the poet 
Virgil; Co'mum, now Como, as the birthplace of the younger Pliny; 
Bru^i-a, now Brescia ; Me-di-o-la'num, now Milan ; Ti-ci'num, now 
Pavia ; Au-gus'ta Tau-ri-no'rum, now Turin. 

12. To the south of the Po, were Pla-cen'ti-a, now Piacenza; 
Mu'ti-na, now Modena, noted for the siege of Brutus by Antony ; 
Bo-no'ni-a, now Bologna; Padma; also Ra-ven'na, noted for hav¬ 
ing been the seat of the emperors of the Western Empire, and for 
its ancient port and arsenal, though it is now three miles from tlie sea. 

13. In In-gu'ri-a, Avere Gen'u-a, now Genoa; Mo-noe'cus, now 
Monaco; and Nice. 


5. What is said of the inhabitants ? 

6. What did Cisalpine Gaul comprehend ? 7. What is said of the Padus, 

or Po ? 8. What other rivers, and what is said of the Rubicon ? 

9. What lakes? 10. What towns in Histria and Venetia.? 11. What 
ones west of Venetia and north of the Po ? 12. What ones south of 

the Po.? 13. What ones in Liguria .? 



226 


ITALY. 


Italy Proper. 

14. Italy Proper comprised E-tni'ri-a, Um'bri-a, Pi-cefnum^ La!~ 
ti-um, SaTti'ni-um^ Cam-pa'ni-a^ A-pu'li-a, Lu-ca'ni-a, Ca-la'bti-aj 
and the Brut'ti-i. 

15. Some of the largest rivers were the Ti'ber, famous for passing - 
by the city of Rome ; the Ar'nuSy now Arno ; the Vul-tur'nus, now 
Volturno ; and the Au'Ji-dus, now Ofanto.—Lake Tftras-y-mt'niis or 
7Vas-i-me'nus, now Perugia, is noted for a victory of Hannibal. 

16. Some of the principal towns of Etruria., were Pi'soiy now Pisa, 
once noted for commerce ; Flo-ren'ti-a, noAv Florence ; Lu'ca, nov/ 
Lucca; Clu'si-um, famous for its siege by the Gauls, under 
Rrennus ; Fefi-i, for having been a rival of Rome, and for its capture 
by Camillus. 

17. In Um'bri-a, were A-nui'i-num, now Rimini; Spo-le'ti-um, 
nov/ Spoleto ; In-ter-am'na, noted as the birthplace of the historian 
Tacitus. 

18. In Pi-ce'num, were An-co'na ; As'cu-lum, now Ascoli, noted 
for the defeat of Pyrrhus by Fabricius ; Sul'mo, now Sulmona, as 
the birthplace of the poet Ovid ; on the soutli border was Ti'bur, 
now Tivoli, famous for its villas. 

19. In Latium, was the great city of jRwie, situated on the Tiber, 
and built on seven hills. It was the capital of the Roman Empire, 

' to which it gave name, and was for a long time the largest and 
most powerful city in the world, and renowned in arts and arms. It 
now contains many monuments of its ancient greatness, the most 
remarkable of Which is the Col-i-se'itm. 

20. The seven hills on which Rome was built, were the Pal-a-ti'- 
nus, Cap-i-to-li'nus, (^uir-i-na'lis, Vim-i-na'lis, Es-qui-li'mis, Ccd- 
li-us, and Av-en-ti'nus. 

21. On Capitolinus, the Capitol was built; and here also was the 
Tar-pe'i-an Rock, down which the Romans threw their condemned 
criminals. 

22. Some other towns of Latium, were Os'ti-a, noted as the port 
of Rome ; Al'ba Lon'ga, for having been once a rival of Rome ; 
Adde-a, as the capital of the Ru'tu-li; An'ti-um and PrcB-nes'te, for 
temples of Fortune ; the fomier also as the capital of the Volsci; 
/.Pus'cu-lum, for a villa of Cicero ; Ar-pi'num, as the birthplace of 
Marius^ and Cicero. 

23. Cap'u-a, the capital of Campania, was noted as ’a luxurious 
city; JVe-ap'o-lis, now Naples, first called Par-then'o-pe, from the 
name of one of the Sirens who is fabled to have lived there, tvas the 
favorite residence of Virgil. 

24. Some of the other towns of Campania and Samnium, were 
Cii'mcB, noted as the residence of the Cuma3an Sibyl; Pu-te'o-li 


14. What did Italy Proper comprise ? 15. What rivers ? 16. What towns 
in Etruria.? 17. In Umbria? 18. InPicenum? 19. In Latium? 
20. On what hills was Rome built? 21. What is said of Capitolinus ? 

22, What other towns in Latium ? 23. What is said of Capua and Neap- 

olis? 24. What other towns in Campania and Sai^nium? 



ITALY. 


227 


and Ba'i-fE, for baths and mineral waters ; Ben-e-ven'tum, now Ben- 
evento, for the defeat of Pyrrlius, and for remains of ancient sculp¬ 
ture; AL'li-fn^ \'ox pottery; Fa-kr'num, for wine; Ve-na'frum, for 
olives ; Cau'di-iitn, for the ignominious defeat of the Romans by 
tlie Samnites ; JVo'la, for the defeat of Hannibal, and the invention 
of bells ; Htr-cu-la'ne-um and Pom-pe'i-i., for their destruction by an 
eruption of Vesuvius. 

25. Ill Apulia., were Can'zif^, celebrated for the greatest victory 
of Hannibal over the Romans ; Ve-nu^si-a, as the birthplace of the 
poet Horace ; Lu-ce'ri-a, for wool. 

2G. In Ca-la'hri-a^ were Brun-du'si-um, now Brin'di-si, noted for 
its harbor, as the place of embarkation to Greece, and for the death 
of Virgil; Ta-ren'tum, now Tarento, for commerce ; Ma-ti'num, for 
bees. 

27. In Lu-ca'ni-a, were P(Bs'tu7n, once noted for roses, now for 
ruins ; Met-a-pon'tum, for a school of Pythagoras ; Syl/a-ris, for the 
effeminacy of its inhabitants. 

28. In the Bruttii, were Cro-to'na, noted for a school of Pythago¬ 
ras ; Me-tau'rus, a town and small river, for the defeat of the Car¬ 
thaginian general As'dru-bal. 

29. The four principal Roman Roads were the Vi'a Ap'pi-a^ 
from Rome to Brundusium; the Vi'a Fla-min'i-a, from Rome to 
Ariminum ; the Vi'a Au-re'li-a, by the coast of Etruria, to Liguria 
and Gaul, near Nice ; and the Vi'a Claii'di-a, which branched off 
from the Via Flaminia, near Rome, and proceeding through the 
more inland part of, Etruria, joined the Via Aurelia at Luca. 

Italian Islands. 

30. Sicily, the largest and most important island in the Mediter¬ 
ranean, was, on account of its fertility, esteemed one of the grana¬ 
ries of the Roman Empire. 

31. It was anciently called Si-ca'ni-a^ from the Si-ca'ni, who at 
one period possessed it; and Tri-na'cri-a, from its having three 
promontories at its three angles, Pe-lo'rwn, in the north, Pa-chy'num, 
in the south, and E'ryx, or Inl-y-hoi'iim, in the west. 

32. Each of the promontories had a celebrated temple ; at Pelo- 
rum was tliat of Neptune ; at Pachynum, that of Apollo ; and near 
Lilybaeum, on Mount Eryx, that of Venus. 

33. Near the east end of Sicily is the famous volcano of Mount 
Altna, which lias been celebrated from the earliest ages, and which 
was represented by the ancient poets as the forge of Vulcan, the 
god of fire, who here employed his workmen, the Cyclops, in fabri¬ 
cating thunderbolts for Jupiter. 

34. The poets also fabled that the giant Typhoe'us, or Typhon, 
was buried under Sicily, Pelorum and Pachynum being placed on 
each arm, Lilybieum on his feet, and JEtna on his head ; and that 

25. What towns in Apulia ? 26. In Calabria? 27. In Lucania ? 28. In 

the Bruttii? 29. What were the four principal Roman roads? 

30. What is said of Sicily ? 31. By what other names was it known ? 

32. What temples were on the three promontories? 33. What is said of 
Mount iElna? 34. What else was fabled by the poets? 




228 ITALY. 

the earthquakes and eruptions of the mountain were caused by his 
attempts to move. 

35. Mount Hy'bla, north of Syracuse, was famous for honey ; the 
plain of En'na, in the interior, for the carrying away of Pros'er-pine^ 
by Pluto, to the shades below. 

36. The whirlpool of Cha-iyb'dis, on the coast of Sicily, in the 
Sicilian strait, and the promontory or high rock of Scyl'la, opposite 
to it, on the shore of Italy, were proverbial among the ancients as 
objects of terror; but they are now little dreaded. 

37. Syda-cuse, the ancient metropolis of Sicily, was a great, com¬ 
mercial, and powerful city, memorable for the defeat of the Atheni¬ 
ans, for its siege by the Romans, and for the exploits of Ar-chi-me'- 
des in its defence. 

38. Some of the other towns were Ag-ri-gen'tum^ now Girgenti, 
noted for a temple of Jupiter; ljil-y-b(B'um, now Marsala, for its 
siege by the Romans in the first Punic war; Cat'a-na, now Cata¬ 
nia, for a temple of Ceres ; Drep'a-num, now Trapani, for the death 
of An-chi'ses ; Pa-nodmus, now Palermo ; Mes-sa'na, now Messina; 
Le-on-ti'ni, now Lentini. 

' 39. Sardinia was called by the Greeks Ich-nu'sa, from the fan¬ 

cied resemblance of its form to the print of a foot. 

40. It was noted for its unwholesome air and bitter herbs; and 
from its inhabitants the forced or grinning laugh called the Sardonic, 
took its name. The principal town was Cada-lis, now Cagliari. 

41. Corsica, called by the Greeks Cydnos, was noted for its yew 
trees and bitter honey. 

42. Mel'i-te, or Mel'i-ta, now Malta, was noted for the shipwreck 
of St. Paul on his voyage to Rome. 

43. The M-o'li-an Islands, now Lipari Islands, were named from 
AS'o-lus, the fabled god of the winds, who was said to reside here. 
They were also called the Vulcanian Islands, from Vulcan, the god 
of fire, on account of their-volcanoes. 

44. Between Corsica and Etruria was the island of R'va, now 
Elba; near Naples was Ca'pre-cc, now Capri, noted for the cruelties 
and debaucheries of Tiberius. 


35. What is said of Mount Hybla and the plain of Enna ? 36. Charybdis 
and Scylla.^ 37. Syracuse ? 38. What other towns ? 

39. What is said of Sardinia? 40. For what was it noted ? 41. What of 
Corsica ? 42. Melite ? 43. The Alolian Islands ? 44. What other 

islands ? 


See Map of Italy.—How was Tergeste situated ? Aquileia ? Pata- 
vium? Verona? Tridentum ? Ravenna? Mantua.? Mutina? 
Placentia ? Mediolanum ? Comum ? Genua ? Nice ? Pisa.? 
Praeneste? Ardea? Tusculum.? Capua? Neapolis? Beneven- 
tum? Nola? Cannae? Venusia? Brundusium? Tarentum? 
Metapontum? Sybaris? Crotona? Scylla? 

In what part of Sicily was the promontory of Pelorum? Pachynum? 
Lilybaeum ? 

How is Altna situated ? Syracuse ? Agrigentum ? Panormus ? Catana ? 
Enna ? Drepanum ? In what direction from Sicily was Carthage ? 
In what part of Sardinia was Caralis ? 




GREECE. 


229 


GREECE. 


'Pke Parthenon. 



1. Greece, the most renowned country in the world, with regard 
to literature and the arts, was very inconsiderable in extent; and, 
exclusive of Macedonia and Epirus, it little exceeded, in size, the 
half of the state of New York. 

2. Its general aspect is rugged and mountainous ; but it abounds 
in beautiful scenery. Its rivers, though much celebrated by the 
poets, are only small streams. 

.‘1. It is bounded on all sides by the sea, except the north ; its 
coasts are indented by numerous bays or gulfs; and no country 
of anti(piity was more favorably situated for holding commerce AVith 
other ancient nations. 

4. It comprised many small independent states, Avhich had differ¬ 
ent kinds of government; though, for a considerable time, repub¬ 
lican forms Avere prevalent. 


<treece. —1. What is said of (Jreece ? 2. What of the aspect of the 

country and rivers ? 3. What of its situation ? 4. What of its jx)- 

litical condition ? 


See Map of Greece .—How was Macedonia situated ? Epirus ? Thes¬ 
saly t Peloponnesus ? The island of Crete ? Euboea ? 

What islands on the west coast of Greece ? Where the gulf of Corinth ? 
The Saronic gulf? The Thermaic gulf? What gulf on the south 
of Peloponnesus ? What gulfs on the east coast of Greece ? 

20 




























230 • 


GREECE. 


5. Greece comprehended Thes'sa-ly, Greece Proper^ and Pel-o- 
pon-ne'sus, together with numerous islands : in the most extensive 
sense, it included also Mac-e-do'ni-a and E-pi'rus; and the Greeks 
established colonies in Thrace, Asia Minor, Italy, and Sicily. 

6. The Romans, after having conquered Greece, divided the 
country into two provinces; Acha'ia, v/hich comprised Greece Prop¬ 
er and Peloponnesus, and of which the capital was CoPinth; and 
Macedonia, which included Thessaly, Epirus, and Macedonia, and 
of which the capital was Thessaloni'ca. 

7. Greece was called by the natives Hellas, and the inhabitants 
Hel-le'nes; but by the poets they were often called Dan'a-i, Pe- 
las'gi, Ar-gi'vi, A-chi'vi, A-choe'i, &c. 

8. With regard to genius, literature, the arts, love ofdiberty, and 
heroism, the Greeks were unrivalled among the nations of antiquity. 
Their language is esteemed the most perfect that was ever spo¬ 
ken, and their writings the finest models of taste. 

Macedonia. 

1. The kingdom of- Macedo'nia, or Mac'edon, was but little 
known in history before the time of Philip and Alexander; it had 
not, till then, formed one of the confederate states of Greece ; and 
its inhabitants were regarded by the Greeks as barbarians. 

2. Atlios, a remarkable mountain, on the southeast of Macedo¬ 
nia, extending into the sea like a promontory, is now noted for its 
monasteries. 

3; Some of the principal rivers were the Dri'lo, now Drino, 
Stry'mon, Ax'i-us, As-trce'us, Ha-li-ac'inon, and A-o'us. 

4. E-des'sa, now Vodina, was once the capital and the residence 
of the kings ; afterwards PeVla, now Jenitza, which was noted as 
the birthplace of Philip and Alexander. 

5. Thes-sa-lo-ni'ca, no^v Salonica, both in ancient and modern 

times a large commercial city, became the capital of Macedonia, 
after it was reduced to a Roman province; and to the Christian 
converts here St. Paul addressed two epistles. ^ 

0. Phi-lip'pi was famous for the defeat of Brutus and Cassius; i! 
and it is also wdl known in the travels and epistles of St. Paul; 
and Be-rcx'a, now Veria, for the commendation bestowed on the in- I 
habitants for their diligence in searching the Scriptures. 


5. What did it comprehend ? 6. How was Greece divided after its con¬ 

quest by the Romans? 7. What were the inhabitants called? 
8. What is said of the Greeks ? 


JMacedojvia. 1. What is said of the kingdom of Macedonia ’ 2. Of 
Mount Athos ? 3. What rivers ? 4. What is said of Edessa and 
Pella ? 5. Thessalomca ? 6. Philippi and Bersea ? 


See Map qf Greece.—What gulf on the southeast coast of Macedo- j 
nia ? What rivers in Macedonia? What tlie situation of Mount ' 

Athos? How was Pella situated? Edessa? Thessalonica ? Olyn- • 

thus? Potidaga? Stagira? Methone and Pydna ? Bersea ? Phi¬ 
lippi ? Amphipolis ? 




GREECE. 


231 


7. O-lyn'ihuSf Pot-i-dfE'a, Me-iho'ne^ and Ani-phip'o-lis, were noted 
for contests between Philip and the Athenians ; Pyd'na, for the final 
defeat of the Macedonians; Sla-gi'ra, as the birthplace of Aris¬ 
totle, w'ho is thence called the Staw'irite ; Dyr-rach'i-uvi, now Du- 
razzo, as a port much frequented by the Romans, being nearly 
opposite to Brundusium, in Italy, and for an engagement between 
the armies of Cecsar and Pompey. 

Epirus. 

1. Epirus, which now forms a part of Albania, was separated 
from Thessaly and Macedonia by the celebrated mountainous 
range of Pindus, which was sacred to the Muses. 

2. The principal divisions were Cha-o'ni-a, Thes-pro'ti-a, and Mo¬ 
hs'sis : the last was famous for a race of dogs employed in hunting. 

3. A-car-na'ni-a, which was separated from this country by the 
Ambracian gulf, is sometimes considered as belonging to Epirus, ^ 
and sometimes to Greece Proper. 

4. The rivers were the Ach-e-lo'iis, A-rach'tus, Ach'e-ron, and 
Co-cy'tus. The last two v/ere classed by the poets among the in¬ 
fernal rivers. 

5. Some of the towns were Am-hra'ci-a, now Arta, noted as the 
royal city of Pyrrhus, the famous king of Epirus ; Do-do'na, for its 
oracle and grove of oaks ; Buth-ro'tum, now Butrinto. 

Thessaly. 

1. Thessaly consisted mostly of an extensive and fertile valley, 
surrounded liy lo'ily mountains ; by O-lym'pus on the north, by 
Pin'dus on the west, and by (E'ta, Ofh'rys, Os'sa, and Pe'li-on on 
the south and east. 

2. The mountains of Thessaly were celebrated in ancienffable. 
Olympus was represented by the poets as reaching to the heavens, 
and as having on its summit the court of Jupiter. The Giants 
were said to have heaped Ossa upon Pelion^ in order to scale the 
heavens. 

3. The principal river of Thessaly was the Pt'ne-us, now Pe- 
neo ; and near its mouth was the vale of Tem'pe^ wdiich Avas great¬ 
ly celebrated among the ancients for its picturesque and beautiful 
scenery.* 


7. What other towns, and for what noted ? 

Epirus. —1. What is said of Epirus? 2. AVhat were its divisions? 
3. Vr'hat is said of Acarnania? 4. Rivers? 5. What Vy'ere some 
of tlie towns of Epirus ? 

Thessaly. —1. What is said of Thessaly, and by v/liat was it sur¬ 
rounded ? 

2. What is mentioned of the mountains of Thessaly ? 3. What liver and 

vale ? ' 


See Map of Greece .—What part of Epirus was Chaonia? Molossis ? 
Thesprotia ? By what mountains was Epirus separated from Thes¬ 
saly and Macedonia? Where the gulf of Ambracia ? What rivers 
in Epirus ? How was the town of Ambracia situated ? Buthrotum ? 
What other towns in Epirus ? 




23-2 


GREECE. 


4. Thessaly was the country of the fabulous monsters called 
Centaurs, half men and half horses, whose battle with the Lap^i- 
th(B is celebrated by the ancient poets. 

.5. Ther-mop'y-l(E, a narrow defile or pass between Mount CEta 
and the sea, leading- from Thessaly to Locris and Phocis, is famous 
for a stand made against the Persian army by the Spartans under 
Le-on'i-das; and also for being one of the places where the Am- 
phictyons met; Delphi was the other. 

6. Some of the towns of Thessaly were La-iis'sa, the royal city 
of Achilles, and now a considerable town ; Mag-ne'si-a, capital of 
a district of the same name ; Phthi'a, the town of the Myr'midons; 
I-ol'chos, the city of Jason, who commanded the Argonauts; ^t)ph'- 
e-t(E, the port from which the Argonauts sailed; Phar-sa'li-a, fa¬ 
mous for the great victory of Csesar over Pompey; Cy-no-ceph'orle, 
for the defeat of the Macedonians by the Romans; Hyp'a-ta, for 
magic ; Mel-i-hce'a, for dyeing wool. 

Greece Proper. 

!. Greece Proper, in modern times, lAvadia, situated between 
the Saronic gulf and the gulf of Cor'inth, on the south, and Thes- 
sal}'^ and Epirus on the north, comprised the following small coun¬ 
tries, namely, At'ti-ca, Bce-o'ti-a, Meg'a-ris, Plio'cis, Do'ris, Lo'cris, 

. E-io'li-a, and A-car-na'ni-a. 

2. The most celebrated of these countries was Attica, noted for 
containing the city of Athens, and for the genius of its inhabitants ; 
hence the proverbial phrases, Ailic icit and Attic salt. 

3. Bceoiia was more fertile than Attica, but the air tliick and fog¬ 
gy, and thejnliabitants were represented as phlegmatic and dull. 

4. Par-nas'siis, a celebrated mountain in Phocis, was sacred to 
Apollo and the Muses. Between its two summits w-as’the Castali- 
nn sp7ing, th*e waters of which "were represented to have the power 
of inspiring those who drank them with the true fire or spirit of 
poetry. 

o. In Bxotia, were Mount Ci-ihee'ron, famous for being the place 
where the infant (Ed'i-pvs was exposed, and where Actae'en was 
torn in pieces by his own dogs; and Mount HeVi-con, sacred to 
Apollo and the Muses, near the foot of which was the verse-inspir¬ 
ing fountain of Hip-po-cre'ne, said to have been made by the hoof 
of the winged horse Peg'asus. 

f). In Attica, near Athens, were the small mountains of Hy-metf- 
tus, noted for honey, and Pen-tcVi-cus, for marble. 

4. What fabulous inhabitants ? 5. What is said of Thermopylae ? 

6. What towns in Thessaly, and for what noted } 

(xReece Proper.—1. What did Greece Proper comprehend? 

2. What is said of Attica ? 3. Bocotia ? 4. Parnassus ? 

,5. What mountains were in Bceotia, and for what celebrated ? 

G. What mountains in Attica, and for what celebrated ? 


See Map of Greece.—What gulfs on the east and south of Thessaly ? 
What mountains in the country and on its borders ? What rivers ? 
How was Tempo situated ? Larissa? Pharsalia ? lolchos? Mag¬ 
nesia ? Thermopylae ? 




GREECE. 


233 


7. Among the small rivers of this countiy may he mentioned the 
Ach-e-lo'its and E-ve'nus, in the western part; the Ce-j)his'sus and 
A-so'pxis, in the eastern; also the small rivulets Ce-phis'sus and 
Il-lis'sns, noted for passing hy the city of Athens. 

8. Athens, the capital of Attica, was the most renowned city of 
Greece, and for a long time the most celebrated seat of learning 
and the arts in the world; and it gave birth to many of the most 
eminent men of antiquity. 

9. It now contains far more interesting remains of ancient re¬ 
finement and splendor than any other place in Greece. A consid¬ 
erable portion of the Acropolis, or citadel, is still existing, which 
includes the Par'tke-non, or I’exnple of Minerva, the grandest dis¬ 
play of Athenian magnificence. 

10. Mar'a-thon, in Attica, v/as famous for the memorable defeat 
of the Persians by the Athenians; E-lcu'sb, near the borders of 
Megaris, for the celebration of the Eleusinian mysteries. 

11. In Bccoiia, were Thebes, the capital, noted as the birthplace 
of E-pam-i-non'das and Pindar; Fla-tm'a, Cor-o-nda, Leuc’tra, and 
ChfB7'~o-7ic'a, for battles of the Greeks ; Or-choni'e-mis, for a temple 
of the Graces ; Leb-a-dda, for the cave of Trophonius ; As'era, as 
the birthplace of the poet Hesiod; Aii'lis, for the detention of the 
Grecian fleet in the expedition against Troy. 

12. In Pho'cis, were Del'phi, tho capital, famous for its oracle, 
and for the temple of Apollo, near which the Pythian games were 
celebrated; An-tif y-ra, noted (like another town of the same 
name in Thessaly") for hellebore, the great remedy for madness 
among the ancients. 

13. In .Etolia, were Thednius, the capital; JVau-pac'liis, now 
Lepanto, noted a.s a naval station; CaL’y-don, as the residence of 
Mel-e-a'ger, and the scene of a famous hoar hunt. 

14. In Acarnania, was Ac'ti-uni, on the Ambracian g’,^f, famous 
for the memorable naval victory vrhich Augustus obtained over 
Antony and Cleopatra, and which put an end to the Roman com¬ 
monwealth. 


7. What rivers in Greece Proper ? 8. What is said of Athens ? 9. What 
of the remains of its ancient magnificence ? 10. What of Marathon 
and Eleusis ? 11. What towns were there in Boeotia, and for what 

noted? 12. In Phocis ? 13. In.^tolia? 14. In Acarnania ? 


See Map of Greece. —Hov/ was Attica situated ? ^tolia? Boeotia? 
Doris? Acarnania? Locris? Phocis? Megaris? What island 
east of Attica and Boeotia ? What rivers in /Etolia ? In Boeotia ? 
What lake in Boeotia ? How was Mount Parnassus situated ? Helicon ? 
How was Athens situated ? Marathon ? Eleusis ? Thebes ? Chaeronea ? 
Plataea? Delphi? Naupactus ? Calydon ? Actium? 

20^ 





GREECE. 


Peloponnesus. 

1. Peloponnesus, now Morea, is a celebrated mountainous penin¬ 
sula, connected with the continent by the narrow isthmus of Cor¬ 
inth, and its ancient name sio-nifies the Island of Pelops. 

2. Its modern name, More'a, is said to have been derived from 
the mulberry tree (Greek noata, Latin moi'iis), Avith which it abounds, 
or from the resemblance of its shape to the mulberry leaf. 

8. It comprised the folloAving- small countries, namely, A-cha'i-a^ 
P'lis, Mes-se'ni-n, La-co'ni~a, Adgo-hs, and Ar-ca'di-a. 

4. Laconia was the most powerful state of Peloponnesus, and its 
inhabitants were celebrated for their military character, and for 
their habit of expressing their ideas in fe^v words ; hence the pro- 
verbral phrases. Laconic stifle and Laconic ansiver. 

5. Arcadia, an elevated and mountainous district, which occupied 
the central part, Avas the celebrated pastoral country of the poets, 

(). The principal mountains Avere Ta-ysf e-ius, in Laconia (7,910 
feet high), noted for tlie celebration of the orgies of Bacchus ; Cyl- 
le'ne, as the birthplace of Mercury; Man'a-lus, and Ly-ccs'us, in 
Arcadia, sacred to Pan: the largest rivers, the Eu-ro'tas and Al- 
phe'us. 

7. Codinih, the capital ot' Achaia, on tlic isthmus of Corinth, Avas 
famous for commerce, aa ealth, and the arts, and for the celebration 
of the Isthmian games in its vicinity, in lionor of Neptune. 

8. It had tAvo ports, Lc-chm'uni and Cen'chre-a : and to the Chris¬ 
tian converts at Corinth St. Paul addressed tAvo epistles. 

9. In Elis, Avere Elis, tlie capital, also 0-lyni'pi-a, famous for the 
statue of Jupiter, one of the seven wonders of the Avorld, and for 
being the place Avhere the Olympic games Avere celebrated, after 
the expiration of CA-ery four years, in honor of Jupiter. 

JO. There AA’cre four public and solemn games in Greece, name¬ 
ly, the O-tym'pic, Pyth'i-un, .Ye'mc-an, and Isth'mi-an ; which con¬ 
sisted chiefly of athletic exercises, ns leaping, boxing, Avrestling, 
and running, 

11. Of these games, the Olympic were the most famous, and 
from them the Greeks computed their thne, the space intervening 
between one celebration and another being called an Olympiad. 

12. In Messenia, Avere Mes-se'rie, the capital ; Py'los, noAv JVav- 
a-ri'no, the city of Nestor; and Me-iho'nc. 

13. In Laconia, Avere Spadta or Lag-c-det'mon, a powerful city, 
famous for the institutions of Lycurgus, and for the hardy and Avar- 
like character of its inhabitants ; also A-myc'lfP, noted as the birth¬ 
place of Castor and Pollux. 


Peloponnesus. —1. What is said of Peloponnesus ? 2. From what is 

the name of Morea derived ? 3. W hat did Peloponnesus comprise ? 

4, What is said of Laconia ? 5. Arcadia? ti. What mountains and rivers 
in Peloponnesus ? 7. What is said of Corinth? 8. What Avere its 
ports ? 

9. AVhat towns in Elis ? 10. What games were celebrated in Greece ? 

11. What is said of the Olympic games? 

12. What towns in Messenia, and for Avhat noted ? 13. In Laconia? 



GREECE. 


237 


14. rn ^rgohs, were Jlrgos, now Argo, the capital, noted for the 
death of Pyrrhus ; as the city of Agamemnon, who com¬ 

manded the Greeks in the Trojan war; .Ye'me-a, or .Ve-mre'f/, for the 
iNemean games, in honor of Hercules ; Ep-i-dnu'rus, now Pidaura, 
tortile worship of iEsculapius ; J\au'pli-a, now Napoli, as a naval sta¬ 
tion ; Ledna, for the destruction of the Lernean hydra by Hercules. 
^ 15. In Arcadia, were Man-ti-m'a, noted for a great defeat of the 
bpartans by Epaminondas, who was here slain ; Meg-a-lop'o-lis, as 
the birthplace of Polybius ; Stym-pha'lus, a fountain and lake, as the 
fabled residence of the Harpies. 

Greek Islands. 

1. An important division of Greece consisted of islands, mostly 
situated m the iEgae'an sea and on its borders ; the two largest be¬ 
ing Crete and Euboea. 

2. The islands lying in the iEgee'an sea, north of Crete, were 
chiefly comprehended under two classes, namely, the Cydla-des and 
Spoda-des. 

3. Tlie cluster of islands lying in a circular form around Delon, 
were called Cyclades, from the Greek word cyclos, a circle ; the 
term Sporades was applied to the islands lying more remote towards 
the eastern shore, annexed to Asia. 

4. In the Ionian sea, on the west coast of Greece, were the 
islands of Cor-cy'ra, Pax'us, Leu-ca'di-a, Ith'a-ca, Ceph-a-Wni-a, 
and Za-cyn'thus; and on the south of Peloponnesus, Cy-the'ra. 
These seven islands now form the Ionian Repiihlic. 

5. Corey'ra, now Corfu, is noted for the shipwreck of Ulysses and 
the gardens of Al-cin'o-us ; Ithaca, now Theaki, as the residence of 
Ulysses ; Leucadia or Leucas, now St. Maura, for the promontory of 
I^eu-ca'te, and the rock called the Lover's Leap, where the poetess 
Sappho and other disappointed lovers threw themselves into die sea; 
Cy-the'ra, now Cerigo, as an island sacred to Venus. 

0. Crete, now Candia, Avas renoAvned among the ancients as the 
birthplace of Jupiter, aaAio Avas said to have been nursed on the fa¬ 
mous .Mount Ida, situated in tlie central part of the island. 

7. Tliis island Avas also noted for the laAvs of Minos, king of 
Crete ; for its Labyrintli, in Avhich the Minotaur Avas imprisoned; for 
its hundred cities ; and for the skill of its inhabitants in archery. 


14. What towns in Argolis r 15. In Arcadia.^ 

Greek Islands. —1. What is said of the Greek islands.^ 2. How 
Avere they divided ? 3. Which were the Cyclades, and which the 

Sporades 4. What islands were there in the Ionian sea 
5. What is .said of Corcyra, &c.? 6. What is said of Crete ? 7. For 

Avhat else was it noted ? 


See Map of Greece .—What gulfs on the north of Peloponnesus ? What 
ones south ? EastWest ? What rivers in Peloponnesus ? 

Hoav was Achaia situated 1 Laconia Arcadia ? Elis ? Argolis ? Mes- 
senia ? How Avas Corinth .situated ? Sparta ? Argos ? Mycenae ? 
Olympia? Pylos? Manlinea ? Lerna ? Nemea ? 




Q80 


GREECE. 


8. Eubaa, now Negropont, is noted as next to Crete in size ; 
Sal'a-mis, for the defeat of the Persian fleet by the Athenians, and 
as the birthplace of Ajajc, Tencer, and Solon. 

9. Some of the principal of the Cyclades were An'dros^ Te'nos^ 
Ce'oSy Cytk'miSj Se-ri'phus, Siph'mts, Mc'los^ I'os, A-mor'gos, JVdi/os, , 
Pa'ros, Jln-tip'a-ros or O-Wa-ros, Scy'ros, Mye'o-nus, and De'los. 

10. Belos was famous as the birthplace of Apollo and Diana, and 
for a celebrated altar and oracle of Apollo; JS/axos, for the worship 
of Bacchus ; Paros, for marble ; Antiparos, for a grotto. 

11. Of the islands on the coast of Asia, may be mentioned Les¬ 
bos, now Metelin, noted for wine and for the luxury of its inhabit- ; 
ants, and as the birthplace of Sappho and Pit'tacus; Eem/nos, for 
its Labyrinth, and as the residence of V ulcan; Ten'e-dos, as the 
place where the Grecian fleet was concealed in the expedition 
against Troy ; Chi'os, now Scio, for wine ; Sa'mos, for the worship ^ 
of Juno, and as the birthplace of Pythag'oras ; Cos, as the birtliplace 

of Hippoc'rates and Apel'les : Pat'mos, as the place to which St. | 
John was banished. 

12. Rhodes is noted for its celebrity in history, and for its brazen ' 
Colossus, dedicated to the sun, and accounted one of the seven won- | 
ders of the world. 

13. The seven wonders of the ancient worhl were the Pyramids 
of Egypt, the Statue of Jupiter at Olympia, the Colossus at Rhodes, 
the Mausole'uin at Halicarnassus, the Temple of Diana at Ephesus, 
the Walls of Babylon, and the Royal Palace of Cyrus ; or, according ; 
to some, the Tower or Pharos at Alexandria. 

14. In the eastern part of the Mediterranean, olf tlic coast of Cili¬ 
cia, is the large and fertile island of Cyprus, once sacred to Venus. 

15. Some of the towns of Cyprus were Sal'a-mis, founded by 

Teucer ; Pa'phos, noted for the worship of Venus ; CVti-um, as the [ 
birthplace of the stoic philosopher Zeno. . 


8. What is said of Euboea and Salamis ? 9. What were the principal of 

the Cyclades ? 10. W'hat is .said of Delos, Naxos, &c. ? 11. What 

islands were on the coast of Asia, and for what noted ? 

12. What is said of Rhodes.^ 13. W'hat were the seven wonders of the 
world ? 14. W^hat is said of Cyprus ? 1.5. What towns, and for 

what noted 


See Maj) of Greece .—How is Crete situated ? In what part of it is 
Mount Ida ? How is Cythera situated ? Corcyra ? What other 
islands are on the west coast of Greece ? 

How is Euboea situated ? Salamis ? ..Egina ? Lemnos t Scyros ? De¬ 
los ? What islands are near Delos ? 

See Map of Asia Minor .—How is Lesbos situated ? Samos ? Cos t 
Chios ? Rhodes ? Patmos Cyprus In what part of Cyprus 
was Paphos? Salamis? 





ASIA. 


ASIA MINOR. 

1. Asia Minor, noiv Natolia, a country lying between the Medi¬ 
terranean and Euxine seas, and having tlie iEgcan sea on the west 
and the Hellespont and Propontis on the northwest, comprised, in 
ancient times, many difFerent states or provinces. 

2. The western parts were occupied by Grecian colonies"; the 
language of Greece was extensively spoken in Asia Minor; and 
many ot the Greek philosophers, poets, and men of genius, were na¬ 
tives of this country. 

3. The principal divisions of Asia Minor were Pon'tiis, Paph-la~ 
go'ni-a, and Bi-thyn'i-a, on the Euxine sea ; Tro'as,My'si-aJ-o'ni-a, 
Lyd'i-a, and Ca’ri-a, in the west; Ly'ci-a, Pam-phyVi-a, Pi-std'i-a, 
and Oi-lVci-a, on the Mediterranean; Phryg'i-a, Lyc-a-o'ni-a, Ga¬ 
la'ti-u, and Cap-pa-do'ci-a, in tlie interior. 

4. The countries of Mysia, Ionia, Lydia, Caria, and Phrygia, 
were, at one period, united into one province, by the name of Asia, 
of which Ephesus was the capital. 

5. The principal range of mountains is that of Tau'rus, in the 
eastern part; 0-lym'pus and Tmo'lus are considerable mountains 
towards the west. Sip'y-lus, near Magnesia, was noted as the resi¬ 
dence of Ni'o-be ; Coi-'y-cus, on the coast of Cilicia, for saffron, and 
the cave of Typlion ; I'da, near Troy, as being the place where 
Paris adjudged to Venus the prize of beauty. 

6. The three largest rivers were the Ha'lys, now Kizil-Ermak; 
the San-ga'ri-us, now Sakaria; and M(£-an'der^ now Meinder, fa¬ 
mous for its windings. 

7. The Thcr-mo'don was noted for the residence of the warlike 
women, called the Amazons ; the Eu-rym'e-don, for the defeat of 
the Persians by Cimon ; the Gra-ni'cus, for the first victory of Alex¬ 
ander over the Persians ; tlie Her'tmis and Pac-to'lus, for flowing 


Asia Minor.—1. What was the situation of Asia Minor? 

2. What is said of it ? .3. What were the divisions ? 4. What formed the 

province of Asia ? 5. What mountains in Asia Minor ? 

6. What the three largest rivers ? 7. What other rivers are mentioned, 

and for what noted ? 


See Map of Asia Minor .—What sea was on the nortlvof Asia Minor ? 
What one south ? What one west ? How was Propontis situated ? 

What strait connected the Propontis with the ^gaean sea ? What con¬ 
nected it with the Euxine ? What islands lay west of Asia Minor ? 
What island south ? Wliat countries of Asia Minor were situated 
on the Euxine ? What ones on the iEgaean sea ? What ones on 
the Mediterranean? What ones in the interior ? 

What rivers flowed into the ^Egaean sea ? What ones into the Euxine ? 
What ones into the Mediterranean ? What ones into the Propontis ? 




238 


ASIA MINOR. 


over golden sand ; the Sca-man'der, Xan'thiis, and Si'mo-is^ as small 
rivulets flowing through the plain of Troy. ^ 

8. In Troas, between Mount Ida and the sea, was Th-oy or II i- J 
um, famous for a siege of ten years, which it sustained against the 
Greeks, and which has been immortalized by the genius of Horner. 

9. In Mysia, were Per'ga-mus, on the Ca-i'cus, once the capital 
of a kingdom, noted as the royal city of Euhne-nes, as the birthplace 
of Galen, and for its great library ; Lamp^sa-cus, for the worship of 
Pri-a'pus ; Si-gcB^um, for the tomb of A-chil'les ; A-by'dos, opposite 
to Sestos ; As'sos and Ad-ra-mytUi-um, known in the travels of St. 
Paul. 

10. Eph’e-sus, in Ionia, was anciently a large and splendid city, 
the capital of the proconsular province of Asia, memorable in the 
travels and epistles of St. Paul, noted as the seat of one of the Seven 
Churches mentioned by St. John, and for the temple of Diana, one 
of the seven wonders of the world. 

11. Smyi'’na, anciently a rich commercial city, and now the largest 

m Natolia, was noted as one of the seven cities that claimed the ( 
honor of giving birth to Plomer. The whole seven are enumerated ; 
in the following line : ! 

Smyrna, Chios, Colophon, Salamis, Rhodus, Argos, Athcncs. j 

12. Mi-le'tus, once the capital of Ionia,, a large city, was noted for 

its great commerce, for a temple and oracle of Apollo, as tlie birth- • 
place of Thales, one of the seven wise men of Greece, and of Anax- . 
inlander, and for the affecting leave ivhich St. Paul here took of the 
Ephesian Christians. j 

' 13. Some other tov/ns in Ionia were Myc'a-le, noted for a victory I 

of the Greeks over the Persians ; Er'y-tkrcB, as the residence of one 
of the Sibyls ; Pri-e'ne, as the birthplace of Bias, one of the seven 
wise men of Greece ; Te'os, as the birthplace of the poet Anacreon; 
Cal-zom'e-ne, as the birthplace of A-na,x-ag'o-ras ; Col'o-phon, as 
one of the towns which contended for the birth of Homer, and for 
the Colophonian cavalry. 

14. In Lyd'i-a, were Saddis, the capital, noted as the residence of 

the proverbially rich king Croesus ; Phil-a-deVphi-a, and Thy-a-ti'ra, 
together with Sardis, as seats of three ofjhe seven churches ; Mag- 
ne'si-a, for the defeat of x\n-ti'o-chus the Great by Scipio. ; 

15. The .capital of Caria was llal-i-car-nas'sus, famous for its. ! 
Mausole'um, the tomb of king Mauso'ius, accounted one of the seven I 
wonders of the world, also as the birthplace of He-rod'o-tus, the father 
of history, Dionysius Halicarnassen'sis, tlie historian and critic, and 
Her-a-cli'tus, the weeping philosopher. CniUius v/as noted for a * ^ 
statue of Venus,*and for a battle between the Athenians and Spartans. 

16. In Lycia, was Pal'a-ra, noted for an oracle of Apollo. 

17. In Pamphylia and Pisidia, v/ere At-ta-li!a, Pedga, and An'ti- 
och, mentioned in the travels of St. Paul. 


8.,What is said of Troy ? 9. What towns were there in Mysia ? 

10. What is said of Ephesus11. Smyrna? 12. Miletus.? 

13. What other towns in Ionia, and for what noted ? 14. What ones in 

Lydia? 15, Caria? 16. Lycia? 17. Pamphylia and Pisidia? 




ASIA MINOR. 


239 


18. In Cilicia, were Tarsus, tlie capital, on the Cydnus, once a 
large city, noted for the arts and sciences, and as the birthplace of 
St. Paul; Is'siis, for a great victory of Alexander over Darius ; JI 71 - 
chi'a-le, for the tomb of the effeminate king Sardanapa'lus. 

19. In Phrygia, were La-od-i-cc'a, the seat of one of the seven 
churches of Asia ; Co-Ios's(E, to whose inhabitants St. Paul addressed 
an epistle ; Hi-e-rap'o-lis, noted for hot-baths; Ip'sus, for a famous 
battle between the surviving generals of Alexander, in which An- 
tig^onus was defeated and slain. 

20. The eastern part of Phrygia was called Lijc-a-o'ni-a, in which 
were I-co'ni-um, Dedbe, and Lys'tra, mentioned in the travels of St. 
Paul. 

21. In Galatia, were An-cy'ra, now Angora, and Gor'di-um, where 
Alexander cut the Gordian knot.—To the Galatians, the inhabitants 
of this country, St. Paul addressed an epistle. 

22. In BUhynia, were jVi-co-mddi-a, the capital, now Ismid ; JVice, 
now Isnik, also once the capital, noted Ibr the first general council, 
which framed the Nicene Creed ; Prusa, now Bursa; Chal-ce'don, 
famous for a council against the Eutych'ians ; Zh-Z»7/s'sa, for the tomb 
of Hannibal; Her-a-cle'a, for its naval importance. 

23. In Paphlagonia, v/as Si-no'pe, which Avas tlie capital of tlv 
kingdom of Pontus in the time of Mith-ri-da'tes, and was the birth 
place of Di-og'e-nes, the Cynic philosopher. 

24. In Pontus, Avere A-ma'si-a, noted as the birthplace of Mith- 
ridates the Great, and Strabo the geographer; Tra-pe'zus, noAV 
Trebisond, as a place of renoAvn under the emperors of the Eastern 
empire ; Ceda-sus, now Keresoun, for giving name to cherries, which 
Avere first brought from this place to Rome ; The-mis'cy-ra, as a toAvn 
of the Amazons ; Ze'la or Ze'li-a, as the place where Csesar defeat¬ 
ed Pharnaces with such rapidity, that he wrote the account of his 
victory to the senate in these three Avords, “ Veni, vidi, vici,” I came, 
I saw, I conquered. 

25. In Cappadocia, Avere Maz'a-ca, the capital; Co-ma'na, noted 
for a temple of Bello'na; Ty'a-na, as the birthplace of the impostor 
Apollonius ; JVaz-i-an'zus, as the birthplace of Gregory Nazianzen. 


18. What towns in Cilicia 19. Phrygia.^ 20. Lycaonia21. Galatia.^ 
22. Bithynia.^ 23. Paphlagonia? 24. Pontus? 25. Cappadocia? 


See Map of Asia Minor .— Hoav was Troy situated? Pergamus.? 
Nice ? Prusa ? 

What towns Avere on the Propontis ? What ones on the Hellespont ? 

How was Smyrna situated ? Sardis ? Philadelphia ? Ephesus ? Mile¬ 
tus? Halicarnassus? Patera? Tarsus? Issus ? Iconium ? 
Ipsus? Laodicea? Gordium ? Heraclea ? Sinope? Araasia? 
Trapezus ? Zela ? Cerasus ? Mazaca ? 




240 


COLCHIS, ARMENIA. 


COLCHIS, ARMENIA, MESOPOTAMIA, SYRIA, 
ARABIA. 


Muins of Palmyra. 



1. Colchis, situated east of the Euxine sea, was famous as the 
scene of the Argonautic expedition, in seai'ch of the golden fleece, 
which was fabled to be guarded by bulls that breathed fire, and by 
a dragon that never slept. 

2. One of the principal rivers was the Pha'sis, now Rione, from 
which the Argonauts are said to have brought away some large 
birds, hence c^led pheasants. 

3. The chief towns of Colchis were M'a, the capital, and Cy'ta, 
noted for poisonous herbs, and for the birth of the sorceress Me-de'a. 

4. Armenia is a mountainous country, and contains the famous 
mountain Ar'a-rat, on which the ark has been commonly supposed 
to have rested after the flood. 

5. The Eu-phra'tes and Ti'gris, two of the largest and most 
celebrated rivers that were known to tlie ancients, have their 
sources in Armenia. In the eastern part was lake Arsis'sa, now 

Van. 

6. The principal towns were Ar-tcuda-ta, the capital; ./1-mi'da, 
now Diarbekir; Tig-ran-o-cedta, noted for its capture by Lucullus, 
who here found" great treasure. 


Colchis, Armenia, &c.— 1 . What is said of Colchis ? 2. What river? 
•S. Towns? 4. What is said of Armenia? 5. What rivers? 6. 
Towns? 








241 


MESOPOTAMIA, SYRIA, ARABIA. 

7. MF:soroTAMiA received its name from its situation between 
the two rivers, the Euphrates and Tigris. 

8. Some of the towns were E-des'sa, now Oiirfa, supposed bv 
many to have been Ur of the Chaldees; Cadree, (called Haran and 
Lharran m the Bible), now Ileren, noted as the place from Avhicli 
Abraham departed for Canaan, also for Sabianism, or the worship of 
heavenly bodies, and for the defeat and death of Crassus ; .Wi-bis 
and Cir-ce'si-um, once important frontier towns'of the Roman em¬ 
pire. 


^ 9. Syria comprehended all the country lying between the Med- 
i^rranean and Mesopotamia and Arabia, including Phcenicia and 
Palestine.—¥ or a description of the latter, see page 247. 

10. The principal mountains are those of Leb'a-non^ or Lib'a-nus, 
and An-ti-lib'a-nus ; the largest rivers, the Eu-phra'tes and O-ron'tes. 

11. Da-madcus, once the capital of the kingdom of Syria, and 
one of the most ancient cities in the world, is celebrated in both 
sacred and profane history ; and it is noted for giving name to the 
damascene or damson plum, the damask rose, and damask silks and 
linens. 

12. Jhi'ti-och, near the mouth of the Orontes, was once a very 
large and splendid city, the residence of the Macedonian kings of 
Syria; and is noted for being tlie place wJiere the followers of 
Christ %vere first called Christians. 

13. Pal-mfra, supposed to be the same city as Tadmor in the 
wilderness, is famous for having been the residence of queen Zeno- 
bia, who had for her secretary Longinus, and who was taken captive 
by the Roman emperor Aurelian. Here, and also at the site of He- 
li-op'o-lis, now' Balbec, are now found most magnificent ruins of tem¬ 
ples of the sun and other edifices. 

14. Sa-mos'a-ta was noted as the birthplace of Lucian; Hi-e-rap'- 
o-lis, now Bombouch, for the w'orship of the Syrian goddess A-tar'- 
ga-tis; E-me'sa, now Hems, for a temple of Heliogab'alus or the 
sun; Ap-a-me'a, now Famieh, and Ep-i-pha'ni-a, now Hamah, as 
important cities ; Daph'nc, a grove near Antioch, for tlie worship of 
Venus. 

15. The chief cities of Phcenicia, were Tyre, now Sur, and Si'don, 
now Saida, both famous in history, and noted for their antiquity and 
for commerce.—The Phoenicians were the reputed inventors of glass, 
purple, and coinage ; and the invention of letters has also been at¬ 
tributed to them as well as to the Egyptians. 

16. Arabia is commonly considered as divided into three parts, 
namely, Arabia Petrcea, or Stony, Arabia Deserta, or Desert, and • 
.drahia Felix, or Happy. 


7. What is said of Mesopotamia ? 8. What towns ? 

9. What is said of Syria ? 10. What mountains and rivers ? 

11. What is said of Damascus ? 12. Antioch ?- 13. Palmyra ? 14. What 

other towns, and for what noted ? 

15. What cities in Phoenicia.^ 16. How is Arabia divided.!* 

21 




242 


ARABIA. 


17. Arabia Petrsea, comprising the northwest portion of the coun¬ 
try, and bordering on the northern parts of the Red sea, is noted 
for being the region in which the Israelites passed 40 years, in their 
journeyings from Egypt to Canaan. 

18. Mounts Si'nai and Ho'reby between the northern branches of 
the Red sea, are famous as scenes of miracles recorded in the Bible. 
On Sinai, Moses received the Ten Commandments. 

19. E-zi-on-Ge'her was noted as the port from which Solomon’s 
vessels sailed for Ophir; Midfi-an, as the residence of Jethro, the 
father-in-law of Moses. 


ASSYRIA, CHALDEA, PERSIA, MEDIA. 

1. As-syPi-a, Chal-de'a or Bab-y-lo'ni-a, PePsi-a, Me'di-a, and 
PaPthi-a were some of the most celebrated and powerful oriental 
empires of antiquity; but their extent and boundaries were very 
different at different times. 

2. jVin'e-veh^ the capital of the empire of Assyria, situated on the 
Tigris, opposite to the site of the modern city of Mosul, was one of 
the largest and most splendid cities in the world, surrounded by mag¬ 
nificent walls, and famous both in sacred and profane history. 

3. Bab'y-lon, the capital of Babylonia or Chaldea, and also, at 
certain periods, of the Assyrian empire, stood on both sides of the 
Euphrates, was one of the most renowned cities of antiquity, and 
famous for its walls, which were reckoned one of the seven wonders 
of the world. The ruins of this city are now seen in the neighbor¬ 
hood of Helleh. 

4. Ec-bat'a-na, supposed to have been on the site of the modern 
city of Hamadan, was the capital of Media, and a splendid city. 

5. Per-sep'o-lis, once the capital of'Persia, was noted for its 
splendor, and its destruction by Alexander; and its ruins are now 


17. What is said of Arabia Petraea } 18. What of mounts Sinai and Horeb ? 
19. Ezion-Geber and Midian ? 

Assyria, Chaldea, Stc.—1. What is said of Assyria, Chaldea, Persia, 
&c..? 2. What of Nineveh3. Babylon? 4. Ecbatana? 5. 

Persepolis and Susa ? 


See Map of the Roman Empire. —What countries were situated be¬ 
tween the Euxine and Caspian seas? What mountains? How was 
Mesopotamia situated ? Syria? Media? Palestine? Phoenicia? 
Armenia ? Arabia ? Palestine,? Iberia ? Asiatic Sarmatia ? 
What rivers flowed into the Caspian ? Into the Palus-Moeotis ? Into the 
Euxine, on the north ? 

How was Artaxata situated ? Cyta ? Tigranocerta ? Nineveh ? Baby¬ 
lon ? Ecbatana ? Ctesiphon ? Palmyra ? Damascus ? Antioch ? 
Tyre? Jerusalem? Ezion-Geber? Midian? Mount Sinai? 
What were some of the towns on the east coast of the Mediterranean ? 
On the Euphrates ? On the Tigris ? 




943 


ASSYRIA, CHALDEA, &c. 

seen near Estachar; Su'sa, (in the Bible Shushan), now Shuster, or 
Shus, was the winter residence of the Persian kings. 

6. Cte^i-phon, now A1 Modain, was noted as one of the capitals 
of Parthia, and for its magnificent palace ; Hec-a-tom^py-los, now 
Damegan, was another capital of Parthia. 

7. Ar-he'la^ now Erbil, was noted for giving name to a great vic¬ 
tory which Alexander gained over Darius on the plains of Gau-ga- 
me'la; Cu-noj/ a, for a battle in which Cyrus was slain, and as the 
place from which Xenophon retreated with 10,000 Greeks. 


6. What is said of Ctesiphon and Hecatompylos ? 7. Arbela and Cunaxa ? 


AFRICA. 


^GYPT. 

1. .^gypt was divided into Lotver JEgypt and Upper Mpyjpt; and 
between these two divisions, there was a small district called Hep- 
ta-no'mis. 

2. Lower ^Egypt, which includes the country intersected by the 
mouths of the Nile, is called the Delia; Upper ^Egypt was also 
called the Theh'a-is, or Theh'a-id, from the great city of Thebes. 

3. TEgypt, which is celebrated for its great antiquity, has been 
styled the cradle of learning; it could boast of attainments in the 
arts at a period when Greece and Italy were in a state of barbarism; 

i and'it now exhibits many monuments of ancient magnificence and 
refinement. 


.Egypt. —1. How is .Egypt divided i* 2. What is said of Lower and 
of Upper Egypt ? 

i 3. For what is Egypt celebrated 


See Map of the Roman Empire .—How was Egypt situated ? Libya ? 
Africa.? Numidia.? Mauretania? What river in Egypt? Lake? 
How was Memphis situated ? Alexandria ? Thebes ? Oasis Magna ? 
Oasis Parva ? Canopus? Pelusium ? Arsinoe? Tentyra? 








‘244 


^GYPT. 


4. The celebrated jVile, the only river in iEgypt, formerly flowed 
into the sea by seven mouths ; but only two of them are now of much 
importance. 

5. Mem'phis, once the capital of iEgypt, situated near the site of 
the modern capital, Cairo, was long ^ince entkely destroyed. 

6. Al-ex-arJdii-a, founded by Alexander the Great, was the capi¬ 
tal of .^gypt, under the Ptolemies, and noted for having once been 
the most commercial city in the world, and a great seat of learning; 
and also for its Pharos, or watch-tower, sometimes reckoned one of 
tlie seven wonders of the Avorld. 

7. Some of the other towns of Lower iEgypt Avere Sa'is, noted 
for having been the capital; He-ro-op'o-lis, as the residence of tlie 
ancient shepherd kings ; 0?2, or He-li-oj/o-lis, for a temple of the 
sun ; Ca-no'pus, now Aboukir, for a temple of Se-ra/pis ; Pe-lu'si-um, 
now Tineh, as the bulwark and key of the country. 

8. Thebes', the capital of Upper ..-Egypt, or the Thebaid, was a 
magnificent city, famous for its hundred gates. It was destroyed be¬ 
fore the period of the commencement of authentic profane history; 
yet its site is still covered Avith most magnificent ruins of temples 
and other edifices. 

9. Ar-sin'o-e, or Croc-o-di-lop’o-lis, near lake Mce'ris, was famous 
for the labyrinth, Avhich contained 3,000 chambers, in Avhich tlie 
kings and sacred crocodiles Avere buried. 

10. (Some of the other toAvns in Upper ^Egypt Avere A-by'doSf 
famous for the temple of 0-si'ris and palace of Memnon; Cop'tos^ 
as an emporium of Arabian and Indian commodities ; Tenfty-ra, 
now Dendera^ for temples of Isis and Venus; Sy-e'ne, for a Avell, 
the bottom of Avhich, at the time of the summer solstice, was illumi¬ 
nated, the sun being exactly perpendicular over it. 

11. Some of the most remarkable antiquities noAv found in 
iEgypt, are the Pyramids, the Obelisks, the Sphinx, the Catacombs, 
or Mummy-pits, and numerous ruins of Temples and other splendicl 
edifices. 

12. The Pyramids are the most remarkable monuments of ancient 
art that noAv remain ; but history furnishes no authentic information 
respecting the time or the object of their erection. 

13. The Sphinx, which is situated near one of the Pyramids, is a 
statue of a huge monster, cut in solid rock, having the face of a vir¬ 
gin and the body of a lion. 

14. The Land of Goshen, the country occupied by the Israelites, 
in ^gypt, is supposed to have been in the northeastern part. 


4. What is said of the Nile.? 5, Memphis? 6. Alexandria.? 

7. What other towns in Lower ^gypt.? 8. What is said of Thebes ? 9. 
Arsinoe ? 10. What other towns in Upper .?Egypt.? 

11. What remarkable antiquities are there in the country ? 

12. What is said of the Pyramids ? 13. The Sphinx ? 

11. Where was the Land of Goshen? 



LIBYA, AFRICA PROPER, &c. 


245 


LIBYA, AFRICA PROPER, NUMIDIA, AND 
MAURETANIA. 

1. Libya was divided into Mar-maiH-ca and Cy-re-na'i-ca ; which 
latter was also called Pen-tap'o-lis, from the five principal cities 
which it contained. 

2. Cy-re'nc, now Curen, once a large city, was settled by Greeks 

and was noted as the birthplace of Callim'achus, Eratos'thenes, Car- 
ne'ades,and Aristip'pus ; Pcr-c-ni'ce or according to some, 

for the fabled garden of the HespePide-s, containing the golden ap¬ 
ples ; though others place this garden on the west of Africa. 

3. In a beautiful oa.sis, in the Libyan desert, was Ammon, now 
Siwah, noted for the temple of.Iupiter Ammon, with a famous oracle 
that was consulted by Alexander. 

4. In Africa Proper, was the celebrated city of Carthage, once the 
rival of Rome, famous for wealth and commerce, and for its sie'ge 
and destruction by the Romans. 

5. Uti-ca was noted for the death of Cato ; Fac'ca, for transactions 
in the Jugurthine war; Thap'sns, for a victory gained by Ctesar; 
Za'ma, for the defeat of Hannibal by Scipio Africanus ; Cap'sa, now 
Gafsa, as the place vrhere Jugurtha deposited his treasures; Su-fet'- 
xi-la, now Spaitla, for its extensive ruins. 

0. The Bag'ra-da, now Mejerdah, the principal river of this coun¬ 
try, was noted as the place where the Roman army, under Reg'ulus, 
killed an enormous serpent A long lake southwest of Syrtis Minor, 
was divided into two parts, one called Pa'lus Tri-to’nis, noted as 
the place where Minerva is said first to have appeared, hence called 
Tritonia ; the otlier Pa'lus lAb'y-n, the fabled residence of the Gor- 
gons. 

7. In JVumidia, Avere Cir'ta, now Constantina, the residence of 
the kings, noted for its strength ; Hip'po Re'gp-us, as the episcopal 
seat of St. Augustin. 

8. In Mauretania,,vrevo Cces-a-re'a, noted as once the capital; 
Si'ga, as the residence of Syphax; TSn'gis, now Tangier; Mount 
AlAy-la, opposite to Calpe in Spain, one of the Pillars of Hercules. 


Libya, &tc.—1. Hoiv ivaT Libya divided ? 2. What is said of Cyrene 

and Berenice ? 3. What of Ammon ? 

4. What is said of Carthage ? 5. What other towns in Africa Proper ? 

6. What river and lake 7. What towns in Numidia.^ 8. In 
Mauretania ? 


See Map of the Roman Empire .—How was Marmarica situated ? 
Cyrenaica ? Anjmon ? Cyrene ? Berenice ? 

ITow'was Syrtis Major and Syrtis Miner situated? Carthage? Utica? 
Zama? Thapsus ? Tritonis Palus How was Cirta situated? 
Hippo Regius ? Caesarea ? Siga ? Tingis ? Abyla ? 

21* 




SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 


' 1. Scripluro or Sacred Geography comprises that part of Ancient 
(Jeography which treats of the countries and places mentioned in 
the Bible. 

"i. No one of the four quarters of the world, as they are now un¬ 
derstood, is spoken of in the Scriptures ; nor is any mention made 
of any one of the live great oceans of modern geography. 

3. The term Asia, as used in the New Testament, never em¬ 
braces more than Asia Minor, and generally only the proconsular 
province of Asia, which comprised Mysia, Ionia, Phrygia, Lydia, 
(.'aria. 

4. 'The MedUerranean sea is called in the Bible the (heat sea; 
and most of the countries mentioned in the Scriptures, either bor¬ 
dered upon it, or were situated not far distant; some of the most 
remote were Chaldea, Persia, and Media. 

5. The Geography of the Old Testament relates chiefly to the 
southwest part of Asia and to JEgijpt. Scripture Geography has 
little connection with Europe, except for tlie illustration of the trav¬ 
els of St. Paul and his fellow laborers. 

G. The three great rivers found within the limits of that portion 
of the globe which is embraced by Scripture geography, are the 
JS'ilc, in Africa, and the Euphrates and Tigris, in Asia. 

7. The Land of Canaan, from the time of its conquest by the 
Israelites under Joshua to the crucifixion of our Savior, was the 


Scripture Geography.— 1. What is Scripture Geography ^ 

2. What modern divisions of the globe are not mentioned in the Bible ? ^ 

3. What does the term Asia in the New Testament comprehend i 

4. What is said of the Mediterranean sea ? 5. To what part of the world 

does the geography of the Old Testament relate ? 

6. What three great rivers are included in the parts of the world embraced 

by Scripture geography ? 

7. What is said of the land of Canaan ^ 


See Map of Palestine .—How was Idumaea situated.? The Moabitea ? iV 
The Ammonites .? Philistaea .? Phcenicia .? Cmlo-Syria ? Abyle'-^ 
ne.? Damasce'ne ? r j 

How was Judea situated .? Galilee .? Samaria? Galilee of the Gentiles? Ifc I 
Penca? Ituraea? Trachonftis ? Mount Lebanon, or Libanua.? f j 
Anli-libanus ? Hermoii ? hlount Seir ? The Dead sea ? The . ■ : 
Sea of Galilee? What the course of the Jordan? What other 
rivers flowed into the Dead eea ? What ones into the Mediterra- ' 
nean ? 





PAT.ESTINE. 


^>47 

theatre of most of tlie transactions recorded in tlie Bible ; and it in¬ 
cluded more than half of the places mentioned in it. 

8. The journeyings of our Savior, during his ministry, were lim- 

ited to Palestine ; the travels of St. Paul, chiefly to Palestine, Syria 
risia Minor, Greece, and Notices relating to Scripture Geog¬ 

raphy have already been given with respect to other countries be¬ 
sides Palestine. 

9. At tlie period of the ministry of our Savior and his apostles 
almost all the countries mentioned in tne New Testament were in¬ 
cluded in tlie Roman Empire. 


PALESTINE. 

]. This country was first called the Land of Ca'naan, from Ca¬ 
naan, the son of Ilam; the Land of Promise, or the Promised 
Land, from its being promised by God to Abraham; the Land of 
Israel, from the Israelites ; Ju-de'a, from Judah, the principal of the 
Twelve Tribes; Pal'es-tine, from the Philistines, who inhabited 
the soutliwest part of it; and the Holy Land, from its being the 
scene of the greater part of the transactions recorded in the Bible, 
and particularly of the birth, life, miracles, and sufferings of our 
Savior. 

2. Before this country was possessed by the Israelites, it was in¬ 
habited by the descendants of Ca'naan, called Ca'naan-ites, who 
were notorious for their idolatry and vices ; and consisted of seven 
nations, namely, the Am'or-ites, Jeh'u-sites, Hit'tites, Pediz-zites, 
Gir'ga-shiles, Ca'naan-ites, and Hi'vites. 

3. After the conquest of the country by the Israelites, under 
Joshua, it was divided among the Twelve Tribes by lot; Reu'ben, 
Gad, and half of Ma-nas'seh possessed the part east of the Jordan; 
and of the country west of the Jordan, Judah and Sim'e-on had the 
southern part; Ash'er, ATaph'ta-li, and Zeb'u-lon, the northern ; and 
Dan, Benjamin, Ephraim, half of Manasseh, and Ts'sa-char, the 
middle. 

4. After the reign of Solomon, two separate kingdoms ’jvere form¬ 
ed, namely, the kingdom of Israel, consisting of Ten Tribes, and 
having Samaria, for its capital: and the kingdom of Judah, composed 
of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, and having Jerusalem for ita 
capital. 


8. To what countries were the journeyings of our Savior, and to what the 

travels of St. Paul limited ? 

9. To what empire did almost all (he countries mentioned in the New 

Testament belong ? 

Palestine. —1. By what names has the country of Palestine been 
known ? 2. By whom was it inhabited before it was possessed by 

the Israelites ? 

3., How was it divided after the conquest ? 

4. What two kingdoms were subsequently formed i 



248 


PALESTINE. 


5. In the time of the Gospel history, the whole of Palestine was 
subject to the Romans, and tlio country west of the Jordan was 
divided into three parts, namely, Ju-de'a, Sa-ma'ri-a, and GaVi-let. 
The chief divisions of the country east of the Jordan were Pe-rada, 
and I-tiL-rcb'a. 

• 6. The country included within tlie limits of the Twelve Tribes, 
is of small extent, not a third part so large aS the state of New- 
York. 

7. Dan (in the New Testament called C(Es-a-re'a Phi-lip'pi) was 

reputed the most northern city, and Bc-edshe-ha or Beer-sht'ha, the 
most southern; hence the proverbial phrase, to express the limits 
of the country, “ From Dan to Beersheba.” ' 

8. The face of the country is beautifully diversified with- moun¬ 
tains, hills, valleys, and plains. 

9. The climate is excellent; the cold seldom excessive ; the heat 
of summer is great, but mitigated by a periodical breeze. Rain sel¬ 
dom falls here, except in the spring and autumn ; but the dews are 
abundant. 

10. The Scriptures, in describing the fruitfulness of this country, 
characterize it as “ a land flowing with milk and honey.” In modern 
times, however, many parts of it have a desolate appearance, as the 
cultivation of it has generally been much neglected ; but where it 
has been well attended to, it is highly productive. 

11. The Jordan, the celebrated river of Palestine, and the only 
considerable one in the country, is deep and rapid, but not wide. 
It rises near the foot of Mount Hermon, passes through lake Merom 
and the sea of Galilee ; and after a southerly course of about 1.50 
miles, flows into the Dead sea. 

12. Some of the other famous streams or rivulets are the Ad non, 
Jab'bok, Be'sor, So'rek, and Ki'shon ; alsc Cefdron, or Kid'ron, noted 
for passing by. Jerusalem ; and Be'lus, ri€:: f Ptolemais, from the sand 
of w’hich glass is said to have been first made. 

13. The Dead sea, called also the Salt sea. Sea of Sodom, and 
Lake As-phal-ti'tes, is about 70 miles long. The water is clear, 
but uncommonly salt and bitter. The sea is surrounded by majes¬ 
tic and dreary mountains ; and the vicinity is barren and cheerless. 

14. The Sea of Galilee, called also the Sea of Tiberias, and the 
Lake of Gennesarcth, is 17 miles long ; it is environed by lofty emi¬ 
nences, and lifts a beautiful and picturesque appearance. 

15. This lake is celebrated in the Gospel history ; near it our 
Savior passed much of his time, during his ministry ; and it was here 
tliat several of his disciples were employed, in the early part of 
their lives, as fishermen. 


5. How was the country divided in the time of the Gospel history ? 

6. What is the extent of the country ? 7. What is said of Dan and Beer¬ 

sheba ? 

8. W’’hat is said of the face of the country ? 9. Climate ? 10. What of 

the fruitfulness of the country ? 11. What of the Jordan ? 

12. W’hat other streams or rivulets ? 13. V/hat is said of the Dead sea ? 

14. The sea of Galilee ? 15. For what is it celebrated ? 









PALESTINE. 


249 


ranao If Palestine, and on its borders, is the mountain 

^jf^'a-ni/5, which lias summits almost always 
nihcenfcrd^ is celebrated in Hebrew poetry for mag- 

is ^oi7ntHel,Zl '' ^^nti-libanus; and to the southeast 

thJ rPirf?/''f vr-’T^’ Mediterranean, is noted as 

the retreat of Elijah, and, m modern times, for monks called Carmel¬ 
ites .Mount Tabor, southeast of the sea of Galilee, as the scene of 
our Saviors transhg-uration; Mount GiVbo-a, south of the sea of 
Galilee, for the death of Saul and Jonathan ; Mount Gei-'i-ziin, near 
Sichcm, for the temple ot the Samaritans. 

19. A/ounf Gilead, east of the Jordan, was famous for balm; 
Mounts J^ebo and Pisgah, for being places from which Moses took 
a view of the Promised Land ; Mount Hor, a summit of Seir, to the 
south of Palestine, for the death of Aaron. 

most celebrated desert in Palestine was the Desert or 
Wilderness of Judea, situated to the west of the Dead sea, and noted 
tor being the region where John the Baptist preached. 


^1. Judea comprised the territory which formerly belonged to tlic* 
tribes of Judah, Benjamin, Simeon, and Dan. 

22. Jerusalem, the capital of Judea, was anciently built on four 
hills, Zi'on, Mo-ri'ah, A'era, and Be-ze'ta, whicli were almost sur¬ 
rounded by valleys, encompassed by mountains. It was regarded 
as a holy city, on account of its containing the Temple, and being 
the centre of the Jewish religion and worship ; and it is memorable 
for the crucifixion and resurrection of our Savior, for its signal de¬ 
struction, and, in modern times, for pilgrimage. 

23. The two principal centres of tlie labors of our Savior, during 
his ministry, were Jerusalem with its vicinity, and the sea of GaL 
ilee. 

24. To the east of Jerusalem, beyond the brook Kidron, was the 
Mount of Olives, whither our Savior resorted after eating the 
passover ; beriveen the Mount of Olives and the city, was the gar¬ 
den of Geth-sem'a-ne, wliere he Avas betrayed ; on the north side 
of the city 3 vas Cal'va-ry, Avhere he was crucified ; 7 miles north- 
Avest Avas Em'ma-us, Aviiere lie appeared to tAvo of his disciples 
after his resurrection ; and to the northeast Avas Beih'a-ny, Avhere 
he raised Lazarus from the dead, and Avhence he ascended to 
heaven. 

25. Beth'le-heni is memorable as the birthplace of David, and 
still more so as that of our Savior; He'bron, for having been tlie 


16. What is said of Mount Lebanon ? 17. What mountains near Lebanon ? 

18. What other mountains, and for what noted ? 

19. What is said of Gilead, Nebo, and Hor ? 20. What desert ? 

21. W'hat is said of Judea ? 22. What of Jerusalem ^ 

23. AVhat were the two principal centres of our SaAuor’s ministry ? 

24. What places near Jerusalem 25. What is said of Bethlehem and 

Hebron } 




250 


PALESTINE. 


residence of the patriarchs Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and for 
seven years the royal seat of David. 

26. Jer'i-cho is noted for its siege and capture by Joshua, and 
as the “city of palm-trees;” A'i, for a great victory of Joshua; 
Beth'el, for the vision of Jacob ; Gib'e-ah, as the birthplace of Saul; 
Gib'e-on, as the city of the Gibeonites ; Te-ko'ah, as the town of the 
prophet Amos. 

27. Ar-i-ma-the'a was noted as the town of Joseph, who begged 
the body of Jesus ; A-dul'lam and En'ge-di, for caves which afford¬ 
ed retreats to David. 

' 28. The principal tov/ns in the country of the Philistines were 

Ga'za, noted in the history of Samson; Gath, the birthplace of 
Goliah ; As'oa-lon, Ash'dod or A-zo'tus, and Ek'ron. 

29. The country of Samaria derived its name from the city of 
Samaria, and it comprised the territory which belonged to the tribe 
of Ephraim and half Manasseh. 

30. After the captivity of the Ten Tribes, this country was inhab¬ 
ited by a mixed race of people, called Samaritans, who built a ten> 
pie on Mount Gerizim, adopted the law of Moses, and regarded the 
Pentateuch as a book of divine authority, but rejected the rest of the 
Old Testament. 

31. Samaria was the first capital of the country ; and afterwards 
Si'chem, or She'chem, called in the NeAv Testament Sy'char (now 
Napolose), near which was JacoVs fVell, memorable for our Savior’s 
conversation Avitli the woman of Samaria. 

32. On the coast of the Mediterranean was Cces-a-re'a, the seat 
of the Roman governors of Palestine, and noted for being the place 
where Herod Agrippa was smitten with a fatal disease, where Cor¬ 
nelius was converted by Peter, and where Paul defended himself 
before Felix, Festus, and Agrippa. 

33. Jop'pa, now Jafta, was the principal port of the Israelites, 
and IS now the port of Jerusalem; Gil'gal, near Jericho, and Shi'- 
loh were noted for being places where the ark of the covenant was, 
for a time, deposited; Tidzah, for being once the seat of the kings 
of Israel; Me-gid'do, for the defeat and death of Josiah; Jez're-el, 
for the palace of Ahab ; Sa'lim and E'non, as places where John 
baptized. 

34. Galilee, the northern division of Palestine, comprised the 
country previously occupied by the tribes of Issachar, Zebidon, 
JVapUah, and Asher. The northern part was called Galilee of the 
Gentiles, because it bordered on Gentile nations. 

35. This division of Palestine was most honored with our Savior’s 
presence, and it was the native country of most, if not all, of his 
twelve disciples. 


26. What is said of Jericho, Ai, &c. ? 27. What of Ariinathea, &c..? 

28. What towns in the country of the Philistines ? 

29. What is said of Samaria ? 30. What of the inhabitants ? 31. What 

of Samaria and Sichem 32. What of Caisarea ? 33. What other 
towns ? 34. What did Galilee comprise ? 35. What is said of it ? 





PALESTINE. 


25] 

36. Ti-heh-i-as, once the capital of Galilee, was noted for a Jew¬ 
ish academy, after the destruction of Jerusalem; Ca-per^na-um, 
Cho-ra'zin, and Beth-sa'i-da, for the preaching and miracles of our 
Savior. Bethsaida was also the residence of the disciples Philip, 
Peter, Andrew, James, and John ; Capernaum, of Matthew, and on 
an eminence near this place, our Savior delivered his memorable 
discourse called the “ sermon on the mount.” 

37. JVaz'a-reth is famous for being the residence of our Savior, 
before he entered upon his public ministry ; Ca'na, for his miracle 
of turning water into wine ; JVa'in, for his raising the widow’s son 
to life. 

38. Beyond^ or east of, the Jordan, were Sue'eoth, noted for having 
once been the residence of Jacob ; Ma-ha-na'im, for the meeting of 
Jacob and Esau; Ra'moth-Gil'e-ad, memorohle in the wars of the Is¬ 
raelites ; Beth-ab'a-ra, where John baptized ; Dal-ma-nu'tha, Mag'- 
da-la, and Gad'a-ra, places visited by our Savior. 

39. The southern part of Phcenicia, or Syro-Phoenicia, belonged 
to the tribe of Asher. 

40. On the coast of the Mediterranean were Tyre and Si'don, 
noted for their antiquity and for commerce ; Sa-rep'ta, called in the 
Old Testament Zar'e-phath, for the miracles of Elijah ; Ptol-e-ma'is, 
now Acre, for a memorable siege by the Crusaders. 


36. What is said of Tiberias, Capernaum, &c. ? 37. Nazareth, Cana, and 
Nain ? 38. What places beyond the Jordan ? 39. What is said of 

Phoenicia ? 40. What towns on the coast of the Mediterranean ? 


See Map of Palestine. —How is the desert of Judea situated ? Mount 
Nebo? Mount Gilead ? Mounts Gerizim and Ebal ? Mount Car¬ 
mel ? Mount Tabor ? Mount Gilboa ? 

How is Jerusalem situated ? Jericho ? Bethlehem ? Hebron ? Beer- 
sheba ? Engedi ? Emmaus ? Bethel ? Joppa ? Arimathea ? 
What towns in Philist$a ? How was Samaria situated ? Sichem ? Caes¬ 
area ? Tirzah ? Jezreel ? Shiloh ? Gilgal ? Salim and Enon ? 
How was Tiberias situated ? Capernaum ? Bethsaida ? Chorazin ? 
Nazareth? Cana? Dan, or Caesarea-Philippi ? Tyre? Sidon ? 
Ptolemais ? Sarepta ? Ramoth-Gilead ? Mahanaim? Succoth ? 
Gadara ? Bethabara ? Heshbon ? 




252 


EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES. 


EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES, 

According to Tytler. 

The Empire of Assyria, under Ninus and Semiramis, compre¬ 
hended Asia Minor, Colchis, Assyria, Media, Cluddea, Mgypt 

The Empire of Assyria, as divided about 820 B. C., formed three 
kingdoms, Media, Babylo-Chaldea (Syria and Chaldea), and Lydia 
(all Asia Minor). 


The Empire of the Persians under Dari'us Hystas'pes, 522 B. C., 
comprehended Persis, Siisiana, Chaldea, Assyria, Media, Bactriana, 
Armenia, Asia, Paiihia, Iberia, Albania, Colchis, Asia Minor, Egypt, 
part of Ethiopia, part of Scythia. 

The Empire of Alexander the Great, 330 B. C., consisted of, 
1. all Macedonia and Greece, except Peloponnesus ; 2. all the Per¬ 
sian Empire, as above described ; 3. India to the banks of the Indus 
on the east, and the Jaxartes, or Tanais, on the north. 

The Empire of Alexander was thus divided 306 B. C., between 
Ptolemy, Cassander, Lysimachus, and Seleucus ;— 

Empire of Ptolemy. 

Libya, Arabia, Coslo-Syria, Palestine. 


Empire of Cassander. 

Macedonia, Greece. 

Empire of Lysimachus. 

Thrace, Bithynia. 


Empire of Seleucus. 

Syria, and all the rest of Alexander’s empire. 

The empire of the-PARTHiANs, 140 B. C., comprehended Parthia, 
Hyrcania, Media., Persis, Bactriana, Babylonia, Mesopotamia, India 
to the Indus. 

The Roman Empire, under the Kings, was confined to the city of 
Rome, and a few miles round it. 


EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES. 


253 


The Roman Empire, at the end of'the Republic, comprehended 
all Italy^ great part of Ciaid^^ part of Britain^ .'Africa Proper^ great 
part of Spain^ Illyria, Istria, Liburnia, Dalmatia, Achaia, Macedo¬ 
nia, Dardania, Mcesia, Thrace, Pontus, Armenia, Cilicia, Judea, 
Syria, E^fpt. 

Under the Emperors, the following countries were reduced to 
Roman Provinces:— 

All Spain, the x\lpes Maritimce, Piedmont, &c., Rhsetia, Noricum, 
Pannonia, Moesia, Pontirs, Armenia, Assyria, Arabia, Egypt. 

Constantins Chlorus and Galerius divided the Empire into 
Eastern and Western; and under Constantine, each empire 
had a distinct capital or seat of government. 

The extent of each division was ductuating from time to time ; 
but, in general, the Western Empire comprehended Italy, Illyria, 
Africa, Spain, the Gauls, Britain. 

The Eastern Empire comprehended E^ypt, Thrace, Dacia, 
Macedonia, Asia Minar, Pontus, Armenia, Assyria, Media, &c. 

The Empire of CnAKX.F.MAGNE, A. D. 800, comprehended 
France, Marca Hispanica (or Navarre and Catalonia), Majorca, Mi¬ 
norca and Jvica, Corsica, Italy, as far south as Naples, Istria, Li- 
bumia, Dalmatia, Rhatia, Vindelicia, JVoricum, Germany, from the 
Rhine to the Oder, and to the shores of the Baltic. 

France contained, 1. .Venstria, comprehending Brittany, Nor¬ 
mandy, Isle of France, Orleannois ; 2. Austria, comprehending 
Picardy and Champagne ; 3. Aquitania, comprehending Guienne 
and Gascony ; 4. Burgundia, comprehending Burgundy, Lyonnois, 
Languedoc, Dauphin^, Provence. 



CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 


Q54 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 

B. C. , " 

4004. The Creation of the world. 

2348. The universal Deluge. '' '*• 

1921. Calling of Abraham. 

1491. Moses brings the Israelites out of Egypt. ^ 

1263. Argonautic expedition. 

1184. Twy taken and burnt by the Greeks. 

1012. Solomon^s Temple founded. 

884. Lycurgus reforms the laws of Sparta. 

776. The first Olympiad begins. 

753. The foundation of Rome by Romulus. 

536. Cyrus founds the Persian Empire. 

490. Battle of Marathon. 

400. Socrates put to death. 

324. Alexander dies at Babylon, aged 33. 

312. Era of the Seleucida. 

216. Battle of Cannce; the Romans defeated by Hannibal. 

146. Carthage destroyed by the Romans. 

31. Battle ofActium; end of the Roman Commonwealth. 

- Birth of our Savior, 4 years before the vulgar era. 

A. D. 

33. Crucifixion of our Savior, on Friday, April 3. 

70. Jerusalem taken and destroyed by Titus. 

98. Trajan emperor of Rome. 

306. Constantine emperor of Rome. 

476. Extinction of the Western Empire of the Romans. 

622. Era qf the Hegira., or flight of Mahomet. 

800. New Empire of the JVest, under Charlemagne. 

827. Beginning of the kingdom of England, under Egbert. 

872. Alfred the Ch-eat king of England. 

1066. William the Conqueror king of England. 

1096. First Crusade to the Holy Land. 

1258. End cff the Caliphate of Bagdad, or Saracen Empire. 

1.340. Gunpowder invented at Cologne by Schwartz. 

1404. Death of Tamerlane. 

1440. The art of Printing invented. 

1453. End of the Eastern Empire; the Turks take Constantinople. 

1492. America discovered by Columbus. 

1517. The Reformation in Germany begun by Luther. 

1519. Charles V. emperor of Germany. 

1603. Union of the crowns of England and Scotland, under James I. 
1620. First English settlement in JVeiv England, at Plymouth. 
1649. Charles I. of England beheaded. 

1688. Revolution in England; James H. abdicates the throne. 
1776. Independence of the United States declared, July 4. 

1788. The Constitution of the United States adopted. 

1789. The French Revolution; Louis XVI. beheaded, 1793. 

1804. Bonaparte crowned emperor of France. 

1815. Battle of Waterloo; the empire of Bonaparte overthrown. 
1830. New Revolution in France; Charles X. dethroned. 







TABLE 


Of Ancient Geographical Names, ivith their corresponding 
Modern Names: 


SEAS, GULFS, STRAITS, and LAKES. 


Ancient. 

A-dri-at'ic Sea 
iE-gse'an Sea 
Aq-ui-ta'ni-an ^ 
Ocean ^ 
A-ra'bi-an G. or 
Ar-gol'ic G. 
As-phal-ti'tes L. 
At-lan'tic O. 
Be-na'cus L. 
Bos'pho-rus } 
(Cimmerian) ( 
Bos'pho-rus / 
(Thracian) \ 
Brig-an-ti'nusL. 
Cas'pi-an S. 
Co-da'ni-an G. 
CoFinth, Gulf of 
Euxine Sea 
Gal'i-lee, Sea of 
Gal'lic Str. 


Modern. 

Gvlf of Venice 
Archipelago 

Bay of Biscay 

Red Sea 
Gulf of JsTapoli 
Sea 

Atlantic 

Garda 

Str. of Caffa 

Str. of Constan¬ 
tinople 
Constance 
Caspian 
Baltic Sea 
Gulf of Lepanto 
Black Sea 
Taharia 
Str. of Dover 


Ancient. 

Gal'lic Gulf 
Gan-get'ic Gulf 
Gen-nes'a-reth, 
Lake of 
Ger'man O. or 
Hel'les-pont 
Hercules, Str. 
Hi-beFni-an S. 
La'ri-us L. 
Liigus'tic Gulf 

I-o'ni-an Sea | 

Le'man Lake 
Mediterra'nean 
Pa'lus Moe-o'tis 
Pro-pon'tis 
Sa-ron'ic G. 
Si-cil'i-an Str. 
Ther-ma'ic G. 
Ver-ba'nus L. 


Modern. 

Gulf of lAons 
Bay of Bengal 

I Tab aria 

JVorth Sea 
Dardanelles 
Str. of Gibraltar 
Irish Sea 
Como 

Gulf of Genoa 
Part of the Gulf 
of Venice 
Geneva 

Mediterranean 
Sea of Azof 
Marmora 
Gulf of Engia 
Str. of Messina 
Gulf of Contessa 
Maggiore 


ISLANDS. 


iE-o'li-an Islands 

1 Eipain Islands 

ChPos 

A-moPgos 

Amorgo 

Ci-mo'liis 

APa-dus 

Larek 

Cor-cy'ra 

An'a-phe 

JVamphio 

CoPsi-ca 

An'dros 

Andro 

Cos 

C 

Majorca 

Crete 

Bal-e-a'res < 

Minorca 

Crep'sa 


Ivica 

Cy'prus 

Ca-lym'na 

Calmina 

Cyth'nus 

Ca-pra'ri-a 

Gomera 

Cy-the'ra 

Ca'pre-8e 

Capri 

De'los 

CaPpa-thus 

Scarpanto 

Eb'u-sus 

Ceph-a-le'ni-a 

Cefalonia 

Eu-boe'a 

Ce'os 

Zia 

Fortunate Isles 


Scio 

Argentiera 

Corfu 

Corsica 

Stanchio 

Candia 

Cherso 

Cyprus 

Thermia 

Cerigo 

Delos 

Ivica 

JVegropont 

Canaries 


356 


ISLANDS, 


Ancient. 

Modern. 

Hes-per'i-dea 

Bissagos 

Hi-bei-'ni-a 

Ireland 

I-ca'ri-a 

Jspicaria 

Il'va 

Elba 

Im'bros 

Jmbro 

I'os 

Nto 

Ith'a-ca 

Theaki 

Lem'nos 

Stalimene 

Les'bos 

Metelin 

Leu-ca'di-a 

St. Maura 

Lip'a-ra 

lApari 

Mel'i-te 

Malta 

Mel'i-te 

Meleda 

Me'los 

MUo 

Mo'na 

Anglesea 

Mo-na'bi-a 

Man 

Myc'o-nus 

Myconi 

Nax'os 

JVdxia 

O-le'a-ros 

Antiparos 


Ancient. 

Modern. 

Pa'ros 

Paros 

Pat'mos 

Patino 

Rhodes 

Rhodes 

Sa-mo-thra'ce 

Samothraki 

Sa'moa 

Samos 

Sar-din'i-a 

Sardinia 

Scy'ros 

Syra 

Se-rPphus 

Ser^ho 

Si^'i-ly 

SicUy 

Siph'nos 

Siphanto 

Stcech'a-des 

Hieres 

Stroph'a-des 

Strivali 

Ten'e-dos 

Tenedos 

Te'nos 

THno 

Tha'sos 

Thaso 

The'ra 

Santorin 

Thu'le 

Shetland Isles 

Vec'tis 

Isle of Wight 

Za-cyn'thus 

Zante 


RIVERS. 


Sarmatia. 


Bo-rys'the-nes 

Hyp'a-nis 

Rha 

Ru'bo 

Dnieper 

Bog 

Volga 

JViemen 

Tan'a-is 

Tu-run'tiis 

Ty'ras 

Don 

Ihoina 

Dniester 


Germany. 


APbis 

Is'ter 

Mce'nus 

Rhe'nus 

Elbe 

Danube 

Mayne 

Rhine 

Vi'a-drus 

Vi-suPgis 

Vis'tu-la 

Oder 

Weser 

Vistula 



Gaujl. 

» 

Ga-rum'na, 

Linger 

Mo'sa 

Mo-sel'la 

Garonne 

Loire 

Meuse 

Moselle 

Rhod'a-nus 

Scal'dis 

Seq'ua-na 

Rhone 

Scluldt 

Seine 



Spain. 


A'ntis 

Bae'tis 

Du'ri-us 

Guadiana 

Guadalquivir 

DuerQ 

I-be'rus 

Min'i-us 

Ta'gus 

Ebro 

Minho 

Togo 


Ii-i.YRicuM, Dacia, &c. 


Da-nu'bi-us,or i 
Is'ter ' 

Dra'vus 

He'brus 

1 Danube 

Drave 

Marizza 

CE'nus 
Py-re'tiis 
Sa'vus 
Ti-bis'cus - 

Inn 

Pruth 

Save 

Theis 


Italy. 


Ancient. 

Modern. 

Ancient. 

Modem. 

Ad'du-a 

Jidda 

Me-do'a-cus 

Brenta 

A'ni -0 

Teverone 

Min'ci-us 

Mincio 

Ar'nus 

Amo 

Pa'dus 

Po 

Ath'e-sis 

Adige 

- Timber 

Tiber 

Au'fi-dus 

Ofanto 

Ti-ci'nus 

Ticino 

E-rid'a-nus 

Po 

V ul-tur'nus 

Volturno 



Greece. 


Ach-e-lo^us 

Aspro Potamo E-ve'nus 

Fidari 

Al-phe'us 

Alfeo 

Ha-li-ac'mon 

Jenicoro 

As-tree'us 

Vistriza 

Pe'ne-us 

Peneo 

Ax'i-us 

Vardar 

Stry'mon 

Strimon 

Eu-rc/tas 

BasUi 




Asia. 


A-rax'es 

Aras 

Hy-das'pes 

Behai 

Ca-i'cus 

Germaisti . 

Jax-aretes 

Sir 

Cal-y-cad'nus 

Kalikdoni 

Jor'dan 

Jordan 

Ca-ys'trus 

Minderscare 

Ly'cus 

Tonsalu 

Cy'rus 

Kur 

Maeander 

Meinder 

Da'ix, or Ya'ik 

Ural 

O-ron'tes 

Orontes 

Et-y-man'der 

Hirmend 

Ox'us 

Jihon 

Eu-lse'us, or > 

Karasu 

Pha'sis 

Rione 

U'la-i 1 

Pyr'a-mus 

Geihoun 

Eu-phra'tes 

Gra-ni'cfis 

Euphrates 

San-ga'ri-us 

Sakaria 

Ousvola 

Ther-mo'don 

Termek 

Ha'lys 

Kizil-ermak 

Ti'gris 

Tigris 

Her'mus 

Sarabat 



Africa. 


Bag'ra-da 

Mejerdah 

Nile 

Nde 

Da^a-dus 

Senegal 

Sta'chir 

Gambia 

Ni'ger 

Niger 




CITIES 

1 AND TOWNS. 




Gaul. 


A-le'si-a 

Alise 

Ge-ne'va 

Geneva 

Ar-e-la'te 

Arles 

Ic-u-lis'ma 

Angovleme 

Ar-gen-to-ra'tum Strasburg 
Av-a-ri'cum Bourges 

Li-mo'num 

Poitiers 

Lug-du'num 

Jjyons 

A-ven'ti-cum 

Avenches 

Lu-te'ti-a 

Paris 

Au-gus'taTrev- 

e-ro'rum 

^ Treves 

Mas-sil'i-a Marseilles 

Mo-gun-ti'a-cum Mentz 

Bi-brac'te 

Autun 

Nar'bo 

Narbonne 

Bur-dig'a-la 

Bourdeaux 

Ne-mau'sus 

Nismes 

Co-lo'ni-a Ag- ? 

Cologne 

Ti-gu'rum 

Zurich 

rip-pi'na ^ 

To-lo'sa 

Toulouse 

Fo'rum Ju'li-i 

Frejus 

Vi-en'na 

Vienne 

22* 




258 


CITIES AND TOWNS. 


Ancient. Modern. 

Bar'ci-no Barcelona 

Bil'bi-lis Calataiud 

Cse'sarAu-gus'ta Saragossa 
Cal-a-gu'i:is CalaJiorra 

CaFle Oporto 

Car-tha'goNo'va Carthagena 
Com-plu'tum Mcala 

Co-nim'bri-ca Coimbra 

Cor'du-ba Cordova 

Ga'des Cadiz 

His'pa-lis Seville 


Spain. 

Ancient. 

I-ler'da 

I-tal'i-ca 

Mal'a-ca 

Mun'da 

0-li-sip'po 

Pom'pe-lo 

Sa-gun'tum 

Se-go'vi-a 

TaPra-co 

To-le'tum 


Italy. 


Ag-ri-gen'tum 
Ab-el-li'num 
Ach-e-run'ti-a 
Al'ba Lon'ga 
An-co'na 
An'ti-um 
Ap'pi-i Fo'rum 
Aq-ui-le'i-a 
A-qui'num 
APde-a 
Au-fi-de^na 
Au-gus'taTau- 
ri-no'rum 
Ba'i-se 

Ben-e-ven'tum 

Bo-no'ni-a 

Brun-du'si-um 

Ca-i-e'ta 

Cal-lip'o-lis 

Cap'u-a 

CaPa-lis 

Cat'a-na 

Clu'si-um 

Co-sen'ti-a 

Cro-to'na 

Drep'a-num 

Fa-ven'ti-a 

Fel'tri-a 

Flo-ren'ti-a 

Gen'u-a 

Ha'dri-a 

Hyd-run'tum 

Len-ti'ni 

Lil-y-bee'um 


Girgenti 

Avellino 

Acerenza 

Alhano 

Ancona 

Anzio 

Fossa JWiova 

Aquileia 

Aquino 

Ardia 

Aljidtna 

Turin 

Baia 

Benevento 

Bologna 

Brindisi 

Cajeta 

Gallipoli 

Capua 

Cagliari 

Catania 

Chiusi 

Cosenza 

Crofona 

TVapani 

Faenza 

Feltri 

Florence 

Genoa 

Adria 

Otranto 

Lentini 

Marsala 


Me-di-o-la'num 

Mu'ti-na 

Man'tu-a 

Ne-ap'o-lis 

Mes-sa'na 

No-va'ri-a 

Os'ti-a 

Pees'tum 

Pa-noPmus 

Par'ma 

Par-then'o-pe 

Pa-ta'vi-um 

Pi'saB 

Pla-cen'ti-a 

Pre-nes'te 

Pu-te'o-li 

Ra-ven'na 

Rhe'gi-um 

Sa-lePiium 

Scyl-la-ce'um 

Spo-le'ti-um 

Ta-ren'tum 

Ter-ges'te 

Ter-ra-ci'na 

Ti'bur 

Tri-den'turn 

Tus'cu-lum 

Ve-na'frum 

Ve-nu'si-a 

Ver-cel'lae 

Ve-ro'na 

Vi-cen'ti-a 

Vol-o-ter'rsB 

Vol-cin'i-um 


Modern. 

Lerida 

Santiponte 

Malaga i 

Monda 

Lisbon 

Pampeluna 

Morviedro 

Segovia 

Tarragona 

Toledo 


Milan 

Modena 

Mantua 

JVdples 

Messina 

JVovara 

Ostia 

Pesti 

Palermo 

Parma 

JVaples 

Padua 

Pisa 

Piacenza 

Palestrina 

Pozzuolo 

Ravenna 

Reggio 

Salerno 

Squillace 

Spoleto 

Tarento 

Trieste 

Terracina 

Tivoli 

Trent 

Frascati 

Venafro 

Venosa 

Vercelli 

Verona 

Vicenza 

Volterra 

Bolsena 


CITIES AND TOWNS. 


• 259 


Illyricum, &c. 


Ancient. 

Modern. 

Ancient. 

Modern. 

Au-gus'taVin- 

1 Augsburg 

Cu'ri-a 

Coire 

del-i-co'rum 

Ep-i-dau'rus 

Ragusa 

Bo-i-o-du'rum 

Passau 

Na-is'sus 

JVwsa 

Bri-gan'ti-a 

Brigentz 

Ni-cop'o-lis 

Nicopoli 

Car-nun'tum 

Petronell 

Sa-lo'na 

Salona 


Thrace. 


Ab-de'ra 

Astrizza 

By-zan'ti-um 

Constantinople 

Ad-n-an-op'o-lis Adnanople 

Cal-lip'o-lis 

Gallipoli 

Ap-ol-lo'm-a 

Sizeboli 

Phil-ip-pop'o-lis 

Filippopoli 


Macedonia. 


Am-phip'o-lis 

Emboli 

E-des'sa 

Edessa 

Ap-ol-lo'ni-a 

Polina 

Pel'la 

Jenitza 

Be-rse'a 

Veria 

Pot-i-dss'a 

Cassandra 

Di'um 

Standia 

Sta-gi'ra 

Stavros 

Dyr-rach'i-um 

Durazzo 

Thes-sa-lo-ni'ca 

Salonica 


Greece. 


An-ti^'y-ra 

Aspro-Spitia 

La-ris'sa 

Larissa 

Ar^gos 

Argo 

Leb-a-de'a 

Liodias 

Ath'ens 

Athens 

Leuc'tra 

Livadosta 

Au'lis 

Megalo- Vathi 

Me-tho'ne 

Modon 

Cen'chre-a 

Kenkri 

Meg'a-ra 

Megaro 

Co-ro'ne 

Coron 

Naii-pac'tus 

Lepanto 

Cor^inth 

Corinth 

Mes-se'ne 

Macra-mathia 

Cyl-le'ne 

Chiarenza 

Nau'pli-a 

JVdpoli 

Del'phi 

Castri 

Pa'trcB 

Patras 

E-leu'sis 

Lepsina 

Phar-sa'li-a 

Farsa 

Ep-i-dau'rus 

Pidaura 

Py'los 

JVavarino 

Gy-the'um 

Kolokithia 

SpaPta 

Paleo-chori 

Her-mi'o-ne 

Castri 

Thebes 

Thiva 

Lac-e-dse'mon 

(see Sparta) 

Troe-ze'ne 

Damala 


Asia Minor. 


A-by'dos 

J^agara 

Chal-ce'don 

Kadi-Keni 

Ad-ra-mytTi-um Adramiti 

Chry-sop'o-lis 

Scutari 

A-ma'si-a 

Amasia 

Cib'y-ra 

Buruz 

A-mi'sus 

Samsoun 

Cla-zom'i-ne 

Vourla 

An-cy'ra 

Angora 

Co-los's8B 

Chonos 

An'ti-och 

Akshehr 

Co-ma'na 

El Bostan 

Ap-a-me'a 

< Aphiorn-Kara- 

Cor-a-ce'si-um 

Alanieh 

^ hissar 

Der'be 

Alah Dag 

At-ta-li'a 

Satalia 

Eph'e-sus 

Ajasoluc 

Be-ri'sa 

Tocat 

EPy-three 

Erethri 

Ctes-a-re'a 

Kaisarieh 

Eu-pa-to'ri-a 

Tchernikeh 


Cer'a-sus Keresoun Ilal-i-car-nas'sus Bodrum 


260 

CITIES 

AND TOWNS. 


Ancient. 

Modem. 

Ancient. 

Modern. 

Her-a-cle'a 

Erefdi 

Pat'a-ra 

Patera 

I-co'ni-um 

Konieh 

Per'ga 

Kara-hissar 

Is'sus 

Atas 

Per'ga-mus 

Pergamo 

Lamp'sa-cus 

Lampsaki 
> Mag7iisa 

Phil-a-deFphi-a 

Alah-Shehr 

Mag-ne'si-a ( 

Pho-coe'a 

Fochea 

Mffi-an'dri < 

Prusa 

Bursa 

Mag-ne'si-a \ 
Si-pyl'i-a < 

> Guzel-hissar 

Si-no'pe 

Se-leu'ci-a 

Sinob 

Selefke 

Mi-le'tus 

Milets 

Smyrna 

Smyrna 

My-las'sa 

Melasso 

Tar'sus 

Tarso 

Nice 

Isnic 

Thy-a-ti'ra 

Akhissar 

Nic-o-me'di-a 

Is-Nichnid 

Tra-pe'zus 

Trebisond 



Syria. 


Al-ex-an'dri-a Alexandretta 

Hi-e-rap'o-lis 

La-od-i-ce'a 

Bambouch 

An'ti-och 

Antioch 

Laiakia 

Ap-a-me'a 

Famieh 

Pal-my'ra 


Be-rse'a 

Aleppo 

Betroui 

Sa-mos'a-ta 

Samisai 

Ber'y-tus 

Sa-rep'ta 

Sarfend 

Da-mas'eus 

Damascus 

Si'don 

Saida 

E-me'sa 

Hems 

Trip'o-lis 

Tripoli 

He-li-op'o-lis 

Balbec 

Tyre 

Sur 

Ep-i-pha'ni-a 

Famieh 



Palestine. 


Ar-i-ma-the'a 

Ramla 

Jez're-el 

Esdradon 

A-zo'tus 

Ezdoud 

Jop'pa 

Jaffa 

Beth'le-hem 

Bethlehem 

Nazareth 

JVazareth 

Em'ma-us 

Amoas 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Acre 

Ga'za 

Gaza 

Seph'o-ris 

Sephouri 

JVapolose 

He'bron 

El Khail 

Si'chem, or 

Jer'i-cho 

Jericho 

Sy'char 

Je-ru'sa-lem 

Jerusalem 

Ti-be'ri-as 

Tabaria 



Africa. 


A-by'dos 

Madfune 

Hip'po-Re'gi-us 

Bona 

Al-ex-an'dri- 

a Alexandria 

Hip'po-Zar'y-tus Bizerta 

Ar-sin'o-e 

Suez 

Ly-cop'o-lis 

Siut 

Cses-a-re'a 

Shershell 

Pe-lu'si-um 

Tineh 

Cap'sa 

Gafsa 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Tolometa 

Ca-nc/pus 

Ahoukir 

Sy-e'ne 

Syene 

^aitla 

Cir'ta 

Constantina 

Su-fet'u-la 

Cop'tos 

Keft 

Ten'ty-ra 

Dendera 

Croc-o-di-lop'o-lis Medinet-Fars Tin'gis 

Tangier 

Cy-re'ne 

Curen 

U'ti-ca 

Boo-Shatter 

Dar'nis 

Deme 

Vae'ea 

Vegia 

He-li-op'o-lis 

Matarea 

Za'ma 

Zamah 


USE OP GLOBES. 


261 


USE OF GLOBES. 


18 equally distant from a point within the body, called the centre. 
A Hemtspherc is a half globe. 

ctU^i^ ^ artificial globes, tlie terrestrial and tlie 


The Terrestrial Globe is a representation of the earth, having the 
seas and different countries delineated on it, as they are situated on 
the surface of the earth. 

The Celestial Globe is an artificial representation of the heavens, 
ha^ng the fixed stars drawn upon it, in their natural situation. 

i fie of a globe is an imaginary line passing through its cen¬ 
tre irom north to south, around which it revolves. 

The Poles are the extremities of the axis, terminated by the sur¬ 
face of the globe. One is the north, and the other the south pole ; 
and they are each 90 degrees from the equator. 

^ Great circles are such as divide the globe into two equal parts. 
These are the equator or equinoctial, the horizon, the meridians, the 
ecliptic, and the two colures. 

Less circles are those that divide the globe into two unequal parts. 
These are foiu:, the two tropics, and the tw'o polar circles. 

The circumference of every circle is supposed to b© divided into 
360 equal parts, called degrees ; each degree into 60 equal parts, 
called minutes ; and each minute into GO equal parts, called seconds. 
They are marked thus, 23° 28' 16"; i. e. 23 degrees, 28 minutes, 
and 16 seconds. 


The Equator is an imaginary great circle of the earth, equi-dis- 
tant from the poles, dividing the earth into the northern and southern 
hemispheres. 

The equator is divided by the principal meridian into two equal 
parts of 180° each. 

Meridians are imaginary great circles passing through the poles, 
and perpendicular to the equator. 

The meridian of the place, or the 12 o’clock hour circle, is the 
meridian that cuts the horizon in the north and south points. The 
first meridian of any country is the meridian passing through the 
capital of tliat country. 

The Horizon is either sensible or real. The sensible horizon is a 
small circle which limits our prospect, where the sky and land or 
water appear to meet. The real horizon is a great circle which di¬ 
vides the earth into the upper and lower hemispheres. 

The horizon is divided into four equal parts of 90° each, by the 
four cardinal points. East, West, JVbrth, and South. 

The wooden horizon of the artificial globe is divided into three 
parts ; the innermost is marked with all the points on the mariner’s 
compass; the next has the names, characters, and figures of the 
twelve signs; and the third is a calendar of months and days. By 


262 


USE OF GLOBES. 


the two last is instantly seen the sign and degree the sun is in dur¬ 
ing every day in the year. 

The Ecliptic is an imaginary great circle in the heavens, in the 
plane of which the earth performs her annual revolution round the 
sun. 

The ecliptic is drawn on the artificial globe obliquely to the equa¬ 
tor, making with it an angle of 23° 28'. 

The twelve signs are the twelve equal parts, into which the eclip¬ 
tic is divided, each consisting of 30°. 

The Zodiac is a broad belt in the heavens 16° broad, in the middle 
of which is the ecliptic. 

The names and characters of the 12 signs, and the time of the 
sun’s entering them, are as follows: 



Latin. 

English. 

The Ram 

Characters. 

Time. 

1. 

Aries 

r ' 

March 

20th 

2. 

Taurus 

The Bull 

8 

April 

20th 

3. 

Gemini 

The Twins 

n 

May 

21st 

4. 

Cancer 

The Crab 

23 

June 

21st 

5. 

Leo 

The Lion 

a 

July 

23d 

6. 

Virgo 

The Virgin 


August 

23d 

7. 

Libra 

The Scales 

-n. 

Sept. 

23d 

8. 

Scorpio 

The Scorpion 


Octob. 

23d 

9. 

Sagittarius 

The Archer 

f 

Nov. 

22d 

10. 

Capricornus 

The Goat 


Dec. 

22d 

11. 

Aquarius 

The "Waterman 

<vw 

Jan. 

20th 

12. 

Pisces. 

The Fishes 

X 

Feb. 

19th 


The first six are called northern signs, because they are north of 
the equator; the last six southern, because they are south of the 
equator. ' 

The Colures are two meridians ; one passing through the equinoc¬ 
tial points^ Aries and Libra, called the equinoctial colure; the other 
passing tlirough the solstitial points. Cancer and Capricorn, called 
the solstitial colure. 

The Ti'opics are two less circles, drawn parallel to the equator, 
at the distance of 23° 28'; one north of the equator, called the tropic 
of Cancer; the other south, called the tropic of Capricorn. These 
circles show the sun’s limits north and south of the equator. 

The Polar circles are less circles, described round the poles, at 
the distance of 23° 28'. The northern is called the arctic circle, and 
the southern the antarctic. 

Zones are divisions of tire earth’s surface, formed by the tropics 
and polar circles. They are five, one torrid, tivo temperate, and two 
frigid zones. 

The torrid zone is included between the tropics; the temperate 
zones, between the tropics and polar circles ; and the frigid, between 
the polar circles and the poles. 

The Latitude of a place is the distance from the equator, north or 
south, measured on a meridian towards either pole, reckoned in de¬ 
grees, minutes, and seconds. It cannot exceed 00°. 


USE OF GLOBES. 


263 


The Loiigitiide of a place is its distance from the first meridian, 
east or west, measured on the equator. It never exceeds 180°. 

A Climate^ as used by astronomers, is a portion of the earth’s sur¬ 
face, included between two parallels of latitude, and of such a 
breadth that the longest day under the parallel nearest tlie pole, is 
half an hour longer than under the other. There are 24 such cli¬ 
mates between the equator and each of the polar circles. 


PROBLEMS ON THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. 

PROBLEM I. 

To find the latitude of any place. 

Turn the globe, and bring the place to the engraven edge of the 
brazen meridian; and the degree on tlie meridian is the latitude, 
north or south, as it may be on the north or south side of the equator. 

Thus the latitude of London is 51^ degrees north ; and of St. 
Helena nearly 16 degrees south. 

What is the latitude of Alexandria in Egypt ? Athens ? Cape of 
Good Hope ? Cape Horn ? Constantinople ? Edinburgh ? Ispahan ? / 
Madras? Moscow? Paris? Boston? Philadelphia? Prague? Stock¬ 
holm ? Teneriffe ? Vienna ? Botany Bay ? 

PROBLEM II. 

To fnd the longitude of any place. 

Bring the place to the brazen meridian^ and the degree on the 
equator shows tlie longitude from London. 

Thus the longitude of Madras is 80 degrees east; of Lisbon, 9 
degrees w’est. 

What is the longitude of Amsterdam ? Archangel ? Babelman- 
del? Dublin? Gibraltar? Jerusalem? Quebec? Syracuse? Tunis? 
Turin ? Upsal ? 


PROBLEM III. 

The longitude and latitude of any place being given, to find that 

place. 

Look for the longitude on the equator, and bring it to the brazen 
meridian, then under the given degree of latitude will be the place 

^^^h^s^the place whose longitude is 30° 17' east, and latitude 31° 
11' north, is Alexandria; and the place which has near 6° west lon¬ 
gitude, and 16° south latitude, is St. Helena. 

WhSLt places are those that have the following longitudes and 
latitudes: 36° 17' east long., and 31° 11' north lat—113° 2' east 
long., and 23° 8' north lat.—79° 50' west long., and 33° 22' north 
lat—8° 30' west, and 51° 54' north lat-4° 5' west, and 56° 


USE OF GLOBES. 


2(>4 

(nearly) north lat.—76° 50" west long., and 12° south lat—8° 35^ 
west long., and 40° 53' north lat. ? What place is that whose lon¬ 
gitude is nearly 78° west, but which has no latitude ? 

PROBLEM IV. 

To find the difference of latitude of any t wo places. 

If the places are in the same hemisphere, bring each to the me¬ 
ridian, and subtract the latitude of the one from that of the othjBr: 
if in different hemispheres, add the latitude of the one to that of the 
other. 

Thus the difterence of latitude between London and Madras is 
38° 28'; between Paris and Cape Horn is 104° 49'. What is the 
difference of latitude between Copenhagen and Gibraltar ?—be¬ 
tween London and the Cape of Good Hope ?—between Berlin and 
Bristol ?—between Bengal and St. Helena ?—between Madrid and 
Moscow ?—between Leghorn and Liverpool ?—^between Pekin and 
Philadelphia ?—How many degrees colder is St. Petersburg than 
Naples ? 

PROBLEM V. 

To find the difference of longitude of any two places. 

Bring one of the places to the brazen meridian, and mark its lon¬ 
gitude ; then bring the other place to the meridian, and the number 
of degrees between its longitude and the first mark, is the difference 
of longitude : thus the difference of longitude between London and 
Constantinople is 28° 53'; between Constantinople and Madras is 
51° 54'. 

What is the difference of longitude between Athens and Batavia? 
—between Brest and Cape Horn ?—between Charleston in ^outh 
Carolina and Cork in Ireland ?—between Rome and Cape Finis- 
terre ?—between Canton and the most northerly point of the Orkney 
Islands?—between Morocco and Thibet?—between Cape Bojador 
in Africa and Port Jackson New Holland?—between the most 
northerly point of Madagascar and Otaheite ?—between Mecca and 
C^alcutta ? 


PROBLEM vr. 

To find the distance of any two places on the globe. 

Lay the graduated edge of the quadrant of- altitude over both 
places, and the degrees between them, multiplied by 694, will give 
the distance in English miles. Thus the distance between the Liz¬ 
ard point and the island of Bermuda is 46°, or 3147 miles ; between 
London and Jamaica is 4691 miles. 

What is the distance between Samarcand in Tartary and Pekin ?- 
—between Warsaw and Ascension Island ?—between Nor^i Cape 
and Gibraltar ?—between Lisbon and Ispahan.^—between Rio .Ta- 
neiro and the Cape of Good Hope ?—between Madrid and Cairo ?— 
between Boston and Cayenne? 


USE OF GLOBES. 


265 


PROBLEM VII. 

The hour at any place being given, to find ivhat hour it is at any 

other place.* 

Bring tlie place, where the hour is given, to the brazen meridian, 
and set the index of the hour circle to that hour, then turn the globe 
till the proposed place come under the meridian, and the index will 
point to the present hour at that place. 

Thus, when it is twelve o’clock at noon in London, it is nearly 
four in the afternoon at the island of Mauritius ; but at .Jamaica it is 
only about seven in the morning. 

When it is ten in the forenoon at London, what is the time at Cal¬ 
cutta, Canton, Pelew Islands, Barbadoes, the western side of Lake 
Superior, Owhyhee, and Easter Island ? 

What o’clock is it at New York, Moscow, Cape Horn, Genoa, Syr¬ 
acuse, and Leghorn, when it is midnight at Lisbon ? 

How much are the clocks of Mexico behind ours ? 

When it is twelve at noon at Port Jackson, what time is it at 
Paris and Dublin ? 

PROBLEM VIII. " . 

To rectify the globe for the latitude, zenith, and sun's place. 

1. For tlie latitude : Elevate the pole above the horizon, according 
to the latitude of the place. 

2. For the zenith : Screw the quadrant of altitude on the meridian 
at the given degree of latitude, counting from the equator towards 
the elevated pole. 

3. For the sun’s place : Find the sun’s place on the horizon, and 
then bring the same place found on the ecliptic to the meridian, and 
set the hour index to twelve at noon. 

Thus, to rectify for the latitude of London on the 10th day of 
May, the globe must be so placed, that the north pole shall be 51^ 


* When the distance or difference of longitude between any two places 
is known, it is easy to ascertain their difference of time by calculation. It 
is noon, or twelve o’clock, when any place on the globe is exactly towards 
the sun, and the succession of day and night, of morning, noon, and even¬ 
ing, may be beautifully shown by turning the Terrestrial Globe in the sun- 
.shine, or in the light of a fire or candle. But to ascertain exactly the num¬ 
ber of hours and minutes, by which, at the same moment of time, two 
places differ, it is necessary to divide the difference of longitude by 15, be¬ 
cause every 15 degrees is equal to one hour of time ; and, consequently, 
also, every degree is equal to four minutes of time. 

For example, when it L noon at I.ondon, it will be four o’clock in the 
afternoon at all places which have 60 degrees of longitude east of I.ondon, 
andB in the morning at all places which have 60 degrees west of London. 

At all places which have 180 degrees difference of longitude, it will be 
12 o’clock at night, when it is noon at London. And in this manner, the 
hour in any part of the world may be calculated, by adding to the given 
hour, when the place is east, and by subtracting, when it is west. 

23 




USE OF GLOBES. 


S<36 


degrees above the north side of the horizon; then 51i will be found 
on the zenith of the meridian, on which the quadrant must be 
screwed. On the horizon, the 10th of May answers to the 20th of 
Taurus, which find on the ecliptic, and bring it to the meridian, and 
set the index to twelve. 

Rectify the globe for London, St. Petersburg, Madras, Pekin, 
Oporto, Venice, Quebec, Washington, Vienna, Dantzic, and Corinth, 
for the 24th of February, the 27th of June, and the 6th of August 


PROBLEM IX. 

To find at what hour the sun rises and sets any day in the year^ and 
also upon what point of the compass. 

Rectify for the latitude and sun’s place (Prob. viii.), and turn the 
sun’s place to the eastern edge of the horizon, and the index will 
point to the hour of rising; then bring it to the western edge of the 
horizon, and the index will show the setting. 

Thus, on the 16th of March, the sun rises a little after six, and 
sets a little before six in the evening. 

What time does the sun rise and'set at St. Petersburg, Naples, 
Canton, Dublin, Gibraltar, Teneriffe, Boston, and Vienna, on the 
15th of April, the 4th of July, and the 20th of November? 

Note. —On the 21st of March, the sun rises due east, and sets 
due west; between this and the 21st of September, it rises and sets 
to the northward of these points, and in the winter months to the 
southward of them. When the sun’s place is brought to the eastern 
or western edge of the horizon, it marks the point of the compass 
upon which it rises or sets that day. 

PROBLEM X. 

To find the length of the day and night at any time in the year. 

Double the time of the sun’s rising, which gives the length of the 
night; double the time of his setting, which gives the length of the 
day. 

Thus, on the 25th of May, the sun rises at London about four 
o’clock, and sets at eight. The length of the night is twice four, or 
eight hours ; the length of the day is twice eight, or sixteen hours. 


PROBLEM XI. 

To find all the places to which a lunar eclipse is visible at any in¬ 
stant. 

Find the place to which the sun is vertical at that time, and bring 
that place to the zenith, and set the index to the upper twelve; 
then turn the globe till the index points to the lower twelve, and 
the eclipse is visible to every part of tiie earth that is now- above the 
horizon. 


THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. 


267 


THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. 

As the Terrestrial Globe, by turning on its axis, represents the 
rcoZ diurnal motion of the earth, so the Celestial Globe, by turning 
on its axis, represents the apparent motion of the heavens. 

The nominal points of Aries and Libra are called the equinoctial 
points, because when the sun appears to be in either of them, the 
day and night are equal. 

The nominal points of Cancer and Capricorn are called solstitial 
points, because when the sun arrives at either of them, he seems 
to stand still, or to be at the same height in the heavens, at twelve 
o’clock, at noon, fof several days together. 

Definition. The latitude of the heavenly bodies is measured from 
the ecliptic, north and south. The sun, being always in the eclip¬ 
tic, has no latitude. 

Def. The longitude of the heavenly bodies is reckoned on the 
ecliptic, from the first point of Aries, eastward round the globe. 
The longitude of the sun is what is called, on the terrestrial globe, 
the sun’s place. 

^ PROBLEMS ON THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. 

PROBLEM I. 

To find the latitude and longitude of any given star. 

Put the centre of the quadrant on the pole of the ecliptic, and its 
graduated edge on the given star; then the arch of the quadrant, 
intercepted between the star and the ecliptic, shows its latitude; 
and the degree which the edge of the quadrant cuts on the ecliptic, 
is the degree of its longitude. 

Thus the latitude of Regulus is 0° 28' N., and its longitude 
nearly 147°. 


PROBLEM II. 

To find any place in the heavens^ hy having its latitude and longitude 

given. 

Fix the quadrant, as in the last problem; let it cut the longitude 
given on the ecliptic ; then seek the latitude on the quadrant, and 
the place under it is the place sought. Thus, if I am asked what 
part of the heavens that is, whose longitude is 66° 30', and latitude 
5° 30' S., I find it is that space which Aldebaran occupies. 

Def. The declination of any heavenly body is measured upon 
the meridian from the equinoctial. 

PROBLEM III. 

To find the declination of the sun or any star. 

Bring the sun or star to the brazen meridian, and then as far as 


268 CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


it is in degrees from the equinoctial is its declination. Thus the 
sun’s declination, April 19, is 11° 19' north. On the 1st of De¬ 


cember it is 21° 54' south. 

What is the declination of the sun on the 10th of February, and 
the 15th of IMay t 

Def. The 7 'ight ascension of any heavenly body is its distance 
from the first meridian, or that which passes through the first point 
of Aries, counted on the, equinoctial. 


PROBLEM IV. 


To find the right ascension of the sun or of any star. 

Bring the sun’s place, or that of the star, to the brazen meridian; 
and the number of degrees on the equator, between that meridian 
and the first point of Aries, is the right ascension. 

Thus the sun’s right ascension on April 19th is 27° 30'; on the 
1st of December, 247° 30'. 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 

There are four methods of representing the Earth’s surface, viz. 
the Oi'thographic, the Stereographies the Globvlars and Mercator^s 
Projections; all of which have their respective advantages and de¬ 
fects. The two latter methods approach nearest the truth, and 
are most generally in use. 

Globular Projection. The Globular Projection of the Sphere ex¬ 
hibits its surface by means of curve lines called Circles of Longi¬ 
tude, and Parallels of Latitude. 

Mercator^s Projection. Mercator’s Chart exhibits the projection 
of the two hemispheres, laid down upon a plane, with all the cir¬ 
cles of latitude and longitude projected into straight lines. The 
lines of longitude are all equidistant, and parallel to each other; the 
lines of latitude are also all parallel, but not equidistant. 

' PROBLEMS. 

1. To divide a given line into hoo equal parts. 

Let A B, fig. 1, be the given line. With the points A and B as 
centres, with any distance in the compasses greater than half A B, 
describe the arcs intersecting each other in m and n. 

Through the points of intersection draw the line m C n, and it 
will divide A B into two equal parts. 

. 2. To erect a perpendicular on a given point in a line. 

Let A B, fig. 2, be the given line, and C the given point. 

On each side of point C measure off equal distances to a and b. 

From the centres a and^ 6, with any distance greater than a C 
or & C, describe two arcs intersecting each other in c. 

Through C and c draw the line C c, and it will be perpendicular 
to the line A B. 



































































CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


269 


3. To let fall a perpendicular from a given point. 

This is the 2d problem reversed, and one figure may serve for 
both. 

From the given point D, at any distance, describe an arc, inter¬ 
secting A B in a and h. 

Proceed exactly as in problem 2d, only describing the arcs below 
the line A B, and the line D C E will be the perpendicular re- 
tjuired. 

* Projection of Maps. 

I. To draw a map of the world on the globular projection. 

(See plate I. fig. 3.) 

1st. Describe the circle N E S W; and draw right lines cut¬ 
ting one another at right angles in the centre. N S will represent 
the axis of the earth, and W E tlie equator. 

2d. Divide each quarter of these right lines into nine equal parts, 
proceeding from the centre to the circumference ; each division 
will represent ten degrees, and may be numbered accordingly. 
Those on the axis will represent the latitude, and are to be num¬ 
bered from the equator towards the pole, 10, 20, &c. Those 
on the equator will represent the longitude, and are to be num¬ 
bered so as to correspond witli Avhatever point is fixed on as a 
first meridian. Figure 3 is supposed to be the western hemi¬ 
sphere, and London to be the first meridian; and this, by tho 
usual method of projecting maps of the world, will fix the axis aa 
110, from whence the numbers are continued westward, 120, 130, 
&c. 

3d. Divide the four quarters of the outward circle into nine equal 
parts respectively, proceeding from the equator to the poles, and 
number them 10, 20, &c. 

To draw the parallels of latitude. The general rule is, to guide 
the compasses so that the lines may pass through the divisions in 
the outward edges and axis respectively, from 80 to 90. This, 
however, is attended with some difficulty, because, the radius of the 
different lines being different, each requires a new centre. The 
centres can be easily found by the following process. Draw right 
lines from the divisions on the axis to those on the circumference 
respectively, as a — a, fig. 3. Divide these right lines into two 
equal parts, and from the middle, 6, let fall perpendiculars to a right 
line extending from the axis south or north, as 6 6 c; the places 
where they respectively cut, will be the centres, as c. 

To draw the lines of longitude. Guide the compasses so that the 
lines may respectively pass through the divisions in the equator 
and the poles. The central points are found exactly in the same 
way as the latitude. (See fig. ‘S, d d e ef.) 

II. To draiD a map of the tvorld on the polar projection. 

(See plate I. fig. 4.) 

In the polar projection, the northern and southern hemispheres 

23 * 



270 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


are projected on the plane of the equator, the poles being in tiie 
centre. It is but little used, as it exhibits the countries near tlie 
poles to the greatest advantage, while those near the equator, 
which are of more importance, are much distorted. 

It is extremely simple, and is executed by fixing one foot of the 
compasses in the poles, describing nine circles equidistant from each 
other, to represent the parallels of latitude, the circles being ten 
degrees apart. 

Divide the outer circle, or equator, into thirty-six equal parts, 
and draw lines from the pole to each point in the equator. These 
will represent the meridians of longitude. 

♦ , , 

III. draiv a map of the ivorld on Mercator^s prelection, 

(See plate IT. fig. 5.) 

Lay out the map in any size that may be wanted. Draw the line 
E W to represent the equator, and the line N S, for a meridian of 
longitude. Draiv right lines parallel to the line N S, cast and west 
of it, to represent 10 degrees of longitude each. 

To draw the parallels of latitude, have recourse to the table of 
meridional parts, page 272, and graduate the scale between them 
agreeably to it. The principle on which this table is constructed 
is explained in a note prefixed to it. Its practical application is to 
add the meridional parts, over 60, to the scale of every degi-ee of 
latitude, as you proceed north and south of the equator. Thus, in 
the first 10 degrees, there are only 3 meridional parts over 60 j 
that is, 3 parts are to be added to 600. Between 10 and 20, 22 
are to be added to 600; between 20 and 30 add 63; between 30 
and 40 add 135 ; between 40 and 50 add 251; between 50 and 60 
add 453; between 60 and 70 add 837; between 70 and 80 add 
1809; the last is 9 more than 3 times 60, extending the scale be¬ 
tween 70 and 80 to more than 4 times that between 1° and 10.® 
The meridional parts increase so fast above 80 degrees, that it i» 
not judged of importance to pursue tlie subject farther. 

The projection being made, the map is to be filled up with ap¬ 
propriate matter. The few places laid down in fig. 5, will serve 
as a specimen. Maps on this projection are usually shaded on the 
land side ; other maps on the water side. 

IV. To draw a map on the compound projection, 

(See plate II. fig. 6.—fig. 6. a. and fig. 6. 6.) 

This is termed the compound projection, because it is composed 
of the polar projection, and plain projection. 

Having fixed upon your scale, measure off the number of miles 
agreeably to it between the southern extremity (supposing the 
map to -be in the northern hemisphere), and the north pole. Take 
the polar point as a centre (see fig. 6. a), in which fix one leg of 
the compasses, and with the other sweep the circular lines in fig. 
G, 30, 35, 40, 45. Lay off the line M L as your centre meridian. 







i 


Pin. 































































































































CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


271 


Look into the table of miles in a decree of longitude corresponding 
to every degree of latitude, page 272, for the distances at 30° and 
45° respectively. Adjust the con-esponding distances to the scale 
of the map, and lay it off on tljie lines 80 and 45 to the east and west 
of M L, then draw right lines between them. The circular lines 
will represent the parallels of latitude, and the right lines meridians 
of longitude. In some maps on this projection, the meridians of lon¬ 
gitude are drawn from the pole towards the equator. But this 
method is very erroneous, as will be seen by the figure. Fig. 6. 6, 
represents the circmnference of the compound projection, answering 
to the equator, with the distances laid off on it agreeably to the 
scale ; and the dotted lines running through the western part of fig. 
6, represent the meridians, projected from thence to the centre or 
polar point. When contrasted with the plain lines, which are laid 
down from measurement, they at once demonstrate the error. 

V. To draw a nutp on the plain projection. 

(See Plate II. fig. 7.) 

Draw M' L as a central meridian, and cross it at right angles with 
the lines 30 to 45. Look in the table of miles in a degree of longi¬ 
tude corresponding to every degree of latitude, for the distances at 
30° and 45° respectively. Adjust them, and lay tliem off as directed 
in the compound projection, and draw right lines between them. 

It will be seen tliat the compound projection and plain projection 
represent nearly the same space. Either of them answers very 
well for a small tract of country. When it is large, other modifi¬ 
cations, particularly the globular projection, and a compound of the 
globular projection and plain^ projection, are resorted to. 


The Jirst talk on tlie following page is so constructed that 
the meridional parts may increase, as the distances between tlie me¬ 
ridians of longitude on the globe decrease. In tliis way,thc degrees 
of latitude and longitude are made to preserve their true proportions 
to each other, the former increasing on the map in the same ratio 
that the latter diminish on the sphere. In navigation books, there 
are tables sliowing the meridional parts for every mile, as well as 
every degree ; the parts in each degree, however, are sufficient to 
show the principle, as well as for constructing maps on Mercator's 
p; )jection 


272 TABLE 


of the meridional parts in a degree of latitude for every degree of 
longitude, calculating each part equal to a geographical mile at the 
equator, 60 miles to a degree. 


Deg. 

Mer. Parts. 

Deg. 

Mer. Parts. 

Deg. 

Mer. Parts. 

Deg. 

Mer. Parts. 

1 

60 

22 

1354 

43 

2863 

64 

5039 

2 

120 

23 

1419 

44 

2946 

65 

5179 

3 

180 

24 

1484 

45 

3030 

66 

5324 

4 

240 

25 

1550 

46 

3116 

67 

5474 

5 

300 

26 

1616 

47 

3203 

68 

5631 

6 

361 

27 

1684 

48 

3292 

69 

5795 

7 

421 

28 

1751 

49 

3382 

70 

5966 

8 

482 

29 

1819 

60 

3474 

71 

6146 

9 

542 

30 

1888 

51 

3569 

72 

6335 

10 

603 

31 

1958 

62 

3665 

73 

6534 ■ 

11 

664 

32 

2028 

63 

3764 

74 

6746 

12 

725 

33 

2100 

54 

3865 

75 

6970 

13 

787 

34 

2171 

55 

3968 

76 

7210 

14 

848 

35 

2244 

56 

4074 

77 

7467 

15 

910 

36 

2318 

57 

4183 

78 

7745 

16 

973 

37 

2393 

58 

4294 

79 

8046 

17 

1035 

38 

2468 

59 

4409 

80 

8375 

18 

1098 

39 

2545 

60 

4527 

81 

8739 

19 

1161 

40 

2623 

61 

4649 

82 

9145 

20 

1225 

41 

2702 

62 

4775 

83 

9606 

21 

1289 

42 

2782 

63 

4905 

84 

10137 


TABLE 


showing the length of a degree of longitude for every degree of latitude 
in geographical miles. 


Deg. Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg. liat. 

Miles. 

Deg. Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg. Lat. 

Miles. 

1 

59,96 

24 

54,81 

47 

41,00 

70 

20,52 

2 

59,94 

25 

54,.38 

48 

40,15 

71 

19,54 

3 

59,92 

26 

54,00 

49 

39,36 

72 

18,55 

4 

59,86 

27 

53,44 

50 

38,57 

73 

17,54 

5 

59^77 

28 

53,00 

51 

37,73 

74 

16,53 

6 

59,67 

29 

52,48 

52 

37,00 

75 

15,52 

7 

59,56 

30 

51,96 

53 

36,18 

76 

14,51 

8 

59,40 

31 

51,43 

54 

35,26 

77 

13,.50 

9 

59,20 

32 

50,88 

55 

34,41 

78 

12,48 

10 

59,18 

33 

50,32 

56 

33,55 

79 

11,45 

11 

58,89 

34 

49,74 

57 

32,67 

80 

10,42 

12 

58,68 

35 

49,15 

58 

31,70 

81 

09,38 

13 

58,46 

36 

48,54 

59 

30,90 

82 

08,35 

» 14 

58,22 

37 

47,92 

60 

30,00 

83 

07,32 

15 

68,00 

38 

47,28 

61 

29,04 

84 

06,28 

16 

57,60 

39 

46,62 

62 

28,17 

85 

05,23 

17 

57,30 

40 

46,00 

63 

27,24 

86 

04,18 

18 

57,04 

41 

45,28 

64 

26,30 

87 

03,14 

19 

56,73 

42 

44,95 

65 

25,36 

88 

02,09 

20 

56,38 

43 

43,88 

66 

24,41 

89 

01,05 

21 

56,00 

44 

43,16 

67 

23,45 

90 

00,00 

22 

55,63 

45 

42,43 

68 

22,48 



23 

.55,23 

46 

41,68 

69 

21,51 







STATISTICAL TABLES. 





W 







f* ^ 


:nv- 


•, r T1^ V r'{ ^ 


►. I' 


s 

>3-V' 

• v*a^ 


// < 




•’’. i' 


\ f '• 

■‘v>: .. 


^ '^' .< ->l •’} 



' ■'■-tr.'';-3 ■', 


' > 


^'i 

». 

I 





. rt 


’ d.. 


« I. 


■A '• 




• i 


V S 


r »?'■;; 


\\ 





r ..’V' 


‘ ■■••;'*■ 'V; •/ 


/ • • %i » v 
I 


. •<* 


i '/ >- ■■ V • ^ 


n-y* 

4 




rp 


y. 




/ ■< 


< <; < 


» % 


>L 




?» 



,A. 


.,:> ^ 


" ^ . u‘. / 




' *k 






.'» • 


M ' 


♦ *“•.' i t 

t _ 






w V 


■ » 

♦V' •' 

J 


,-*t ■ 

n . 


;r 




•r «4i« 


» / '' 
>. / 


k> 4^ 


i- 


-9 If. . 


>1 
I . 


'i' ^ 
'>r 


■n 


f /: 




'1 


V ^ r ". . ,v--v- V .x''n\ 

J* , ‘ • 








j A 


. ^ 



t 


r 


A 










NORTH AMERICA. 


BRITISH NORTH AMERICAN POSSESSIONS. 


Provinces, 

Population 

Towns. 


Population. 

Lower Canada, 

430,000 

Montreal, 

L. C., 

25,000 

Upper Canada, 

220,000 

Quebec, 

do. 

22,000 

Nova Scotia, 

140,000 

Halifax, 

N. S., 

15,000 

New Brunswick, 

90,000 

St. John’s, 

N. B., 

10,000 

Newfoundland Island, 

80,000 

York, 

U. C., 

4,000 

St. John’s or Prince Edward 
and Cape Breton islands, 
Bermudas Islands, 

j 30,000 
10,000 
1,000,000 

Kingston, 

do. 

4,000 




Tlie Possessions in North America, are computed to contain 

about 1,000 Russians and 50,000 Indians; the Danish Possessions, 
5,000 Danes and 10,000 Indians; the French Possessions (the small 
islands of Miquelon and St. Pierre, near the coast of Newfoundland), 
about 1,000 inhabitants. 

MEXICO. 


Population of the republic of Mexico, . 

. .8,000,000. 


Cities. 

Pop. 

Cities. 

Pop. 

Cities. 

Pop. 

Mexico, 

150,000 

Queretaro, 

35,000 

Vera Cruz, 

16,000 

Puebla, 

70,000 

Zacatecas, 

33,000 

Cholula, 

16,000 

Guadalaxara, 

50,000 

Guaxaca, 

24,000 

Durango, 

13,000 

Guanaxuato, 

36,000 

Valladolid, 

18,000 

Xalapa, 

13,000 


GIJATIMALA, OR CENTRAL AMERICA. 


Population of Gualimala, or Central America, . . . 2,000,000. 

Cities. Pop. 

Cities. 

Pop. 

Cities. Pop. 

Guatimala, 50,000 

Leon, 

38,000 

Cartago, 26,000 

San Salvador, 39,000 

Chiquimula, 

37,000 

Vera Paz, 12,000 


WEST INDIES. 




Pop. 

Towns. 

Pop. 

Hayti, Independent, 

935,000 

Havannah, 

130,000 

Spanish Islands, 

929,000 

St. Juan de Porto Rico, 

40,000 

British 

do. 

800,000 

Kingston, 

33,000 

French 

do. 

228,000 

St. Pierre, 

29,000 

Danish 

do. 

38,000 

Port au Prince, 

26,000 

Dutch 

do. 

32,000 

St. Jago de Cuba, 

20,000 

Swedish 

do. 

8,000 

Villa del Principe, 

20,000 



2,970,000 

Cape Haytien, 

16,000 


For a Tabular View of the principal of the West India Islands, see 
page 83; and for the United States, see the following pages. 
















276 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


UNITED STATES. 

TABLE 1. 


Population of the different States and Territories, 

ACCORDING TO FiVE ENUMERATIONS. 


States and Terri- 

Pop. 

Pop. 

Pop. 

Pop. 

Pop. 

tories. 

1790. 

1800. 

1810. 

1820. 

1830. 

Maine 

96,540 

151,719 

228,705 

298,335 

399,437 

N. Hampshire 

141,885 

183,858 

214,460 

244,161 

269,367 

Vermont 

85,539 

154,465 

217,895 

235,764 

280,679 

Massachusetts 

378,787 

422,845 

472,040 

523,287 

610,014 

Rhode Island 

68,825 

69,122 

76,931 

83,059 

97,210 

Connecticut 

237,946 

251,002 

261,942 

275,248 

297,513 

New York 

340,120 

586,050 

959,049 

1,372,812 

1,934,000 

New Jersey 

184,139 

211,149 

245,562 

277,575 

320,779 

Pennsylvania 

434,373 

602,545 

810,091 

1,049,313 

1,347,672 

Delaware'' 

59,094 

64,273 

72,674 

72,749 

76,739 

Maryland 

319,728 

345,824 

380,546 

407,350 

446,913 

Virginia 

747,610 

880,200 

974,622 

1,065,366 

1,211,296 

N. Carolina 

393,951 

478,103 

555,500 

638,829 

738,470 

S. Carolina 

249,073 

345,591 

415,115 

502,741 

581,458 

Georgia 

82,548 

162,686 

252,433 

340,989 

516,567 

Alabama ) 
Mississippi ) 

— 

8,850 

40,352 

027,901 
\ 75,448 

308,997 

110,000 

Louisiana 

— 

— 

76,556 

153,407 

215,762 

Tennessee 

— 

105,602 

261,727 

420,813 

684,833 

Kentucky 

73,677 

220,959 

406,511 

564,317 

688,844 

Ohio 

— 

45,365 

230,760 

581,434 

937,679 

Indiana 

— 

4,651 

24,520 

147,178 

341,582 

Illinois 

— 

215 

12,282 

55,211 

157,575 

Missouri 

— 

— 

19,783 

66,586 

140,192 

Michigan Ter. 

— 

551 

4,762 

8,896 

31,698 

Arkansas Ter. 

— 

— 

1,062 

14,273 

30,383 

D. of Columb. 

, — 

14,093 

24,023 

33,039 

39,853 

Florida Ter. 

— 

— 

— 

34,723 

Total, 

3,929,326 

5,309,758 

7,239,903 

9,638,166 

12,850,240 


Remarks. 

1. The population of the state of Mississippi, for 1830, is stated merely 
by estimate, as the returns of the fifth census for this §tate have not yet 
been received,—The returns of the fifth census for the state of J\'ew 
York are not quite complete; and the population of a small portion of it, in 
the above statement for 1830, is founded upon estimate. 

2. The first complete census of the United States was taken in 1790.' 
The population of the Thirteen States, at the time of the Declaration of 
Independence, was not far from 2,600,000. 



















UNITED STATES. 


277 


TABLE 11. 

The Totai. Population and the Numbek of Slaves in the 
United States at different Periods, with the respective 
Increase. 





Total Pop. 





Rate 

1st Census, 

1790, 

3,929,326 




fncrcasr. 

pr. ct. 

2(1 

do. 

1800, 

5,309,758 

1790 

to 

1800, 

1,308,232 

35.1 

3d 

do. 

1810, 

7,239,903 

1800 

to 

1810, 

1,930,345 

36.3 

4th 

do. 

1820, 

9,638,166 

1810 

to 

1820, 

2,398,263 

33.1 

5th 

do. 

1830, 

12,850,240 

1820 

to 

1830, 

3,212,074 

33.3 




Slaves. 





Ist Census, 

1790, 

697,696 






2d 

do. 

1800, 

896,849 

1790 

to 

1800, 

199,153 

28.7 

3d 

do. 

1810, 

1,191,364 

1800 

to 

1810, 

294,515 

32.1 

4th 

do. 

1820, 

1,538,036 

1810 

to 

1820, 

346,627 

29.1 

5 th 

do. 

1830, 

1,888,690 

1820 

to 

1830, 

350,654 

22.8 


TABLE III. 


The Population of the several States and Territories in 
1830, THE Number of Square Miles, the Population to a 
Square Mile, and the Number of Slaves in 1830. 

I 


Population. 

Sq. Miles. 

Pop, to Sq. Mile. 

Slaves. 

New York, 

1,934,000 

Va. , 

66,000 

Mass. 

81 

Va. 

363,637 

Pennsylvuni'.!, 

1,348,000 

Mo. 

63,000 

R. I. 

75 

S. C. 

315,665 

Virginia, 

1,211,000 

Geo. 

61,000 

Ct. 

62 

N. C. 

246,462 

Ohio, 

938,000 

Ill. 

58,000 

Md. 

41 

Geo. 

217,470 

N. Carolina, 

738,000 

Ala. 

51,000 

N. Y. 

40 

Ken. 

165,350 

Kentucky, 

689,000 

N. C. 

50,000 

N. J. 

40 

Ten. 

142,382 

Tennessee, 

685,000 

Mis. 

48,000 

Del. 

36 

Ala. 

117,294 

Massachusetts, 

610,000 

La. 

48.000 

Pa. 

29 

La. 

109,631 

S. Carolina, 

581,000 

N. Y. 

48,000 

N. H. 

28 

Md. 

102,878 

Georgia, 

517,000 

Pa. 

47,000 

Vt. 

27 

Mis. 

50,000 

Maryland, 

447,000 

Ten. 

43,000 

Ohio, 

24 

Mo. 

24,990 

Maine, 

899,000 

Ohio, 

39,000 

S. C. 

19 

Del. 

3,305 

Indiana, 

342,000 

Ken. 

38,000 

Va. 

18 

N. J. 

2,216 

New Jersey, 

321,000 

Ind. 

34,000 

Ken. 

18 

Ill. 

746 

Alabama, 

309,000 

Me. 

32,000 

Ten. 

16 

Pa. 

386 

Connecticut, 

298,000 

S. C. 

30,000 

N. C. 

15 

N. Y. 

46 

Vermont, 

281,000 

Md. 

11,000 

Me. 

12 

Ct. 

23 

N. Hampshire, 

269,000 

Vt. 

10,200 

Ind. 

10 

R. I. 

14 

Louisiana, 

216,000 

N. H. 

9,500 

Geo. 


Me. 

0 

Illinois, 

158,000 

N. J. 

8,000 

Ala. 

6 

N. H, 

0 

Missouri, 

140,000 

Mass. 

7,500 

Ill. 

O 

*J 

Vt. 

0 

Mississippi, 

110,000 

Ct. 

4,800 

Mis. 

2 

Mass. 

0 

Rhode Island, 

97,000 

Del. 

2,100 

Mo. 

2 

Ohio, 

0 

Delaware, 

77,000 

R. I. 

1,300 



Ind. 

0 

Columbia, D. 

40,000 

Ar. T. 

60,000 



Flo. 1 

'. 15,510 

Florida T. 

35,000 

Flo. T. 

55,000 



D, C. 

6,050 

Michigan T. 

32,000 

Mi. T. 

38,000 



Ar. T 

. 4,578 

Arkansas T. 

30,000 

D. C. 

100 



Mich. 

T. 27 


12,850,240 





1,883,690 


24 

























278 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Remarks on Table III. 

1, More than halfof the country belonging to the United States, con¬ 
sists of territory not at all, or but little settled, and not yet formed into 
states. The whole of the territory is estimated to consist of upwards of 
2,000,000 square miles. 

2. The population of the JV'orth-west or Huron Territory, amounting 
to 3,688, is included in the Table with the population of Michigan Terri¬ 
tory; but in the second column the square miles are given only of the 
peninsula of Michigan, not including the North-west Territory. 


TABLE IV. 

Population or the principal Towns in the several States, 


Maine. 

Portland, 12,600 

Augusta, 4,000 

Hallowell, 4,000 

Bath, 3,800 

Saco, , 3,200 

Belfast, 3,100 

Bangor, 2,900 

Eastport, 2,400 

JV. Hampshire. 
Portsmouth, 8,100 

Dover, 6,400 

Concord, 3,700 

Exeter, 2,800 

Vermont. 

Burlington, 3,500 

Middlebury, 3,500 

Bennington, 3,400 

Windsor, 3,100 

Montpelier, 3,000 

Massachusetts. 
Boston, 61,400 

Salem, 15,900 

Charlestown, 8,800 

New Bedford, 7,600 

Springfield, 6,800 

Lowell, 6,500 

Newburyport, 6,400 

Cambridge, 6,100 

Taunton, 6,000 

Marblehead, 5,100 

Worcester, 4,200 

Rhode Island. 
Providence, 16,800 

Newport, '8,000 

Bristol, 3,000 

Connecticut. 

New Haven, 10,600 

Hartford, 9,600 


Middletown, 6,900 

New London, 4,300 

Norwich, 3,100 

JSTew York. 

New York, 213,000 

Albany, 24,200 

Brooklyn, 12,400 

Troy, 11,600 

Rochester, 9,300 

Buffalo, 8,600 

Utica, 8,300 

Hudson, 5,400 

Ithaca, 5,300 

Poughkeepsie, 5,000 

Auburn, 4,500 

Schenectady, 4,300 

JVeio Jersey. 
Newark, 10,900 

Patterson, 7,700 

New Brunswick, 6,000 
Trenton, 4,000 

Elizabethtown, 3,500 

Pennsylvania. 
Philadelphia, 167,000 

Pittsburg, 17,400 

Lancaster, 7,700 

Reading, 5,900 

Harrisburg, 4,300 

York, 4,200 

Easton, 3,500 

Chambersburg, 2,800 

Carlisle, 2,500 

Pottsville, 2,500 

Delaware. 

Wilmington, 6,600 

Dover, 1,000 

Maryland. 

Baltimore, 80,600 


Fredericktown, 

Hagerstown, 

Annapolis, 


4.400 1 

3.400 
2,600 


District of Columbia. 
Washington, 18,800 

Georgetown, 8,400 

Alexandria, 8,200 

Virginia. 
Richmond, 16,100 

Norfolk, 9,800 

Petersburg, 8,300 

Wheeling, 5,200 

Lynchburg, 4,600 

Winchester, 3,500 

Fredericksburg, 3,300 

JSTorth Carolina. 
New'bern, 3,800 

Fayetteville, 2,900 

Wilmington, 2,600 

Raleigh, 1,700 

South Carolina. 
Charleston, 30,300 

Columbia, 3,300 

Georgetown, 2,000 

Georgia. 
Savannah, 7,800 

Augusta, 6,700 

Milledgeville, 2,100 

Mabama. 

Mobile, 3,100 

Mississippi. 
Natchez, 2,200 

Louisiana. 

New Orleans, 46,300 







UNITED STATES. 


279 


Tennessee. 

Maysville, 

2,000 

Dayton, 

3,000 

Nashville, 5,600 

F rankfort. 

2,000 

Steubenville, 

2,900 

Knoxville, 2,000 

Bardstown, 

1,600 

Chillicothe, 

2,800 

Kentucky. 

Ohio. 


Columbus, 

2,400 

Louisville, 10,100 

Cincinnati, 

24,800 

Missouri. 


Lexingtoh, 6,100 

Zanesville, 

3,100 

St. Louis, 

5,900 


The population of the above towns is given, in round numbers, accord¬ 
ing to the census of 1830. The returns from the city of New York are 
not complete, and its population is stated, in part, by estimate. 


Twknty Largest Towns. 


New York, 

213,000 

Albany, 

24,200 

Brooklyn, 

12,400 

Philadelphia, 

167,000 

Washington, 

18,800 

Troy, s 

11,600 

Baltimore, 

80,600 

Pittsburg, 

17,400 

Newark, 

10,900 

Boston, 

61,400 

Providence, 

16,800 

New Haven, 

10,600 

New Orleans, 

46,300 

Richmond, 

16,100 

Louisville, 

10,100 

Charleston, 

30,300 

Salem, 

13,900 

Rochester, 

9,300 

Cincinnati, 

24,800 

Portland, 

12,600 












QSO 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


, TAI?LE V. 
Commerce. 


Domestic Produce exported during the Year 
ending Sept. 30, 1829. 

Produce of Agriculture,.$43,955,000 

“ “ Manufactures,. 6,025,000 

“ the Forest,. 3,682,000 

“ “ the Sea,.1,817,000 

Articles not distinguished, . 221,000 


Total,.$55,700,000 

Principal Articles of Agricultural Produce 
exported in 1829. 

Cotton,.$26,575,000 

Wheat, flour, rye, Indian corn, &c. . . 7,149,000 

Tobacco,. 4,983,000 

Beef, pork, cattle, horses, &c. 2,,563,000 

Rice,.2,514,000 

Countries to which the Domestic Produce of the 
United States was chiefly exported in 1829. 


England, $21,281,000 
France, 8,895,000 

Cuba, 3,719,000 

Netherlands, 3,096,000 


Brit. Am. Col. $2,724,000 
HanseT.,&c. 1,998,000 
Danish W. Ind.1,942,000 
Brazil, 1,510,000 


Exports in 1829. 

N. Y. 

$20,119,000 

La. 

12,386,000 

Mass. 

8,255,000 

S. C. 

8,175,000 

Geo. 

4,981,000 

Md. 

4,804,000 

Va. 

3,787,000 

Al. 

1,693,000 

D. Col. 

928,000 

Vt. 

808,000 

Me. 

738,000 

N. C. 

564,000 

Conn. 

458,000 

R. I. 

390,000 

N. H. 

106,000 

FI. T. 

56,000 

N. J. 

8,000 

Del. 

7,000 

Ohio, 

2,000 


Remarks. 

1. About two thirds of the shipping of the United States, belong to 
J^ew England and JSTew York. The three states which possess the 
greatest amount of shipping, and which are most concerned in active com¬ 
merce, are Massachusetts, JVew York, and Maine. 

2. The six most commercial cities in the United States are, JVew York, 
Boston, Philadelphia, Baltimore, JVew Orleans, and Charleston. 

3. Boston exports the greatest part of the surplus produce of Massa¬ 
chusetts, and also a considerable part of that of New Hampshire and 
Vermont. 

4. The city of JVew York is the outlet for the produce not only of the 
state of New York, but of a great part of New Jersey, a portion of that of 
the western part of New England, and also a portion of that of the West¬ 
ern States. 

5. The greater part of the produce of the Western States, intended for 
exportation, is sent to JVew Orleans; but much of it goes to New York, 
Philadelphia, and Baltimore. 















UNITED STATES. 


281 


TABLE VI. 


Canals and Rail-Roads, 


Canals, 


Places connected. 

Mil. 

Cumberland & Oxford, 

Me. 

Portland and Sebago Lake. 

20 

Middlesex, 

Mass. 

Boston and Chelmsford. 

30 

Blackstone, 

Ms. & R. 1. 

Worcester and Providence, 

45 

Farmington & Hamp¬ 
shire & Hampden, 

Ms. & Ct. 

New Haven and Northamp. 

87 

Hudson and Erie, 

N. Y. 

Albany and Buffalo. 

360 

Delaware and Hudson, 

do. 

Delaware and Hudson rivers. 

65 

Champlain, 

do. 

Albany and Whitehall. 

64 

Oswego, 

do. 

Oswego and Salina. 

38 

Seneca, 

Morris, 

do. 

Seneca Lake and Erie Canal. 

20 

N. J. 

Easton, Pa. and Newark. 

86 

Pennsylvania Canal ^ 
Rail-road, 

Penn. 

Middletown and Pittsburg. 

206 

Schuylkill, 

do. 

Philadelphia and Mt. Carbon. 

108 

Phila. & Susq. Rail-r. 

do. 

Philadelphia and Columbia. 

80 

Union, 

do. 

Reading and Middletown. 

78 

Delaware, 

do. 

Easton and Bristol. 


Lehigh, 

do. 

Easton and Stoddartsville. 

46 

Little Schuylkill, 

do. 

Schuylkill R. and Coal Mines. 

24 

Conestoga, 

do. 

Lancaster Sc Susquehannah R. 

18 

Port Deposit, 

do. 

Port Deposit Sc Maryland line. 

10 

Chesapeake & Dela. 

Del. 

Delaware Sc Chesapeake bays. 

14 

Susquehannah Rail-r. 

Md. 

Baltimore and the Susquehan. 


Baltimore and Ohio do. 

Md. Sc Va. 

Baltimore and the Ohio. 

350 

Chesapeake & Ohio, 

Va. Sc Md. 

Washington and the Ohio. 

342 

Dismal Swamp,* 

Va.&N.C. 

Norfolk and Elizabeth City. 
The Santee and Cooper rivers. 

22 

Santee, 

S. c. 

22 

South Carolina Rail-r. 

do. 

Charleston and Hamburg. 

120 

Savannah, Ogeechee Sc 
Alatamaha, 

Geo. 

Savannah Sc Alatamaha rivers. 

72 

Ohio, 

Ohio, 

Portsmouth and Cleveland. 

306 

Miami, 

do. 

Cincinnati and Dayton. 

65 


Remarks. 

1. Most of the above Canals are already completed and in operation; 
but the Rail-roads, and the Hampshire and Hampden, Morris, Penn¬ 
sylvania, Delaware, Chesapeake and Ohio, and Ohio Canals, are in pro¬ 
gress, but not yet (1831) finisbed. There are, in addition to the above, 
various other Canals and Rail-roads already completed, more or less im¬ 
portant, in different parts of the country. 

2. The Miami Canal, which is now completed from Cincinnati to 
Dayton, is designed to be extended to the Maumee, 265 miles. 

3. Several other important canals and rail-roads have been projected in 
various parts of the United States, some of which are already in progress. 

24 * 







282 


STATISTICAL TABLES, 


TABLE VIL 

COLI^EGES IN THE UNITED STATES, WITH THE DatE OF INCORPO¬ 
RATION, Number of Students or Undergraduates in 1830 , 
AND Number of Volumes in the College Libraries and 
Students’ Libraries. 


Name. 


Bowdoili, 

VA’aterville, 

Dartmouth, 

Uiiiv. of Vermont, 
Middlebury, 

Harvard University, 
Williams, 

Amherst, 

Brown University, 
Vale, 

Washington, 

Columbia, 

Union, 

Hamilton, 

Geneva, 

College of N. J., 
Rutgers, 

Univ. of Pennsylv. 
Dickinson, 

Jetferson, 

Western University, 

Washington, 

Alleghany, 

Madison, 

8t. John’s, 

St. Mary’s, 

Georgetown, 

Columbian, 

William and Mary, 
Ham;)den-Sydney, 
Washington, 
University of Virginia 
University of N. C. 
Charleston, 

College of S. C. 
University of Georgia, 
Alabama University, 
Jefferson, 

Louisiana, 

Greenville, 

Univ. of Nashville, 

E. Tennessee, 
Transylvania, 

Centre, 

Augusta, 

Cumberland, 

St. Joseph’s, 
Georgetown, 
University of Ohio, 
Miami University, 
Western Reserve, 
Kenyon, 

Bloomington, 

Illinois, 


Place. 

Found- 

ed. 

*Stu- 

dents. 

Vols. in 
College 
Library. 

Pols, in 
Studesits’ 
Libraries. 

Brunswick, 

Me. 

1794 

132 

8,000 

4,300 

Waterville, 

do. 

1823 

31 

1,700 

300 

Hanover, 

N. IL 

1770 

137 

3,530 

8,000 

Burlington, 

Vt. 

1791 

39 

1,000 

— 

Middlebury, 

do. 

1800 

86 

1,846 

2,322 

Cambridge, 

Mass. 

1638 

247 

35,000 

4,605 

W'illiamstow'ii, 

do. 

1793 

90 

2,250 

1,769 i 

Amherst, 

do. 

1821 

207 

2,200 

3,780 

Providence, 

II. I. 

1764 

105 

6,100 

5;562 

New Haven, 

Conn. 

1700 

359 

8,530 

9,000 

Hartford, 

do. 

1826 

74 

5,000 

1,200» 

New York, 

N. Y. 

1754 

140 

4,000 

'580 

Schenectady, 

do. 

1795 

227 

5,100 

8,250 

Clinton, 

do. 

1812 

78 



Geneva, 

do. 

1826 

29 

520 

(m 

Princeton, 

N. J. 

1746 

73 

8,000 


N. Brunswick, 

do. 

1770 

60 


_ 

Philadelphia, 

Penn. 

1755 

97 

_ 

_ 

Carlisle, 

do. 

1783 

20 

2,000 

5,000 

Canonsburg, , 

do. 

1802 

116 

700 

1,800 

Pittsburg, 

do. 

1820 

50 


50 

Washington, 

do. 

1806 

31 

400 

525 

Meadville, 

do. 

1815 

6 

8,000 


Union Town, 

do. 

1829 

70 



Annapolis, 

Md. 

1784 

63 



Baltimore, 

do. 

1799 

120 

10,000 


Georgetown, 

D. C. 

1799 

140 

7,000 

_ 

W’^ashington, 

do. 

1821 

50 

4,000 

_ 

Williamsburg, 

Va. 

1693 

100 

3,600 

600 

Prince Ed. Co. 

do. 

1774 

90 

_ 


Lexington, 

do. 

1812 

23 

700 

1,500 

Charlottesville, 

do. 

1819 

131 

8,000 


Chapel Hill, 

N. C. 

1791 

69 

1,800 

3,000 

Charleston, 

S. C. 

1785 

69 

3,000 

1,000 

Columbia, 

do. 

1801 

97 

7,000 


Athens, 

Ga. 

1785 

117 

2,500 

2,250 

Tuscaloosa, 

Ala. 

1820 

— 



Washington, 

Mis. 

1802 

98 


_ 

Jackson, 

La. 

— 

— 

. 

_ 

Greenville, 

Tenn. 

1794 

— 

3,500 


Nashville, 

do. 

1806 

71 

2,000 

500 

Knoxville, 

do. 

— 

21 

340 

200 

Lexington, 

Ken. 

1798 

143 

2,350 

1,.500 

Danville, 

do. 

1822 

66 

i;258 

108 

Augusta, 

do. 

1823 

35 

1,500 

550 

Princeton, 

do. 

1825 

120 

1,000 

600 

Bardstown, 

do. 

— 

150 

- 


Georgetown, 

do. 

— 

35 

_ 

_ 

Athens, 

Ohio. 

1802 

45 

. 

_ 

Oxford, 

do. 

1824 

56 

1,000 

1,200 

Hudson, 

do. 

1826 

60 

1,000 


Gambier, 

do. 

1828 

80 



Bloomington, 

Ind. 

1828 

51 



Jacksonville, 

11. 

1829 

20 

i 

j 

— 




4,624 1 

163,764 1 

70,681. 


* Undergraduates, not includitig medical, theological, and law students. 





























UNITED STATES. 


2a‘t 


TABLE VIII. 


Theological Seminaries. 


J^amc. 

Place. 

Denomina¬ 

tion. 

Com. 

oper¬ 

ation. 

Stu. 

in 

1830. 

Pols. ! 
in 

Lib. 

Bangor TheoL Sem. 

Bangor, Me. 

Cong. 

1816 

14 

1,200 

TheologicalSeminary, 

.\ndover. Mass. 

Cong. 

1808 

138 

6,000 

Theological School, 

Cambridge, do. 

Cong.Unit. 

1824 

36 

1,5001 

Theol. Institution, 

Newton, do. 

Baptist, 

1825 

16 


Theol. Dep. Yale Col. 

New Haven, Con. 

Cong. 

1822 

49 

8,000 

Theol. Ins. Epis. Ch. 

New York, N.V. 

Prot. Epis. 

1819 

20 

3,650 

'I'll. Sem. of Auburn, 

Auburn, do. 

Presbyt. 

1821 

58 

3,550 

HamiltonLit.&Th.In 

Hamilton, do. 

Baptist, 

1820 

76 

1,300 

Hartwick Seminary, 

Hartwick, do. 

Lutheran, 

1816 

9 

900 

Th. Sem. Du. Ref.Ch. 

N. Bruns wick,N..L 

j Dutch Ref. 


24 


Th. Sem. Pr. Ch.U.S. 

Princeton, do. 

1 Presbyt. 

1812 

124 

6,000 

Sem. Luth. Ch. U. S. 

Gettysburg, Pa. 

[Evang. L. 

1826 


6,000 

German Reformed, 

York, do. 

|G. Ref.Ch. 

1825 

8 

3,500 

West. Th. Seminary, 

.\lleghany T. do. 

'Presbyt. 

1828 



Epis. Th. School Va. 

Fairfax Co. Va. 

Prot. Epis. 


14 


Union Th. Seminary, 

Pr. Ed. Co. do. 

Presbyt. 

1824 

35 


South. Th. Seminary, 

Columbia, S. C. 

do. 

1829 



South. W’est. Th. Sera. 

Maryville, Ten. 

do. 

1821 

22 

550 

Lane Seminary, 

Cincinnati, Ohio, 

do. 

1829 



Rock Spring, 

Rock-Spring, 11. 

Baptist, 

1827 


1,200 

Hanover, 

New^ Madison,!n. 

Presbyt. 

1829 







643 

43,350 


TABLE IX. 
Medical Schools. 


j JVamc. 

Place. 

Prof. 

Students. 

Maine Medical School, 

Brunswick, 

4 

99 

New' Hampshire Medical School, 

Hanover, 

3 

103 

I Medical Society Univ. Vermont, 

Burlington, 

3 

40 

j Vermont Academy of Med. 

Castleton, 

4 


[Mass. Med. Col. Harv. Univ. 

Boston, 

5 

91 

1 Berkshire Med. Ins. Wm. Col. 

Pittsfield, 

7 

100 

jMed. Dep. Yale College, 

New Haven, 

5 

61 

jCol. Phys. and Surg. N. Y. 

New' York, 

7 

113 

[Rutgers Med. Fac. Gen. Col. 

New' York, 

6 


[Col. Phys. and Surg. W. Dist. 

Fairfield, N. Y. 

5 

160 

IMed. Dep. Univ. Penn. 

Philadelphia, 

9 

420 . 

Med. Dep. Jclierson College, 

Canonsburg, 

5 

121 

Med. Dep. Univ. Md. 

Baltimore, 

6 


Med. Col. Charleston, S, C. 

Charleston, 


130 

Med. Dep. Transylvania Univ. 

Lexington, 

6 

200 

Med. College of Ohio, 

Cincinnati, 

6 

113 


Law Schools. —At Cambridge, Ms., JVew Haven, Litchfield, Ct., 
Philadelphia, TVilliamsburg, Va., Charleston, 6'.6’., and Lexington, Ken. 


Number of Students in Cqllege, in Proportion to Population. 
Eastern States, 1 stud, to 1,231 inh. Southern States, 1 stud, to 7,232 inh. 
Middle States, 1 do. 3,465 do. Western States, 1 do. 6,060 do. 



































284 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


TABLE X. 

Religious Denominatiojvs. 


Denominations. 


Calvinistic Baptists, 

Methodist Episcopal Church, 
Presbyterians, General Assembly, 
Congregationalists, Orthodox, 
Protestant Episcopal Church, 
Universalists, 

Roman Catholics, 

Lutherans, 

Christ-ians, 

German Reformed, 

Friends, or Quakers, 

Unitarians, Congregationalists, 
Associate and other Methodists, 
■Free-will Baptists, 

Dutch Reformed, 

Mennonites, 

Associate Presbyterians, 
Cumberland Presbyterians, 
Tunkers, 

Free Communion Baptists, 
Seventh-day Baptists, 

Six Principle Baptists, 

United Brethren, or Moravians, 
Millennial Church, or Shakers, 
New Jerusalem Church,^ 
Emancipators, Baptists, 

Jews, and others not mentioned, 


Min. 

Ch. or 
Cong. 

Commu¬ 

nicants. 

Popula¬ 

tion. 

2,914 

4,384 

304,827 

2,743,453 

1,777 


476,000 

2,600,000 

1,700 

2,158 

173,329 

1,800,000 

1,000 

1,270 

140,000 

1,260,000 

500 

700 


600,000 

150 

300 


500,000 




500,000 

205 

1,200 

44,000 

400,000 

200 

800 

25,000 

275,000 

84 

400 

17,400 

200,000 


400 


200,000 

150 

160 


176,000 

350 


35,000 

175,000 

300 

400 

16,000 

150,000 

159 

194 

17,888 

125,000 

200 


30,000 

120,000 

74 

144 

15,000 

100,000 

50 

75 

8,000 

100,000 

40 

40 

3,000 

30,000 

30 


3,500 

30,000 

- 30 

40 

2,000 

20,000 

25 

30 

1,800 

20,000 

23 

23 

2,000 

7,000 

45 

15 


6,000 

30 

28 


5,000 

15 


600 

4,500 


150 


50,000 


The above Tabular View' of the number of Ministers, Churches or 
Congregations, Communicants, and Population, belonging to the different 
Religious Denominations in the United States, is taken chiefly from the 
“ Quarterly Register of the American Education Society” for Feb. 1831. 
The population is given chiefly by estimate. 


TABLE XL 

Principal Libraries. 


Vols. I Vols, 

Cambridge Univ. Library, 35,000 New York Library, 22,000 

Philadelphia Library, 30,000 National Lib., Washington, 16,000 

Boston Athenffium, 25,0001 Charleston Library, 13,000 


The public libraries, in the United States, are small, compared with 
some of the largest in Europe. 















SOUTH AMERICA 


SOUTH AMERtCAN STATES. 


States. Population. 

Brazil,. 1,000,000 

Colombia,. 3,000,000 

United Provinces, &c. . 2,000,000 
Peru,..1,600,000 


States. Population. 

Bolivia,. 1,200,000 

Chili, .. 800,000 

Guiana, English, Dutch, 

and French, . 250,000 

Total, . . . . 12,950,000 


Population of the Chief Towns. 


Brazil. 


Rio Janeiro, 

150,000 

St. Salvador, 

120,000 

Pernambuco, 

60,000 

Sergipe, 

36,000 

St. Paul, 

30,000 

Cuyaba, 

30,000 

Para, 

28,000 

Maranham 

26,000 

Colombia. 

Quito, 

70,000 

Bogota, 

50,000 

Caraccas, 

30,000 

Popayan, 

25,000 


Carthagena, 

25,000 

Maracaybo, 

22.000 

Riobamba, 

20,000 

Cumana, 

20,000 

Cuenca, 

15,000 

Barcelona, 

15,000 

Guayaquil, 

15,000 

United Provinces. 

Buenos Ayres, 

80,000 

St. Juan, 

19,000 

Monte Video, 

10,000 

Assumption, 

9,000 

Peru. 


Lima, 

60,000 


Cuzco, 30,000 

Arequipa, 30,000 

Guainanga, 25,000 

Bolivia. 

Chuquisaca, 30,000 

Charcas, 30,000 

Potosi, 25,000 

La Paz, 20,000 

Chili. 

Santiago, 40,000 

Valparaiso, 10,000 

Conception, 10,000 

Guiana. 

Paramaribo, 20,000 


Rem AUKS. 

1. The population of mo 3 t of the countries of South America, is not ac¬ 
curately ascertained, and is variously stated by different writers. 

2. Humboldt, several years since, estimated the numbers of the different 
races of the inhabitants of all America as follows 

Whites (of European origin), 13,471,000 
Indians (mostly subdued), 8,610,000 

Negroes (mostly slaves), 6,433,000 

Mixed races, 6,428,000 

Total, 34,942,000 

3. The number oi independent Indians is uncertain, but is supposed to 

be from one to two millions. , u- « • tt a cf * 

4. The JVegro slaves in America are lound chiefly in the United States, 

the VTcst Indies, Brazil, and Guiana. , . 

5 The population of America may be stated at about 40 millions, 
namely. North America, 24,000,000; South America, 13,000,000; the 
West Indies, 3,000,000. The present population of America may, per¬ 
haps r;ither exceed this number; some estimate it considerably higher, 
while others ab.-urdly reduce it as lov/ as 25 millions. 


















EUROPE. 


TABLE I. 


The Government, Religion, and Reigning Sovereigns, with 
THE Dates of their Birth and Accession, of the Princi¬ 
pal States of Europe. 



Gouernvient. 

Religion. 

Sovereign. 

Birth 

Acc. 

Sweden, 

Constitu. Mon. 

Lutheran, 

^Charles XIV. 

1764 

1818 

Russia, 

Poland, 

Absolute ]\Ion. 
do. 

Greek Ch. 
Catholic. 

tNicholas 1. 

1796 

1825 

Denmark, 

do. 

Lutheran, 

Protestant, 

^Frederick VI. 

1768 

1808 

Great Britain, 

Constitu. Mon. 

MVilliam IV. 

1765 

1830 

Holland, 

do. 

do. 

* William 1. 

1772 

1813 

Belgium, 

do. 

Catholic, 

Sf. de Chokier, 


1831 

Prussia, 

Hanover, 

Absolute Mon. 
Lim. Mon. 

Protestant, 

Lutheran, 

|*Fred.Wm.IlI. 
King of Eng. 

1770 

1797 

Saxony, 

do. 

do. 

*Fred. Aug. 

17.97 

1830 

Baden, 

do. 

Cath. & Prot. 

tCh. Leo. Fred. 

1790 

1830 

Wurtemberg, 

Constitu. Mon. 

Lutheran, 

* William, 

1781 

1816 

Bavaria, 

do. 

Catholic, 

*Louis, 

1786 

1825 

Austria, 

Switzerland, 

Absolute Mon. 
Republic, 

do. 

Prot. & Cath. 

I Francis, 

1768 

1792 

France, 

Constitu. Mon. 

Catholic, 

*Louis-Philip, 

1773 

1830 

Spain, 

Portugal, 

Absolute Mon. 

do. 

^FerdinandVII. 

1784 

1808 

do. 

do. 

^Miguel, 

1802 

1828 

Sardinia, 

do. 

do. 

*Ch. Felix, 

1765 

1821 

Tuscany, 

do. 

do. 1 

tLeopold 11. 

1797 

1824 

States of Ch7 

do. 

do. 

Gregory XVI. 

1765 

1831 

Two Sicilies, 

do. 

do. 

^Francis, 

1777 

1825 

Turkey, 

do. 

Mahometan, 

fMahmoud 11. 

1785 

1808 

Greece, 

Republic, 

Greek Ch. | 

§Capo dTstria, 

1780 

1828 


The * denotes King's; t Emperors ; J Grand-Dukes; and ^ President. 


Remarks. « 

1. Holland and Belgium, together, constituted Ujc kingdom of the 
J\ etheTlands, from 1814 to 1830, wl)en the Belgians declared their country 
independent, and in Feb. 1831, Surlet de Chokier was appointed regejxt. 

2. The present government of Greece went into operation in 1828 ; but 
the form of government is regarded as only temporary. 

3. The inhabitants of the kingdom of Saxony are mostly Protestants, 
thougli the reigning family has long been Catholic. About two thirds 
of the inhabitants of the grand-duchy of Baden are Catholic, but the 
reigning family is Protestant. '* 

4. More than one third of the inhabitants of the kingdom of Prussia 
nearly one third of those of Wurtemberg, and more than one fourth of 
those of the united kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, are Catholics. 

5. About three fifths of the inhabitants of Switzerland are Protestants. 
Russia contains a considerable number of Catholics, and also of Protest¬ 
ants ; France and Bavaria about a million of Protestants each ; Austria 
about 3 millions of Protestants, and 3 millions of the Greek Church * 
and about tw^o thirds of the inhabitants of Turkey are of the Greek Church. 

6. Sweden, JVorway, and Denmark contain very few Catholics ; and 
Spain, Portugal, and the Italian States, very few Protestants. 

7. Jews are found in all the countries of Europe ; but more than half of 
the European Jew's reside within the ancient limits of Poland. 



















EUROPE. 


287 


TABLE II. 


The Population, Square Miles, and Population to a 
Square Mile, of the Principal States of Europe. 


Population. 

Square Miles. 

Pop. to Sq. Mile. 

Russia, 

50,000,000 

Russia, 

1,600,000 

Belgium, 

297 

France, 

32,000,000 

Sweden & N. 

290,000 

Saxony, 

241 

Austria, 

32,000,000 

Austria, 

260,000 

Holland, 

211 

Gr. Britain, 

21.300,000 

France, 

215,000 

Wurtemberg, 

197 

Spain, 

14,000,000 

Turkey, 

190,000 

Baden, 

185 

Prussia, 

12,700,000 

Spain, 

180,000 

Great Britain, 

180 

Turkey, 

9,000,000 

Great Britain, 

118,000 

Tuscany, 

168 

Two Sicilies 

, 7,000,000 

Prussia, 

108,000 

Two Sicilies, 

166 

Sardinia, 

4,300,000 

Poland, 

47,000 

Sardinia, 

152 

Poland, 

4,100,000 

Two Sicilies, 

42,000 

France, 

149 

Bavaria, 

4,000,000 

Portugal, 

36,500 

States of Church, 

147 

Sweden & N 

. 3,800,000 

Bavaria, 

31,000 

Switzerland, 

133 

Belgium, 

3,600,000 

Sardinia, 

28,300 

Bavaria, 

129 

Portugal, 

3,500,000 

Denmark, 

21,000 

Austria, 

123 

States of Ch. 

2,500,000 

Greece, 

18,000 

Prussia, 

117 

Holland, 

2,300,000 

States of Ch. 

17,000 

Hanover, 

100 

Switzerland, 

2,000,000 

Switzerland, 

16,000 

Portugal, 

96 

Denmark, 

2,000,000 

Hanover, 

15,000 

Denmark, 

96 

Hanover, 

1,500,000 

Belgium, 

12,100 

Poland, 

87 

Wurtemberg, 1,500,000 

Holland, 

10,900 

Spain, 

72 

Saxony, 

1,400,000 

Tuscany, 

8,300 

Turkey, 

47 

Tuscany, 

1,300,000 

Wurtemberg, 

7,600 

Greece, 

83 

Baden, 

1,100,000 

Baden, 

5,900 

Russia, 

31 

Greece, 

600,000 

Saxony, 

5,800 

Sweden & Norway 

, 13 


Remarks. 

1. Russia, in this Table, does not include Asiatic Russia nor the king' 
dom of Poland. Geographers dilTer respecting the boundary between 
European and Asiatic Russia; but in this Table, European Russia is taken 
in its largest sense, including about 6 millions of inhabitants which some 
authors assign to Asiatic Russia. The whole Russian empire, in Europe 
and Asia, including also the kingdom of Poland, is computed to contain 
about 60 millions of inhabitants. 

2. Denmark, in the Table, does not include Iceland and the Faroe 
islands, which together contain a population of about 65,000. 

3. The archduchy of Luxemburg (pop- 292,000), which belonged to 
the late kingdom of the Netherlands, and is now claimed by Belgium, is 
not included, in the Table, in either Holland or Belgium. 

4. For a view of the small German States, which are not included in 
this Table, see page 120. 

5. The small Italian States, not included in the Table, are Parma 
(pop. 437,000), Modena (pop. 377,000), Lucca (pop. 145,000), and St. 
Marino (pop. 7,000). 

6. The population of the Ionian Republic is computed at 176,000; that 
of the Republic of Cracow at 127,000. 

7. The population of the British Islands is given according to the enu¬ 
meration of 1821. The population of most of the other states of Europe is 
accommodated to a more recent date. 













*288 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


8. The following view exhibits the extent and population of the difter- 
ent parts of the British Empire : 


Square Miles. Pop. to 1 Sq. M. Population. 
England, 60,000 229 11,487,000 

Wales, 8,000 91 731,000 

Scotland, 30,000 71 2,135,000 

Ireland, 30,000 229 6,847,000 

Malta, Gibraltar, and Heligoland, 110,000 

Foreign Possessions, out of Europe, 116,000,000 

Total, 137,310,000 


TABLE III. 

Thk Population of the Principal Cities and Towns of the 

DIFFERENT COUNTRIES OF EuROPE. 


jYorway. 

Bergen, 21,000 

Christiania, 20,000 

Sweden. 

Stockholm, 79,000 

Gottenburg, 21,000 

Russia. 

St. Petersburg, 
Moscow, 

Riga, 

Odessa, 

Kiev, 

Tula, 

Cronstadt, 

Jaroslavl, 

Kazan, 

Kaluga, 

Kursk, 

Wilna, 

Tver, 


320,000 
250,000 
47,000 
40,000 
40,000 
38,000 
30,000 
28,000 
25,000 
25,000 
25,000 
25,000 
24,000 

Poland. 

Warsaw, 135,000 

Cracow, 26,000 

Denmark. 

Copenhagen, 104,000 

Altona, 25,000 

Holland. 

Amsterdam, 201,000 

Rotterdam, 60,000 

The Hague, 49,000 

Utrecht, 34,000 

Leyden, 29,000 

Groningen, 24,000 

Harlem, 22,000 


Belgium. 

Brussels, 80,000 

Antwerp, 66,000 

Ghent, 61,000 

Liege, 50,000 

Bruges, 34,000 

Tournay, 27,000 

Mons, 20,000 

England. 

London, 1,225,000 
Manchester, 134,000 
Liverpool, 119,000 

Birmingham, 107,000 

Bristol, 88,000 

Leeds, 84,000 

Plymouth, 61,000 

Norwich, 50,000 

Hull, 45,000 

Portsmouth, 42,000 

Sheffield, 42,000 

Nottingham, 40,000 

Bath, 37,000 

Newcastle, 36,000 

Leicester, 30,000 

Preston, 25,000 

Brighton, 24,000 

Exeter, 23,000 

Stockport, 22,000 

Bolton, 22,000 

Blackburn, 22,000 

Coventry, 21,000 

Greenwich, 21,000 

York, 20,000 

Chester, 20,000 

Deptford, 20,000 

Shrewsbury, 20,000 


Yarmouth, 18,000 

Oxford, 16,000 

Cambridge, 14,000 

Canterbury, 13,000 

Scotland. 

Glasgow, 147,000 

Edinburgh, 138,000 

Paisley, 47,000 

Aberdeen, 45,000 

Dundee, 31,000 

Greenock, 22,000 

Perth, 19,000 

Dunfermline, 14,000 

Kilmarnock, 13,000 

Inverness, 12,000 

Falkirk, 12,000 

Dumfries, 11,000 

Montrose, 10,000 

Ireland. 

Dublin, 227,000 

Cork, 101,000 

Limerick, 59,000 

Belfast, 37,000 

Waterford, 29,000 

Galway, 28,000 

Kilkenny, 23,000 

Drogheda, 18,000 

Londonderry, 17,000 

Prussia. 

Berlin, 236,000 

Breslau, 90,000 

Kdnigsberg, 68,000 

Cologne, 64,000 

Dantzic, 62,000 

Magdeburg, 44,000 









EUROPE, 


289 


Aix-la-Chapelle, 

Stettin, 

Dusseldorf, 

Potsdam, 

Posen, 

Halle, 

Erfurt, 

Elbing, 

Munster, 

Frankfoi t {Oder) 


37,000; 

32,0001 

29,000 

25,000 

25,000 

24,000 

21,000 

19,000 

18,000 

16,000 


Hanover. 

Hanover, 26,000 

Emden, 12,000 

Saxontj. 

Dresden, 56,000 

Leipsic, ■! 1,000 

Free Cities. 
Hamburg, 120,000 

Frankfort./l/«//je 54,000 
Bremen, 40,000 

Lubcck, 22,000 

Small States. 
Brunswick, 36,000 

Mentz, -27,000 

Cassel, 26,000 

Manheiin, 21,000 

Carlsruhe, 20,000 

Darmstadt, 20,000 

IVurtembers;. 
Stuttgard, 25,000 

Ulm, 12,000 

Bavaria. 

Munich, 75,000 

Nuremberg, 40,000 

Augsburg, 33,000 

Ratisbon, 26,000 

Bamberg, 20,000 

Wnrtzburg, 20,000 

Husti'ia. 

Vienna, Ger. 310,000 
Prague, do. 117,000 
Trieste, do. 40,000 
Gratz, do. 40,000 
Brunn, do. 36,000 
Lintz, do. 20,000 

Lemberg, Gal. 55,000 

Pest, Hung. 61,000 
Debretzin, do. 42,000 
Presburg, do. 35,000 
Ketskemet, do. 32,000 


Zegedin, Hjoig, 32,000 
Theresienst.,d<;. 30,000 
Buda, do. 28,000 
Schemnitz, do. 20,000 
Ci-onstadt,^) ^?!. 25,000 
Clausenburg,(io. 20,000 
Hermanstadt,do. 18,000 
Milan, Italy, 140,000 

Venice, do. 113,000 

Verona, do. 48,000 

Padua, do. 44,000 

Brescia, do. 33,000 

Bergamo, do. 31,000 

Vicenza, do. 29,000 

Cremona, do. 27,000 

Mantua, do. 25,000 

Pavia, d-o. 22,000 

Switzerland. 
Geneva, 25,000 

Berne, 18,000 

Bale, or Basil, 16,000 
Zurich, 10,000 

I.ausanne, 10,000 

France. 

Paris, 890,000 

Lyons. 160,000 

Marseilles, 116,000 
Bourdeaux, 94,000 
Rouen, 87,000 

Nantes, 72,000 

Lille, 70,000 

Toulouse, 70,000 

Strasburg, 50,000 
Metz, 45,000 

Amiens, 42,000 

Orleans,' 40,000 

Nismes, 38,000 

Caen, 38,000 

Rheims, 38,000 

Montpellier, 36,000 
St. Etienne, 31,000 
Avignon, 31,000 

Toulon, 31,000 

Clermont, 30,000 

Angers, 30,000 

Versailles, 30,000 
Nancy, 29,000 

Rennes, 29,000 

Besanoon, 29,000 

Troyes, 26,000 

Brest, 26,000 

Limoges, 25,000 

Dunkirk, 25,000 

Montauban, 25,000 


Dijon, 24,000 

Aix, 23,000 

Tours, 21,000 

Havre de Grace, 21,000 

Spain. 

Madrid, 201,000 

Barcelona, 100,000 

Seville, ' 96,000 
Cadiz, 70,000 

Granada, 67,000 

Valencia, 60,000 

Malaga, 52,000 

Saragossa, 45,000 

Cordova, 35,000 

Murcia, 35,000 

Valladolid, 30,000 

Rcuss, 30,000 

Carthagena, 29,000 

Toledo, 25,000 

Portugal. 

LLsbon, 240,000 

Oporto, 80,000 

Coimbra, 15,000 

Km. of Sardinia. 
Turin, 118,000 

Genoa, 80,000 

Alexandria, 30,000 

Cagliari, 27,000 

Tuscany. 

Florence, 79,000 

I Leghorn, 51,000 

States of the Church. 
Rome, 142,000 

Bologna, 63,000 

Ancona, 30,000 

Two Sicilies. 
Naples, *357,000 

Palermo, 152,000 

Catania, 45,000 

Messina, 45,000 

Trapani, 24,000 

Turkey in Europe. 
Constantinople, 600,000 
Adrianople, 100,000 

Salonica, - 70,000 
Bucharest, 60,000 

Bosna-Serajo, 60,000 
Sophia, 50,000 

Yanina, 40,000 

ghumla, 40,000 

Belgrade, 30,000 


25 




















290 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 



Twenty Chief Cities. 


London, 

1,225,000 

Lisbon, 

240,000 

Lyons, 

160,000 

Paris, 

890,000 

Berlin, 

236,000 

Rome, 

142,000 

Constantinople, 500,000 

Amsterdam, 

201,000 

Edinburgh, 

138,000 

Naples, 

357,000 

Madrid, 

201,000 

Manchester, 

134,000 

St.Petersburgh,320,000 

Dublin, 

229,000 

Milan, 

140,000 

Vienna, 

310,000 

Palermo, 

152,000 

Warsaw, 

135,000 

Moscow, 

. 250,000 

Glasgow, 

147,000 

- 



TABLE IV. 
Universities. 


Sweden. 


Students. 

1,525 
631 


Upsal,* 

Lund,* 

JVorway. 

Christiania,* 549 

Russia. 

Kiev,t 1,500 

Moscow,! 891 

Dorpat,t 612 

Helsingfors,* 471 

Charkov,! 318 

St. Petersburg}!,t 311 
Kazan,! 81 

Poland. 
Lemberg, 1,012 

Warsaw, 660 

Brzesc, Jewish, 400 

Olyka, 350 

Cracow, 241 

Denmark. 

Copenhagen,* 578 

Holland. 

Utrecht,* 456 

Leyden,* 323 

Groningen,* 314 

Belgium. 

Louvain, 580 

Liege, 461 

Ghent, ' 363 

England. 

Cambridge,* 5,263 

Oxford,* 5,259 

London,* 437 

Scotland. 

Edinburgh,* 2,242 

Glasgow,* 609 


New Aberdeen,* 213 

Old Aberdeen,* 187 

St. Andrew’s,* 180 

Ireland. 

Dublin,* 1,254 

Germany. 

Vienna, 1,900 

Berlin,* 1,800 

Munich, 1,776 

Prague, 1,440 

Halle,* 1,330 

Leipsic,* 1,400 

Breslau,} 1,200 

Gottingen,* 1,264 

Bonn,} 1,002 

Tubingen,* 874 

Fryburg, 667 

Jena,* 650 

Heidelberg,* 602 

Giessen,* 558 

Wurtzburg, 513 

Erlangen,* 449 

Konigsberg,* 441 

Munster, 400 

Kiel,* .380 

Marburg,* .347 

Innspruck, 352 

Gratz, 321 

Rostock,* 150 

Greifswalde,* 134 

Furth, Jewish, 85 

Hungary. 

Pest, 1,710 

Switzerland. 

Bale, or Basil,* 114 

France. 

Paris, 1,526 

Toulouse, 1,604 


Strasburg,* 

Montpellier, 

Dijon, 

Rennes, 

Caen, 

Poitiers, 

Aix, 

Bourdeaux, 

Besan^on, 

Lyons, 

Rouen, 

Amiens 

Angers 

Bourges 

Cahors 

Clermont 

Douay 

Grenoble 

Limoges 

Metz 

Nancy 

Nismes 

Orleans 

Pau, 

Spain. 

Valencia, 

Valladolid, 

Saragossa, 

Compostella, 

Seville, 

Granada, 

Cervera, 

Huesca, 

Oviedo, 

Salamanca, 

Alcala, 

Onate, 

Toledo, 

Palma, 

Orihuela, 


813 

730 

409 

360 

270 

200 

117 

103 

76 

70 

65 


1,569 

1,247 

1,176 

1,064 

870 

812 

573 

637 

420 

418 

364 

270 

257 

177 

124 




















EUROPE. 


291 


Portugal. 


Genoa, 

420 

Mace rata. 

150 

Coimbra, 

1,604 

Padua, 

410 

Camarino, 

150 

- 


Palermo, 

400 

Fermo, 

150 

Italy. 


Catania, 

300 

Ferrara,' 

150 

Pavia, 

1,376 

Sienna, 

259 



Naples, 

1,365 

Sassari, 

248 

Ionian Islands. 


Turin, 

811 

Cagliari, 

243 

Corfu,t 

211 

Bologna, 

680 

Florence, 

200 



Rome, 

469 

Parma, 

200 



Pisa, 

450 

Perugia, 

200 




Remarks. 

1. The universities marked with * are Protestant; with t, of the 
Greek Church; with mixed, or partly Protestant and partly Catholic ; 
the others are Catholic. 

2. Of the above universities, 75arc Catholic; 33 Protestant; 7 of the 
Greek Church; 2 mixed; and 2 Jewish. 

3. The number of students in these universities is here stated accord¬ 
ing to the Weimar Almanac for 1830, except in cases in which more 
recent information could be obtained. 

4. In France, the name of university is limited to Paris, and the provin¬ 
cial establishments are styled academies, though they are constituted like 
the universities of other countries. 

5. The universities of Germany, as well as a great part of the other uni¬ 
versities in Europe, are resorted to chiefly for the study oi professional 
education, and are constituted very differently from the most of the insti¬ 
tutions in this country which are styled universities. 

6. Education in classical learning, in Europe, is pursued chiefly in semi¬ 
naries of lower rank than universities, as gymnasiums, high schools, &c. 


TABLE V. 

Principal Libraries. 


Volumes. 

Munich, Royal, 400,000 

Paris, Royal, 400,000 

Vienna, Imperial, 320,000 

Gottingen, University, 315,000 

St. Petersburg, Imperial, 300,000 

Oxford, Bodleian, 300,000 


Volumes. 

Copenhagen, Royal, 270,000 

Dresden, Royal, 250,000 

Berlin, Royal, 200,000 

Stuttgard, Royal, 200,000 

Wolfenbuttel, 200,000 

British Museum, 200,000 


Several countries of Europe contain a considerable number of large 
public libraries; but no other country so much abounds with them as 
Germany. 








292 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Remarks on Europe. 

1. Malte-Brun, in the first volume of his valuable Geography, states the 
population of Europe at 170 millions; but in the sixth volume, at 200 or 
205 millions, which is doubtless nearer the true amount. He says that 
“ the mean annual increase of the whole European population cannot, ac¬ 
cording to the lowest estimation, be less than a million, so that before the 
year 1900, it may amount to 300 millions.” 

2. Hassel, a late learned geographical and statistical writer, computed 
the population of Europe, in 1824, at 206,772,400; and in 18^, at 
216,667,463 ; and Balbi, in 1828, at 227,700,000. The present actual pop¬ 
ulation of Europe, taking European Russia in its largest sense, does not 
probably fall short of 230 millions. 

3. According to Malte-Brun, the agricultural class, in Europe, comprises 
two thirds of the whole population. In Russia, its proportion is considera¬ 
bly greater ; but in JCngland, it embraces only about one third, the other 
two thirds being chiefly supported by manufactures and commerce. 
England is not only the first commercial country in Europe, but surpasses 
all others with respect to manufactures, for which she possesses unrivalled 
advantages from an abundance of coal and ores, from facilities of inter¬ 
course, and excellence of machinery. 

4. Europe is the most enlightened quarter of the globe, and the chief 
region of authors, who are most numerous in Germany, Great Britain, 
and France. The number of living writers is computed by Malte-Brun 
at upwards of 12,000. “ Such a body,” he observes, “ were it not divided 
against itself, might govern the world ; but” (as he rather fancifully adds) 

“ the republic of letters is paralyzed by three contending principles—at¬ 
tachment to particular sects in Germany, party-spirit in England, and 
self-interest in France.” 

5. The soldiers in the service of the different European governments, 
are stated by Malte-Brun at 2,000,000, or one hundredth part of the whole 
mass; and their pay amounts to two fifths of the public revenue in most 
of the states. 

6. There is a remarkable difference in the amount contributed to the 
public revenue, on an average, by each individual in the different Euro¬ 
pean states ; and it is greater under constitutional governments, than un¬ 
der those that are despotic. Some governments are loaded with immense 
public debts, and arc under the necessity of imposing very burdensome 
taxes on their subjects. Such is the case with England, whose public 
debt, amounting to nearly 800 million pounds sterling, exceeds the sum of 
the debts of all the other states; and yet England is the wealthiest country * 
in Europe. 

7. The following statement exhibits the amount which each individual 
contributes to the public revenue, according to Malte-Brun :— 


England,.$16,28 

British Empire in Europe,. . 11,28 

France,.. . 6,15 

Netherlands,. 6,11 

Bavaria and Wurtemberg, . . 4,25 

Denmark and Saxony, .... 4,07 

Prussia, . ^. 3,89 

Spain,. 3,33 

Poland. 3,13 


Portugal,.$2,95 

Austria,. 2,77 

Russia, .. 2,58 

Sardinian States,. 2,40 

Sweden,. 2,22 

States of the Church, .... 2,22 

The Two Sicilies,.2,08 

Tuscany,. i,84 















ASIA 


Countries. Population. 

Chinese ^ . 160,000,000 

Fmnfrl Chinese Taitary.Thi- 
x-mpire, Corea,. . 25,000,000 

British Hindostan, 

with Ceylon, . . . 114,000,000 
Portuguese, French, 
and Danish Posses- 


Hindos- 

tan, 


600,000 


12 , 000,000 

30,000,000 


sions,. 

Mahrattas,Seiks,Sin- 
dia, Nepaul, &.C., 
independent, . . 

Farther India, or Chin-India,. 

Japan,. 25,000,000 

Turkey in Asia,. 11,000,000 

Persia,. 10,000,000 

Arabia,. 10,000,000 

Afghanistan, .. 10,000,000 

Russia in Asia,. 7,000,000 

Independent Tartary,. 4,000,000 

Beloochistan,. 2,000,000 


420,600,000 

Oceanica,. 20,000,000 

Total, 440,600,000 


Countries. Sq. Miles. 

Russia in Asia, 5,533,000 
Chinese Tartary, 3,244,000 
China, 1,300,000 

Hindostan, 1,200,000 
Arabia, 990,000 

Chin-India, 850,000 

Indepen’t Tartary, 690,000 


Thibet, 

Persia, 

Turkey in Asia, 

Afghanistan, 

Japan, 

Beloochistan, 

Corea, 


580,000 

470,000 

450,000 

340,000 

260,000 

200,000 

150,000 


Total, 16,257,000 


Pop. to 1 Sq. M. 

123 


Countries. 

China, 

Hindostan, 

Japan, 

Chin-India, 

Afghanistan, 

Turkey, 

Persia, 

Arabia, 

Beloochistan, 
Independent Tartary 
Chinese Tartary,Thi¬ 
bet, &c. 

Russia in Asia, 


123 

96 

35 

29 

24 

21 

10 

10 

6 




Religion. 

Buddhism, Religion of Fo, Tao-tse, &c. 
Braminism, Mahometanism, Christians, &c. 
Buddhism, Budso; Sinto. 

Buddhism, Braminism, &c. 

Mahometanism,Braminism,&c. [physite Ch. 
Mahometanism, also Greek, Armenian, Mono- 
Mahometanism of the sect of Shiites. 
Mahometanism. (Wahabees.) 
Mahometanism, Braminism. 

Mahometanism. 

Shamanism, Worship of the Grand Lama. 
Greek Church, Mahometanism, &c. 


Remarks. 

1 . The population of few of the countries of Asia is known with 

any considerable accuracy ; the total amount is very uncertain, and is va¬ 
riously estimated from 240 to 600 millions. , , r 

2. The population of China Proper was stated by Chinese officers of 
state to lord Macartney, in 1794, at 333 millions ; but Klaproth states the 
population, according to a census said to have been taken m 1790, a. 
142,326,734. 





















STATISTICAL TABLES. 


004 

3. liassel estimates the population of the empire of Japan at 40,600,000, 
and some state it still higher. 

4. The prevailing government in Asia is despotism ; and a great portion 
of this quarter of the globe is under the sway of European sovereigns. 

5. The population of Oceanica, embracing the Eastern Archipelago, 
Australia, and Polynesia, is estimated by Malte-Brun and Balbi at about 
20 millions, and by Hassel at a little upwards of 30 millions. 


Principal Cities. 


Turkey in 

Aleppo, 

Damascus, 

Smyrna, 

Erzerum, 

Bagdad. 

Tocat, 

Hamah, 

Bursa, 

Mosul, 
Diarbekir, 
Aphiom Kara- 
hissar, 
Kiutajah, 
Bassorah, 
Ourfa, 
Amasia, 
Guzel-hissar, 
Angora, 

Van, 

Tarsus, 

Jerusalem, 

Russia in 
Astracan, 
Tobolsk, 
Orenburg, 
Irkoutsk, 
Teflis, 


Asia. 

Pop. 

200,000 

150,000 

130,000 

1.30,000 

80,000 

80,000 

80,000 

60,000 

50,000 

50,000 

j 50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

40,000 

40,000 

40,000 

40,000 

30,000 

30,000 

.isia. 

60,000 

25,000 

24,000 

20,000 

18,000 


Arabia. 

Mecca, 20,000 

Sana, 20,000 

Muscat, 15,000 

Mocha, 15,000 


Independent Tartary. 

Pop. 

Bukharia, 70,000 

Samarcand, 50,000 

Koukan, 40,000 

Tashkund, 30,000 

Persia. 

Ispahan, 200,000 

Teheran, 100,000 

Tabris, 80,000 

Shiraz, 50,000 

Casbin, 50,000 

Meschid, 50,000 

Hamadan, 45,000 

Kaui, 40,000 

Yezd, 35,000 

Reshd, 30,000 

Afghanistan. 
Cashmere, 150,000 

Cabul, 100,000 

Candahar, 100,000 

Peshawur, 100,000 

Herat, 100,000 

Beloochistan. 
Kelat, 20,000 

Hindosfan. 
Calcutta, 600,000 

Benares, 580,000 

Surat, 450,000 

Madras, 300,000 

Lucknow, 300,000 

Patna, 300,000 

Dacca, 200,000 


Bombay, 

Hydrabad, 

Delhi, 

Moorshedabad, 
Amedabad, 
Aurungabad, 
Lahore, Seiks, 
Oojein, Sindia, 
Nagpoor, 
Poonah, Makr. 


Pop. 

200,000 

200,000 

150,000 

150,000 

100,000 

100,000 

150,000 

100,000 

100,000 

100,000 


Chin-India, 
Bancok, 400,000 

Urnmerapoora, 100,000 

Rangoon, 30,000 

Prome, 30,000 

Cachao, 40,000 

Saigon, 30,000 

China. 

Pekin, 1,500,000 

Hang-tcheou, 1,000,000 
Nankin, 800,000 

Canton,- 800,000 

Thibet. 

Lassa, 30,000 

Chinese Tortary. 
Yarkund, 80,000 

Cashgar, .30,000 

.Tap an. 

Jeddo, 1,500,000 

Meaco, 500,000 

Osacca, 150,000 

Nangasacki, 70,000 


Remarks. 

1. The population ot most of the cities of ^Vsia has never been accu¬ 
rately ascertained ; and the estimates of the inhabitants and of travellers 
are uncertain, and often exaggerated. 

2. Some have estimated the populatiori of Pekin, JVankin, and Canton, 
twice as great as it is here stated, while others make it much less. The 
population of Jeddo has been estimated by some respectable geographers 
higher than it is here given ; and in 1812, the Japanese stated to Golownin, 
that It exceeded 12 millions. 








AFRICA 


States. 

Population. 

Sq. Miles. 

Capitals. 

Population. 

Morocco, 

5,000,000 

290,000 

Morocco, 

80,000 

Egypt’ 

2,500,000 

130,000 

Cairo, 

259,000 

Abyssinia, 

2,000,000 

400,000 

Gondar, 

50,000 

Bornou, 

2,000,000 

300,000 

Bornou, or Birnie, 

30,000 

Felatah Empire, 

2,000,000 


Sackatoo, 

50,000 

Bambarra, 

1,500,000 


Sego, 

30,000 

Benin, 

1,500,000 


Benin, 

60,000 

Algiers, 

1,500,000 

90,000 

Algiers, 

100,000 

Tunis, 

1,500,000 

72,000 

Tunis, 

120,000 

Tripoli, 

1,000,000 

100,000 

Tripoli, 

25,000 

Ash an tee. 

1,000,000 

14,000 

Coomassie, 

25,000 

Senaar, 

900,000 

60,000 

Senaar, 

16,000 

Dahomey, 

900,000 


Abomey, 

1 24,000 

Dar-four, 

200,000 

130,000 

Cobbe, 

6,000 

Fezzan, 

200,000 


Mourzouk, 

I 2,500 

Cape Colony, 

120,000 

118,000 

Cape Town, 

1 19,000 


Population' of Towns. 



Morocco. 

Tunis. 


259,000 

Fez, 

100,000 

Tunis, 

120,000 

30,000 

Morocco, 

80,000 

Kairwan, 

40,000 

20,000 

Mequinez, 

70,000 

Cabes, 

30,000 

16,000 

Rabat, 

25,000 

Susa, 

20,000 

15,000 

Mogadore, 

20,000 

Sfax, 

20,000 


Tetuan, 

15,000 

Bizerta, 

14,000 

100,000 

Sallee, 

15,000 

Tomhuctoo. 

50,000 

Tangier, 

15,000 

Tombuctoo, . 

12,000 


E^ypt. 

Cairo, 

Damietta, 

Siut, 

Rosetta, 
Alexandria, 

.Algiers. 
Algiers, 
Constantina, 


• ReIvIARKS. 

1.- The population of but a very small part of Africa is accurately 
known. The total amount is very uncertain, and is very differently esti¬ 
mated ; some state it as high as 150 millions, while others reduce it to 30 
millions. Tlie true amount is doubtless between these numbers. 

2 Some of the principal states of Africa, and also some of the princi¬ 
pal cities, are found in the above table; but the population is stated, in 
most instances, from very insufficient data, and cannot be relied upon 
sus very correct. 




























THE GLOBE. 


TABLE 1. 


Extent and Population qf the Globe. 



According 

TO Hassel. 


America, 

Asia, 

Africa, 

Europe, 

Oceanica, 

Sq. Miles. 
17,303,000 
16,626,000 
10,848,000 
3,290,000 
. 4,105,000 

Population. 

38,065,100 

558,659,700 

104,430,100 

206,772,400 

30,493,700 

Pop. tolSq.M. 

2 

33 

9 

62 

7 

' 

Total, 52,172,000 

938,421,000 


Asia, 

Europe, 

Africa, 

America, 

Oceanica, 

Population according to 
Malte-Brun. Balbi. 

340,000,000 390,000,000 

170,000,000 227,700,000 

70,000,000 60,000,000 

45,000,000 39,000,000 

20,000,000 20,300,000 

Another 

Estimate. 

420,000,000 

230,000,000 

60,000,000 

40,000,000 

20,000,000 


Total, 645,000,000 

736,000,000 

770,000,000 


Remarks. 

1* In the above statement of the Extent (in English square miles) and 
Population of the Globe, according to Hassel, the islands of the Eastern 
Archipelago and Polynesia are included in Oceanica, though Hassel add* 
them to Asia, making Australia alone a separate division ; so that, accord¬ 
ing to him, the extent of Asia, including these islands, exceeds that of 
America. Several other geographers make the total extent of the differ¬ 
ent parts of the globe considerably less than the above statement. 

2. The amount of the population of the globe is very uncertain, and is 
variously estimated; some estimate it at upwards of 1,000,000,000, and 
some reduce it to less than half this number. 

3. The uncertainty pertains more especially to Asia, Africa, and Oce-, 
anlca (which last is here considered as including the islands of the East¬ 
ern Archipelago, Australia, and Polynesia). The sum of the population 
of E'Urope and America does not probably vary much from 270 millions. 
See the Remarks on pages 285 and 292 











THE GLOBE. 


297 


TABLE II. 

Number of Different Religions. 


According to Hassel. 
Pagans, 561,820,300 


Christians, 

Mahometans, 

Jews, 


252,565,700 

120,105,000 

3,930,000 


Total, 938,421,000 


Divisions of Christiam. 


Roman Catholics, 
Greek Church, 
Protestants, 
Monophysites, 
Armenians, 
Nestorians, &,c. 


134,732,000 

56,011,000 

55,791,700 

3,865,000 

1,799,000 

367,000 


W ahabees 
Softs, 


5,000,000 

80,000 


Total, 252,565,700 

Divisians of Protestants. 
Lutherans, 24,264,800 

Reformed, or Calvinists, 12,759,900 
Episcopalians, 14,905,000 

Methodists, Baptists, Se e. 3,862,000 

Total, 55,791,700 

Divisions of Mahometans. 
Sunnites, 99,704,000 

Shiites, 15,321,000 


Total, 120,105,000 
Divisions of Pagans. 
Buddhists, 315,977,000 

Bramins, 111,353,000 

Fetichists, 66,667,300 

Sect of Sinto, Japan, 25,200,000 
Sect of Tao-tse, China, 25,000,000 
Shamans, 11,200,000 

Followers of Confucius, 3,000,000 
Seiks, Parsecs, &c. 3,423,000 


Total, 561,820,300 


According to Malte-Brun. 
Catholics, 116,000,000 

Greek Church, • 70,000,000 

Protestants, ' 42,000,000 


Christians, 228,000,000 

Jews, 4,000,000 

Mahometans, 103,000,000 

Bramins, 60,000,000 

Shamans (Grand Lama), 50,000,000 

Buddhists (Fo, &c.), 100,000,000 

Fetichists, &c. 100,000,000 


Total, 645,000,000 


Remarics. 

1 In the above statements, all the inhabitants of Christendom, or of the 
countries in which Christianity is the professed religion, except the Jews, 

arc classed as Christians. . t, j * 

In Hassel’s Table, the Presbyterians ol Great Britain and America, 
and aGo the Congregationalists, are included with the Reformed or Cal¬ 
vinists of the continent of Europe.—The number of Methodists, Baptists, 
&,c. (including various other sects ; see page 284), is stated by Hassel 

"^ 3 ?^Mrite°-Brun classes the sects of Sinto and Tao-tse among the ad- 

herents to Shamaiiism. u ir c 

4 According to Kassel’s computation, much more than one halt ot the 
inhabitants of the globe arc in the darkness of Paganism; nearly one 
eighth in the delusions of Mahometanism ; and not much more than one 
quarter enjoy the light of the Gospel. 






















298 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


7 


TABLE III. 


Varieties of the Human Species—according to Hassel. 

, I 


I. Caucasian or White Race. 


1. Caucasians, Georgi¬ 
ans, &c. 

2. Arabians, Moors, 

Jews, Abyssinians, 
Berbers, Armenians, 
&c. 

3. Hindoos, Persians, 
Afghans, Curds, &c. 

4. Tartar nations ;— 
Turks, Turcomans, 
Usbecks, Kirguses, 

&.C. 

5. Greeks, . 

6. Arnauts,. 

7. Sclavonian nations; 

—Russians, Poles, 
Lithuanians, Croats, 
&c. 

8. Teutonic or German 

nations ;—Germans, 
English, Swedes, 
Dutch, Danes, Nor- 
Avegians, &c. 

9. Roman or Latin na¬ 
tions ;—F rench,Ital¬ 
ians, Spanish, Wal¬ 
loons, Wallachians, . 

10. Celts or Caledoni¬ 

ans, Low Bretons, 
Basques, &c. 


1,118,000 


54,523,000 

143,353,000 

/ 

17,095,000 

4,834,000 

.5.30,000 

68,255,000 


60,604,000 


75,829,000 

10,484,000 


Total,. 436,625,000 


Mandshurs or Mant- 

choos,. 19,320,000 

Finns, Esthonians,Lap- 

landers, &c. 2,878,000 

Esquimaux, Samoides, 

Kamtchatdales, &c. 185,700 

Total. 389,375,700 

HI. Malay or Dark Brown Race. 

Malays, inhabiting the 
peninsula of Malac¬ 
ca, the island of Cey¬ 
lon, and the islands 
in the Pacific Ocean, 32,800,000 

IV. Ethiopian, JVegro, or Black 


Race. 

African Negroes, .... 62,983,300 

Caffres,. 5,200,000 

Hottentots,. 500,000 

Papuans, Negroes of 

Australia, . 950,000 


Total, . 69,633,300 

V. ',9merican or Copper-colored 
Race. 

North American In¬ 
dians, . 5,130,000 

South American In¬ 
dians, . 5,140,000 

Caribbees, &c. ..... 17,000 


11. Mongolian, Tawny, or Olive 
Race. 

Mongul nation!^,Thibe- 

tians, &c. 35,842,000 

Chinese, . 256,200,000 

Birmans, Siamese, An- 

amese, &c. 33,850,000 

Japanese,. 41,100,000 


Total, . 10,287,000 


Caucasians, . . . 436,625,000 
Mongolians, . . . 389,375,700 

Malays,. 32,500,000 

Ethiopians, .... 69,633,300 
Americans, .... 10,287,000 


Total,. 9.38,421,000 


Remark. 

According to the computations of some other geographers, the numbers 
of the Mongolian and Ethiopian races are considerably less than they 
are stated by Hassel.—For a few remarks on these different races, see 
page 210, 


































THE GLOBE. 


299 


TABLE IV. 


Languages and Dialects, as far as known—according to 

Adelung. 


Number. 

In America,.1,214 

In Europe,.7 645 

In Asia and Oceanica, . 991 

In Africa,. 276 

Total, .3,026 


Remark. —The languages most extensively spoken in Europe are di¬ 
vided into three classes : 1. Those derived from the Latin, viz. the French, 

Italian, Spanish, and Portuguese, spoken by more than 70 millions; 
2. Teutonic languages, viz. the German, Dutch, English, Danish, Swe¬ 
dish, and JVorwegian, spoken by upwards of 60 millions ; 3. the Scla¬ 
vonic languages, viz. the Russian, Polish, &c., spoken by about 50 
millions. 


TABLE V. 


Births and Deaths. 


It is computed that the number of deaths throughout the globe, in pro¬ 
portion to the number of inhabitants, is nearly as 1 to 33 ; or that the num¬ 
ber of deaths in 33 years is equal to the whole number of inhabitants. If 
we compute the population of the earth at 700 millions, and the number 
of births, in proportion to the number of inhabitants, as 1 to 29^, and deaths 
as 1 to 33, we shall have the following results nearly : 


BirUis. 


Deaths. 


In a year,. 23,729,000 21,212,000 

In a day, 65,000 58,000 

In an hour,. 2,700 2,400 

In a minute,. 45. 40 


1. According to this calculation, the total annual increase of the popula¬ 
tion of the globe, were it not checked by war and epidemics, would amount 
to 2,517,000. 

2. It is computed that the proportion of male children, born in Europe, 
is to that of female as 21 to 20, or 26 to 25 ; the mortality is also greater 
among male children, computed in the proportion of nearly as 27 to 26 ; 
hence it follows, that at the age of 15 years, the equality in numbers be¬ 
tween the sexes is nearly established. Afterwards, war and other causes 
of the destruction of human life, which fall most heavily on the males, oc¬ 
casion the difference to be reversed, and the females to out-number the 
nicies 

3. Such are the frailty and uncertainty of human life, that nearly one 
quarter of those who are born, die the first year; as many as one third 
the first two years; and only about one in ten arrives at the age of 70 
years. 
















300 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


TABLE VI. 

The principal Exports of various Countries. 


Countries. 


Ezports . 


JsTew Britain and 
JSTorth West Coast. 
Canada, JVova Scotia, 
JVew Brunswick. 
J>J'ewfoundland. 

JVew England. 

Middle States. 
Southern States. 
Mexico. 

Bay of Honduras. 
West Indies. 

South America. 

Sweden and JVorway. 
Russia. 

Germany. 

Great Britain. 

Ireland. 

JVeiherlands. 

France. 

Spain and Portugal. 
Italy. 

Turkey. 

Arabia. 

Persia. 

Hindostan. 

Asiatic Islands. 

China. 

Japan. 

Barbary States. 

Egypt. 

Central, Eastern, and 
Western Africa. 
Madeira Island. 


^ Furs, peltry. • 

I Timber, fish, furs, grain, pot and pearl ashes. 
Cod-fish. 

Timber, beef, pork, fish, pot and pearl ashes. 
Flour. 

Cotton, also vice and tobacco. 

Gold and silver. 

Logwood and mahogany. 

Sugar, rum, molasses, coffee. 
i Gold and silver ; also sugar, coffee, cocoa, cot- 
< ton, hides, beef, tallow-, copper ; likewise dia- 
^ monds from Brazil. 

Iron, copper, timber, furs. 

Hemp, iron, linen, timber, furs, tallow. 

Linens, grain, manufactures. 

( Various manufactures, woollens, cottons, linens, 
I hardware, earthen ware, &c. 

Linens and provisions. 

Manufactures of linen, wool, &c. 

Silks, woollens, linens, wine, brandy? 

^ Silks, wool, wine, oil, fruits, salt. 

Silks, grain, wine, oil, fruits, marble. 

^ Carpets, leather, grain, fruits,-^cotton, wine, 
( oil. 

Coffee, gum-arabic, myrrh, frankincense. 
Carpets, wine, silk. 

Cotton goods, silk, rice, indigo, saltpetre, &c. 

^ Pepper, cloves, nutmegs, camphor, coffee, gin- 
I ger, cinnamon. 

Tea, silk, nankins, porcelain. 

Silks, cottons, Japan ware, porcelain. 

C Leather, gums, fruits, wax, ostrich feathers, 
( hides. 

Grain, fruit?. 

^ Slaves, gold, ivory. 

Wine. 


THE GLOBE. 


301 


TABLE VII. 
Benevoi.ent Societies. 




Income tn 

In England. 


1829-30. 

British and Foreign Bible,. 

1801 

$378,000 

Promotion of Christian Knowledge,. 

1799 

267,000 

Wesleyan Missionary,. 


247,000 

London Missionary,. 

1795 

216,000 

Church Missionary,. 

1800 

210,000 

Propagating Gospel in England,. 

1701 

129,000 

Religious Tract,... 

1799 

111,000 

In the United States. 



American Bible,. 

1816 

170,000 

American Board of Foreign Missions, . 

1810 

107,000 

American Sunday School Union, . 

1824 

70,000 

American Tract, . 

1825 

60,000 

American Home Missionary, . . . .. 

1826 

33,000 

American Education, . 

1816 

31,000 

American Colonization, . , 

1819 

20,000 


Remarks. 

1. The present age is eminently distinguished for benevolent efforts to 
extend the advantages of education and civilization, and the blessings of 
Christianity ; and in these efforts, England and the United States take a 
conspicuous part. 

2. There are in the world about 4,500 Bible societies, and Bibles are 
distributed in 160 different languages; as many as 300,000 persons are 
computed to be instructed in missionary schools ; and about 2,000,000 in 
Sunday schools. 

26 




















QUESTIONS 


ON THE STATISTICAL TABLES. 


The most of the Statistical Tables are formed on a graduated scale, and pre¬ 
sent to the eye a comparative view of the matters contained in each. It will be 
found much easier to obtain from them valuable information of the subjects 
here presented, than it would be if these subjects were treated of in the book, in 
connection with the notice of the countries to which they respectively belong. 

A few questions are here inserted, in order to facilitate the use of the Tables j 
but it is not expected that instructers will limit themselves to these questions, but 
will exercise their pupils as much further as they shall think proper. 


NORTH AMERICA. 

BRITISH NORTH AMERICAN POSSESSIONS. 

What is the population of Lower Canada ? Upper Canada ? &c. What is 
the population of Montreal ? Quebec ? &c. 

What is said of the Russian Possessions ? «fec. 

MEXICO. 

What is the population of the republic of Mexico? What is the DODulation 
of the city of Mexico ? Puebla ? <kc. 

GUATIMALA. 

What is the population of Central America ? Of the city of Guatimala7 &.c. 

WEST INDIES. 

What is the population of Hayti ? Of the Spanish islands ? &c. Ha- 
vanuzJi ? &c. 


UNITED STATES. 

^ II—What was the population of the United States in 1790 ? In 

lolKJ j oc^c. 

What was the number pf slaves in 1790 ? In 1800 ? &c. 
iwn per cent, did the population of the United States increase from 

1790 to 1800? From 1800 to 1810? &c. Which has increased the more 
rapidly, the total population or the slaves ? 




dUESTIONS. 


303 


Table III.—Which three states have more than a million of inhabitants 
each ? Which seven states have less than a million, and more than five hundred 
thousand ? Which two states have less than a hundred thousand ? 

What is the population of New York ? Pennsylvania ? &c. 

Which states have more than fifiU' thousand square miles ? What other states 
have more than forty thousand ? What states have less than ten thousand square ' 
miles ? 

W'hich states are most thickly inhabited, or have the most inhabitants to a 
square mile ? Which the fewest ? 

* Which states have the most slaves ? Which ones have none ? 

Table IV.—What are the principal towns in Maine 1 New Hampshire ? &c. 

What is the population of Portland ? Portsmouth ? &c. 

Which are the seven largest towns in the United States ? Which the next 
seven largest ? 

Table V.—What was the total amount of domestic produce exported from 
the United States in 1829 ? What of the produce of agriculture? ftlanufac- ' 
tures ? &.C. 

What amount of cotton exported ? &c. 

To what countries were the exports chiefly sent ? 

Wluch seven states have the greatest amount of exports ? 

Table VI.—What places are connected by Cumberland and Oxford canal ? 
What is its len^h ? What places are connected by Middlesex canal ? What 
is its length ? &c. 

Table VII.—Which are some of the colleges that have the most students ? 
WTiich have the largest libraries ? 

Table VIII.—Which are some of the theological semineunes which have the 
most students and the largest libraries ? 

Table IX.—What are some of the principal medical schools ? Where are 
there law schools ? 

Table X.—What are the four most numerous religious denominations in the 
United States ? What are some of the other most numerous denominations ? 

Table XL—What are some of the pwnncipal libraries ? 


SOUTH AMERICA. 

What is the population of Brazil ? Colombia ? &c. 

What is the population of Rio Jemeiro? St. Salvador? Pernambuco? 
Quito ? &c. 

How many whites in South America, according to Humboldt ? Indians ? 
Negroes ? Mixed races ? 

What is the number of independent Indians supposed to be ? 

W’here are the negro slaves chiefly found ? 

What is said respecting the total population of America ? 


EUROPE. 

Table I.—What is the government of Sweden ? Russia? &c. 
What is the religion of Sweden ? Russia ? &c. 

What countries of Europe are under an absolute monarchy ? 
What ones are under a constitutional or limited monarchy ? 
What countries have a republican government ? 

In what countries does the Catholic relidon prevail ? 

Ill what ones does Protestantism or Lutheranism prevail ? 



304 


STATISTICAL TABLES. 


Table 11. —What is the population of Russia? France? Austria? &.c. 
How many square miles does Russia contain ? Sweden and Norway ? Aus- 
la ? &c. 

How many inhabitants has Belgium to a square mile ? Saxony ? Hol- 


iand ? &c. 

What are some of the states of Europe that contain the greatest amount of 
population ? What ones contain the least ? 

‘What states are the largest, or have the most square miles ? What ones the 


smallest ? 

What states are most populous in proportion to their extent, or have the great-’ 
fst number of inhabitants to a square mile ? What ones are least populous ? 

See Remarks, on which questions may be asked. 

What is the extent and population of England ? Wales ? &c. 


Table 111. —What are the largest towns of Norway ? Sweden? What are 
seme of the largest of Russia ? Poland ? &c. 

What is the population of Stockholm ? St. Petersbui’g ? 
hagen ? &c. 

Which are the seven largest towns in Europe ? Which the next seven ? 


Warsaw ? Copen- 


Table IV.—In what countries are there Protestant universities ? In what 
ones are there Catholic ? In what ones are there universities of the Greek 
church ? 

What universities are there in Sweden ? What one in Norway ? What are 
some of the principal ones in Russia ? &c. 

Table V.—Which are the six largest libraries in Europe? 


Remarks on Europe. —At what does Malte-Brun compute the mean annu¬ 
al increase of the population of Europe ? What is supposed to be its present 
population ? What is said of the agricultural class ? What is stated respecting 
authors ? Soldiers ? What is said respecting the sums contributed by individ¬ 
uals to the public revenue ? What respecting the debt of England ? In what 
countries do individuals contribute most ? 


ASIA. 

What is the population of China estimated at ? Chinese Tartary, Thibet and 
Corea ? British Hindostan ? &,c. 

What are the largest countries, or those which have the most square miles, in 
Asia ? 

What countries have the most inhabitants to a square mile ? "What ones the 
fewest ? 

What is the reli^on of China ? Hindostan ? &c. 

What is said respecting the population of Asia ? Of China ? Japan ? What 
govenunent prevails in Asia ? • - 

Principal Cities. —What are the four largest cities in Turkey in Asia ? What 
are some of the largest in Russia in Asia ? Arabia ? &c. 


AFRICA. 

What is the population of Morocco estimated at ? Egypt ? &c. 
What is the capital of Morocco ? Egypt ? &c. 

What is the population of Cairo ? Algiers ? &c. 

What is said respecting the population of Africa ? 


QUESTIONS. 


305 


THE GLOBE. 

Table I.—How many English square miles in the different parts of the globe, 
according to Hassel ? What is the total population, according to Hasscl ? Ac¬ 
cording to Malte-Brun ? BalHi ? What is the population oT Asia, by another 
estimate ? Europe ? <fcc. 

Table II.—How many pagans, according to Hassel ? Christians ? Ma¬ 
hometans ? Jews ? -Roman Catholics ? Greek Church ? Protestants ? &c. 

Table HI.—What are some of the nations included in the Caucasian or while 
race ? The Mongolian ? The Malay ? The Ethiopimi ? The American ? 

How many Caucasians 7 Mongolians ? &.c. 

Table IV.—How memy languages in America ? Europe? &c. 

What languages are most extensively spoken in Europe f 

Table V.—In how mmiy years is the number of deaths on the globe comput¬ 
ed to be equal to the whole number of inhabitants ? Which is the more numerous, 
the births or deaths 7 Of which are there the most bom, male or female chil¬ 
dren 7 Among which is there the greatest mortality 7 What proportion of those 
that are bom, die the first year 7 M'’hat proportion live to the age of 70 years 7 

Table VI.—What are the principal exports of New Britain and the North¬ 
west Coast 7 Canada, Nova Scotia, and New Bmnswick 7 Newfoundland 7 &c. 

Table VII.—What are some of the principal benevolent societies in England 7 
In the United States 7 

For what is the present cige distinguished 7 In how many different languages 
is the Bible distributed 7 

26* 







^ r • t . 

•i- \ 




« < r • 





/ 


. .-r 


M 








•i. 

t. 


''»-'/It .’urj^ * 

'f Mo -f‘NT-ir Kt ' 


• t 


A r% 


t>'f4 

t 


* « 


» 

• \ 


mU .. 

' * ■» * 


' rMbrJrfli 

•f 

if 


•* 'Mf v< 


v< I * 

>! -Vi v/.il*, 



*■ *r 


. f . . 


•i-'' ‘ 




1 . ■ ^ 

I 

■ 






f« 


i 


•II • 


;' * 


> «• 





TT # • ‘ 

• . 1 f 1 .• 


rVv^ i /• 


'fH 

/ 


.•<y 'v'« i^llAv ■ rtiW ^ 

A &. *- k 





S t'i* ' ^i.I ■•; . I , 

s . 

' . r. K*v\** m, 

-fflV'y! 


/ '• J 


n 


-'j 


i.. 


7.^' 


; 


•« 


• • .1^’i* 

# * 


i 


» •♦ 


.iA liHS 


r-^ 


.) 


r 


I 


I , 


A • 


i -• 


r: 


•'.: \ 


<Ar j 



■V ■ ■ 


V . ^ 


V 


f # 


• I I 

p 

> \ 


1.. a 




■> . 




‘''■fl'-. 

* >V 




^ f. . «*: 


• r 


.*.« 


Zf. 


^ i . ^ 




rr> 

/V 
> % 


■;' 




f 




►V 







«*.-'■ 








A 

PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY 

OF 


GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


KEY 


TO THE 

SOUNDS OF THE MARKED 


£ long. 

Examples. 

Fate. 

ft short. 

Fftt. 

k long before x. 

Fire. 

ft Italian. 

Fftr. 

ft 

Fftst. 

ft broad. 

Fail. 

obscure. 

Riv§il. 

6 long. 

Mete. 

S short. 

Met. 

ft. 

Thftre. 

6 obtuse-short. 

Her. 

f obscure. 

Brier. 



Examples. 

Q g hard, like k. 

^'hasm 

^ ^ soft, like s. 

^haise. 

Ch (unmarked). 

Charm. 


VOWELS. 


long. 

Examples. 

Pine. 

short. 

Pin. 

like long e. 

Field. 

obtuse-short. 

Fir. 

obscure. 

Rujn^ 

long. 

Note. 

short. 

Not. 

close. 

Move. 

broad. 

Nor. ' 

like short u. 

Son. 

obscure. 

Act9r. 


CONSONANTS. 

Examples. 

Q I hard, ^ive. 

§r g soft, like j. ^in. 

§ ? soft, like z. Mu?e. 


LETTERS. 


u long. 

Examples. 

Tube. 

u short. 

Tub 

d like 6, 

Rule. 

fl. 

Full. 

u obtuse-short. 

Fiir. 

u obscure. 

Murmur. 

y long. 

Type. 

y short. 

Sylvan. 

y obtuse-short. 

Myrtle. 

bi and by. 

Tbil. 

bu and bw. 

Nbw 

ew like u. 

New, 



Examples. 

^ like gz. 

E^ile. 

th soft or flat. 

This. 

th sharp. 

Thin. 










PRONUNCIATION 


OF 

GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES- 


The pronunciation of geographical names is a matter respecting which 
not only students in geography, but the great mass of instructors, as well 
as other intelligent and well educated men, much need assistance. It is 
a very difficult branch of orthoepy ; and the principal difficulties arise 
from the want of good authorities and well established and known usage 
with respect to the greater part of the Avords, from the disagreement in 
the authorities w'hich exist, and from uncertainty how far the English 
analogy should be followed in the pronunciation of foreign proper names, 
instead of the analogy of the language of the country to which the names 
belong. . : : . ' 

The author has devoted considerable attention to Uiis subject, by exam¬ 
ining such pronouncing vocabularies as he could obtain, by marking the 
usage of the poets, and by endeavoring to ascertain the present usage, 
both by observation and inquiry; but he has not been able, in all cases, 
by any means to satisfy himself; and he has probably failed, with re¬ 
spect to a number of words, to exhibit that pronunciation which is 
to be most approved. He therefore offers the following Vocabulary with 
much diffidence, yet not without hope, that, imperfect as it is, it may, nev¬ 
ertheless, be of some use. 

Persons who are not acquainted with any other modern language than 
the English, incline strongly, in the pronunciation of foreign names, to the 
English analogy ; and any other mode seems to them unnatural and af¬ 
fected ; but those who are familiar w'ith foreign languages, or who have 
formed their taste and habits by residence abroad, more readily adopt the 
foreign pronunciation. The former class of persons will probably think 
that the author has departed too often from the English analogy, and the 
latter, that he has adhered to it too closely ; but the latter is not the class 
of persons for whose use the Vocabulary is designed. 

Geographical names pertain to all parts of the globe, and their vernac¬ 
ular or native pronunciation is affected by ewery variety of language ; but 
it would be impracticable to teach an inhabitant of any one country to pro¬ 
nounce all these names with the appropriate pronunciation of the coun¬ 
tries to w'hich they severally belong; and in a book which is to be studied 
chiefly by those who have no knowledge of any modern language except 
the English, and who w ill never become accustomed to a foreign accent, 



310 


PRONUNCIATION OF 


it is necessary, as a general rule, to incline to the analogy with which the 
pupils are familiar. 

There are many cases in which the pronunciation of foreign names is 
partially anglicized, and with respect to which it is difficult to say what 
form is most to be approved ; but when the anglicized form is supported 
by good usage, it seems proper to adhere to it, how much soever it may 
differ from the pronunciation of the country to which the word belongs. 
It would seem pedantic and affected for a person, in reading or speaking 
English, to pronounce Paris, pahree ; but whether JVantes and Poitiers 
ought to follow the English analogy may be more questionable. In all 
doubtful cases of this sort, the disposition to allow common students in geog¬ 
raphy to follow the English analogy, seems not to be worthy of censure; 
yet it may often be satisfactory to know what the foreign pronunciation of 
a word is, though it should not be thought advisable to adopt it. 

There are various Greek names which the modern Greeks pronounce 
in a manner different from that in which we pronounce them, as ancient 
classical names, though their orthography is not altered. The following 
words are thus pronounced by the modern Greeks— Ac-ar-na-ni'a, Ach- 
a-i'a, Al-ha-nt'a, Ar-ca-di'a, Lac-o-ni'a, Mes-se-nt'a, 0-lym-pi'a, and 
JE^'i-na (eg'i-na) ; and thus as ancient names— ic-ar-na'ni-a, A-cha'- 
i-a, Al-ba'ni-a, Ar-ca'di-a, La-co'ni-a, Mes-se'ni-a, 0-lym'pi-a, and 
JE-gi'na. 

With regard to a considerable number of words respecting which there 
is a diversity in usage or in the authorities, two forms are given in the 
Vocabulary; a few of which it may not be improper here to notice. We 
often hear the words Pussia and Prussia pronounced with the u long, 
and often with it short. Perry makes it long, as also does Webster, in the 
adjectives Russian and Prussian ; Earnshaw gives both forms, but seems 
to prefer the long sound; Byron makes Russians rhyme with both the 
long and short u ; while some others favor the short sound. 

The word Hindostan is pronounced Hin-dos-tan' by Earnshaw, Gold¬ 
smith, and Bigland; and Hin-dos'tan by Ewing and Guy, and in the poetry 
of Bishop Heber. With respect to the pronunciation of the oriental 
names Afghanistan, Beloochistan, Cafiristan, Curdistan, Daghestan, 
Farsistan, Laristan, Sablestan, Segestan, and Turkestan, there is some 
diversity; but they are all pronounced by Earnshaw with the accent on 
the last syllable, and they seem properly to follow the same analogy with 
Hindostan. 

The following geographical names pertaining to South America, namely, 
Bogota, Cumana, Panama, Parana, Parima, and Potosi, are pro¬ 
nounced by the English authorities generally, but not uniformly, with the 
accent on the second syllable; but the South American pronunciation 
places the accent on the last syllable; and as this latter mode is quite as 
easy and euphonical, there seems to be good reason for giving it the pref¬ 
erence. 

The following Portuguese names are thus pronounced by Earnshaw— 


GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


311 


AveWo (a-va'ro), Beira (ba'ra), Feira (fa'ra), Madeira (me-de'ra), Rio 
Janeiro (re'o ja-na'ro); and the last two are pronounced by Goldsmith, 
Ewing, and Guy, ma-de'ra and re'o ja-ne'ro. 

The word Edinburgh we often hear pronounced ed'in-bur-ro, as a word 
of four syllables ; and often as of only three. The former mode is sup¬ 
ported by Bigland and Stewart; the latter by Earnshaw and Goldsmith ; 
and Guy gives both forms. 

Seville is pronounced with the accent on the first syllable by Guy and 
Stewart, and is so accented in the poetry of Byron; Earnshaw and Ewing 
place the accent on the second syllable ; and Bigland gives both ifiodes. 

Milan is pronounced MiVan by Earnshaw, Goldsmith, Ewing, and 
Guy; Mil-an', by Bigland ; and Mee'lan, by Stewart.—The river Scheldt 
is pronounced by Earnshaw, shelt; by Stewart, sheld ; and by Bigland and 
Ewing, skeld. 

The following rules respecting the pronunciation of certain letters in 
modern European languages, the English excepted, may be of some use j 
though it is not recommended that English students should apply the 
whole of them to practice; and it will be seen that they are not all applied 
in the following Vocabulary. 

1. The vowel a, in situations in which the analogy of the English lan¬ 
guage would naturally give it the sound of long a, as in /ate, has, in other 
European languages, the sound of a in father ; the vowel e, at the end of 
a syllable, the sound of long a, as in paper; the vowels i and y, except 
when short, the sound of i in marine, the same as long c ; and u, except 
in French, the sound of u in rule or of oo in moon. 

2. The diphthong au and the triphthong eau, in French, have the sound 
of 0 long, as in note, as Chaumont (sho-mong), and Beauvais (bo-va) ; and 
the diphthong au in German, has the sound of ow in now, as Austerlitz 
(ow'ster-litz) ; the diphthongs ei and ey, in German, the sound of long i, 
as in fine, as Lelp'sic ; the diphthong eu, in German, has the sound of oi 
in toil, as JVeustadt (noi'stat) ; and the diphthong ou, in French, the 
sound of 00 in pool, as Toul (tool). 

3. In French and Portuguese, the consonants ch have the sound of sh ; 
in Spanish, i\iQ sound of ch in the English word chill, ch in La Mancha 
being thus pronounced in Spanish, though this word is commonly pro¬ 
nounced in English with the ch hard like k; in German, these letters 
have a hard or guttural sound; and in Italian, they sound hard like k, as 
they do in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin words. 

4. In Italian, c before e and i has the sound of ch in chill, as Vercelli 
(ver-chel'le); g, in German words ending in gen, is hard, and is thrown 
back on the penultimate syllable, as Hechingen (hek'ing-en) ',j and often x, 
in Spanish, have the sound of h strongly aspirated, as Guadalaxara or 
Guadalajara (gua-da-la-ha'ra); j, in German and Italian, has the sound 
of y consonant, as Jena (ya'na); z, in German and often in Italian, the 
sound of ts, as Zara (tsa'ra); and th, in European languages, the Eng¬ 
lish excepted, the sound of t, as Theis (tis). 


‘ I ■' •' 






v<f i^s 


■■' 't:' . 


'! :.'^ 




:%v- 


■ W" 

* , nV^ 


‘i 


■ ••:* 


^ '' 


.'1 ‘i'i'iil' H /• «j-' >•• f ' 

v’; i fco/.’;V0lf4;f>U '4 ■ ■ 


■ ■ T r-Jr) '^Ol j..;^>i *<.1} 

.,• »ff I wp'PiB 

iwi 


Hi 

t.-* 









»« i-f 'f •'‘* 


n - r ri Iw r*-• .. 

y'(.. y' ( , 

‘rvr. • ■: ■ • .-■ ,. .*,• u*» • ■; 


. 


7‘S 


, -“jij!:.;!;-) j^'T y'^ : •\t 'M w iS*;/-’**-,., 

^ .-'V 

'*,V _ .il k 


, I i.(|» “^. jk//. 

' ' ■'■'H<)*0',-‘f -f/tt-.J- ' .'.. 'AX , 

- • tu ' ' '»■’.■> .'k ^ ' ■ tu.'.' . 

■q-‘)?r‘4 i.] •_ : ^ ' ■ '•■ .. ^ t / 

hV'^'Af '♦ ' kO’itr STkLi’■. . ,n‘': •■ ;• 

♦ ... k - ... *.'*■ I* .. . , ,*• 1 

ik.'Jf UTr4 f'i k-.-v ^ ' -j. --iAM ' . „ 

tk<i . '> t~- ■ 

. •-•* *<. r*# r ■t.-A 

„^ ■ iolkk .s iL\- -vlr - A 





^?- ;, ■• t. H ' . 

it 

* ■' 4t 

■j®,' ., " 









‘ «\... =• .*• 

■ ,.k^ 

' i ■ '<•■ ■ 'a 

-■•/v*. Mi 


I y 


‘i 


.S.v; 


,kC. li 


/v' .'. *"•• ■ '* ■ ••'■■' • ' ■’• '/< W: .-• 'f' ‘ ■• rl , 




ri.'ftH . 




4 ''!rfVi\V .*4 ^ 


1 ',*.;' 


't 




'•'••V .' .:1kV 

■ Vit :-Jl k 




'•'■ >>k H\ ., ■ « ’A-It 


-IQ 


k 


S< riiyfiri^ 





GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES 


i, e, i, o, u, y, long ; e, I, o, u, y, short; j, 9 , u, y, obscure. —fire, far, fist, fill; 
hiir, her; mien, sir 5 in&ve, nor, s6n ; bfill, biir, rule.— Q, 9 , |, soft ; S) i> hard. 

^ as z; $ gz ;—this. 


A^-gau' 

Aar-huus (ilr-boos') 
Ab' 9 -c 5 
A-ba'no 
Ab-be-vllle' 
Ab-er-br5th'9Ck 
Ab-er-deeii' 
Ab-er-n6th'y 
Ab-?r-yst'\vitli 
A'bex 
Ab'ing-d6n 
Ab'9-mey, or 
A-bo'mey 
Ab-ou-kir' 
Ab-iiin'te;? 
Ab-ys-sIii'i-9 
A-ca'di -9 
Ac-91-pul'co 
Ac-C9-m&c' 
Ac-heen' 


Ash'mjn 
Acqui (ak'ktve) 

Acre (a'kr) 

A-da'na 
A'del 
A'den 

Ad'j^e, or Ad'i-|e 
A-dour' 

Ad'9-wa 
A-drj-9n-6'ple 
A-drj-it'ic 
yT15/:-u9, or 
Af-g^?i-ni3-tin', or 
Af-gh?-nTs'tan 
Arri-c?i 

Ag'a-def, or A-g'i'deS 
Agen (izh'ong) 
Ag'Ser-huus 
A^'in-coiirt 

{or id'jjn-koor) 


Ag'rji 

Ah'griin 

Ah-med-91-bid' 

Aigues-Mortes 

(ag-mbrt') 

Ain-tib' 

Aisne (an) 

Aix (as) 
Aix-la-Chapelle 
(a8'-la-sh5i-pel')_ 
Ajaccio (9-yit'cho) 


Aj-inoer' I 

Al-ai-ba'ina 

Al-9-du'li-9 

A-las'kj 

Alatamaha 

(al-tsi-inniha\v') 

Al-ba'no 

Al'b.^-ny 

Al-bc-inarle' 

Al-bu-querquc' 

(8,l-l)u-kerk') 

Al“Cai~I*a* 

Al-can-ta'ra 
Alc'mier 
Al'der-ney 
Aleh^onCil-ing'song) 
Al-en-te'jo 
{or al-en-ta'ho) 
A-lep'p6 
Al-es-sin'drj-a 
A-leu'tian. 
Al-e^-^i-dret't^ 
Al-e:!^-in'dri-? 
Al-^e-zl'r^is 
Al-gier^' 

Al-go'a, or Al'g9-9 
Al'i-cint, or 
Al-i-cint' 
Al-lflt-ha-bad' 
Al'lrih-slielir 
Al'le-gha-ny 
Al'l 9 -i 
Al-m 4 'den 
Alnwick (in'njk) 
Alps . 

Al-saf.e' 

Al-ta'i 

Al'tcn-bUrg 

Al-t6'na 

Al'tbrf 

Al-vgi-ra'do 

A-nial'fj 

A-ma'§i-fi 

Am'si-z 5 n 5 

Am'berg 

Am'ble-slde 

Amboise (ain-bwaz') 

Am'bby 

Am-bby'na 

A-med'ai-bid 

Am-ed-ni'gur 


.Vmer'i-ca 
Am'herst (-?rsf) 
A'mj-bn? (im'9-ang') 
Amlwch (fi.m' 166 tsh) 
Am-ni9-n66'suc 
A-mour' (?i-mo6r') 
Am-ret-sir' 
Ani'ster-dSLin, or 
Ain-ster-dim' 
An-fi-hnic' 

.\u st-pii 

An-co'na 

An-dsi-ld'^i-si 

An'dj-inin Isles 

An-de-rab' 

An'der-nach 

An'de? 

An-d 5 r'ra 
An'd9-ver 
An-dros-c< 5 g'|in 
An'^er-minn-lSLnd 
Angers (ang'zhir) 
An'gl^-sea, or 
An'gle-sey 
An-g 5 'la 
An-g5'r9 
Angouleme 
(ing-gu-lain') 
An-gull'lsi 
An'hilt 
An'holt 

Anjou (ing-zhoo') 
An-na-m66'ka 
An-nip'9-lls 
An-spi£h', or 
Ans'i^ch 
An't?-lo 

Antibes (ing-teb') 
An-tj-cos'tj 
Antigua (gin-te'g?) 
An-tille?', or 
An-til'le§ 
An'tj- 5 ch 
An-ti-o'qui-51 
An-tip'?i-r 5 s, or 
An-ti-pil'r9S 
An-ti-si'ngi 
Ant'werp 
An-zi‘c6 
Ap'en-nine^ 
Ap-p?-lich'ee 


Ap-pfi-licli-j-co'!? 
Ap-pen'zell, or 
Ap-pen-zbll' 
Ap-po-riiit't9X 
A-pure' 

A-pu'rj-mic 
Aquila (ik'we-la) 
Aquileia 
(ik-we-la'ya) 
A-ra'b|-fli 
Ar'a-f^t 
A-raiche', El 
Ar'al, or A-ril' 
A-rin'jiJi-ez 
Ar'a-rit 
A-rau' 

Argh-aii'iel 
.^rch-}-pel'5i-go, or 
Arch-j-pel'^-go 
Ar-c6t', or Ar'c 5 t 
Ar-deche' 

Ar-de^in' 

Ar-dennes' (ar-dSn') 

Ar'ein-bijrg 

Ar'en?-berg 

Ar-e-qui'pfi (-kc'pai) 

Ar-gen-ti'ro 

.^r'gSs 

Ar-g9S-t5'li 

Ar-|yle', or Ar'gyll 

A-ri'C3, or Ar'i-Ca 

A-rls'pe 

Arkansas (ar-kan- 
saw', or gr-kin'sjs) 
Ar-ki'ko 
Arles (arl) 

Ar-migh' (^r-ini') 
Armagnac 
(ar-min'yik) 
Ar-mS'nj-^ 

Arn'helm 
(or sir-nlm') 
Ar-rsi-c&n', or 
Ar'ra-can 
Ar'r?-g 5 n 
Arras (ir-ri') 

Artois (ar-tw*') 
Ar'un-d€l, or 
A-run'del 
As'-cut'ney 
Ash-an-tes' 









314 


Asia (a'slie-^) 
As-pern' 
As-phal-tl'tcif 
As'sam 

As-sin'nj-boin 

As-ter-a-bSld' 

As-tr?i-cSn' 

As-tu'rj-a 
At-chS,f-a-lay'a 
Ath-a-pes'c6w 
Atli'en? * 

Ath-lone' 

Ath'ol, or A'thol 
At'Jas 
At'66-i 
Aube (ob) 

Aubenas (ob'n'a) 
Aubigny (6-bin'ye) 
Auch (osh) ' 

Aude (6d) 

Au'er-sladt 
(iu'er-stS-t) 
Au'ge-la 
Aug^'biirg 
Au-gus'ta 
Aunis (6'ne) 

Aurillac (6-reel'yak) 
AU-run-ga-b&d' 
Aus'ter-lltz 
Aus-tra'U-a 
Aus'trj-si 
Au-tun' (6-tun') 
Auvergne (6-virn’) 
Aux Cayes (6-kIz') 
Auxerre (6-zir') 
Auxonne (6-zon') 
Av'^-lon' 

A-vSLts'gha 

Av-el-li'n 5 

Avignon 

(Siv'in-yon') 

Av'j-li 

Av'^n, or A'von 
Avranches 
(av-ransh') 
A-y5t-cu'cho 
A-zer-bi-jSLn' 

Az'pf, or A'z9f 
A-z6re§', or A-z6're§ 


B. 

Ba-bel-m'aii'del 

Bach-i-Sn' 

B5cl'9-j6s' 

Ba'den 

Bag'dad 

Bagnols (ban'yol) 

B^-ha'm^i 

Ba-hari 

Bahhrein (ba-rSn') 
Bah'j-a 

Bahr' el Ab'j-ad 
Bahr' el Az'rek 
B'A'i-kal 
Bal-rout' 

Ba'ku 

Bai-a-ghSlut' 

Bai'bec, or Bai-bec' 
Bile, or Bilsle (bil'sl) 


PRONUNCIATION OF 


Bai-c-ar'ic 

Ba-lize' 

Bilk 

Bai'kjn 

Bal'lj-nsi-sloe' 

Bal'tic 

Bil'tj-more 

Bam-bir'rsi 

Bim'berg 

Bim-bouk' 

B&in-j-&n' 

Bam-mgi-koo' 

Ban'c?i 

Ban-cai'lj-ry 

Bin-cdut' 

Ban'd9n 

Ban-g 9 - 15 re' 

Ban'gbr 

Ban'kok 

Ban'nock-bGrn 

Ban'tam 

Ba-rai^he' 

Bir-a-ta'rj-a 

Bar-ba'd9eij 

Bar'ba-ry 

Bar-bu'd^t 

Bar-ce- 16 'na 

Bir'ne-g&t 

Bar-quj-si-me't9 

Ba?'il 

B&s'r?i 

Bas-si'no 

Basse Terre (bas-tir') 

Bas-so'r^h 

Bas'ti-9 

Ba-ta'vi-a 

Bith 

Ba'thi 

Baton Rouge 
(ba'tn roozh') 
Biut'zen 
B^-va'ri-j 
Bfi-yonne' 

Bay-reuth' 

Beaucaire (l)6-kar') 
Beau'fort, S. C. 
Beau'ley 
Beaumaris 
(bo-ma'rjs) 
Beauvais (bo-va') 
Bed-nore' 

Bed-6u-in§' 

Beer'ing, or Behr'ing 
Be-i'rj (or ba'ra) 
Bel-rout' 

Be-ja-pour' 

Bel-fftst', or BSl'fist 

Bel'gj-uni 

Bel-grade' 

Belle-Isle, or Bellisle 
(bel-il') 

Belle'ville 

Bel-lu'n 5 

Be- 166 -chis-tS.n', or 
Be- 166 -chis'tiiin 
Be'lur-tig 
Bel-ve dere' 
Be-na're§ 

Ben-coo'len 
Bend-e-mir' 
Ben-e-ven'to 
Ben-gil' ■ 


Ben-gUe'l?i 

Be-nin' 

B6n-i-suef' 

Ben-Lo'mond 

Ben-Nd'vjs 

Ben'ning-t9n 

Be-nb<^m' 

BSn'theim (ben'tim) 
Be-rar' 

Ber-be'ra 

Ber-blce' 

Ber-e-zi'n^i 
Ber'g9-m6 
Berg'en, or 
Ber'gen 
Ber|'en-huus 
Ber|'en-6p-z66m' 
Ber-ham-p6re' 
Berk'shire 
Ber-lln', or Ber'ljn 
Ber-mu'dj? 

Ber'n^rd 

Berne 

Ber'wjck (or ber'rjk) 
Besan^on 

(ba-sing'song') 
Beth'le-hem 
Beve'land 
Bev'er-ly 
Beziers (bez-yir') 
BTd-9S-s6'5i 
Biel'g9-rod 
Bj-enne' 

Bil-ba'9 

Bil-b6'9 

Bil-e-dul'^e-rid 

Bjn-gi'z} 

Bing'en 

Bir'inah 

Bir'ming-him 

BIs'cay 

Bis-na-gir' 

Bis-sa'g6§ 

Bistineau (bis'te-no) 
Blake'ley 
Blen'helm, or 
Blen'beim 
Blois (blwa) 
Bo'den-see' 

B5-g9-t'a' * 

B9-he'mj-9 
Boh'mer-wild 
Bois-le-Duc 
(bW 4 -le-duk') 
Bok'h^-ri, or 
B6k-ha'ra 
B9-liv'i-9i 

Bologna (bo-lon'y^i) 
B 61 -se'n^ 

B6l't9n 

B9l-z'4'no 

Bom-bay' 

B6n-d6u' 

B6n-i-fa'cio (-cho) 
B66-tSLn' 

Borgne (born) 
B6r'ne-o 

B6r-n6u' (bbr-nod') 
Bor-9-di'n6 
Bosh-u-an'95 
Bos'n^ Se-r' 4 'jo 
B6s'ni-9 


Bos't/n 

Bo^'wSrth 

Both'nj-? 

Bot'z^n 

Bouillon 

(boo-el-yong') 
Boujeiah 
(boo-ja'y?) 
Boulogne (bo&- 16 n') 
B6ur'b9n 

Bourdeaux (boftr-d 5 ') 
Bourges(b6drzh) 
Bou'ro 
Bou-ton' 

Bovines (bo-ven') 
Bow'doin (bo'dn) 
Br^-bant' 

Bri'ga 

Br5i-g&n'z?i 

Bra'h}-l6w 

Bra.h-m9i-p66'tr5i 

Bran'den-biirg 

Br&n'dy-wine 

Bra-zil' 

Bre'ghin, or 
Bregh'jn 

Bre'd^, or Bre-di' 
Bre-gentz' 

Brem'en, or 
Bre'inen 

Bres'cj-j (bres'sh^i) 
Bres'liu 

Bretagne (bre-tan') 
Briangon 
(bre-ang's6ng) 
Brieg 
Brj-entz' 

Brigh'ton (bri'tn) 

Brln'di-sj 

Bris'giu 

Bris't9l 

Brit't?i-ny 

Bro'dy 

Bru'^es 

Brdnri 

Bruns'wjck 

Brus'sel^ 

Brzesc' (z6sk) 

Bugh'^n 

Bfi-gh^-rest' 

Bu'dsi 

Bud'wels 

Buenaire (bwa-nir') 
Bufe-n9-ven-tii'r?i 
Bue'nos Ayres 
(bwa'n9S a'^rSs) 
Buf'fji-lo 
Builth (bilth) 
Buk-ha'ri-?i 
Bul-ga'r|-5i 
Bulkh 

Bun-del-cund' 

Buntz'liu 

Burd-wan' 

Bur-gos' 

BUr'gun-dy 

Bur-h5im-p66'tgr 

Bur-h^im-pdur' 

Biir'ljng-ton 

Biir'sji 

Bur't9n 

Bd-shire' 







GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


315 


c. 


Cfi-ben'da 
Ci'bul 
C?ic-ha'o 
C^-c6n'go 
Ca'diz 
C&d'rpn 
Caen (king) 
Cier-mir'th^u 
Cier-nar'vQn 
CSLf-i-rjs-tan' 
C^if-fra'rj-Ri 
Caf'fre^ (kSf'ferz) 
Cagliari (k&l'ysi-re, 
or k?il-yi're) 
C^-ho'k}-^ 

C^i-hoo^' 

Cahors (k^i-hbr') 
Cairn-gbrm' 
Cairo(ka,9'r6,or ki'ro) 
CSll-?i-b’ 4 r' 

Ca-la'brj-gi 
C^- 12 Lb'ry-tai 
Cil'ajs (kSLl'ljs, or 
kai'lfi) 

CSLl-a-m' 4 'ta 
Cai-a-mj-a'ne? 
C^l-a-ta'yud 
Cai-SL-trii'v?i 
Calcasiu (kSil'k^i-sbo) 
C^il-cut'ta 
CXl-e-do'nj-a 
C^l'en-berg 
C 41 'i-cut 
Cai-j-fbr'nj-ai 
Cal-ia'o (or kal-y’ 4 ' 5 ) 
Cil'mar 
Caine (kiwn) 
C^l-va'dps 
CSLm-b^i-heS' 
C^m^bay' 
C^m-bb'dj-? 
CSim'bray, or 
CSim-bray' 
Cara'brjdge 
C&m'den 
Campagna 
(k^im-p 4 n'ya) 
Cam-peach'y 
CSLn'ai-da 
CaLn-?i-j9-har'ie 
CSn-an-dai'gna 
Ca-na'rai 
Ca-na'rje? 
cin-da-har' 
C^in-deish' 

Can'di-a 

Cai-ne'9 

Cannes (kan) 

Can't?il, or Cfin-tal' 

Can'ter-bu-ry 

C^n'tQn, or C^n-tSn' 

Can-tyre' 

Cape Bre-ton' 

Cape'tb^nv 

Cap-j-ta-na-'t?. 

Ca'po d’ls'trj-si 
C?i-rac'cas 
Car' 9 -man 
Car-a-ma'nj-? 


Car-ca-sonne' 
Car'dj-gan 
Car-do'na 
car-j-a'co 
Car-jb-be'an 
Car'}b-bee' 
Ca-rln'thi-a 
Car-lisle' (kar-lll') 
Car'l9-\vitz 
Carl^'bad 
Carl§-cr6'na 
Carl^-ru'he 
(karlz-rbb'a) 
Carl'stadt 
Carrnagnola 
(kar-man-yo'la) 
Car-mb'na 
Car-nat'jc 
Car-naul' 

Car-nj-o'la 

Car-9-li'na 

Car-pa'thj-an 

Car-ra'ra 

Car-rjck-fer'gns 

Car'r 9 n 

Car-ia'g 5 

Car-tha-ie'na 

Ca-?ac' 

Ca-sai' 

Ca-sa'ie 

Cas-a-na'na 

Cas'bjn 

Casch'au (kash'iw) 
Ca-sbr'ta 
Ca-shan' 
cash'fli 
Cash'gar 
C^Lsh'mere, or 
cash-mere' 
QLs'pj-an 
CXs'sel 
Cas-sl'na 
Cas-sj-quj-a'rj 
Cas-tel-nau'da-ry(n 5 ) 
Castiglione 
(kas-tjl-yo'na) 
Cas-tlle' 

Cas-tine' 

Cfts-tle-bar' 

Castres (kas'tr) 
Cat-a-bam'ba 
cat-a-io'nj-a 
Ca-ta'nj-a 

Ca-tiw'ba 
Cateau Cambresis 
(kat'o kam'bre-se) 
Cath-a-ri'nen-stadt 
Cat-man'd6o 
Cat-ta'ro 
cat'te-gat 
cau'ca 

cau'ca-sus 

Cauve'ry 

cav'a-ia 

Ca'van, or Ca-van' 

Cave'ry 

Cawn-pore' 

cax-a-mar'ca 

Cayenne (ki-an') 
Ca-yu'ga 
Ce-la'no 
C 61 'e-b§f 


Cen'js, (or se-ne').Vt. 

Caph-a-lo'ni-a 

Ce-rain' 

Cerignola 
(ser-jn-yo'la) 
Ce-ri'go 
Cer'vjn, J\It. 

Ceu'ta 

Ce-v6nnes (se-ven') 
Cey-lon', or Cey'lou 
Cha-ca'6 
Cha'co 
Cha-gaing' 
i t'ha'gre 
! Vhs-leur' 
v't)dlon 3 (sha-lbng') 
(^hain'ber-ry 
•Cham'berf-biirg 
Cham-biee' 
Cha-m&u'ni 
Champagne 
(sham-pan') 
Cliam-plain' 
Chan-der-na-gbre' 
Char'cas 

Cliarente(shar'rangt) 

Cliar-j-ton' 

Char'kSv 
Charle'mont 
Charleroi (sharl-rwa') 
Charles'tan 
Char'l9ttes-vllle 
Cliartres (shar'tr) 
Cha-ryb'djs 
Chateauroux 
(shat-o-roo') 
Chatellerault 
(shat'tel-r 5 ) 
Chat'ham 
Chat-ta-h66'chee 
Chaudiere 
(sh 6 -de- 4 i') 
Chaumont 
(sho-m 5 ng') 

Cliazy (sha-ze') 
Che-biic'tb 
Chel'i-cut 
Clielm^'fard 
(chemz'f9rd) 
ChSl'sea 
Chbl'ten-ham 
(or chelt'nam) 
Chem'njtz 
Che-nan'go 
Chen-yang' 

Cher (shir) 

Che-ras'co 

Che-raw' 

Cher'biirg 
ChSr'a-kees 
Cher'so 
Cher'san 
Ches'a-peake 
ChSsh'jre 
Chav'i-9t 
Chj-a'pi 
Chi-a'rj 
Chi-a-vbn'na 
Chj-ca'go 
Chlch'es-ter, or 
Chl'ches-ter 
Chick-a-mag'ga i 


Chick'a-pee 

Chlck'a-saw^ 

Chl'em-see 

Chj-hua'hiia 

Chi'lj (chC'le) 

Chll-lj-co'the 

Chi- 16 'e 

Chim-to-ra'zo 

Chi'na 

Chi'os 

Chin'su-ra 

Chlp'pe-way 

Chl-pus-c5'a 

Chiswick (chiz'zjk) 

Chit-a-gong' 

Chlt't^n-den 

Chjt-tore' 

Chj-vas'so 

ChSc'zjm 

Cha-ld'la 

Chrls-tj-a'ni-a 

Chrls'tian-sand 

Chiip'rah 

Chu-qui-sa'ca 

(chd-ke-sa'ka) 

Clm'9-16s 

CIn-a- 16 'a 

Cln-cjn-na'tj 

Cir-cas'sj-a 

Cirencester(8is'e-ter) 

Cirk'njlz 

Ci-u-dad', or Civ'i- 
dad Rad-ri'go 
CIv'i-ta Vec'£hi-a 
Ciag'en-fiirt 
Ciar'e-mbnt 
Clau'sen-blirg 
Cler'mbnt 
Cleve'land 
Clog'her (or klo'her) 
C 15 n-niail' 

Clyde 

Ca^n'go 

Cob'be 

C9-bi'ja 

Coh-lfintz' 

Co'blirg 

Coch-a-bam'ba 

Co'chjn Chi'na 

C6ev'9r-d6n 

Cognac (kon-yak') 

CVhoeij' 

Cbim-be-t66r' 

C9-Im'bra 

Coire (kwar) 

Col'ches-ter 

Cole-raine' 

Cal-mar' 

Coin (kbun) 

Cologne (k9-l6n') 

C 9 - 16 m'bi-a 

C 51 - 9 -ra'd 6 

C9-lum'bi-a 

C9-lum'b6 

Com'ber-mere 

Comines (k9-men') 

Co'mo 

C5m'9-rln 

C9-mbrn' 

C9-m6r'r6,orC5m'9-ro 

Compeigne 

(k 5 m-pan') 






316 


PRONUNCIATION OF 


Com-pos-tel'la 
Cpn-cSn' 
C9n-cep'tion 
C6n'c9rd 
Con'e-m&ugh 
Con-es-to'gsL 
C6n-g9-ree' 
CSn'nkught, or 
C 5 n-nSiught' 
C9n-ngct'i-cut 
C5n-9-C9-cheague' 
Con'stance 
Con-stan-ti'na ' 
Con-stan-tj-no'ple 
C66-nias-sie' 

Co-os' 

C66-ssiw-hatch'ie 
Co-pen-ha'gen 
Co-pj-a'po 
Ooqu'et (kok'et) 
C9-quim'bo (-kem-) 
C 6 r-a-chi 5 ' 
Cbr-dil-le'ifi^, or 
C9r-dil'le-ras 
Cbr'd9-V'a, or 
C9r-do'va 
Cg-re'a 

<-^9r-f3', or Cbr'fii 

Cor'inth 

C6r-9-in&n'del 

C9-ro'ne 

Cbr'sj-CH 

CVrun'n^ 

C9-sen'za 
Cbs's^cks 
Cos-seir' 
Cos-sjm-ba-zar' 
Cos'ta Ri'ca 
Cote d’Or (kot dor') 
C6-t9-f^x'i 
C6ur'land 
Cour-tray' 
Coutances 
(kod-tiins') 
Cov'en-try 
Cra'cow 
Cre^'y (kres'e) 
Crein'njtz 
Cre-ino'na 
Cred^e 
Crj-ine'a 
Cr9-a'ti-fk 
Crom'jr-t}', or 
Cr9-inar'ty 
Cron'stSLdt 
Cu-ba'gua 
Cii-b&n' 
Cud-da- 16 re' 
Cud-da'p9li 
Cuen'99 (kwSn'sa) 
Cuj-a'bfi (kwe-Vl'ba) 
Cu-lj-a-can' 
Cul-lo'den 
Cul'pep^r 
Cul-ross' 

{or k&o'ros) 
Cu-in^-iiil' 
Cum'ber-land 
(Jum-msi-zee' 
Cu-ra-<j6a' (-so') 
CUr-djs-t&n', or 
Cnr-dls'tan 


Cu'rjsche Half' 
(ku'rjsh haf') 
Cu-strin' 
Cut-t&ck' 
Cux-ha'ven 
Cuz'co 
Cyc'lj-de? 


D* 

DSlg-hes-t&n' 

Dahl 

Dah'9-mey 

Dal'keith 

Dal-ma'tj-j 

r&m-a-rjs-cot'ta 

Dj-m&s'cus 

Da-mj-St't^ 

Dan-ne-mo'ra 

Dant'zic 

Dan'ube 

Dar-da-nelle?' 

D^r-fbur' 

Da'rj-en 

Darm'stadt 

Dau'phj-ny . 

De-bret'zin 

Dec'can 

Del-a-go'fi 

Del'a-wire 

Del'hi 

Dem-a-ra'ra 

Dem-be'a 

Den bigh (den'be) 

Den'de-ra 

Den'mark 

Dept'f9rd (dct'furd) 

Der-bend 

Der'by 

Derne 

Des-e-a'da 

De-trbit' 

Det'ting-en 
Deux Poiits 
(du pouts') 

Dev'on 
Di-ar-be'kjr 
Die'men’^ Land 
Diep'holz 
Di-eppe' 

Digne (den) 

Di jon' (de'zhbng') 

Dll'ljng-en 

Din-a|e-p6re' 

Di'd 

Dix-an' 

Dnie'per (ne'per) 
Dnies'ter (nes'ter) 
Dof're-lield 
Doin-i-ni'ca, or 
Do-inin'i-c^ 
Don'ald-S9n 
Don'cas-ter 
Don'e-gdl 
D9n-g6'la 
Dbr'ches-ter 
Dordogne (dor-don') 
Dordrecht, or Dbrl 
Dbr'noch 
Dou'ay^ (do'a) 


Doug'lsis 
Dou'ro (dod'ro) 
Dbw-le-ta-bad' 
Dragui'gnan 
(dra-gin-yang') 
Drenthe (drent) 
Dres'den 
Dreux (dru) 

Dri'n 5 

Drog'he-dgi 

Dro-more' 

Dr 5 n'theim 

(dron'tim) 

Dru'se^ 

Dub'lin 
Du-S'ro 
Dum-blane' 
Dum-frie^' 
Dun-daik' 
Dun-dee' 
Dun-ferm'ljne 
(or dun-fer'ljn) 
Dun-keld' 
Dun-kirk' 
Du-ran'go 
Du-i^z'z 5 
Dur'ham (dur am) 
Dus'sel-dbrf 
Dwi'ria, or Dwi'na 
Dyle (del) 


E. 

^ibjSani'bul, or 
^ Eb-sjm-bul' 
Eck'mflhl 
Ed'dj'-stbne 
Ed'fu 

Edinburgh (ed'jn- 
bur-ro, or ed'jn- 
„ bUrg) 

Ed'js-to 

Ed'wfird?-ville 

Eg'i-n^i, or ]p-^I'na 

E'^ypt 

Elch'stadt 

Else'nach 

Eis'le-ben 

?-kat-f-ri'nen-burg 

^I-kat-e-ri 'n 9 -grad 

5-kat-e-ri 'no-siav 

El Ar'ish 

Elbe (elb) 

El'ber-feld 

El'bing 

El-e-phan-ti'na 

El'^jn 

?l-lore' 

f l-mi'nri 
l-sj-nore', or 
El-si-neur' 
El'vvang-en 

f-'iy' 

Emb'den 
En-ga-dlne' 
Enghien (an-ge'an) 
England (ing'land) 
Fm-i-sei' 

Ep'j-nai 

E-rak'li-9 


Er'furt 
E'rie (S're) 
Er-j-Van' 
Er'l?ng-en 
Er'ze-ruin 
Erz'ge-birg 
5s-cu'ri-al 
Esquimaux 
(gs'ke-mo) 
Es-se-qui'bo 
Ess'ljng-en 
Es-tre-m?t-d(i'ra 
Eu-phra'tS§ 

Eure (yur) 

Eu'r9pe 

Eux'ine 

^-vo'r^, or Ev'o-m 

Evreux (fv-rtt') 

Ex'e-ter 

Ey'der 

Ey'ia'u 


F. 

Fa-en'z?i 

Fah'lun 

Fiir'field 

Fai'kirk,or li^l-kirk' 
Falkland 
(fiLwk'lsmd) 

Fai'mouth 
Fa'roe, or Fa'roe 
Far-sjs-tan' 

Fay'ai 

Fay'ette-ville 

Fa-y8um' . 

Fehr-51-bad' 

Fer-ma'nagh 

Fer-ra'rji 

Flr'ro 

F8r'r9l, or Fer-rbl' 

1 ^P 7 - 72 St 1 ^ 

Figeac (fizh'ak) 
Figueras 
(fe-gwa'r?is) 
Fin-is-tbrrt* 

Fin'l^nd 

Fj-dme' 

Fldn'derf 
FlSn^'ljbrg 
Flbr'ence 
Flo'rds 
F 15 r'i-da 
Flush'ing 
Foix (fwa) 
Fon-taine-bleau' 
(fon-ten-blo') 
Fontena'y le Comte 
(fongt-na' le kong'- 
ta) 

F6n-te-nby' 

Fontevrault 

(fbn-tev-r 5 ') 

Foo'ta Jai'l9 
F9r-m6'spi 
Fbr-te-ven-td'ra 
Forth 

Fbth'er-jn-gay 

Fou'laii? 

France 







GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


317 


Franche Comte 
(fransh kSng'ta) 
Fran-c 5 'ni- 5 i 
Frin'e-ker 
Frink'fort 
Frgd'er-jcks-biirg 
Fr€d'er-}cks-hail 
Frey'berg 
Fri'biirg 
Fried'land 
Friesche'haff 
Friesd^ind 
Fri-a'lj 
Frontignac 
(frSn-tjn-yaik') 
Funch'^d 
Funf-kirchen 
Fur-ruck-fi-b&d' 
Furth 
Fyz-si-bSld' 


G. 


G 5 Ld'a-mIs 

G&fs^ 

GSLl-a-shifil^' 

G?l-llp'9-g5§, or 
Gil-lj-pa'gps 
Gal-llp'9-li 
G&l'li-p9-lis' 

Gal'way, or 
GSJ'way 
Gam'bj-a 
Gan'^eif 
Gan-jam' 

G^k-rSnne' 
Gas-cpn-ade' 
Gas'c9-ny 
rte (ggf'fl) 
G^n-e-sce' 

^e-ng'va 

Genevois 

(zhen-e-vwa') 
Gen'9-9 
^br'^i -9 
Ger'mst-ny 
Gers (zhir) 

Ghauts (gawts) 
Ghent (gSnt, or 
gong) 

Gher-g 5 ng' 
Ghj-iaji', or 
~ Ghl'lan 

g jb-rai'tar 
ies'sen (ge'sen) 

Gir-ggn'ti 

Gironde (zhe-rond') 

Gi'zeh 

Gla-ihbr'g9tn 


Gla'rys 

Gias'gow 

Gl9-gaw' 

GlSmme, or 
GlSm'men 
GlSuces'ter (glSs'ter) 
Gnes'n? (nes'na) 
G9-dav'e-ry 


G 9 -jam' 

Gol-con'd^ 

G6m-br66n' 

G 9 -m 5 'r 9 

G9-naves' 

Gbn'dar 

Goom'ty 

G9-ree' 

Go'tha (go'ta) 
Goth'l^iul 
Got'ten-biirg 
Got'tjng-en, or 
Got'tjn-gen 
G6ur (gdftr) 
Gram'pj-^n Jits. 
Gr^i-na'd?, or 
Gran'9-d9 
Gratz 

Gravelines (grUv len) 
Greece 
Green'l^ind 
Green'iaw 
Gree'n9Ck 
Green'wjch 
(grS'nij) 
Grelfs'waide 
Gre-na'd^ 

Grgn'9-ble, or 
Gre-no'ble 
Gret'hsi Green 
Gri'§ 9 n 5 
Gron'ing-en, or 
Gron'jn-gen 
Gruyeres (gru-yar') 
Gua-da-iav'j-^r 
Gua-da-l^i.x-a'ra (or. 

gua-da-la-ha'rfi) 
Gua-da- 16 upe' 
(ga-da- 166 p') 
Gua-d^l-qulv'jr, or 
Guad^i-qui-vir' 
Gua-dj-a'nfi 
Gua-inan'g^ 

Guan'c^i Vb'lj-ca 
Gua-na're 
Gua-nax-ua'to 
(or gwa-nsi-h wa'to) 
Guar'djf-ui 
(gar'dgif-we) 
Gu^s-tai'la * 
Gui-tj-ma'la, or 
Gua-te-ma'la 
Gu^x-a'cfi 
(or gw^-ha'ka) 
Guay-a-quil' 
(gvvi-9-kel', or 
gwa-ya-kel') 
Gue'bre^ (ge'b^rz) 
Guel'der-iand 
Giigl'der? 
Gueret’(ga'ra) 
Gliern'^ey 
Gui-a'n? (|e-a'na) 
Gui-enne' (ge-gn') 
Guil'fprd (|ll'f9rd) 
Guln'etf (^in'e) 
Gui-pus-c6'a 
Gul?'b6r-9ugh 
Gum-bln'nen 
Gund-wa'nah 
Gu-zel-hls'sar 
Gd'ze-rat 

27 * 


H. 

Had-r^-maut' 
Haer'lein (har'lem) 
Hague’(hag) 

Ilai'nan 

Hal'nault 

Ha-jy-p66r' 

Iiai'ber-stadt 

iiai'i-’nix 

Iiai'le 

Iiai'leln 

Hallowell (hol'19-el) 
Ham-^i-dan' 

Ila'iiiah 

Hain'burg 

Hainp'shire 

Han'au 

Hang-tcheo-fbu' 

Hang-tcheou' 

Ilan'9-ver 

Har'lem 

Har'p^r’? Fer'ry 

Har'rjs-biirg 

Har'rovv-gate 

Hart'ford 

Hartz, or Harz 

Har'wich (har'rij) 

Hast'jng:^ 

Hat'te-ras 
H^i-van'nah, or 
Hfi-van'^ 

Hav'el 

Hav'er-f9rd-west' 
Ha'ver-hill(ha'ver-jl) 
Ha'vre (ha'vr) 

Ha v're-de-Grace' 
(hav'vr-de-gras') 
lia-wal'i (ha-wl'e) 
Haw'i'ck 
Ilay'tj 
Heb'rj-de^ 
Hegh'ing-en 
Hec'la 
Hgds'j^is 
Hel'del-berg 
Hell'brbnn 
Hel'j-g9-iand 
Helm'stadt 
HSl'sing-fbrs 
Hel-vSl'lyn 
Hgbvoet-sldy^ 
Hen- 16 'p 9 n 
Hen-rl'co 
He-rac'Ie-^ 

He-rtit' 

Hgr'e-f9rd 

Her'kj-mer 

Her'm^inri-stadt 

Her'n9-sand 

Her-ze-g9-vi'na 

Hesse C^s's^l 

Heyts'bu-ry (hates-) 

Hi'gres (hi'Ar) 

Hlgh'ljnds 

Hild-burg-nau'sen 

Hll'des-helm 

mi'lsih 

HIll?'b6r-9Ugh 
Hjm-ma'leh, or 
Illm-a-lk'ysi 


Hin-doo' Kho 
Hln-d9s-tan', or 
Hjn-dos'tjn 
IIis-p5in-j-o'l9 
Hiwassee (hi-wSs e) 
Ho-ang-ho' 
Hoch'heltn 
H 9 -del'd 9 
Hogue (h 5 g) 
Il6-hen-lin'den 
H6'hen-l6he, or 
H6-hen-l6'he 
H 6 -hen-z 51 'lerii 
Hol'l^nd 
Hoi'stein 
H9-nan' 

H9n-dQ'r9S 

Hon'tieur 

H66|'e-vee 

Hoog'jfily 

H6t'ten-t6ts 

H6u-quhang' 

nau'sfi (hob'sa) 

H6u-S9-t6n'jC 

Hu-9-heIne' 

Hud'derf-field 

Hud's9n 

Hues'cj (hwes'ka) 
Hull 
Hum'ber 
Hun'ga-ry 
HQ'r9n 
FIveen (ven) 
Hy'der-9-bad', or 
Hy-dr^-bad' 
Hy'dr^i (or he'dra) 
Hythe 


I. 

Ib'er-ville 

ice'land 

Id'rj-^ 

Ig'iau 

11-li-nbis' (il-le-nbe') 

{1-lyr'i-a 

in'di-a (In'je-^) 

In -dj-an '9(lri-je-an '9) 
In-di9n-bp'9-lis 
In'die? (In'jjz) 

Indre (ang'dr) 

In'dus 

In'g9l-stadt 

Inns'pruck 

In-ve-ra'ry 

In-ver-keith'ing 

In-ver-ngss' 

T-o'na 

Ips'wich (or ip'sjch) 
Ir'^k Ar'^-bj 
Ire'land 
Jr-koutsk' 

Iroquois (ir-9-kwa') 

Ir-r?-wad'dy 

ir'tysch 

Ir'vine 

Is'chi-91 

Iseo (e-sa'6) 

Iser (e'ser) 

Isere (e-skr') 







318 


PRONUNCIATION OF 


Is-iaLm-?i-bSLd' 

Islay (i'lgi) 
I§'ljng-ton 
Is^mail, or Is-mail' 
Is-p5^-h*in' 

Is'tri-a 
it^a-ly 
Ith'^-ca 
Iv'i- 93 L ’ 
iv-re'ai 


J. 

J&l'l9_ffs 
Jfi-inai'ca 
Ja-nei'ro (j?i-n€^r 5 , 
j^-na^ro) 
Ja-pSLn' 

Jique-msy 
JaLr^9S-liv 
Ja'va, or Ji^va 
Jed/do 

Je^na (ya'nsi) 

Je-ru'sa-leni 

Jes'so 

Jid^da 

Jo-SLn^ni-na 

Jon'kio-plng 

Jbr'd^in 

Ju-gln' Fer-n 3 Ln'dez 
Jug^ger-nSiuth 
Juliers (yu^lerz) 
Jum^n^ 

Jung^friu {or 
yung^friu) 

Ju^rgi 


K. 

Kaarta (kiWta) 
Kdir-w 3 ln' 

KSH^jsch 
K^i-lu^ga 
KSLm^i-niec, (yr 
Ka-mln^i-^c 
K^nits-chdt'ka 
Kdr^a-su 
Kas-kS-S^kj-a 
Ka-tih'din 
K?i*z2Ln^ 

Ke-lat' 

K^mp'ten 
Ke-nd^vha 
(ke-ndw^v^) 
Ken^ae-bec 
Ken-tiick'y 
Kbrgueaen’^ TsJ. 
Ker-mSin^ 
Kbr'ni^n-shQLw 
K^sh^b 

Ke;j^wick (kez^ik) 

Kbts^ke-met 

Khi'v?i* 

Ki-Slkhq^ 

Ki-^;in-ku' 

KldMer-min-ster 


Kibl (kel) 

Ki'ev, or Ki^bu 
Kil-ddre' 

Kjl-ken^ny 

Kil-la/Ia 

Kjl-la^oe 

Kil-ror^ney 

Kjl-mar^nock 

Kjl-more' 

Kin-car^dine 

Kin-r 5 s 8 ' 

Kin-sale' 

Kjr-kkl'dy 

Kirkcudbright 

(kirk-ko6'bre) 

Kls-ke-mdn'e-tSls 

Kist'nVi 

Kll-ta-ning' 

Kit-ta-tin'ny 

Ki-u-ta'jah 

Kni’steneau 

(nxs'te-no) * 

Knox'vjile 
Kol-y-v 3 Ln' 
Kbn^'berg 
Kbn'igs-berg 
Ko-ras-san' 
Kbr-do-ftln' 

Ku-riles', or Ku'rile§ 

Kur-ree-chanc' 

Kursk 

Kul-tore' 


L. 

Ldb'r^-dSr' 
liLc'c^-dive? 
L§.ch-^-wdii'nock 
LA£h-a-vv2lx'en 
Lk Chine' 

LSLcii'sa 

L^-do'ga 

L^i-drone^' 

La'go Maggiore 

Guay'ra 
(or gu*a-e'r^) 
La-hore' 

Lai-hou' 

L9 Mdn'cha, or 
La MSLn'ch^ 
Lambuyeque 
(llin-b->ya'k?i) 
Lambeth 
ULm'e-go 
LAm'nier-muir 
L?i Mbiile' 

Uim'sa-kj 

L&n'ark, or La-nark' 

LSln'csis-ter 

LiLn-ddu' 

Lan'dre-cy 
LAnds-hut' 
I^n'ge-lind 
Lin'gres (liln'gr) 
L'An-gue-doc' 

La'os 

L&p'l^nd 

La-nl^he' Ha-vash') 
La-ris'sa 


LSir-is-t&n' 

LSis's^i 
L3.t-9-cun'ga 
L5Lt-9-ki'gi, or 
L^-t'i'ki-gi 
Ldt-t^i-koo' 
Ldu'en-burg 
Diunce't9n(ljins'lun) 
Lau-3Slnne' (l 6 -z 3 .n'} 
Ldu'ter-brunn 
LSLv'fii 
Lay'bacJi 
Leb'^-non 
Lec'ce (Ibt'cha) 

Lech 

LeSd^ 

Lee'w^rd (le'ward, 
or lu'w^rd) 
Le-ghbrn' (le-gbrn') 
Lbices'ter (lls'ter) 
Leigh'lin (lek'lin) 
Lcigh't^n (le'tun, or 
la'tun) 

Lel'ning-en 
Lein'ster, or 
Lein'ker 
Lelp'sic 
Leith (leth) 

Lelt'rim, or Lei'trjni 

Lem'berg 

Le'nsi 

Leom'jn-ster 

Le-bn', or Le'on 

Le-o-ni'di 

Le-9n-ti'ni 

Leop'9ld-sUidt 

Le-f^n'to 

Le-ri'da 

Leuch'ten-blirg 

Leuf'm^-rilz 

Le-vS.ut' 

Lev'en, or Lb'v'en 
Le-War'den, or 
Leeu'wgir-dbu 
Lex'jng-ton 
Ley'den (ll'dn) 
Lib'^-nus 
Ligh'te-ndu 
LTch'ten-fel^ 
Lich'ten-steln 
Liege [or le-azh') 
Lieg'nltz 
Lille, Lisle (iel) 
Li'ma, o?* Li'ina 
Lim'burg 
Lim'er-ick 
Lirn'mat 

LIm'dges (lim'ozh) 

Lin'c9ln (ling'kun) 

Ling'eii 

Lin'kio-ping 

Lin'lith-gow 

Lintz 

Lip' 9 -ri 

Lippe-Det'inold 

Li§'b 9 n 

Litch'field 

Lith-u-a'ni-j^ 

Lit'iz 
Ijit-t9-rii'le 
Lj-va'dj-y, or 
Llv-a-di'a 


Liv'or-pbbl 
Li-v6'ni-a 
Ll^m-ddfP 
Lo-ltn'db 
L 9 -SLn'g 6 
Lo-c'ir'no 
Loch-d'b^r 
L^h Lev'en, or 
te'ven 

Lbgh L6'm9nd 

Li^h'y 

Lbd'eve 

Lo'di 

L9-f6'den 

Loire (iWar) 

Loi'ret (Iwa'ra) 

L6m'bar-dy 

Ijo'inond 

L 6 n'd 9 n 

Lon-don-dbr'rv 

Led-ch66' 

Lo-ret't6 

L’Orient (lor'e-bng) 
Ijor-raine' 

Lb'thi-au 
Lough Neagh 
( 15 k' ne', or n€'?i) 
Lough Erne 
(lok' ern') 
Lou'is-burg 
L6u-js-i-ade' 
I^u-j'§isi'na 
Ldu'is-ville 
(or loo'e-vll) 
Lou-vain' 

L6u'v6 

Low'ell 

I^-z 5 re' 

Lu-beck', or Lu'bbck 

Lub'lin 

Lu-ca'ygi 

Luc'ca 

Lu-cerne' 

Luck-now' 

Lu-^on' 

Lu-d^-m'dr' 

Lu-gi'n6 

Lu'ne-biirg 

liiine'ville 

Lu-pii't^ 

Lu-sa'tj-a 

Tiut'zen 

I^ux'em-bUrg 

Lu-zerne' 

Lu-z 5 n', or Lu'z 5 n 
Ly-cbm'jng 
LJm'fiord 
Lynch'blirg 
Lyonnois (le-9-na') 
Ly'on^ (n'9nz5 or 
Ib-ong') 


M. 

M^-cit'6 

Mgi-cSLs'sar 

Mi^-e-do'nj-a 

M^c-e-ra't^ (inSch-) 

M^-ciiI'?is 

MacR-i-ndw' 







Ma'c^n, Oeo, 
M*i-c5n^ Fr. 
MS.ds^-g&s^c:\r 

M^-de'rri 

Miid^i-svu 

Ma-drSLs' 

M^-dr!d', or MSld'rid 
Miid^u-ril,or Ma-du'r^i 
Mael^strdm 
M^?e (maz) 
Maes'tricht 
Mig-^-dox^a 
Mig-da-le^na 
MS^'de-biirg 
3 Ia-^^l'lgin, or 

Mig-e-r 5 e' 

Ma-gla-da-ui'S 

Mag-nl'^gi 

M^h-rlt'ta 

Mi^j-dni 

Ma'i-na 

Maine 

Ma-jbr'ca 

Mal-a-bUr' 

M?i-lic'ca 
Mil'a-ga 
Ml^l^r ■ 

Mli^den 

Mail-dive?' 

Ma-lein ba 
Malines (ma len ) 
Mil-li-col'lo 
MSil'ine-dy 
Mil'in 5 

M‘al!n?'l)u-ry(mJLmz-) 
Malplaquet 
(in^l-plSik^'i; 
Mdtl'strom 
Mil ta 
.Ma|/lrtn 
Mal-v*y-si^a, or 
M^!-va'si~a 
MSLl'wfli 
Min^clies-tef 
M^n-dln'go 
M'd'ne 
Min-ga-lore' 
Man-liit'tan 
M^n'heim 

Mlnrf^h^rt.s-bcrg 

Le Mlins (le-man) 

M^in-sou^ra* 

iMin^tu-ai 

MStn-z^-na^reH 

Mir-^-ci'y-bo 

>fiLr'5i-mec 

Mir-an-hiin 

Mir'ai-non 

M 3 Lr^a-vi 

aiir-ble-head' 

Mdr^biirfi; 

Ma-ren'go 

Mir-^a-rl^ta 

Mar-ie-gadSLnte' 

Ma'n-^n*burg 

Ma-ri-en-wer^der 


GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 319 


Mar'iiiQ-rci, or 
M^r-mo'ra 
Ma-r 5 sch' C-r 5 sh) 
Mai-rbss' 

M^r-que's ^3 

Marseilles(mar-s 3 ilz') 

Mar-tj-nt'C9 

Mir-tj-niqne' 

Vla^ry-land 

Masafuero 

(mSLs-a-l\va'r6) 

MaLs-s^-chu^setts 

MaLs^u-sih 

Msi-suMi-pa-taLni^ 

Ma-t&n'zas 

MSLt-^i-pain' 

Ma-.tai'ri-^ 

Mlugh Chunk 
MlU'inSe' 

Mlu-re-p'is' (-pJ.} 

Mlu-ri^^ti-us 

Mgiy-ence^ 

Maiy-enne^ 

May^ne 

May-n 56 th', or 
May^nootli 
Ma-zain-der^n 
Maiz-za'ra 
Me-'A^co 
Meaux (mo) 

MSc'ca 

Mech^ijn 

Me^h 5 -;i-caii' 

M^ck'len-biirg 

Me-c 5 n' 

Mec^rflin 

Mo-dl'na,or Me-di^na 
Me-h$r'rii! 

Mel-kong^ 

Melhiam 
Mei'ning-en 
Meis’jion (mi sen) 
Me-jer^d?ili 
Mc-linkla 

Mel-rSoe', or Mel'rose 
Me-ldti' 

Meni'el 

MSin-phre-ma'gog 
Men-do'za 
M^nlz (inents) - 
Me-ndP 
Men-za'leh 
Mgq^uj-nSz 
(mSk'e-nez) 
MeWguj (mer^ge) 
Mer^i-d^, or Me-ri'da 

Mer'i-9-neth 

M§r-men^tau 

Mlr'ri-m^ck 

Mfe’rse'bUrg 

\f Pf/flPV 

MeWthyr Tyd'vjl 

Mgs'chjd 

Mes-o- 15 n^gi 

Mes-sl'na 

McSHi-ra'do 


Metz (mas) 

Meurthe (mart) 
xMeu§e (muz) 

Mexq*-c6 

Mezieres (mez-yir^) 
Mi-SLm^j 

Mlch-jl-i-niiick'i*nac 
(pron, mAk-e-n&w^) 
Mld^ile-bu-ry (-b$r-) 
Mid'die-tbwn 
Mil^fin, or Mi-Vlii' 

Mil ledge-vilie 

Mln'cio (niln'cho) 

Mln-dfi-nU'o 

Mjn-do'ro 

Min-gre'lj-fi 

Min^ho 

Mj-noVca 

Miquelon (mlk-e-l 5 n') 
Mir-an-do^Ia 
Mi's^j-tra 
Mjs-sis'que 
(mis-sis'ko) 
Mis-sjs-slp^pi 
Mis-sq-lon'glii 
Mjs-sou^ri 
(mjs-s6o're) 
Mis-trAs' 

Mo^bile' 

Mo-Cfi-rAn'ga 
M6^ch;t 
Mo'He-na, or 
M<?-denial 
Mog-a-dore^ 

Mo^hiwk 

Mo'hj-Iev 

Mol'dlu 

Mol-du'vj-a 

Mo-li?e' 

M 9 -luc^cai 
Moni-b'A'za 
.Mom'llot 
M6n^^-co 
Mbn^^-gJiAn, or 
Mo-na'ghan 
M 5 n-as-tlr' 
M 5 n-ch^-b 5 o' 
M^a-de^gd 
Mgn-do^'i 
Mo-nem-b?-si^l 

Mon ^fa-lout 

M^n-gd'Ij-^ 

Mon-o-mo-ta'pa 

M9-n5ii-ga-hc^la 

M 5 ns 

Mon^l^-gue 
Montauban 
(m 5 nff-tO"bdLng 0 
Mont BlAnc 
Montbrison 
(m6ng-brS-z!5ngO 
M5n-tg'g5 
Mon-tSith' 
M6n-tel'9-vez 
Monterey (m 5 n-te ra^ 
Monte Video (ihon'- 
te ve-da^o, ormbn'- 
te vTd'e-6) 
Mbht-fer-rAt' 


M 5 n-ti-ceM 5 
llSnt-m^-ren'cy 
Moiit-pgFier, Ft. 
Mont-pSBlf-^r 
(or mong-pel^ya) 
M 5 nt-re- 3 J^ 
M 5 n-tr 6 se' 
M 5 nt-ser-rAt' 
Moor-slied-fi-bAd^ 
M66se-hil^lock 
Mo-rA'v^ 
M9-ra'vj-^ 

M^r^ay (inur^re) 

Mbr-bj-han' 

M 9 -re'A 

M9r-lA£h^i-^ 

Morlaix (mor-la') 

Mo-r6c'c6 

M 5 s^£ho 

Mba'cow 

M9-?glIe^ 

M9-sfiW 
M9 ‘W\^ 

M9-t‘i^p?i 

M9-th6^nc 

Moiilins (mboddn;^ 

M6ul-tAn' 

Mour-z6uk' 

M6-zam-bique' 

Mdhl (mool) 

Muhr (m 56 r) 

Mdl-hlu'sen 

Md^njgh 

Mun^st^r 

iMur'ci-9 

Mus^cat 

Mu 3 'C 9 -vy 

Mus-kin'gym 

Myc'9-ni 

MycViiSs 

My-sore' 

Myt-j-le^ne 


N. 

Nag-p66r' 

N?t-hint^ 

Na^myr, or Ny-mur' 
Nan'ey 
NAn-cy-sAck'i 
Nyii-kin' 

Nantes (nSlnts, or 
iiangt) 
N&n'tj-coke 
Nan-tuck'et 
Na'ple^ (na'plz) 
NAp'lbus 
NAp'9-li 
Nyr-bSnne' ^ 
Na^e'by 

NishV^ 

NSLsh'viUe 

NAs'slu 

Na't^J 

Natch'ez 

Natchitoches 

(nSLk'e-tbsh) 

Na-todj-ai 

Nlu^gfii-tuck 

Nlnm'bUrg 








S20 


Naup'li-on 
N&v'fi-rin, or 
NS.v-a-ri'n6 
Na-varre' 
N 5 z'^-retli 
Neagh (nS, or ne'ft) 
Ne-gap-^-tim' 
Ne'gro-ponte 
Nelsse (nis) 
Nemours (na-md6r') 
Nenagh (ne-na') 
Ne-pSlul' ’ ' 

Nfip'js-slng 
Ner-bud'd^ili 
Niirt-s^hlnk' 
Nes'C9-pec 
Neth'er-iands 
Neuf-^hfi-tel' 
Neu'sohl 
Neu'stadt 
Ne-Va'dri 

Nevers (ne-var') 

Nev'er-sink 

New'^rk 

New^bern 

New'bu-ry 

New'bu-ry-p6rt 

New-cis'tle 

New ;g-cho'ta 

New'foimd-iand 

New Hamp'shjre 

New Ha'ven 

New Jer'sey 

New'mar-ket 

New Or'l^-an? 

New'port 
New York 
Ni-a'g9-ra 
Nlc-a-ri'gu^i 
Nice (lies) 

Nic'o-bar 

Nic-9-la'ev 

Ni-cop'o-ij 

Ni-c6'si-9 

Nic-o-te'ra 

Nie'men 

Nievre (ne-a'vr) 

Ni'ger, or’Nl'ger 

Nile 

Nim'e-giien 
Ni'Srt 
Ni'phon 
Nip'js-sing 
Nisines (nem, or 
nemz) 
Noirmoutier 
(n war-in66t-y Ar') 
Ndrd'ki(?-plng 
Nbrd 'ling-en 
Nbr'man-dy 
Nor'rid|e-wock 
Nbrth^mp't?!! 
Nbrth-um'ber-iand 
Nbr'wiiy 

NSr'wjch (nor'rij) 
Net'tjng-ham 
N9-va'rai 
No'v?! Sco'tj-a 
N6v'g9-rod 
Nu'b j-9 
Nu'rem-berg 
Ny'ko-ping 


PRONUNCIATION OF 


O. 

oak-mul'g^e 
Oaxaca (wfi-lia'ka) 
O'by 
Q-ca'n§i 
oc-C9-quan' 
6-ce-an'}-c9 
(6-she-an'e-ksi) 
0 -c 5 'nee 
O'cra-coke 
O-den-see' 

O'der 

O-des'sa 

Oe'ljnd, or oe'l^nd 
Oesel (e'zel, or o'zel) 
O-gee'cliee 
Oglio (ol'yo) 

O-hI '5 
Oise (waz) 

Ok-hotzk' 

Old'en-biirg 

Olerbn ( 5 Fr 6 ng') 

O-lIn'da 

6l'mutz 

01'9-netz 

O-mo'a 

6m-pom-p9-n66'suc 

O-ne'ga 

Oneglia (9-nel'ya) 

0-nei'd9 

6n-9n-da'ga 

On-ta'rjo 

06 -jeIn' 

08-n9-ias'ka 

Oos-tan-Audee 

Op-e-iou's9s 

(op-e-loo'sa) 

O-pbr'to 

0-ran', or o'ran 
6r'an*e 
Or'e-bro 
5 r'e-gon 
O'rel 

0r-el-la'n9 
O'ren-burg 
Orihuela 
(or-e-hwa'la) 
0-ri-no'c6 
Or-j-za'ba 
Ork'ney?) 

Orde-911^ 

0-ron'te§ 

6r-9-p8'sa 
Or'te-gai 
O-ru'ro 
6r-vi-e'to 
O-sac'9 
O-s'd^e' 

6 §'n9-bruck 
Oij'na-burg 
Os-s^-bAw' 

Os'si^pee 
Os-ten d' 

6s'ti-aks 
5 s-we-gatch'ie 
Os-vv8'g6 
0 -tab'a- 15 , or 

0t-9-ba'16 

0't9-helte, or 
O-ta-liel'tc 


Ot'cha-kov 
O-trAn'to 
6t-se'go 
6t't5i-wa 
Ot'ter-bUrn 
Ouachita 
(wosh-e-ta') 
Oude (86d) 
Oude'narde 
Ou'f9 (oo'f?) 
Ouis-cbn'sjn 
(vvjs-con'sjn) 
Ou'ral (68'ral) 
Ou-ralsk' 

Our'fa (ddr'fa) 
Our'g9 (66r'g9) 
Ou^e (o6z) 
Outavvas (ot'a-vvA) 
Out-chfing-fou' 
(68-chang-fo69 
O-ver-ys'sei 
0-vi-8'd9 ^ 
0-\vas'c6' 
O-why'ee 
6x'f9rd 
O-zark' 


P. 

I^c'9-let 
Pa-dang' 

Pad'er-born 
Pad'u-^ 

Pai^'ley 
Pa-lat'j-natc, or 
Pai-a-tj-nate' 
PaPj-tIne 
Pai-a-wAn' 
Pal-em-bang' 
Pfi-ler'mo 
Pai'es-tine 
Pal-j-caud-^lier'ry 
Pal-mi'ras 
Pal-my'ra 
Pa'l9S 
Pain'lj-c6 
Pam-pe-lu'n^i 
Pan-9-ina' 

Pap'u-^i 

Pa'ra 

Par-a-giiay' 

Pa-ra'j-ba 

Par-9-mar'i-bo 

Par-a-inat'ta 

Par-9-na' 

Pfi-rec'chj-a 

Par'ga 

Pa'ri-a 

Par-i-ina' 

Par'js 

Par'in^ 

Par-me-sAn' 

Par-nAs'sus 

Ris-c?-g6ud9 

Pas-cua'r 5 

Pas-qu9-tank' 

P^s-sa'jc 

Pas-S9-m9-quod'dy 

Pas-s9-r6o-wan' 

Pas-sAu' 


-9-go'ni-a ' 
p^i-taps'co 
Pat'e-ra 
Pat'rn9s 
Pat'na 

Pat'rgis, or Pa-trSs' 
Pat'ter-S9n 
Pa-tiick'et 
Pau (p6) 

PAu'c^-tiick 
Pa'vj-a, or Pa-vi'? 
PAw-tuck'et 
Pays de Vaud 
(pa'e de v6') 
Pe-dee' 

Pee'ble§ (pe'blz) 
Pe-gu' 

Pei'pus 

Pe-king', or Pe'kjn 
Pe-Iew' 

Pgm-j-ge-was's^t 

(pem-’e-j|-w6s'set) 

Penn-syl-va'ni-9 

Pe-n6b'sc9t 

Pen-sa-cod^i 

Pen-zknce' 

Per-di'do 

Perigeux (per'e-gu) 
Perigord (p 5 r'e-gbr) 
Per-n^im-bu'co 
Perpignan 
(pAr-pen-yang') 
Per'sj-a (per'she-a) 
Pe-ru' 

Pe-ru'^iai 

Pe-sa'r 5 

Pe-sh’A'wur 

Pest 

Pet-cho'rji 

P6'ter?-burg 

Pe-ter-vvAr'dein 

PhIl-a-d6I'phi-a 

Phj-lip'pine? 

Phil-ip-p6p'9-lj 

PlT^-cen'zgi 

Pj-A've 

PIc'ar-dy 

Pj-chin'cJi^i 

Pi'co 

Pic-tou' (pik-t68 
Pi'ed-mont, or 
Pied'mont 
Pi-e-to'la 
Pigherola 
(pin-y?i-r6'l?i) 
Pil-C9-ma'y6 
Pin-e-r 6'15 
Pi-9m-bl'n6 
Pi'?9 

Pis-cAt'fi-qua 
Pit-caith'ly 
Pitts'biirg 
Plaquemines 
(plAk'nijn) 

Pia'ta, La 

Platte 

Plym'outh 

Plyn-lim'm9n 

P6-C9-m6ke' 

P9d-gbr'z^ 

Poitiers (pwA'tea, 
or pbS-terz') 








GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


321 


PS'l^ind 

PSl't^i-vsl, or Pol-fi'va 
P 61 -y-ne'§i-^ 
P6in-e-ra'ni-si 
P6n-di-<jher-ry 
P 5 nt-chfir-train' 
P 5 n'tj-&c 
Poo'nah 
Po-p^-yin' 
P 6 p- 9 -cat' 9 -p€tl 
Pbr'tj-cl {or 
por'ti-ch6) 

P6rt Ijnil 

Por'ta Ri'co 

Ports'moiith 

Port'u-gai 

Pa'sen 

P9-ta'mac 

Po-t^-sl' 

Pots'dani 

Pough-keep'sie 

(P9-kap'3e) 

Pbw-Iistt-tS,u' 
P 5 z-zu-e'ia 
Prague (prag) 

Prai'rie du (^'hj-gn' 
Pre'gel 
PrSs'burg 
Pras'teigne (-ten) 
Prleg'nltz 
Prin-cj-pa'ta 
Privas (pre'va) 
Provence 
(prSv-vanse') 
Prav'i-dSnce 
Prussia (prii'she-a, or 
prush'e-?) 

Pruth 

Puebla (pwa'bla, or 
pu-a'bl^) 

Puglia (puPya) 

Puy de Dome 
(pwe' de dom') 
Pyr'e-nee?" 

Pyr'in 5 nt 


Q. 

Q,ue-bec' 
(iuer-e-la'r6 
Q,uesnoy (ken-wa') 
Ctui-lo'? 
Q,uln'e-baug 
(iut'ta (ke'to) 


R. 

Raab (rab) 
Ra-bat' 

Ra-gu'sa 

Rai'^in 

Ra-j^-mun'dra 
Ra'leigh (raw'le) 
Rambouillet 
(ram-bo 5 'jl-ya) 
Ram-jl-lie^' 
Rain-pSar' 
Rim^'gate 


R^n-ca'gu^i 

Ran-g66n' 

Rap-pa-han'n9ck 

Rar'i-tan 

Ras'tadt 

Rat'i-bor 

Rat'is-b 5 n 

Rst-vSn'iisi 

Ra'ven^-berg 

Read'jng 

Reg'en 

Reggio (red'jo) 

Rei'chen-bacli 

Rel'chen-berg 

Rei-kj-a'vik 

Ren-frew' 

Rennes (ren) 

Rans'se-laer 

Rqus (ra'oos), Sp. 

Reus (or rbis), Ger. 

Reut'ljng-eu 

Rgv'el 

Rhe (ra) 

Rheim§ (remz, or 
reinK, or ranse) 
Rheln't.jl 
Rhine 

Rhade Isl'and 
Rhode? 

Rho'dez 

Rhone 

Ri-a-zan' 

Ricjhe'lieu (resh'lu) 
Rich'mand 
Rideau (re-do') 
Rie'sen-|e-birg 
Rieti (re-a'te) 

Ri'ga, or Ri'ga 
Rlm'i-nj 
Ri-9-bam'ba 
Rl'6 Bra'vS 
Ri'9 Grande' 

Ri'9 Jji-nei'ro, or 
Ri'(? Ja-nfei'ro 
RIv'o-li 
Rp-anne' 

R6an-6ke' 
RS^he'fbrt 
Rochefoucault 
(rosh'foo-ko) 
R9-chelle', or 
Ro^h'glle 
R6ch'es-ter 
R 5 -hjl-cund' 
Romagna 
(r 9 -inan'y 9 ) 
R9-ma'ni-a, or 
Ro-nifi-ni'a 
Rome, or Rome 
Ron-ce-v'al'les 
Ro-?et'ta 
R9S-sa'r6 
RSs'tock 
Rothe-say' 

Rouen (roo'ang) 
Roussillon 
(roo-sil'ySng') 
R6v-e-re'd6 
Rovigno (r9-vln'y6) 
Ro-vi'go 
Ru'dol-stailt 
Rd-rne-ll'? 


Russia (rd'she-a, or 
rush'e-9) 

Riit'land 


s. 

Saade (sad) 
Saal'field 
Saatz (sats) 

Sa'bj-a 

Sj-bi'na 

Sa-ble-sia.n' 
Sack-a-t68' 
sa'c 5 ■ 

yag- 9 -da-h 6 c' 
Sag-hai-ii'en, or 
Sj-gha'lj-en 
Sag'j-naw 
Sague'nay (sag'nai) 
Sah' 9 -r 9 
Sah-run-jwre' 

Sa'j-dfi 

Sa'jde 

Sai-gou' 

St. A'm^nd 
St. A'sfiph 
St. Xu-gi.is-tine 
St. Xus'tle 
St. Brieux (bru) 

St. Chrls't9-pher? 

St. Oliirs'ville" 

St. Cloud (kloo) 

St. Cai'umb 
St. Croix (krbix, or 
knva) 

St. Cyr (facr) 

St. Diz'i-er 
St. Do-niin'go 
St. Et-j-Snne' 

St. Eu-sta'tj ai 
St. Fe-li'pe 
St. F 16 ur 
St. Gan 

St. Geu-e-vieve' 

St. Gibr'gio (jor'jo) 
St. Gi-o-van'ni 
St. Got'h^rd 
St. Ile-lC'nsi 
St. H 61 'i-er 
St. Ilu'bert 
St. Il-de-fon'so 
St. Ja'go (ya'go) 

St. Law'rence 
St. Lou'js (or 16 'e) 
St. Lu'cj-a (or lii-s 5 ') 
St. Ma'l5 
St. M^-ri'no 
St. Mau'ra 
St. Mi'$ha-el 
St. Mig'uel (-wel) 

St. Neots (no8ti!i) 

St. Om'er 
St. Pierre 
St. Pol'ten 
St. Quentin 
(k an'tan) 

St. Sal'vji-dor 
St. Se-bas'tj-an 
St. Sbr'van 


St. Sfiv'er 
St. S8v-er-i'na 
St. Tam'?i-ny‘ 

St. ThSm'js (t6m- 
St. VIn'cent 
St. Yriex (€'re-a) 
Saintes (sangt) 
Sa-ka'ra 
SMa'do 
Sai- 9 -man'c 9 
Sa'lem 
S^-ler'no 

Sal'f9rd (saw'f9rd) 

S?i-ll'n?i 

Sa-line' 

Saiis'bu-ry 

(saiz'ber-re) 

Sfii-iee' 

Salm 

Sa-15'n?i 

Sai-9-ni'C5i 

Sal-sfitte' 

Salz'biirg 

Sfli-ma'n^ 

Sam- 9 -rang' 
Sam-9ir-cand' 
Sam'bre (sam'br) 
Sam-9-*I"ti-9L 
Sam-9-Ide?' 

Sa'm5s 

Sam-9-thra'ki 

Sam-s66n' 

Sa'nfi, or ^'na 
San-d9-mlr' 
Sfin-dus'ky 
Sdn-ga'i 

Sangu'har (sang'har) 

San-san'djng 

San't9 Cruz 

San'ta Fe' 

San-tan'der 

San'tai-rem 

San-rtee' 

sa.n-tj-a'go 
san-tjl-la'na 
San-t9-rl'ni 
Saone (son) 

^r'a-bat 

Sar-a-gos'sfi 

sar-a-nac' 

sar-a-to'ga 

sar-a-wan' 

Sar-dTn'}-a 

Sa'ros 

Sarre 

Sarthe (sart) 

Sas'a-ri 

sas-ka-shaw'an 

Sa-ta'ij-a 

Sau-mur' 

Sa-van'nah 

Save 

Savigny (sa-vin'ye 
sav'9-iax 
Sa-v 5 'na 
Sa-voy' 

Sax'9-ny 

Sca-f 611 ' 

Scar-pan'to 

Schaff-hau'sen 

Schau'en-biirg 

Schelestadt(8hlSs'tat) 








S22 

S^h€lt, or Sgheldt 
S^hem'nitz 
Sjhe-nec^t^-dy 
S^hie-d2lm' 
^?chi-MlWioii 
(she-hSLl^yon) 
Schi-r&z^ 

Sch9-h2Lr^ie 
S^5n-brtinn' 
S^h5^nen 
S^hdu^ven 
Schuy'ler (skMer) 
SghuyUkiU 
S^w&rt'zen-burg 
Schw9irz'w§Lld 
S^hweid^nitz 
S^hweln'fiirt 
S^hweltz 
S^hwSWjn, or 
S^hwe'rin 

Scigliano (shil-vat'no) 
Sciiay 

Sci^o, or ScPd 

Scj-d^to 

Scl^-vo^ni-^i 

Scbt^l^nd 

Scu-t*i^ri 

ScpVl^ ' 

Se-ba^g5 

S€b-e-nl^co 

Se-din' 

Se^-es-t&n^ 

Se^go 
Se-gd^vj-a 
Seine (sen) 

Seis-tan' 

Se-lSf'keh 

6€l-en-glnsk' 

Se-men^dri-ai 

Sem-j-gSLMj-^ 

Sem'i-nole? 

Sem^ljri 

S€m'p2L£li 

Se-na'ar'jew^en-na-ir' 

Sen'e-ca 

Sen^e-gil 

Sens (song) 

S€r-ain-p6re' 

Serelh (sat-rel^ 

Ser-i-n‘A^gur 

Ser-in-gSip^ a-t§.in ' 

Ser-phSin^to 

Ser^vi-?i 

Set^ledje 

Set^u-vSll 

Se-vas^t 9 -pol 

Se-vennes' (sc-venO 

Sev'ern 

Se-vier^ 

Se ville', or Sev'ille 
> Sevres (savr) 
Se-wis-ian' 

Shii'mo 
Shin'non 
Sbit'iil Ar'^b^ 
Sh9iw'nee-tdwn 
Sheer-ness' 

Sheffield 

Shdn-^in-do'ah 

Sher'shell 

Shj-rSiz'* 


PRONUNCIATION OF 


Shir-v3.n' | 

Shosh-9-nee§' 

Shrew§'bu-ry 

Sl'ami, or Si-SLin' 

Sl-be'ri-?i 

Si 9 'i-ly 

Sj-cu-lj-li'nd 

Sie'gen 

Sj-en'na 

Si-er'ra Le-6'ne 

Si-er'r^i Ne-va'da 

Sig'ma-ririg-en 

Si-guen'za 

Si-le'si-a 

Sil-het' 

Sj-lis'tri-a 

Sim'coe 

Sim'plon 

Sl'nai 

Sin-C9-p6re' 

Sinde 

Sin-gan' 

Sinigaglia 
(sin-e-gSil'y^) 
Sin'ob, or Sin'o-pe 
Sioux (se-&6z') 
Sjr-hind' 

Sir-j-na'gur 

Sis'to-va 

Si-ut' 

Sj-vSls' 

Sj-wah' 

Skeu-e^t'e-les 

Sles'vvick 

Slieb-bioom' 

Sluys (sIo6s) 
SmSil'cal-den 
Smo-lensk' 

Smyr'na 

Sndw'don 

Snow'hill 

Soane 

Soc-a-nus'eo 
So-c6'tra, or 
Soc-o-to'ra 
So-fa'la 
Soig'nie^ (or 
swan'ya) 

Soissons (swSLs'song) 
So-leure' 

Sol-fa-ta'r^ 

Som'er?, Isis, 

S6m'er-set 

Somme 

So-phl'a, or So-plii'a 
So-relle', or Sor'el 
So-ro'r^ 

Sou-dan' 

Sou-rfi-ba'ya. 

Southwaik(sulh'^rk) 

Spa, or Spa 

Spain 

Spait'la 

Spa-la'tro 

Sp^n-d^u' 

Spey (spa) 

Spire 

Spitz-berg'en 

Sp 9 - 16 't 6 

Sp5r'?i-de§ 

SquQim 

Stpiil-la'ce (-che) 


Sfi'broek (sta'br&dk) 

Sta-^i'ra 

Stil-j-me'ne 

Stam-boul' 

St^m-pa'li-a 

StS.ub'bacli 

Staun'toii 

StAv'aing-er 

Stav'er-eii 

Steen'berg-en 

Stein 

Stel'len-bosch (-bosh) 

Stet'tin 

Steu'ben-vilJe 

Stey'er 

Sti’r'ljng 

Stock'holm 

Stone'ha-ven 

^tr^-bane' 

Stial'sund 

Strln'r^l-er 

StrSls'burg 

StrSLth-a'ven 

StrStu'bjng 

Strel'itz, or Stre'ljtz 

Strlv'^-li 

Strom'bo-li 

Stuhl Wei'sen-biirg 

Stutt'gard 

Sua'bi-^ 

Siia'keiu 

Su-der-ma'nj-^ 

Sn-do'te§ 

Sd'ez 

Su-gul-mcs'sfi 

Su'li' 

Sul-ino'n^t 

Su-ma'tra 

Snm-ba'\V 9 

Su-r^t' 

Sur-j-nam' 

Su'?ai 

Sus-que-han'nah 

Swe'den 

Svvine'munde 

Swit'zer-ISlnd 

Syd'ney 

Sy-e'ne 

Syr'a-cuse 

4 r'i-a 


T 

Ta-bar'Cfi 

Ta-bas'c5 

Ta'bdr 

T^-bris', or Ta.-breez' 

Ta-cii'me§ 

Tac-a-ri'gua 

Tri-caz'ze 

Ta-con'net 

Tic-u-bil'j’a 

Tad-6u-s5Lc' 

Taf'j-l^t 

Tag'am-rdck 

Tai-gaz'zc 

Tagliamento 

(tal-ya-men'td) 

Ta'gus 


Ta-hi'ti 

Tal-a-ve'r^ 

Tal-lfi-hSLs'see 

TaN^-pSo's^ 

Taih-a-ra.'C 9 

Tam-bo'r^ 

TSlm'bov 

T^i-mi^e' 

TSlra-pi'co 

Ta-n'i'ro 

TSln-gier' 

TgLn-jore' 

Tan-nSls'se-rim 

Tgin-ne-sair' 

Ta-or-inl'n^ 

Tfi-pii'j 9 S 

Tap-pa-h^n'n9Ck 

TS.p-tee' 

T‘a-rSls'c5n 

TSLr-a-z6'n^ 

Tilrbes (tarb) 

Tiir'nq-pdl 

TSLr-ra-go'na 

Tar'tgi-ry 

Tar'u-d^nt 

Tash-kund' 

TSLs-si-sii'd9n 

T9Lu'de-ny 

TijLun't 9 n 

TSiu'ri-d^ 

Tau'rjs 

TSiu'rus 

Tav'ast-hus 

Tav'^ist-lSlnd 

T^-vi'rfi 

Tav'jS'tock 

Tcher-K^isk' 

Tchfids'koe 

(shiidz'ko) 

Tcj-n^n' 

Tcit'ci-car H5'ldr 
Te-i'kj 
Te^he (tesh) 
Teem-b6d 
Tef'lis 
Te-ha'ma 
Te-he-raii', or 
Teii-r^un' 
Te-liua'can 
Te-huSin'te-pec 
Teign (ten) 
Te-ju'c6 
Tel-jn-g'A'na 
Tel-lj-cher'ry 
Tel'li-co 
Tem'es-vdr 
Ten'e-riflfe 
T^n'nes-see 
Ten'ter-den 
Tep-e-*d'c^ 
Te-quen-da-m‘i', or 
Teq-uen-da'm^ 
Te-nl'md 
Ter-cc'r^ 

Te-rek' 

Ter-g9-vis'tgL 

Ter'mj-ni 

Ter'm9-li 

Ter-nate' 

Tdr'nj 

Ter'ra del Fue'gC 
(twa'go) 


I 






GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


323 


Ter-rai-cl ngi (ter-rj- 
sC'n?i, or ter-r?i- 
che'n^) 

Tgsch'en (tesh'en) 

T€t'u-aLn 

T5v-e-r5'ne 

Tev'i-9t, or Tev'i9t 

TSx'^is 

Tez-cd'co 

Thames (temz) 

Th&n'et 

The-bi.'jd 

Theilt (tilt) 

Theis (tis) 
Theresienstadt 
(t^-ra'en-stat) 
Thiagur (te-i'gur) 
Thi-b€t' (te-bet') 
Thiers (te'ir) 
Thionville 
(t 6 ' 5 ng-vll) 

ThI'vj (te'v?) 
Tho'len (to'len) 
Tho'mjr (to'injr) 
Thorn (or torn) 

Thun (tun) 

Thur-g6'v|-aL 

Thu-rln'gi-?i 

Tlb'bo 

Ti'ber 

Ti-ci'n6(or te-che'no) 

Ti-c6n-de-r6'ga 

Tj-dore' 

Tigre (te-gra') 

Ti'gris 

Tll'sit 

TIm-buc-t68', or 
Tjm-buc'too 
Ti'mpr 
Tin'i-5.n 
TIn-ne-vel'ly 
Tl-6'g^ 
np'e-ra 
Tlp-pe-c?i-n&e' 
'rip-pe-ra'ry 
Tlt-j-ci'c? 

Tit'te-rie 

Tlv'^lj 

Tl^s-c&l'l^ 

T 16 m-^n' 

T^-ba'go 

T 9 -b 61 ' 

T9-boIsk' 

Tp-bo'so 

T^-c^n'tjn? 

T 9 -cSLt' 

To-cay' 

T9-cu'yo 
Tp-le'dS 
T8m-beck'bee 
T6m-buc-t&6''. or 
Tom-buc'tod 
T< 5 n-g 3 .t-^-b 66 ' 
Tonneins (tSn'n’ing) 
T6n-nSrre' 
T8n-ne-wan'ta 
T8n'nj’ng-en 
T8n-quin' ft 5 n-ken') 
Todm-bud'ur^i 
T 9 -pa'j 98 
Tor-bay' 

Tdr-gSlu' 


Tbr'm 5 § 

Tbr'ne-51 

T 6 r' 9 ri-t 61 

T6r'9-pez 

TSr-ris-dSil' 

T9r-t6'l5i 
T 9 r-t 6 ' 8 si 
T9r-tu'gfi 
Toul (t 661 ) 

Tou'lSn (t 66 ' 16 ng) 
T 8 u' 16 u§e (tSo'looz) 
Touraine (too-ran') 
Tour-nni-ghSiut' 
Tour-nay' 

Tours (t8or) 
Tbwce'ter (tbus'ter) 
Tr&f-?l-gar’ 
Tra-jain-6p'9-li 
Tra-lee' 
Trin-que-bar' 
TrSLn-syl-va'nj-a 
TrSLp'51-ni 
Tr&v-sin-core' 
Treb-i-s 5 nd' 
Trel'sjm 
Trem'e-cen 
Treves (trav) 
Trev'j-so 
TrIch-9-nop'9-ly 
Trj-^ste' 
TrIn-c6in-?i-leC' 
Trln-j-dad', or 
Trin'i-dad 
Trlp'o-lj 
TrIp-9-lIz'Z3 
Trois Rivieres 
(trwil rev'yir) 
Trol-hse'tri 
Trop-psLu' 

Tros'^ichs 
Troyes (trwa) 
Tru-xll'lo 
(or trd-hll'lo) 
Tscher-kask' 
Tsj-om'psi 
Tu'^m 
Tu'a-rick 
Tuat (twat) 
Tu'bjng-en 
Tu'cu-man 
Tu-de'la 
Tu'gu -16 
Tu'l?[ 

Tille 

Tum'bez 

Tun-gu-ra'gu? 

Tun'gu-sg^ 

Tu'njs 

Tur'C9-man? 

Tu-rin' 

Tiir-kes-tan' 

Tiir'key 

TUrn-hout' 

Tu-ron' 

Tur-sheez' 

Tu-ru-chansk' 

Tus'c5i-ny 

Tus-C5t-ra,w'^s 

Tus-C9-r6'r§i 

Tver (twer) 

Tyne'mouth 

Tyr-ndu' 


Ty-rol' 

Ty-r6ne' 


u. 

Ucayale (od-kl'^-lvi) 
U-dl'njt (6o-<le'na) 
Uist (wist) 

"Ok'raine 

U-lie-t6'9 

Clin 

Cin'b^i-gog 

Cin-me-ra-poo'rsi 

tin'der-wSild 

C-nlt'ed States 

fin'ji-gah 

Cn-ter-vval'den 

tlp'sail 

Cp-si'l? 

tlp-Sfil-la't^ 

U'rn.l (66'r?il) 
ijr-bl'no 
U'ri (60're) 

Ur'se-ren 

Uruguay(yu-ra-gwa', 
or 68-ru-gwa') 
tj 8 e'd 9 m 

Ushant (ush'ing) 

U'ta-was 

C'ti-C!J 

Utrecht (yu'trek, or 
^ 60'trekt) 

Uz'nach 


V. 


Val'g5it3 
Valais (va-la') 

vai'dai 

Val-div'i-ft 
Valence (vai'anse) 
VHen'cj-^ 
Vsi-len-C}-a'na 
Valenciennes 
(vai-an-se-en') 
Va-len'tj-^ 
Vai-la-d9-ltd' 

Valois (vai'la) 

Vai-9m-br6'sai 

Vai-pj-r'A'j-so 

Vai'te-line 

V^in-da'lj-^ 

van Die'men’s L. 

Vannes (van) 

Vfi-ri'nas 

Var'nEi 

Vas-ar-he'ly 

Vas-sil-i-p 5 t'gi-mo 

VAu-clu^e' 

Vaud (v6) 

Veglia (vSl'y^) 
Ve-li'no 
Vel-le'tri 
Vel-lore' 

Venaissin 
(vSn-js-sAng') 
Vendee (van'da) 
Vendome (van'dom) 


Venezuela 

(ven-§-zwa'la) 

VSn'jce 

Ven-ldo' 

Ve'r?! Cruz' 

Ve'rai PAz' 

Ve-ra'gu^ 

Ver-cel'll (ver-s61'Ie, 
or ver-chSi'le) 
Ver-dun' 
Ver-g6nne?' 

Ve'ri-91 

Ver-mont' 

Ve-ro'nsi 

Ver-saille^' 

Ver-s€tz' 

Ver'vier^ 

Ve-§8ul' (v 9 -z 681 ') 

Ve-su'vj-iis 

Ve-vay' 

Vi-a'n^ 

Vj-as'msi 

Vj-at'k^ 

Vj-cbn'za 
(or ve-chen'z?) 
Vj-din', or VId'in 
Vi- 6 n'n^ 

Vj-enne' 

Vi-|e-va'n9 
Vl'go 
Vll'lagh 
Vjn-cenne^' 
Vintimiglia 
(vln-te-mllH’a) 
Vique (ve'k?) 
Vjr-gln'i-? 

Viseu (ve-sa'6d) 
Vls'tu-lg. 

Vj-tepsk' 

Vj-ter'bo 

Vitre (v 5 tr) 

Vjt-to'rj-j 

Viviers (viv-yir'; 

VIz-9-gap-9-tam' 

Viad'j-niir 

V6'gel§-berg 

Vog-he'ra 

Vbl'ga 

Vol-hyn'i-51 

V 9 -log'd 5 i 

VSl-tur'no 

V6r'sirl-berg 

V6r'9-nbz 

Vosges (v 5 zh) 

Vd'k9-var 


w. 

Waag (wag) 
Wa'bash(waw'b58h) 
Wai'che-rSn, or 
Wai'ch§-r6n 
Wai'dftk 
Wai-dgn's€f 
Wale? 

W5ti-ra'chi-?i 

Wai'len-stadt 

Wai'pSle 

Wai'th^m 

Wfiin-ga'r?i 









324 


GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


af-£. 


War'ai-dein (wor-) 
War'as-din (wor-) 
War'r?n (wSr'ren) 
Wftr'sSlw 

VVir'wjck (or wor'jk) 
\Vash'ing-t9n 
(wosh'jng-tun) 
Washita 
(w6sh-e-taw') 
WSl-ter-ee' 
W§L'ter-f9rd 
Wa'ter-Ido 
Wai'ter-vllle 
Wa-ter-vliet' 
Wear-mouth 
Wel'm^ir 
Weln'helm 
Wel'sen-bourg 
Wel'I^nd 
Wen'd9-ver 
Wenhier 

Weo'bley (woft'ble) 

Wer-nj-^e-ro'de 

Wer'theim c-tlm) ^ 

We'sel 

We'ser 

Wes'ler-Ss 

Wes'ter-wSild 

West'mjin-lSLnd 

West-meath' 

Wgst^min-ster 

^Vest'more-lSlnd 

West-pha'li-51 

Wet-te-ra'vj-^ 

Wexio (wek'so) 

Wey (wa) 

Whl'dah 

W’hite-ha'ven 

Wick'low 

Wie-licz'ka 

(we-lich'ka) 

Wie'sgl-biirg 


VVie'sen 

Wig'ah 

Wilkes'b&r're 

Wil'n^ 

Win'ander-mere, or 
Win'der-mere 
Win'chei-sea 
Win'ches-ter 
Wind'§9r 
Win-e-ba'go 
Wln'nj-peg 
Winnipiseogee 
(wln-e-pe-sa.w'ke) 
Wls'bj-deii, or 
Wjs-bil'den 
Wis-cSLs's^t' 
Wi^'m^ir 
Wlt'^en-steln 
VVlth'am 
Wit'ten-berg 
W6-a-h6&' 

Wo'burn (or^o'burn) 

Wolf'en-but-tel 

Wol'ga 

W 61 -ver-hS.mp't 9 n 
Woolvvich (wool'ij) 
Worces'ter 
(vvurs'ter) 
Worstead 
(wurs'ted) 
Wiirz'biirg 
Wy'bbrg 
Wy'9-niing 


X. 

Xai-ra'p5i (zEi-la'pa, 
or ha-la'pa) 

Xcres (za'res) 


Xe-xo n 9 
Xi'mo 
Xi-c 5 'co 
XIn'gu 


Y. 

Y?i-k&utsk' 

YSim-psi-ra're^ 

Yang'tse-kj- 5 Lng' 

Y^r-kdhd' 

Yar'mouth 

Y&r'row 

Ya-z66' 

Ye'men 

Yen-)-Sei' 

Yeo'vil 
Yeyd (yad) 

Yezd 
Yonne 
York 
Ydu'ghail 
Youghiogeny 
(yok-e-ga'ne) 
Ypres (6'pr, or e'pra) 
Ys'tadt 
Yu-c?i-tan' 

Yu-nkn' 

Yu-ru'pa 
Yv'er-dun 
Yvetot (iv'to) 


z 

Zaab (zab) 
Zaan-d 5 Lm' 

Za'a-ra 

Zac-9-te'C9S (-ta'-) 


Z^-gAW y7 
Zstm-bcze' , 

Zgt-mo'ra 
Z?m-pa'lfi 
Zane^'ville 

Z&n-^e-bar' ^ 

Zan'te,’or Z&nte a 
Z& n-z’j-bar' 

Za'rfi 

Zea'Istnd 

Ze-bid' 

Zeg'e-din 
Zeila (za'lai) 

Zel-tun' 

Zeltz 

Zem'pljn 

Zerbst 

ZV^ 

Zi6-|en-hayn' 

Zim-ba'6 

Zirk'nitz 

Zjt-tau' 

Ziock'zovv 

Zna'ym 

Zou-wan' 

Zuf-ffr-a-bSLd' 

Zug 

Zu'nch 

Zuy'cter Zee', or 
ZtJy'der Zee 
Zvbr'nlk 
Zwel'len-dam 
Zwick'au 
Zwolle 

Zyt'9-mier§, or 
Zy-to'miers 

















V 


t 



! 



♦ *• 


• - 

i 

\ 

1 

1 



. v 




















